11.

12 n: Special Adjustment

No. Default
Name Description Ref.
(Hex.) (Range)

n7-07 Speed Calculation Gain1 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 15.0 Hz 723
(3117) Sets the speed calculation gain during usual operation. Usually it is not necessary to (1.0 - 50.0 Hz)
Expert change this setting.

n7-08 Speed Calculation Gain2 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 25.0 Hz 723
(3118) Sets the speed calculation gain during a speed search. (1.0 - 50.0 Hz)
Expert

n7-10 Pull-in Current V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10.0% 723
(311A) Switching Speed Sets the speed range to operate with the pull-in current command. Drive rated frequency (0.0 - 100.0%)
Expert = 100% value. If there is a large quantity of oscillation when you operate in the low
speed range, increase the setting value.

n7-17 Resistance V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1 723

(3122) TemperatureCorrection Sets the function to adjust for changes in the motor resistance value caused by changes (0 to 2)
in the temperature.
0 : Invalid
1 : Valid (Only 1 time)
2 : Valid (Every time)

n7-19 Flux Error V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 5000% 723
(3128) Compensation Gain Sets the gain for magnetic flux compensation. Usually it is not necessary to change this (0 - 50000%)
Expert setting.

◆ n8: PM Motor Control Tuning

No. Default
Name Description Ref.
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-01 Pole Position Detection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 50% 724
(0540) Current Sets, as a percentage, the Initial Rotor Position Estimated Current, taking the E5-03 (0 - 100%)
Expert [Motor Rated Current (FLA)] as the 100% value. Usually it is not necessary to change
this setting.

n8-02 Pole Alignment Current V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 80% 724
(0541) Level Sets the current at the time of polar attraction as a percentage where E5-03 [motor rated (0 - 150%)
Expert current] is 100%. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

n8-11 Observer Calculation V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by n8-72 724
(054A) Gain 2 Sets the gain for speed estimation. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting. (0.0 - 1000.0)

n8-14 Polarity Compensation V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.000 724
(054D) Gain 3 Sets the gain for speed estimation. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting. (0.000 - 10.000)
Expert

n8-15 Polarity Compensation V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.500 724
(054E) Gain 4 Sets the gain for speed estimation. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting. (0.000 - 10.000)
Expert

n8-21 Motor Back-EMF (Ke) V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.90 724
(0554) Gain Sets the gain for speed estimation. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting. (0.80 - 1.00)
Expert

n8-35 Initial Pole Detection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02 725
(0562) Method Sets how the drive detects the position of the rotor when the motor starts. (0 - 2)
Note:
• When you use an SPM motor, set n8-35 = 0. When you use an IPM motor, set n8-
35 = 0 to 2.
• When you set n8-35 = 1, do High Frequency Injection Auto-Tuning.
0 : Pull-in
1 : High Frequency Injection
2 : Pulse Injection

n8-36 HFI Frequency Level for V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 500 Hz 725
(0563) L Tuning Sets the injection frequency for high frequency injection. (200 - 1000 Hz)
Note:
• Set n8-35 = 1 [Initial Pole Detection Method = High Frequency Injection] or n8-
57 = 1 [HFI Overlap Selection = Enabled] to enable this parameter.
• The drive automatically calculates this value when High Frequency Injection
Auto-Tuning completes successfully.
Parameter List

n8-37 HFI Voltage Amplitude V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 20.0% 725
(0564) Level Sets the high frequency injection amplitude as a percentage where 200 V = 100% for (0.0 - 50.0%)
Expert 200 V class drives and 400 V = 100% for a 400 V class drives. Usually it is not
necessary to change this setting.
Note:
• Set n8-35 = 1 [Initial Pole Detection Method = High Frequency Injection] or n8-
57 = 1 [HFI Overlap Selection = Enabled] to enable this parameter.
• The drive automatically calculates this value when High Frequency Injection 11
Auto-Tuning completes successfully.

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 401

11.12 n: Special Adjustment

No. Default
Name Description Ref.
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-39 HFI LPF Cutoff Freq V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 250 Hz 725
(0566) Sets the low-pass filter shut-off frequency for high frequency injection. (0 - 1000 Hz)
Note:
• Set n8-35 = 1 [Initial Pole Detection Method = High Frequency Injection] or n8-
57 = 1 [HFI Overlap Selection = Enabled] to enable this parameter.
• The drive automatically calculates this value when High Frequency Injection
Auto-Tuning completes successfully.

n8-41 HFI P Gain V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 2.5 726
(0568) Sets the response gain for the high frequency injection speed estimation. (-10.0 - +10.0)
Expert Note:
• Set n8-35 = 1 [Initial Pole Detection Method = High Frequency Injection] or n8-
57 = 1 [HFI Overlap Selection = Enabled] to enable this parameter.
• When A1-02= 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM] and you do High
Frequency Injection Auto-Tuning, the drive automatically sets this parameter .

n8-42 HFI I Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.10 s 726
(0569) Sets the integral time constant for the high frequency injection speed estimation. (0.00 - 9.99 s)
Expert Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

n8-45 Speed Feedback V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.80 726
(0538) Detection Gain Sets the internal speed feedback detection reduction unit gain as a magnification value. (0.00 - 10.00)
Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

n8-47 Pull-in Current Comp V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 5.0 s 726
(053A) Filter Time Sets the time constant the drive uses to align the pull-in current reference value with the (0.0 - 100.0 s)
actual current value. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

n8-48 Pull-in/Light Load Id V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 30% 726
(053B) Current On the basis that parameter E5-03 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)] is the 100% value, this (0 - 200%)
RUN parameter sets the d-axis current that flows to the motor during run at constant speed as
a percentage.

n8-49 Heavy Load Id Current V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by E5-01 727
(053C) Sets the d-axis current to that the drive will supply to the motor to run it at a constant (-200.0 - +200.0%)
RUN speed with a heavy load. Considers E5-03 [PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)] to be
100%. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.
Expert

n8-50 Medium Load Iq Level V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 80% 727
(053D) (High) Sets the load current level at which heavy load control starts where E5-03 [Motor Rated (50 - 255)
Expert Current (FLA)] is 100%. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

n8-51 Pull-in Current @ V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02 727
(053E) Acceleration Sets the pull-in current allowed to flow during acceleration/deceleration as a percentage (0 - 200%)
of the motor rated current.
Note:
Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the motor
rated current.
• A1-02 = 5 [OLV/PM]: E5-03 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)]
• A1-02 = 8 [EZOLV]: E9-06 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)]

n8-54 Voltage Error V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.00 s 727
(056D) Compensation Time Sets the time constant that the drive uses when adjusting for voltage errors. (0.00 - 10.00 s)
Expert

n8-55 Motor to Load Inertia V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 728
(056E) Ratio Sets the ratio between motor inertia and machine inertia. (0 - 3)
0 : Below 1:10
1 : Between 1:10 and 1:30
2 : Between 1:30 and 1:50
3 : Beyond 1:50

n8-57 HFI Overlap Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 728
(0574) Sets the function that detects motor speed with high frequency injection. (0, 1)
Note:
When you set n8-57 = 1, do High Frequency Injection Auto-Tuning.
0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

n8-62 Output Voltage Limit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 200 V Class: 200.0 V, 729
(057D) Level Sets the output voltage limit to prevent saturation of the output voltage. Usually it is not 400 V: 400.0 V
Expert necessary to change this parameter. (200 V Class: 0.0 to
230.0 V, 400 V Class:
0.0 to 460.0 V)

n8-63 Output Voltage Limit P V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.00 729
(057E) Gain Sets the proportional gain for output voltage control. Usually it is not necessary to (0.00 - 100.00)
Expert change this setting.

n8-65 Speed Fdbk Gain @ oV V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.50 729
(065C) Suppression Sets the gain of internal speed feedback detection suppression while the overvoltage (0.00 - 10.00)
Expert suppression function is operating as a magnification value. Usually it is not necessary to
change this parameter.

402 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 11.12 n: Special Adjustment

No. Default
Name Description Ref.
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-69 Speed Observer Control V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.00 729
(065D) P Gain Usually it is not necessary to change this setting. Sets the Proportional gain that the (0.00 - 20.00)
Expert drive uses for speed estimation.

n8-72 Speed Estimation V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1 729

(0655) Method Select Selects the speed estimation method. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting. (0, 1)
Expert 0 : Method 1
1 : Method 2

n8-74 Light Load Iq Level V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 30% 729
(05C3) Set n8-48 [Pull-in/Light Load Id Current] to the percentage of load current (q-axis (0 - 255%)
Expert current) that you will apply, where E5-03 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)] = a setting
value of 100%.

n8-75 Medium Load Iq Level V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 50% 730
(05C4) (low) Set n8-78 [Medium Load Id Current] to the percentage of load current (q-axis current) (0 - 255%)
Expert that you will apply, where E5-03 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)] = a setting value of
100%.

n8-77 Heavy Load Iq Level V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 90% 730
(05CE) Set n8-49 [Heavy Load Id Current] to the percentage of load current (q-axis current) (0 - 255%)
Expert that you will apply, where E5-03 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)] = a setting value of
100%.

n8-78 Medium Load Id Current V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0% 730
(05F4) Sets the level of the pull-in current as a percentage, where E5-03 [PM Motor Rated (0 - 255%)
RUN Current (FLA)] = 100%.
Expert

n8-79 Pull-in Current @ V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 50% 730
(05FE) Deceleration Sets the pull-in current that can flow during deceleration as a percentage of the E5-03 (0 - 200%)
[PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)].
Note:
When n8-79 = 0, the drive will use the value set in n8-51 [Pull-in Current @
Acceleration].

n8-84 Polarity Detection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 100% 730
(02D3) Current Sets the current that the drive uses to estimate the initial motor magnetic pole as a (0 - 150%)
Expert percentage where E5-03 [PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)] = 100%.

n8-87 Output Voltage Limit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 731
(02BC) Method Sets the method of output voltage limit. If there is vibration in the constant output (0, 1)
range, set Feedforward Method. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.
0 : Feedback Method
1 : Feedforward Method

n8-88 Vout Limit Switching V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 400% 731
(02BD) Level Sets the current level at which output voltage limit sequence selection occurs as a (0 - 400%)
percentage where the motor rated current is 100%. Normally there is no need to change
this setting.
Note:
Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the motor
rated current.
• A1-02 = 5, 6 [OLV/PM, AOLV/PM]: E5-03 [PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)]
• A1-02 = 8[EZOLV]: E9-06 [PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)]

n8-89 Vout Limit Switching V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 3% 731
(02BE) Hysteresis Sets the hysteresis width of the current level at which output voltage limit sequence (0 - 400%)
selection occurs as a percentage where the motor rated current is 100%. Normally there
is no need to change this setting.
Note:
Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the motor
rated current.
• A1-02 = 5, 6 [OLV/PM, AOLV/PM]: E5-03 [PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)]
• A1-02 = 8[EZOLV]: E9-06 [PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)]

n8-90 Vout Limit Switching V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 200% 731
(02BF) Speed Sets the speed level at which output voltage limit sequence selection occurs as a (0 - 200%)
percentage where the maximum output frequency is 100%. Usually it is not necessary to
change this setting.
Note:
Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the
maximum output frequency.
• A1-02 = 5, 6 [OLV/PM, AOLV/PM]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]
Parameter List

• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Motor Max Revolutions]

n8-91 Id Limit at Voltage V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV -50% 731
(02F7) Saturation Sets the limit value of feedback output voltage limit Id operation. Enabled when n8-87 (-200 - 0%)
= 0 [Output Voltage Control Selection = Speed Feedback Form]. Usually it is not
necessary to change this setting.

11

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 403

11.12 n: Special Adjustment

No. Default
Name Description Ref.
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-94 Flux Position Estimation V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1 731
(012D) Method Sets the criteria that the drive uses to find changes in speed or load. Usually it is not (0, 1)
Expert necessary to change this setting.
0 : Softstarter
1 : Speed Feedback

n8-95 Flux Position Est Filter V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 30 ms 732
(012E) Time Sets the time constant of the filter used for the recognition criteria value for speed and (0 - 100 ms)
Expert load changes. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

◆ nA: PM Motor Control Tuning

No. Default
Name Description Ref.
(Hex.) (Range)

nA-01 Observer Calc Gain 3 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 30.0 732
(3129) Sets the gain for speed estimation. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting. (0.0 - 1000.0)
Expert

404 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 11.13 o: Keypad-Related Settings

11.13 o: Keypad-Related Settings

◆ o1: Keypad Display
No. Default
Name Description Ref.
(Hex.) (Range)

o1-01 User Monitor Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 106 734
(0500) Sets the U monitor for the Drive Mode. This parameter is only available when you use (104 - 855)
RUN an LED keypad.

o1-02 Monitor Selection at V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1 734

(0501) Power-up Sets the monitor item that the keypad screen shows after energizing the drive. Refer to (1 - 5)
RUN “U: Monitors” for information about the monitor items that the keypad screen can show.
This parameter is only available when you use an LED keypad.
1 : Frequency Reference (U1-01)
2 : Direction
3 : Output Frequency (U1-02)
4 : Output Current (U1-03)
5 : User Monitor (o1-01)

o1-03 Frequency Display Unit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02 734
(0502) Selection Sets the display units for the frequency reference and output frequency. (0 - 3)
0 : 0.01Hz units
1 : 0.01% units
2 : Revolutions Per Minute (RPM)
3 : User Units

o1-04 V/f Pattern Display Unit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02 735
(0503) Sets the setting unit for parameters that set the V/f pattern frequency. (0, 1)
0 : Hz
1 : min-1 (r/min) unit

o1-05 LCD Contrast V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 5 735

(0504) Adjustment Sets the contrast of the LCD display on the keypad. (0 - 10)
RUN

o1-10 User Units Maximum V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o1-03 735
(0520) Value Sets the value that the drive shows as the maximum output frequency. (1 - 60000)

o1-11 User Units Decimal V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o1-03 736
(0521) Position Sets the number of decimal places for frequency reference and monitor values. (0 - 3)
0 : No Decimal Places (XXXXX)
1 : One Decimal Places (XXXX.X)
2 : Two Decimal Places (XXX.XX)
3 : Three Decimal Places (XX.XXX)

o1-24 to o1-35: Custom Monitor 1 to 12 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV o1-24: 101 736
(11AD - 11B8) Sets a maximum of 12 monitors as user monitors. This parameter is only available when o1-25: 102
RUN using an LCD keypad. o1-26: 103
o1-27 to o1-35: 0
(0, 101 - 999)

o1-36 LCD Backlight V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 3 736

(11B9) Brightness Sets the intensity of the LCD keypad backlight. (1 - 5)
RUN

o1-37 LCD Backlight ON/OFF V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1 736
(11BA) Selection Sets the automatic shut off function for the LCD backlight. (0, 1)
RUN 0 : OFF
1 : ON

o1-38 LCD Backlight Off- V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 60 s 737
(11BB) Delay Sets the time until the LCD backlight automatically turns off. (10 - 300 s)
RUN

o1-39 Show Initial Setup V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1 737
(11BC) Screen Sets the function to show the LCD keypad initial setup screen each time the drive is (0, 1)
RUN energized. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.
Parameter List

0 : No
1 : Yes

o1-40 Home Screen Display V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 737
(11BD) Selection Sets the monitor display mode for the Home screen. This parameter is only available (0 - 3)
RUN when using an LCD keypad.
0 : Custom Monitor
1 : Bar Graph
2 : Analog Gauge
11
3 : Trend Plot

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 405

11.13 o: Keypad-Related Settings

No. Default
Name Description Ref.
(Hex.) (Range)

o1-41 1st Monitor Area V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 738
(11C1) Selection Sets the horizontal range used to display the monitor set in o1-24 [Custom Monitor 1] (0 - 2)
RUN as a bar graph. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.
0 : +/- Area ( - o1-42 ~ o1-42 )
1 : + Area ( 0 ~ o1-42 )
2 : - Area ( - o1-42 ~ 0 )

o1-42 1st Monitor Area Setting V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 100.0% 738
(11C2) Sets the horizontal axis value used to display the monitor set in o1-24 [Custom Monitor (0.0 - 100.0%)
RUN 1] as a bar graph. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

o1-43 2nd Monitor Area V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 738
(11C3) Selection Selects the horizontal range used to display the monitor set in o1-25 [Custom Monitor (0 - 2)
RUN 2] as a bar graph. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.
0 : +/- Area ( - o1-44 ~ o1-44 )
1 : + Area ( 0 ~ o1-44 )
2 : - Area ( - o1-44 ~ 0 )

o1-44 2nd Monitor Area V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 100.0% 738
(11C4) Setting Sets the horizontal axis value used to display the monitor set in o1-25 [Custom Monitor (0.0 - 100.0%)
RUN 2] as a bar graph. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

o1-45 3rd Monitor Area V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 738
(11C5) Selection Sets the horizontal range used to display the monitor set in o1-26 [Custom Monitor 3] (0 - 2)
RUN as a bar graph. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.
0 : +/- Area ( - o1-46 ~ o1-46 )
1 : + Area ( 0 ~ o1-46 )
2 : - Area ( - o1-46 ~ 0 )

o1-46 3rd Monitor Area Setting V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 100.0% 738
(11C6) Sets the horizontal axis value used to display the monitor set in o1-26 [Custom Monitor (0.0 - 100.0%)
RUN 3] as a bar graph. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

o1-47 Trend Plot 1 Scale V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV -100.0% 739
(11C7) Minimum Value Sets the horizontal axis minimum value used to display the monitor set in o1-24 (-300.0 - +300.0%)
RUN [Custom Monitor 1] as a trend plot. This parameter is only available when using an
LCD keypad.

o1-48 Trend Plot 1 Scale V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 100.0% 739
(11C8) Maximum Value Sets the horizontal axis maximum value used to display the monitor set in o1-24 (-300.0 - +300.0%)
RUN [Custom Monitor 1] as a trend plot. This parameter is only available when using an
LCD keypad.

o1-49 Trend Plot 2 Scale V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV -100.0% 739
(11C9) Minimum Value Sets the horizontal axis minimum value used to display the monitor set in o1-25 (-300.0 - +300.0%)
RUN [Custom Monitor 2] as a trend plot. This parameter is only available when using an
LCD keypad.

o1-50 Trend Plot 2 Scale V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 100.0% 739
(11CA) Maximum Value Sets the horizontal axis maximum value used to display the monitor set in o1-25 (-300.0 - +300.0%)
RUN [Custom Monitor 2] as a trend plot. This parameter is only available when using an
LCD keypad.

o1-51 Trend Plot Time Scale V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 300 s 739
(11CB) Setting Sets the time scale (horizontal axis) to display the trend plot. When you change this (1 - 3600 s)
RUN setting, the drive automatically adjusts the data sampling time. This parameter is only
available when using an LCD keypad.

o1-55 Analog Gauge Area V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1 739
(11EE) Selection Sets the range used to display the monitor set in o1-24 [Custom Monitor 1] as an analog (0, 1)
RUN gauge. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.
0 : +/- Area ( - o1-56 ~ o1-56 )
1 : + Area ( 0 ~ o1-56 )

o1-56 Analog Gauge Area V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 100.0% 739
(11EF) Setting Sets the value used to display the monitor set in o1-24 [Custom Monitor 1] as an analog (0.0 - 100.0%)
RUN meter. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

o1-58 Motor Power Unit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 739
(3125) Selection Sets the setting unit for parameters that set the motor rated power. (0, 1)
0 : kW
1 : HP

406 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 11.13 o: Keypad-Related Settings

◆ o2: Keypad Operation

No. Default
Name Description Ref.
(Hex.) (Range)

o2-01 LO/RE Key Function V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1 740
(0505) Selection (0, 1)
Sets the function that lets you use to switch between LOCAL and REMOTE
Modes.
0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

o2-02 STOP Key Function V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1 740
(0506) Selection (0, 1)
Sets the function to use on the keypad to stop the drive when the Run
command source for the drive is REMOTE (external) and not assigned to the keypad.
0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

o2-03 User Parameter Default V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 741
(0507) Value Sets the function to keep the settings of changed parameters as user parameter defaults (0 - 2)
to use during initialization.
0 : No change
1 : Set defaults
2 : Clear all

o2-04 Drive Model (KVA) V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by the drive 741
(0508) Selection Sets the Drive Model code. Set this parameter after replacing the control board. (-)

o2-05 Home Mode Freq Ref V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 742
(0509) Entry Mode (0, 1)
Sets the function that makes it necessary to push to use the keypad to change the
frequency reference value while in Drive Mode.
0 : ENTER Key Required
1 : Immediate / MOP-style

o2-06 Keypad Disconnect V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 742

(050A) Detection Sets the function that stops the drive if you disconnect the keypad connection cable (0, 1)
from the drive or if you damage the cable while the keypad is the Run command source.
0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

o2-07 Keypad RUN Direction V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 742
(0527) @ Power-up Sets the direction of motor rotation when the drive is energized and the keypad is the (0, 1)
Run command source.
0 : Forward
1 : Reverse

o2-09 Reserved - - 742

(050D)

o2-19 Parameter Write during V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 743
(061F) Uv Lets you change parameters during Uv [Undervoltage]. ( 0, 1 )
Expert 0 : Disable
1 : Enabled

o2-23 External 24V Powerloss V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 743
(11F8) Detection Sets the function to give a warning if the backup external 24 V power supply turns off (0, 1)
RUN when the main circuit power supply is in operation.
0 : Disable
1 : Enabled

o2-26 Alarm display at ext. V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 743
(1563) 24V power When you connect a backup external 24 V power supply, this parameter sets the (0, 1)
function to trigger an alarm when the main circuit power supply voltage decreases.
Note:
The drive will not run when it is operating from one 24-V external power supply.
0 : No
1 : Yes

o2-27 bCE Detection Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 3 743
(1565) Sets drive operation if the Bluetooth device is disconnected when you operate the drive (0 - 4)
in Bluetooth Mode.
Parameter List

0 : Ramp to Stop
1 : Coast to Stop
2 : Fast Stop (Use C1-09)
3 : Alarm Only
4 : No Alarm Display

11

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 407

11.13 o: Keypad-Related Settings

◆ o3: Copy Keypad Function

No. Default
Name Description Ref.
(Hex.) (Range)

o3-01 Copy Keypad Function V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 744
(0515) Selection Sets the function that saves and copies drive parameters to a different drive with the (0 - 4)
keypad.
0 : Copy Select
1 : Backup (drive → keypad)
2 : Restore (keypad → drive)
3 : Verify (check for mismatch)
4 : Erase (backup data of keypad)

o3-02 Copy Allowed Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 744
(0516) Sets the copy function when o3-01 = 1 [Copy Keypad Function Selection = Backup (0, 1)
(drive → keypad)].
0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

o3-04 Select Backup/Restore V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 744

(0B3E) Location Sets the storage location for drive parameters when you back up and restore parameters. (0 - 3)
This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.
0 : Memory Location 1
1 : Memory Location 2
2 : Memory Location 3
3 : Memory Location 4

o3-05 Select Items to Backup/ V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 744
(0BDA) Restore Sets which parameters are backed up, restored, and referenced. This parameter is only (0, 1)
available when using an LCD keypad.
0 : Standard Parameters
1 : Standard + DWEZ Parameters

o3-06 Auto Parameter Backup V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1 745
(0BDE) Selection Sets the function that automatically backs up parameters. This parameter is only (0, 1)
available when using an LCD keypad.
0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

o3-07 Auto Parameter Backup V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1 745
(0BDF) Interval Sets the interval at which the automatic parameter backup function saves parameters (0 - 3)
from the drive to the keypad.
Note:
This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.
0 : Every 10 minutes
1 : Every 30 minutes
2 : Every 60 minutes
3 : Every 12 hours

◆ o4: Maintenance Monitors

No. Default
Name Description Ref.
(Hex.) (Range)

o4-01 Elapsed Operating Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0h 745
(050B) Setting Sets the initial value of the cumulative drive operation time in 10-hour units. (0 - 9999 h)

o4-02 Elapsed Operating Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 745
(050C) Selection Sets the condition that counts the cumulative operation time. (0, 1)
0 : U4-01 Shows Total Power-up Time
1 : U4-01 Shows Total RUN Time

o4-03 Fan Operation Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0h 746
(050E) Setting Sets the value from which to start the cumulative drive cooling fan operation time in 10- (0 - 9999 h)
hour units.

o4-05 Capacitor Maintenance V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0% 746

(051D) Setting Sets the U4-05 [CapacitorMaintenance] monitor value. (0 - 150%)

o4-07 Softcharge Relay V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0% 746

(0523) Maintenance Set Sets the U4-06 [PreChargeRelayMainte] monitor value. (0 - 150%)

o4-09 IGBT Maintenance V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0% 746

(0525) Setting Sets the U4-07 [IGBT Maintenance] monitor value. (0 - 150%)

o4-11 Fault Trace/History Init V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 746
(0510) (U2/U3) Resets the records of Monitors U2-xx [Fault Trace] and U3-xx [Fault History]. (0, 1)
0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

408 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 11.13 o: Keypad-Related Settings

No. Default
Name Description Ref.
(Hex.) (Range)

o4-12 kWh Monitor V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 747

(0512) Initialization Resets the monitor values for U4-10 [kWh, Lower 4 Digits] and U4-11 [kWh, Upper 5 (0, 1)
Digits].
0 : No Reset
1 : Reset

o4-13 RUN Command Counter V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 747
(0528) @ Initialize Resets the monitor values for U4-02 [Num of Run Commands], U4-24 [Number of Runs (0, 1)
(Low)], and U4-25 [Number of Runs (High)].
0 : No Reset
1 : Reset

o4-22 Time Format V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 747

(154F) Sets the time display format. This parameter is only available when using an LCD (0 - 2)
RUN keypad.
0 : 24 Hour Clock
1 : 12 Hour Clock
2 : 12 Hour JP Clock

o4-23 Date Format V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 747

(1550) Sets the date display format. This parameter is only available when using an LCD (0 - 2)
RUN keypad.
0 : YYYY/MM/DD
1 : DD/MM/YYYY
2 : MM/DD/YYYY

o4-24 bAT Detection Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 748
(310F) Sets the operation when the drive detects bAT [Keypad Battery Low Voltage] and TiM (0 - 2)
RUN [Keypad Time Not Set]. This parameter is only available when you use an LCD keypad.
0 : Disable
1 : Enable (Alarm Detected)
2 : Enable (Fault Detected)

◆ o5: Log Function

No. Default
Name Description Ref.
(Hex.) (Range)

o5-01 Log Start/Stop Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 750
(1551) Sets the data log function. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad. (0 - 1)
RUN 0 : OFF
1 : ON

o5-02 Log Sampling Interval V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1000 ms 751
(1552) Sets the data log sampling cycle. This parameter is only available when using an LCD (100 - 60000 ms)
RUN keypad.

o5-03 Log Monitor Data 1 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 101 751
(1553) Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad. (000, 101 - 999)
RUN

o5-04 Log Monitor Data 2 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 102 751
(1554) Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad. (000, 101 - 999)
RUN

o5-05 Log Monitor Data 3 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 103 751
(1555) Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad. (000, 101 - 999)
RUN

o5-06 Log Monitor Data 4 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 107 751
(1556) Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad. (000, 101 - 999)
RUN

o5-07 Log Monitor Data 5 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 108 751
(1557) Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad. (000, 101 - 999)
RUN

o5-08 Log Monitor Data 6 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 000 752
Parameter List

(1558) Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad. (000, 101 - 999)
RUN

o5-09 Log Monitor Data 7 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 000 752
(1559) Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad. (000, 101 - 999)
RUN

o5-10
(155A)
Log Monitor Data 8 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.
000
(000, 101 - 999)
752
11
RUN

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 409

11.13 o: Keypad-Related Settings

No. Default
Name Description Ref.
(Hex.) (Range)

o5-11 Log Monitor Data 9 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 000 752
(155B) Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad. (000, 101 - 999)
RUN

o5-12 Log Monitor Data 10 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 000 752
(155C) Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad. (000, 101 - 999)
RUN

410 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 11.14 q: DriveWorksEZ Parameters

11.14 q: DriveWorksEZ Parameters

◆ q1-01 to qx-xx: Reserved for DriveWorksEZ
No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

q1-01 to qx-xx Reserved for V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Refer to “DriveWorksEZ
(1600 - xxxx) DriveWorksEZ These parameters are reserved for use with DriveWorksEZ. Operation Manual”.

Parameter List

11

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 411

11.15 r: DWEZ Connection 1-20

11.15 r: DWEZ Connection 1-20

◆ r1-01 to r1-40: DriveWorksEZ Connection Parameters 1 to 20 (Upper / Lower)
No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

r1-01 to r1-40: DriveWorksEZ Connection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(1840 - 1867) Parameters 1 to 20 (Upper / DriveWorksEZ Connection Parameters 1 to 20 (Upper / Lower) (0 - FFFFH)
Lower)

412 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 11.16 T: Motor Tuning

11.16 T: Motor Tuning

◆ T0: Tuning Mode Selection
No. Default
Name Description Ref.
(Hex.) (Range)

T0-00 Tuning Mode Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 753
(1197) Sets the type of Auto-Tuning. (0, 1)
0 : Motor Parameter Tuning
1 : Control Tuning

◆ T1: Induction Motor Auto-Tuning

No. Default
Name Description Ref.
(Hex.) (Range)

T1-00 Motor 1/Motor 2 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1 753

(0700) Selection Sets which motor to tune when motor 1/2 switching is enabled. (1, 2)
You can only use the keypad to set this parameter. You cannot use external input
terminals to set it.
Note:
This parameter is enabled when H1-xx = 16 [Motor 2 Selection] is set. When H1-xx
≠ 16 the keypad will not show this parameter.
1 : Motor 1
2 : Motor 2

T1-01 Tuning Mode Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02 754
(0701) Sets the type of Auto-Tuning. (Determined by A1-02)
0 : Rotational Auto-Tuning
1 : Stationary Auto-Tuning 1
2 : Stationary Line-Line Resistance

T1-02 Motor Rated Power V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04, 754
(0702) Uses the units set in o1-58 [Motor Power Unit Selection] to set the motor rated output C6-01
power. (0.00 - 650.00 kW)

T1-03 Motor Rated Voltage V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04, 754
(0703) Sets the rated voltage (V) of the motor. Enter the base speed voltage for constant output C6-01
motors. (200 V Class: 0.0 - 255.5
V, 400 V Class: 0.0 -
511.0 V)

T1-04 Motor Rated Current V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04 754
(0704) Sets the rated current (A) of the motor. (10% to 200% of the
drive rated current)

T1-05 Motor Base Frequency V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 50.0 Hz 754
(0705) Sets the base frequency (Hz) of the motor. (0.0 - 590.0 Hz)

T1-06 Number of Motor Poles V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 4 754
(0706) Sets the number of motor poles. (2 to 120)

T1-07 Motor Base Speed V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1450 min-1 (r/min) 755
(0707) Sets the motor base speed for Auto-Tuning (min-1 (r/min)). (0 - 35400 min-1 (r/min))

T1-09 Motor No-Load Current V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV - 755
(0709) Sets the no-load current of the motor. (0A - T1-04; max. of
2999.9)

T1-10 Motor Rated Slip V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV - 755
(070A) Frequency Sets motor rated slip. (0.000 - 20.000 Hz)

T1-11 Motor Iron Loss V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by E2-11 or 755
(070B) Sets the iron loss for calculating the energy-saving coefficient. E4-11
(0 - 65535 W)
Parameter List

11

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 413

11.16 T: Motor Tuning

No. Default
Name Description Ref.
(Hex.) (Range)

T1-12 Test Mode Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 755
(0BDB) Sets the function to enable Test Mode after Stationary Auto-Tuning. When you can (0, 1)
operate the motor with a light load attached after Stationary Auto-Tuning is complete,
enable this parameter.
Note:
You must first set T1-10 = 0 [Motor Rated Slip Frequency = 0 Hz] to enable this
parameter.
0 : No
1 : Yes

T1-13 No-load voltage V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV T1-03 × 0.9 756
(0BDC) Sets the no-load voltage of the motor. When the no-load voltage at rated speed is (200 V Class: 0.0 - 255.0
available, for example on the motor test report, set the voltage in this parameter. If the V, 400 V Class: 0.0 -
no-load voltage is not available, do not change this parameter. 510.0 V)
Note:
To get the same qualities as a Yaskawa 1000-series drive or previous series drive,
set this parameter = T1-03 [Motor Rated Voltage].

◆ T2: PM Motor Auto-Tuning

No. Default
Name Description Ref.
(Hex.) (Range)

T2-01 PM Auto-Tuning V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 756

(0750) Selection Sets the type of Auto-Tuning for PM motors. (Determined by A1-02)
0 : Manual Entry w/ Motor Data Sheet
1 : Stationary (Ld, Lq, R)
2 : Stationary (R Only)
4 : Rotational (Ld, Lq, R, Back-EMF)
5 : High Frequency Injection

T2-02 PM Motor Code V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02 756
(0751) Selection If the drive is operating an SMRD, SMRA, or SSR1 series Yaskawa PM motor, enter and o2-04
the PM motor code in to align with the rotation speed and motor output. (0000 - FFFF)

T2-03 PM Motor Type V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1 756

(0752) Sets the type of PM motor the drive will operate. (0, 1)
0 : IPM motor
1 : SPM motor

T2-04 PM Motor Rated Power V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04, 757
(0730) Uses the units set in o1-58 [Motor Power Unit Selection] to set the PM motor rated C6-01
output power. (0.00 - 650.00 kW)

T2-05 PM Motor Rated Voltage V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 200 V Class: 200.0 V, 757
(0732) Sets the rated voltage (V) of the motor. 400 V: 400.0 V
(200 V Class: 0.0 - 255.0
V, 400 V Class: 0.0 -
510.0 V)

T2-06 PM Motor Rated Current V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04 757
(0733) Sets the rated current (A) of the motor. (10% to 200% of the
drive rated current)

T2-07 PM Motor Base V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 87.5 Hz 757
(0753) Frequency Sets the base frequency (Hz) of the motor. (0.0 - 590.0 Hz)

T2-08 Number of PM Motor V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 6 757

(0734) Poles Sets the number of motor poles. (2 - 48)

T2-09 PM Motor Base Speed V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1750 min-1 (r/min) 757
(0731) Sets the motor base speed (min-1 (r/min)). (0 - 34500 min-1 (r/min))

T2-10 PM Motor Stator V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by T2-02 757
(0754) Resistance Sets the stator resistance for each motor phase. (0.000 - 65.000 Ω)
Note:
This parameter does not set line-to-line resistance.

T2-11 PM Motor d-Axis V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by T2-02 757
(0735) Inductance Sets the d-axis inductance of the motor on a per phase basis. (0.00 - 600.00 mH)

T2-12 PM Motor q-Axis V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by T2-02 758
(0736) Inductance Sets the q-Axis inductance of the motor on a per phase basis. (0.00 - 600.00 mH)

T2-13 Back-EMF Units V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1 758

(0755) Selection Sets the units that the drive uses to set the induced voltage constant. (0, 1)
0 : mV/(rev/min)
1 : mV/(rad/sec)

414 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 11.16 T: Motor Tuning

No. Default
Name Description Ref.
(Hex.) (Range)

T2-14 Back-EMF Voltage V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by T2-13 758
(0737) Constant (Ke) Sets the motor induced voltage constant (Ke). (0.0 - 2000.0)

T2-15 Pull-In Current Level V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 30% 758
(0756) Sets the level of the pull-in current as a percentage of E5-03 [PM Motor Rated Current (0 - 120%)
(FLA)]. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

◆ T3: ASR and Inertia Tuning

No. Default
Name Description Ref.
(Hex.) (Range)

T3-00 Control Loop Tuning V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 2 758
(1198) Selection Sets the type of Control Auto-Tuning. (2, 3)
2 : Deceleration Rate Tuning
3 : KEB Tuning

◆ T4: EZ Tuning
No. Default
Name Description Ref.
(Hex.) (Range)

T4-01 EZ Tuning Mode V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 759

(3130) Selection Sets the type of Auto-Tuning for EZOLV control. (0, 1)
0 : Motor Parameter Setting
1 : Line-to-Line Resistance

T4-02 Motor Type Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 759
(3131) Sets the type of motor. (0, 1, 2)
0 : Induction (IM)
1 : Permanent Magnet (PM)
2 : Synchronous Reluctance (SynRM)

T4-04 Motor Rated Revolutions V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV - 759
(3133) Sets rated rotation speed (min-1) of the motor. ((40 Hz to 120 Hz) × 60
× 2/E9-08)

T4-05 Motor Rated Frequency V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by E9-01 759
(3134) Sets the rated frequency (Hz) of the motor. and o2-04
(40.0 - 120.0 Hz)

T4-06 Motor Rated Voltage V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 200 V Class: 200.0 V, 759
(3135) Sets the rated voltage (V) of the motor. 400 V: 400.0 V
(200 V Class: 0.0 - 255.0
V,400 V Class: 0.0 -
510.0 V)

T4-07 Motor Rated Current V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04, 760
(3136) Sets the rated current (A) of the motor. C6-01
(10% to 200% of the
drive rated current)

T4-08 Motor Rated Capacity V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by E9-10 760
(3137) Sets the motor rated power in the units set in o1-58 [Motor Power Unit Selection]. (0.10 - 650.00 kW)

T4-09 Number of Poles V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by E9-01 760
(3138) Sets the number of motor poles. (2 - 48)
Parameter List

11

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 415

11.17 U: Monitors

11.17 U: Monitors
◆ U1: Operation Status Monitors
No.
Name Description MFAO Signal Level
(Hex.)

U1-01 Frequency Reference V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V = Maximum

(0040) Shows the frequency reference value. Parameter o1-03 [Keypad Display Unit Selection] sets the frequency (0 V to +10 V)
display units.
Unit: 0.01 Hz

U1-02 Output frequency V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V = Maximum

(0041) Shows the output frequency. Parameter o1-03 [Keypad Display Unit Selection] sets the display frequency (0 V to +10 V)
units.
Unit: 0.01 Hz

U1-03 Output Current V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V = Drive rated current
(0042) Shows the actual output current.
The keypad shows the value of U1-03 in amperes (A). When looking at the monitor through
MEMOBUS/Modbus communications, the current is “8192 = drive rated current (A)”. Calculate
the current from the monitor value that is in at MEMOBUS/Modbus communications using
“Numerals being displayed / 8192 × drive rated current (A).
Unit: When the drive model changes, the display units for this parameter also change.
• 0.01 A units: B001 - B018, 2001 - 2042, 4001 - 4023
• 0.1A units: 2056 - 2082, 4031 - 4060

U1-04 Control method selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(0043) Shows the drive control method.
0 : V/f Control
2 : Open Loop Vector
5 : PM Open Loop Vector
6 : PM Advanced Open Loop Vector
8 : EZ Vector Control

U1-05 Motor Speed V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V = Maximum

(0044) Shows the detected motor speed. Parameter o1-03 [Keypad Display Unit Selection] sets the frequency (0 V to +10 V)
display units.
Unit: 0.01 Hz

U1-06 Output Voltage Ref V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 200 V class: 10 V = 200
(0045) Shows the output voltage reference. Vrms
Unit: 0.1 V 400 V class: 10 V = 400
Vrms

U1-07 DC Bus Voltage V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 200 V class: 10 V = 400 V
(0046) Shows the DC bus voltage. 400 V class: 10 V = 800 V
Unit: 1 V

U1-08 Output Power V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V: Drive capacity (motor
(0047) Shows the internally-calculated output power. rated power) kW
When you change A1-02 [Control Method Selection], it will also change the signal level of the (0 V to +10 V)
analog output.
• A1-02 = 0: Drive capacity (kW)
• A1-02 = 2: Motor Rated Power [E2-11] (kW)
• A1-02 = 5, 6: PM Motor Rated Power [E5-02] (kW)
• A1-02 = 8: Motor Rated Power [E9-07] (kW)
Unit: When the drive model changes, the display units for this parameter also change.
• 0.01 A units: B001 to B018, 2001 to 2042, 4001 to 4023
• 0.1 A units: 2056 - 2082, 4031 - 4060

U1-09 Torque Reference V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V = Motor rated torque
(0048) Shows the internal torque reference value. (0 V to +10 V)
Unit: 0.1%

U1-10 Input Terminal Status V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(0049)
Shows the status of the MFDO terminal where = ON and = OFF.

For example, U1-10 shows when terminals S1 and S3 are ON.

bit0 : Terminal S1 (MFDI 1)
bit1 : Terminal S2 (MFDI 2)
bit2 : Terminal S3 (MFDI 3)
bit3 : Terminal S4 (MFDI 4)
bit4 : Terminal S5 (MFDI 5)
bit5 : Terminal S6 (MFDI 6)
bit6 : Terminal S7 (MFDI 7)

bit7 : Not used (normal value of [ ]).

416 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 11.17 U: Monitors

No.
Name Description MFAO Signal Level
(Hex.)

U1-11 Output Terminal Status V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(004A)
Shows the status of the MFDO terminal where = ON and = OFF.

For example, U1-11 shows when terminals MA and P2 are ON.

Note:
When H2-xx = 100 to 1A7 [U1-11 Inverse U1-11 Output of Function], U1-11 does not show
the status in inverse.
bit0 : Terminal MA/MB-MC
bit1 : Terminal P1-C1
bit2 : Terminal P2-C2

bit3 : Not used (normal value of [ ]).

bit4 : Not used (normal value of [ ]).

bit5 : Not used (normal value of [ ]).

bit6 : Not used (normal value of [ ]).

bit7 : Not used (normal value of [ ]).

U1-12 Drive Status V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(004B)
Shows drive status where = ON and = OFF.

For example, U1-12 shows during run with the Reverse Run command.
bit0 : During Run
bit1 : During zero-speed
bit2 : During reverse
bit3 : During fault reset signal input
bit4 : During speed agreement
bit5 : Drive Ready
bit6 : During minor fault detection
bit7 : During fault detection

U1-13 Terminal A1 Level V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V = 100% (0 V to +10
(004E) Shows the signal level of terminal A1. V)
Unit: 0.1%

U1-14 Terminal A2 Level V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V = 100% (0 V to +10
(004F) Shows the signal level of terminal A2. V)
Unit: 0.1%

U1-16 SFS Output Frequency V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V = Maximum
(0053) Shows the output frequency after soft start. Shows the frequency with acceleration and frequency (0 V to +10 V)
deceleration times and S-curves. Parameter o1-03 [Keypad Display Unit Selection] sets the
display units.
Unit: 0.01 Hz

U1-18 oPE Fault Parameter V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(0061) Shows the parameter number that caused the oPE02 [Parameter Range Setting Error] or oPE08
[Parameter Selection Error].

U1-19 MEMOBUS/Modbus Error V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(0066) Code
Shows the contents of the MEMOBUS/Modbus communication error where =”error” and =
“no error”.

For example, U1-19 shows when the drive detects a CRC error.
bit0 : CRC Error
bit1 : Data Length Error

bit2 : Not used (normal value of [ ]).

bit3 : Parity Error
bit4 : Overrun Error
bit5 : Framing Error
bit6 : Timed Out

bit7 : Not used (normal value of [ ]).

U1-24 Input Pulse Monitor V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by H6-02
(007D) Shows the frequency to pulse train input terminal RP.
Parameter List

Unit: 1 Hz

U1-25 Software number V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(004D) Shows the ID.

U1-26 SoftwareNumber ROM V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(005B) Shows the ROM ID.
11

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 417

11.17 U: Monitors

No.
Name Description MFAO Signal Level
(Hex.)

U1-50 Virtual Analog Input V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by H7-40
(1199) Shows the virtual analog input value.
Expert

U1-91 Output Voltage V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 200 V class: 10 V = 200
(154E) Shows the drive internal output voltage reference. Vrms
Expert Unit: 0.1 V 400 V class: 10 V = 400
Vrms

◆ U2: Fault Trace

No.
Name Description MFAO Signal Level
(Hex.)

U2-01 Current Fault V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(0080) Shows the fault that the drive has when viewing the monitor.

U2-02 Previous Fault V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(0081) Shows the fault that occurred most recently.

U2-03 Freq Reference@Fault V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(0082) Shows the frequency reference at the fault that occurred most recently.
Use U1-01 [Frequency Reference] to monitor the frequency reference value.
Unit: 0.01 Hz

U2-04 Output Freq @ Fault V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(0083) Shows the output frequency at the fault that occurred most recently.
Use U1-02 [Output Frequency] to monitor the actual output frequency.
Unit: 0.01 Hz

U2-05 Output Current@Fault V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(0084) Shows the output current at the fault that occurred most recently.
Use U1-03 [Output Current] to monitor the actual output current. The keypad shows the value of
U1-03 in amperes (A).
When looking at the monitor through MEMOBUS/Modbus communications, the current is “8192
= drive rated current (A)”. Calculate the current from the monitor value that is in at MEMOBUS/
Modbus communications using “Numerals being displayed / 8192 × drive rated current (A).
Unit: When the drive model changes, the display units for this parameter also change.
• 0.01 A units: B001 - B018, 2001 - 2042, 4001 - 4023
• 0.1A units: 2056 - 2082, 4031 - 4060

U2-06 Motor Speed @ Fault V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(0085) Shows the motor speed at the fault that occurred most recently.
Use U1-05 [Motor Speed] to monitor the motor speed.
Unit: 0.01 Hz

U2-07 Output Voltage@Fault V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(0086) Shows the output voltage reference at the fault that occurred most recently.
Use U1-06 [Output Voltage Ref] to monitor the output voltage reference.
Unit: 0.1 V

U2-08 DC Bus Voltage@Fault V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(0087) Shows the DC bus voltage at the fault that occurred most recently.
Use U1-07 [DC Bus Voltage] to monitor the DC bus voltage.
Unit: 1 V

U2-09 Output Power @ Fault V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(0088) Shows the output power at the fault that occurred most recently.
Use U1-08 [Output Power] to monitor the output power.
Unit: 0.1 kW

U2-10 Torque Ref @ Fault V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(0089) Shows the torque reference at the fault that occurred most recently as a percentage of the motor
rated torque.
Use U1-09 [Torque Reference] to monitor the torque reference.
Unit: 0.1%

418 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 11.17 U: Monitors

No.
Name Description MFAO Signal Level
(Hex.)

U2-11 Input Terminal Status @ V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(008A) Fault
Shows the status of the MFDI terminals at the most recent fault where = ON and = OFF.

For example, U2-11 shows when terminals S1 and S3 are ON.

Use U1-10 [Input Terminal Status] to monitor the actual MFDI terminal status.
bit0 : Terminal S1
bit1 : Terminal S2
bit2 : Terminal S3
bit3 : Terminal S4
bit4 : Terminal S5
bit5 : Terminal S6
bit6 : Terminal S7

bit7 : Not used (normal value of [ ]).

U2-12 Output Terminal Status @ V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(008B) Fault
Shows the status of the MFDO terminals at the most recent fault where = ON and = OFF.

For example, U2-12 shows when terminals MA and P2 are ON.

Use U1-11 [Output Terminal Status] to monitor the actual MFDO terminal status.
bit0 : Terminal MA/MB-MC
bit1 : Terminal P1-C1
bit2 : Terminal P2-C2

bit3 : Not used (normal value of [ ]).

bit4 : Not used (normal value of [ ]).

bit5 : Not used (normal value of [ ]).

bit6 : Not used (normal value of [ ]).

bit7 : Not used (normal value of [ ]).

U2-13 Operation Status @ Fault V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(008C)
Shows the status of the MFDO terminals at the most recent fault where = ON and = OFF.

For example, U2-13 shows during run.

Use U1-12 [Drive Status] to monitor the actual MFDO terminal status.
bit0 : During Run
bit1 : During zero-speed
bit2 : During reverse
bit3 : During fault reset signal input
bit4 : During speed agreement
bit5 : Drive Ready
bit6 : During minor fault detection
bit7 : During fault detection

U2-14 Elapsed Time @ Fault V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(008D) Shows the cumulative operation time of the drive at the fault that occurred most recently.
Use U4-01 [Cumulative Ope Time] to monitor the cumulative operation time.
Unit: 1 h

U2-15 SFS Output @ Fault V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(07E0) Shows the output frequency after soft start at the fault that occurred most recently.
Use U1-16 [SFS Output Frequency] to monitor the output frequency after soft start.
Unit: 0.01 Hz

U2-16 q-Axis Current@Fault V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(07E1) Shows the q-Axis current of the motor at the fault that occurred most recently.
Use U6-01 [Iq Secondary Current] to monitor the q-Axis current of the motor.
Unit: 0.1 %

U2-17 d-Axis Current@Fault V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(07E2) Shows the d-Axis current of the motor at the fault that occurred most recently.
Use U6-02 [Id ExcitationCurrent] to monitor the d-Axis current of the motor.
Unit: 0.1 %
Parameter List

U2-19 ControlDeviation@Flt V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(07E4) Shows the amount of control axis deviation (Δθ) at the fault that occurred most recently.
Use U6-10 [ContAxisDeviation Δθ] to monitor the actual amount of control axis deviation (Δθ).
Unit: 0.1 °

11

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 419

11.17 U: Monitors

No.
Name Description MFAO Signal Level
(Hex.)

U2-20 Heatsink Temp @Fault V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(008E) Shows the heatsink temperature at the fault that occurred most recently.
Use U4-08 [Heatsink Temperature] to monitor the temperature of the heatsink.
Unit: 1 °C

U2-21 STPo Detect @ Fault V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(1166) Monitors conditions to detect STPo [Motor Step-Out Detected] faults. The bit for each condition
Expert is shown as = ON or = OFF.

For example, U2-21 shows when the drive detects excessive current.
bit0 : Excessive current
bit1 : Induced voltage deviation
bit2 : d-axis current deviation
bit3 : Motor lock at startup
bit4 : Acceleration stall continue
bit5 : Acceleration stall repeat

bit6 : Not used (normal value of [ ]).

bit7 : Not used (normal value of [ ]).

◆ U3: Fault History

No.
Name Description MFAO Signal Level
(Hex.)

U3-01 to U3-04 1st to 4th MostRecent Fault V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(0090 - 0093) Shows the fault history of the first to fourth most recent faults.
(0800 - 0803) Note:
The drive saves the U3-01 to U3-04 [1st to 4th MostRecent Fault] fault histories to two types
of registers at the same time for the MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.

U3-05 to U3-10 5th to 10th MostRecent V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(0804 - 0809) Fault Shows the fault history of the fifth to tenth most recent faults.

U3-11 to U3-14 ElapsedTime@1st to V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(0094 - 0097) 4thFault Shows the cumulative operation time when the first to fourth most recent faults occurred.
(080A - 080D) Unit: 1 h
Note:
The drive saves the U3-11 to U3-14 [ElapsedTime@1st to 4thFault] the cumulative operation
time to two types of registers at the same time for the MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.

U3-15 to U3-20 ElapsedTime@5th to V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(080E - 0813) 10thFault Shows the cumulative operation time when the fifth to tenth most recent faults occurred.
Unit: 1 h

◆ U4: Maintenance Monitors

No.
Name Description MFAO Signal Level
(Hex.)

U4-01 Cumulative Ope Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V: 99999 h
(004C) Shows the cumulative operation time of the drive.
Use parameter o4-01 [Elapsed Operating Time Setting] to reset this monitor. Use parameter o4-02
[Elapsed Operating Time Selection] to select the cumulative operation times from:
• The time from when the drive is energized until it is de-energized.
• The time at which the Run command is turned ON.
The maximum value that the monitor will show is 99999. After this value is more than 99999, the
drive automatically resets it and starts to count from 0 again.
Unit: 1 h
Note:
The MEMOBUS/Modbus communication data is shown in 10 h units. Use register 0099H for
data in 1 h units.

U4-02 Num of Run Commands V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V: 65535 times
(0075) Shows how many times that the drive has received a Run command.
Use parameter o4-13 [RUN Command Counter @ Initialize] to reset this monitor. The maximum
value that the monitor will show is 65535. After this value is more than 65535, the drive
automatically resets it and starts to count from 0 again.
Unit: 1

420 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 11.17 U: Monitors

No.
Name Description MFAO Signal Level
(Hex.)

U4-03 Cooling Fan Ope Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V: 99999 h
(0067) Shows the cumulative operation time of the cooling fans.
Use parameter o4-03 [Fan Operation Time Setting] to reset this monitor. The maximum value that
the monitor will show is 99999. After this value is more than 99999, the drive automatically resets
it and starts to count from 0 again.
Unit: 1 h
Note:
The MEMOBUS/Modbus communication data is shown in 10 h units. Use register 009BH for
data in 1 h units.

U4-04 Cool Fan Maintenance V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V: 100%
(007E) Shows the cumulative operation time of the cooling fans as a percentage of the replacement life of
the cooling fans.
Use parameter o4-03 [Fan Operation Time Setting] to reset this monitor.
Unit: 1%
Note:
Replace the cooling fans when this monitor is 90%.

U4-05 CapacitorMaintenance V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V: 100%

(007C) Shows the operation time of the electrolytic capacitors for the main circuit and control circuit as a
percentage of the replacement life of the electrolytic capacitors.
Use parameter o4-05 [Capacitor Maintenance Setting] to reset this monitor.
Unit: 1%
Note:
Replace the electrolytic capacitor when this monitor is 90%.

U4-06 PreChargeRelayMainte V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V: 100%

(07D6) Shows the operation time of the soft charge bypass relay as a percentage of the replacement life of
the soft charge bypass relay.
Use parameter o4-07 [Softcharge Relay Maintenance Set] to reset this monitor.
Unit: 1%
Note:
Replace the drive when this monitor is 90%.

U4-07 IGBT Maintenance V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V: 100%

(07D7) Shows the operation time of the IGBTs as a percentage of the replacement life of the IGBTs.
Set parameter o4-09 [IGBT Maintenance Setting] to reset this monitor.
Unit: 1%
Note:
Replace the drive when this monitor is 90%.

U4-08 Heatsink Temperature V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V: 100 °C

(0068) Shows the heatsink temperature of the drive.
Unit: 1 °C

U4-09 LED Check V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(005E) Turns on all of the keypad LEDs to make sure that the LEDs operate correctly.

1. With U4-09 displayed, press .

All LEDs on the keypad will turn on.
Note:
When Safety input 2 CH is open (STo), READY will flash.

U4-10 kWh, Lower 4 Digits V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(005C) Shows the lower 4 digits of the watt hour value for the drive.
Unit: 1 kWh
Note:
The watt hour is displayed in 9 digits. Monitor U4-11 [kWh, Upper 5 Digits] shows the upper
5 digits and U4-10 shows the lower 4 digits.
Example for 12345678.9 kWh:
U4-10: 678.9 kWh
U4-11: 12345 MWh

U4-11 kWh, Upper 5 Digits V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(005D) Shows the upper 5 digits of the watt hour value for the drive.
Unit: 1 MWh
Note:
Monitor U4-11 shows the upper 5 digits and U4-10 [kWh, Lower 4 Digits] shows the lower 4
Parameter List

digits.
Example for 12345678.9 kWh:
U4-10: 678.9 kWh
U4-11: 12345 MWh

11

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 421

11.17 U: Monitors

No.
Name Description MFAO Signal Level
(Hex.)

U4-13 Peak Hold Current V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(07CF) Shows the hold value of the peak value (rms) for the drive output current.
Use U4-14 [PeakHold Output Freq] to show the drive output frequency at the time that the drive
holds the output current.
The drive will hold the peak hold current at the next start up and restart of the power supply. The
drive keeps the value that was under hold during baseblock (during stop).
The keypad shows the value of U4-13 in amperes (A). When looking at the monitor through
MEMOBUS/Modbus communications, the current is “8192 = drive rated current (A)”. Calculate
the current from the monitor value that is in at MEMOBUS/Modbus communications using
“Numerals being displayed / 8192 × drive rated current (A).
Unit: When the drive model changes, the display units for this parameter also change.
• 0.01 A units: B001 - B018, 2001 - 2042, 4001 - 4023
• 0.1A units: 2056 - 2082, 4031 - 4060

U4-14 PeakHold Output Freq V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(07D0) Shows the output frequency at which the peak value (rms) of the drive output current is held.
The peak hold current can be monitored by U4-13 [Peak Hold Current].
The peak hold output frequency will be cleared at the next startup and restart of the power supply.
The drive keeps the value that was under hold during baseblock (during stop).
Unit: 0.01 Hz

U4-16 Motor oL1 Level V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V: 100%
(07D8) Shows the integrated value of oL1 [Motor Overload] as a percentage of oL1 detection level.
Unit: 0.1%

U4-18 Reference Source V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(07DA) Shows the selected frequency reference source.
The keypad shows the frequency reference source as “XY-nn” as specified by these rules:
X: External Reference 1/2 Selection [H1-xx = 2] selection status
• 1: b1-01 [Frequency Reference Selection 1]
• 2: b1-15 [Frequency Reference Selection 2]
Y-nn: Frequency reference source
• 0-01: Keypad (d1-01 [Reference 1])
• 1-00: Analog input (unassigned)
• 1-01: MFAI terminal A1
• 1-02: MFAI terminal A2
• 2-02 to 2-17: Multi-step speed reference (d1-02 to d1-17 [Reference 2 to 16, Jog Reference])
• 3-01: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
• 4-01: Communication option card
• 5-01: Pulse train input
• 7-01: DriveWorksEZ
• 9-01: Up/Down command

U4-19 Modbus FreqRef (dec) V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V: Maximum frequency
(07DB) Shows the frequency reference sent to the drive from the MEMOBUS/Modbus communications (0 V to +10 V)
as a decimal.
Unit: 0.01%

U4-20 Option Freq Ref(dec) V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V: Maximum frequency
(07DC) Shows the frequency reference sent to the drive from the communication option as a decimal. (0 V to +10 V)

422 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 11.17 U: Monitors

No.
Name Description MFAO Signal Level
(Hex.)

U4-21 Run Command Source V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output The
(07DD) Shows the selected Run command source. keypad shows the Run
command source as "XY-
The keypad shows the Run command source as “XY-nn” as specified by these rules: nn" as specified by these
X: External Reference 1/2 Selection [H1-xx = 2] selection status rules: available
• 1: b1-02 [Run Command Selection 1]
• 2: b1-16 [Run Command Selection 2]
Y: Run command source
• 0: Keypad
• 1: Control circuit terminal
• 3: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
• 4: Communication option card
• 7: DriveWorksEZ
nn: Run command limit status data
• 00: No limit status.
• 01: The Run command was left ON when the drive stopped in the Programming Mode.
• 02: The Run command was left ON when switching from LOCAL Mode to REMOTE Mode.
• 03: The Run command is in standby after the drive was energized until the soft charge bypass
contactor turns ON.
Note:
The drive will detect Uv1 [DC Bus Undervoltage] or Uv [Undervoltage] if the soft charge
bypass contactor does not turn ON after 10 s.
• 04: Restart after run stop is prohibited.
• 05: Fast stop has been executed using the MFDI terminal. Or, the motor has ramped to stop by
pressing the STOP key on the keypad.
• 06: b1-17 = 0 [Run Command at Power Up = Disregard Existing RUN Command] is set.
• 07: During baseblock while coast to stop with timer.
• 08: Frequency reference is below E1-09 [Minimum Output Frequency] during baseblock.
• 09: Waiting for the Enter command from PLC.

U4-22 Modbus CmdData (hex) V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(07DE) Shows the operation signal (register 0001H) sent to the drive from MEMOBUS/Modbus
communications as a 4-digit hexadecimal number (zero suppress).
The keypad shows the operation signal as specified by these rules:
bit 0 : Forward run/Stop
bit 1 : Reverse run/Stop
bit 2 : External fault
bit 3 : Fault Reset Procedure
bit 4 : Multi-function input 1
bit 5 : Multi-function input 2
bit 6 : Multi-function input 3
bit 7 : Multi-function input 4
bit 8 : Multi-function input 5
bit 9 : Multi-function input 6
bit A : Multi-function input 7
bit B : Not used (normal value of 0).
bit C : Not used (normal value of 0).
bit D : Not used (normal value of 0).
bit E : Not used (normal value of 0).
bit F : Not used (normal value of 0).

U4-23 Option CmdData (hex) V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(07DF) Shows the operation signal (register 0001H) sent to the drive from MEMOBUS/Modbus
communications as a 4-digit hexadecimal number.
The keypad shows the operation signal as specified by these rules:
bit 0 : Forward run/Stop
bit 1 : Reverse run/Stop
bit 2 : External fault
bit 3 : Fault Reset Procedure
bit 4 : Multi-function input 1
bit 5 : Multi-function input 2
bit 6 : Multi-function input 3
bit 7 : Multi-function input 4
bit 8 : Multi-function input 5
bit 9 : Multi-function input 6
Parameter List

bit A : Multi-function input 7

bit B : Not used (normal value of 0).
bit C : Not used (normal value of 0).
bit D : Not used (normal value of 0).
bit E : Not used (normal value of 0).
bit F : Not used (normal value of 0).
11

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 423

11.17 U: Monitors

No.
Name Description MFAO Signal Level
(Hex.)

U4-24 Number of Runs (Low) V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(07E6) Shows the lower 4 digits of the drive run count.
Note:
The drive run count is an 8-digit number. Monitor U4-25 [Number of Runs(High)] shows the
upper 4 digits and U4-24 shows the lower 4 digits.

U4-25 Number of Runs(High) V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(07E7) Shows the lower 4 digits of the drive run count.
Note:
The drive run count is an 8-digit number. Monitor U4-25 shows the upper 4 digits and U4-24
[Number of Runs (Low)] shows the lower 4 digits.

U4-52 Torque Ref from Comm V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V: 100% (0 V to +10 V)
(1592) Shows the torque reference that the drive received from a serial communication option card or
from MEMOBUS/Modbus communications as a decimal number.
Unit: 0.1%

◆ U5: PID Monitors

No.
Name Description MFAO Signal Level
(Hex.)

U5-01 PID Feedback V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V: Maximum frequency
(0057) Shows the PID control feedback value. Parameter b5-20 [PID Unit Selection] sets the display (0 V to +10 V)
units.
Unit: 0.01%

U5-02 PID Input V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V: Maximum frequency
(0063) Shows the change between the PID setpoint and PID feedback (the quantity of PID input) as a (0 V to +10 V)
percentage of the maximum output frequency.
Unit: 0.01%

U5-03 PID Output V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V: Maximum frequency
(0064) Shows the PID control output as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. (0 V to +10 V)
Unit: 0.01%

U5-04 PID Setpoint V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V: Maximum frequency
(0065) Shows the PID setpoint. Parameter b5-20 [PID Unit Selection] sets the display units. (0 V to +10 V)
Unit: 0.01%

U5-05 PID DifferentialFdbk V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V: Maximum frequency
(07D2) Shows the PID differential feedback value as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. (0 V to +10 V)
Set H3-02 or H3-10 = 16 [MFAI Function Selection = Differential PID Feedback] to enable this
monitor.
Unit: 0.01%

U5-06 PID Fdbk-Diff PID Fdbk V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V: Maximum frequency
(07D3) Shows the difference from calculating U5-05 - U5-01 [PID DifferentialFdbk] - [PID Feedback]. (0 V to +10 V)
Unit: 0.01%
Note:
U5-01 [PID Feedback] = U5-06 when H3-02 or H3-10 ≠ 16 [MFAI Function Selection ≠
Differential PID Feedback].

U5-21 Energy Save Coeff Ki V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(0872) Shows the energy-saving coefficient Ki value for PM.
Expert Unit: 0.01

U5-22 Energy Save Coeff Kt V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(0873) Shows the energy-saving coefficient Kt value for PM.
Expert Unit: 0.01

U5-99 PID Setpoint Command V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V: Maximum frequency
(1599) Shows the PID setpoint command. Parameter b5-20 [PID Unit Selection] sets the display units. (0 V to +10 V)
Unit: 0.01%

424 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 11.17 U: Monitors

◆ U6: Operation Status Monitors

No.
Name Description MFAO Signal Level
(Hex.)

U6-01 Iq Secondary Current V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V: Motor secondary
(0051) Shows the value calculated for the motor secondary current (q-Axis) as a percentage of the motor rated current (0 V to +10 V)
rated secondary current.
Unit: 0.1%

U6-02 Id ExcitationCurrent V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V: Motor secondary

(0052) Shows the value calculated for the motor excitation current (d-Axis) as a percentage of the motor rated current (0 V to +10 V)
rated secondary current.
Unit: 0.1%

U6-03 ASR Input V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V: Maximum frequency
(0054) Shows the ASR input value as a percentage of the maximum frequency. (0 V to +10 V)
Unit: 0.01%

U6-04 ASR Output V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V: Motor secondary
(0055) Shows the ASR output value as a percentage of the motor rated secondary current. rated current (0 V to +10 V)
Unit: 0.01%

U6-05 OutputVoltageRef: Vq V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 200 V class: 10 V = 200
(0059) Shows the drive internal voltage reference for motor secondary current control (q-Axis). Vrms
Unit: 0.1 V 400 V class: 10 V = 400
Vrms
(0 V to +10 V)

U6-06 OutputVoltageRef: Vd V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 200 V class: 10 V = 200
(005A) Shows the drive internal voltage reference for motor excitation current control (d-Axis). Vrms
Unit: 0.1 V 400 V class: 10 V = 400
Vrms
(0 V to +10 V)

U6-07 q-Axis ACR Output V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 200 V class: 10 V = 200
(005F) Shows the output value for current control related to motor secondary current (q axis). Vrms
Expert Unit: 0.1% 400 V class: 10 V = 400
Vrms
(0 V to +10 V)

U6-08 d-Axis ACR Output V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 200 V class: 10 V = 200
(0060) Shows the output value for current control related to motor excitation current (d axis). Vrms
Expert Unit: 0.1% 400 V class: 10 V = 400
Vrms
(0 V to +10 V)

U6-09 AdvPhase Compen Δθcmp V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 5 V: 180 ° (0 V to +10 V)
(07C0) Displays the data on forward phase compensation for the calculation results of the amount of
Expert control axis deviation.
Unit: 1 °

U6-10 ContAxisDeviation Δθ V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 5 V: 180 ° (0 V to +10 V)

(07C1) Shows the deviation between the γδ-Axis that the drive uses for motor control and the dq-Axis.
Expert Unit: 0.1 °

U6-14 MagPolePosition(Obs) V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V: 180 ° (0 V to +10 V)

(07CB) Shows the value of the flux position estimation.
Expert Unit: 0.1 °

U6-17 Energy Save Coeff V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(07D1) Shows the total time of direction of motor rotation detections for Speed Estimation Speed
Expert Searches. This value adjusts b3-26 [Direction Determination Level].
Note:
Upper limit is +32767 and lower limit is -32767.

U6-20 UP/DOWN 2 Bias Value V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V: Maximum Frequency
(07D4) Shows the bias value used to adjust the frequency reference.
Unit: 0.1%

U6-21 Offset Frequency V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V: Maximum Frequency
(07D5) Shows the total value of d7-01 to d7-03 [Offset Frequency 1 to 3] selected with Add Offset
Frequency 1 to 3 [H1-xx = 44 to 46].
Unit: 0.1%
Parameter List

U6-31 TorqueDetect Monitor V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V:100%

(007B) Monitors the torque reference or the output current after applying the filter set to L6-07 [Torque
Detection Filter Time].
Unit: 0.1%

U6-36 Comm Errors-Host V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(0720) Shows the number of inter-CPU communication errors. When you de-energize the drive, this
Expert value resets to 0.
11

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 425

11.17 U: Monitors

No.
Name Description MFAO Signal Level
(Hex.)

U6-37 Comm Errors-Host V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(0721) Shows the number of inter-CPU communication errors. When you de-energize the drive, this
Expert value resets to 0.

U6-57 PolePolarityDeterVal V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(07C4) Shows the change from the integrated current when the drive finds the polarity.
Unit: 1
Note:
If the change from the integrated current is less than 819, increase n8-84 [Polarity Detection
Current]. U6-57 = 8192 is equivalent to the motor rated current.

U6-80 to U6-83 Option IP Address 1 to 4 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(07B0 - 07B3) Shows the currently available local IP Address.
• U6-80: 1st octet
• U6-81: 2nd octet
• U6-82: 3rd octet
• U6-83: 4th octet

U6-84 to U6-87 Online Subnets 1 to 4 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(07B4 - 07B7) Shows the currently available subnet mask.
• U6-84: 1st octet
• U6-85: 2nd octet
• U6-86: 3rd octet
• U6-87: 4th octet

U6-88 to U6-91 Online Gateways 1 to 4 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(07B8, 07B9, Shows the currently available gateway address.
07F0, 07F1) • U6-88: 1st octet
• U6-89: 2nd octet
• U6-90: 3rd octet
• U6-91: 4th octet

U6-92 Online Speed V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(07F2) Shows the currently available communications speed.
10: 10 Mbps
100: 100 Mbps

U6-93 Online Duplex V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(07F3) Shows the currently available Duplex setting.

U6-98 First Fault V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(07F8) Shows the contents of the most recent communication options fault (DeviceNet, Modbus TCP/IP,
EtherNet/IP).

U6-99 Current Fault V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(07F9) Shows the contents of current fault from communication options (DeviceNet, Modbus TCP/IP,
EtherNet/IP).

◆ U8: DriveWorksEZ Monitors

No.
Name Description MFAO Signal Level
(Hex.)

U8-01 DWEZ Monitor 1 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V = 100%

(1950) Shows DWEZ Monitor 1. (Display range: 0.00% to 999.99%)
Unit: 0.01%

U8-02 DWEZ Monitor 2 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V = 100%

(1951) Shows DWEZ Monitor 2. (Display range: 0.00% to 999.99%)
Unit: 0.01%

U8-03 DWEZ Monitor 3 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V = 100%

(1952) Shows DWEZ Monitor 3. (Display range: 0.00% to 999.99%)
Unit: 0.01%

U8-04 DWEZ Monitor 4 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V = 100%

(1953) Shows DWEZ Monitor 4. (Display range: 0.00% to 999.99%)
Unit: 0.01%

U8-05 DWEZ Monitor 5 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V = 100%

(1954) Shows DWEZ Monitor 5. (Display range: 0.00% to 999.99%)
Unit: 0.01%

U8-06 DWEZ Monitor 6 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V = 100%

(1955) Shows DWEZ Monitor 6. (Display range: 0.00% to 999.99%)
Unit: 0.01%

426 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 11.17 U: Monitors

No.
Name Description MFAO Signal Level
(Hex.)

U8-07 DWEZ Monitor 7 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V = 100%

(1956) Shows DWEZ Monitor 7. (Display range: -999.9% to +999.99%)
Unit: 0.01%

U8-08 DWEZ Monitor 8 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V = 100%

(1957) Shows DWEZ Monitor 8. (Display range: -999.9% to +999.99%)
Unit: 0.01%

U8-09 DWEZ Monitor 9 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V = 100%

(1958) Shows DWEZ Monitor 9. (Display range: -999.9% to +999.99%)
Unit: 0.01%

U8-10 DWEZ Monitor 10 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(1959) Shows DWEZ Monitor 10.

U8-11 DWEZ Version 1 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(195A) Shows the Upper three digits of the user ID. When you click the setting button on the title bar of
the PC tool to open the setting screen, you can confirm the user ID with the primary user ID
display.

U8-12 DWEZ Version 2 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(195B) Shows the lower five digits of the user ID. When you click the setting button on the title bar of the
PC tool to open the setting screen, you can confirm the user ID with the primary user ID display.

U8-13 DWEZ Version 3 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(195C) Shows the software ID.

U8-18 DWEZ Platform Ver V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(1961) Shows the DriveWorksEZ platform version.

U8-21 DWEZ Monitor 21 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V = 100%

(1964) Shows DWEZ Monitor 21. (Display range: -999.9% to +999.99%)
Unit: 0.01%

U8-22 DWEZ Monitor 22 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V = 100%

(1965) Shows DWEZ Monitor 22.
Unit: The number of decimal points shown is set with Q2-21.

U8-23 DWEZ Monitor 23 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V = 100%

(1966) Shows DWEZ Monitor 23.
Unit: The number of decimal points shown is set with Q2-22.

U8-24 DWEZ Monitor 24 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V = 100%

(1967) Shows DWEZ Monitor 24.
Unit: The number of decimal points shown is set with Q2-23.

U8-25 DWEZ Monitor 25 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V = 100%

(1968) Shows DWEZ Monitor 25.
Unit: The number of decimal points shown is set with Q2-24.

U8-31 DWEZ Monitor 31 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V = 100%

(196E) Shows DWEZ Monitor 31. (Display range: 0.00% to 999.99%)
Unit: 0.01%

U8-32 DWEZ Monitor 32 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V = 100%

(196F) Shows DWEZ Monitor 32. (Display range: 0.00% to 999.99%)
Unit: 0.01%

U8-33 DWEZ Monitor 33 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V = 100%

(1970) Shows DWEZ Monitor 33. (Display range: 0.00% to 999.99%)
Unit: 0.01%

U8-34 DWEZ Monitor 34 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V = 100%

(1971) Shows DWEZ Monitor 34. (Display range: 0.00% to 999.99%)
Unit: 0.01%

U8-35 DWEZ Monitor 35 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V = 100%

(1972) Shows DWEZ Monitor 35. (Display range: 0.00% to 999.99%)
Unit: 0.01%

U8-36 DWEZ Monitor 36 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V = 100%

(1973) Shows DWEZ Monitor 36. (Display range: 0.00% to 999.99%)
Parameter List

Unit: 0.01%

U8-37 DWEZ Monitor 37 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V = 100%

(1974) Shows DWEZ Monitor 37. (Display range: -999.9% to +999.99%)
Unit: 0.01%

U8-38 DWEZ Monitor 38 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V = 100%

(1975) Shows DWEZ Monitor 38. (Display range: -999.9% to +999.99%) 11
Unit: 0.01%

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 427

11.17 U: Monitors

No.
Name Description MFAO Signal Level
(Hex.)

U8-39 DWEZ Monitor 39 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V = 100%

(1976) Shows DWEZ Monitor 39. (Display range: -999.9% to +999.99%)
Unit: 0.01%

U8-40 DWEZ Monitor 40 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(1977) Shows DWEZ Monitor 40.

U8-51 DWEZ Monitor 51 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V = 100%

(1982) Shows DWEZ Monitor 51. (Display range: -999.9% to +999.99%)
Unit: 0.01%

U8-52 DWEZ Monitor 52 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V = 100%

(1983) Shows DWEZ Monitor 52.
Unit: The number of decimal points shown is set with Q2-41.

U8-53 DWEZ Monitor 53 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V = 100%

(1984) Shows DWEZ Monitor 53.
Unit: The number of decimal points shown is set with Q2-42.

U8-54 DWEZ Monitor 54 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V = 100%

(1985) Shows DWEZ Monitor 54.
Unit: The number of decimal points shown is set with Q2-43.

U8-55 DWEZ Monitor 55 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 V = 100%

(1986) Shows DWEZ Monitor 55.
Unit: The number of decimal points shown is set with Q2-44.

U8-60 RemoteIO Status V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(198B) Shows the operation status of Remote IO as 1 (ON) and 0 (OFF). If the DriveWorksEZ
MEMOBUS master active signal is ON, for example, the monitor shows U8-60 = 00000001.
bit 0 : Bit 0: DriveWorksEZ MEMOBUS Master Active
bit 1 : Not used (normal value of 0)
bit 2 : Not used (normal value of 0)
bit 3 : Not used (normal value of 0)
bit 4 : Not used (normal value of 0)
bit 5 : Not used (normal value of 0)
bit 6 : Not used (normal value of 0)
bit 7 : Not used (normal value of 0)

U8-61 RemoteDI Monitor 0-7bit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(198C) Shows the operation status of Remote DI1 to DI8 as 1 (ON) and 0 (OFF). If Remote DI1 and DI2
are ON, for example, the monitor shows U8-61 = 00000011.
bit 0 : Remote DI1
bit 1 : Remote DI2
bit 2 : Remote DI3
bit 3 : Remote DI4
bit 4 : Remote DI5
bit 5 : Remote DI6
bit 6 : Remote DI7
bit 7 : Remote DI8

U8-62 RemoteDI Monitor 8-Fbit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(198D) Shows the operation status of Remote DI9 to DI16 as 1 (ON) and 0 (OFF). If Remote DI9 and
DI10 are ON, for example, the monitor shows U8-62 = 00000011.
bit 0 : Remote DI9
bit 1 : Remote DI10
bit 2 : Remote DI11
bit 3 : Remote DI12
bit 4 : Remote DI13
bit 5 : Remote DI14
bit 6 : Remote DI15
bit 7 : Remote DI16

428 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 11.17 U: Monitors

No.
Name Description MFAO Signal Level
(Hex.)

U8-63 RemoteDO Monitor 0-7bit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(198E) Shows the operation status of Remote DO1 to DO8 as 1 (ON) and 0 (OFF). If Remote DO1 and
DO2 are ON, for example, the monitor shows U8-63 = 00000011.
bit 0 : Remote DO1
bit 1 : Remote DO2
bit 2 : Remote DO3
bit 3 : Remote DO4
bit 4 : Remote DO5
bit 5 : Remote DO6
bit 6 : Remote DO7
bit 7 : Remote DO8

U8-64 RemoteDO Monitor 8-Fbit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV No signal output available
(198F) Shows the operation status of Remote DO9 to DO16 as 1 (ON) and 0 (OFF). If Remote DO9 and
DO10 are ON, for example, the monitor shows U8-64 = 00000011.
bit 0 : Remote DO9
bit 1 : Remote DO10
bit 2 : Remote DO11
bit 3 : Remote DO12
bit 4 : Remote DO13
bit 5 : Remote DO14
bit 6 : Remote DO15
bit 7 : Remote DO16

Parameter List

11

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 429

11.18 Parameters that Change from the Default Settings with A1-02 [Control Method Selection]

11.18 Parameters that Change from the Default Settings with

A1-02 [Control Method Selection]
The values for the parameters in these tables depend on the values for parameter A1-02. When you change the
setting for A1-02, the default settings will change.
Table 11.1 A1-02 = 0, 2 [V/f, OLV]
Control Method (A1-02 Setting)
No. Name Range Unit V/f OLV
(0) (2)

DC Injection/Zero
b2-01 0.0 - 10.0 0.1 Hz 0.5 0.5
SpeedThreshold

b2-04 DC Inject Braking Time at 0.00 - 10.00 0.01 s 0.50 0.50

Stop

Speed Search at Start

b3-01 Selection 0-1 1 0 0

SpeedSearch Deactivation
b3-02 0 - 200 1% 120 100
Current

Speed Estimation ACR P

b3-08 0.00 - 6.00 0.01 0.50 *1 0.50 *1
Gain

b3-09 Speed Estimation ACR I 0.0 - 1000.0 0.1 ms 2.0 2.0

Time

Bi-directional Speed
b3-14 Search 0-1 1 0 0

PID Sleep Function Start

b5-15 0.0 - 400.0 0.1 Hz 0.0 0.0
Level

b6-01 Dwell Reference at Start 0.0 - 400.0 0.1 Hz 0.0 0.0

b6-03 Dwell Reference at Stop 0.0 - 400.0 0.1 Hz 0.0 0.0

b8-02 Energy Saving Gain 0.0 - 10.0 0.1 - 0.7

b8-03 Energy Saving Filter Time 0.00 - 10.00 0.01 s - 0.50

E-Save Search Injection

b8-19 Freq 10 - 300 1 Hz 100 100

Accel/Decel Time
C1-11 0.0 - 400.0 0.1 Hz 0.0 0.0
Switchover Freq

S-Curve Time @ Start of

C2-01 0.00 - 10.00 0.01 s 0.20 0.20
Accel

C3-01 Slip Compensation Gain 0.0 - 2.5 0.1 0.0 1.0

Slip Compensation Delay

C3-02 Time 0 - 10000 1 ms 2000 200

C4-01 Torque Compensation Gain 0.00 - 2.50 0.01 1.00 1.00

C4-02 Torque Compensation 0 - 10000 1 ms 200 20

Delay Time

C5-01 ASR Proportional Gain 1 0.00 - 300.00 0.01 - -

C5-02 ASR Integral Time 1 0.000 - 60.000 0.001 s - -

C5-03 ASR Proportional Gain 2 0.00 - 300.00 0.01 - -

C5-04 ASR Integral Time 2 0.000 - 10.000 0.001 s - -

C5-06 ASR Delay Time 0.000 - 0.500 0.001 s - -

ASR Gain Switchover

C5-07 Frequency 0.0 - 400.0 0.1 Hz 0.0Hz 0.0Hz

Carrier Frequency
C6-02 1-F 1 1 *2 1 *2
Selection

d3-01 Jump Frequency 1 0.0 - 400.0 0.1 Hz 0.0 0.0

d3-02 Jump Frequency 2 0.0 - 400.0 0.1 Hz 0.0 0.0

d3-03 Jump Frequency 3 0.0 - 400.0 0.1 Hz 0.0 0.0

d3-04 Jump Frequency Width 0.0 - 20.0 0.1 Hz 1.0 1.0

Maximum Output
E1-04 Frequency 40.0 - 400.0 *2 *3 0.1 Hz 60.0 *4 60.0

E1-05 Maximum Output Voltage 0.0 - 255.0 *5 0.1 V 200.0 *4 200.0

E1-06 Base Frequency 0.0 - 400.0 *3 0.1 Hz 60.0 *4 60.0

430 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 11.18 Parameters that Change from the Default Settings with A1-02 [Control Method Selection]

Control Method (A1-02 Setting)

No. Name Range Unit V/f OLV
(0) (2)

E1-07 Mid Point A Frequency 0.0 - 400.0 *3 0.1 Hz 3.0 *4 3.0

E1-08 Mid Point A Voltage 0.0 - 255.0 *5 0.1 V 15.0 *4 11.0

Minimum Output
E1-09 Frequency 0.0 - 400.0 *3 0.1 Hz 1.5 *4 0.5

E1-10 Minimum Output Voltage 0.0 - 255.0 *5 0.1 V 9.0 *4 2.0

F1-09 Overspeed Detection 0.0 - 2.0 0.1 s - -

Delay Time

Motor Overload (oL1)

L1-01 Protection 0-4 1 1 1

KEB Start Voltage Offset

L2-31 0 - 100 *5 1V 0 0
Level

Stall Prevention during

L3-05 0-3 1 1 1
RUN

L3-20 DC Bus Voltage 0.00 - 5.00 0.01 1.00 0.30

Adjustment Gain

L3-21 OVSuppression Accel/ 0.10 - 10.00 0.01 1.00 1.00

Decel P Gain

Current Suppression
L3-36 Gain@Accel 0.0 - 100.0 0.1 10.0 20.0

Speed Agree Detection

L4-01 0.0 - 400.0 *6 0.1 0.0 Hz 0.0 Hz
Level

Speed Agree Detection

L4-02 0.0 - 20.0 0.1 2.0 Hz 2.0 Hz
Width

L4-03 Speed Agree Detection -400.0 - +400.0 *7 0.1 0.0 Hz 0.0 Hz

Level(+/-)

Speed Agree Detection

L4-04 Width(+/-) 0.0 - 20.0 0.1 2.0 Hz 2.0 Hz

Carrier Freq Reduction

L8-40 0.00 - 2.00 0.01 s 0.50 0.50
Off-Delay

STPo Detection Level

L8-90 0 - 5000 1 - -
(Low Speed)

n5-04 Speed Response Frequency 0.00 - 500.00 0.00 Hz - -

Initial Pole Detection

n8-35 Method 0-2 1 - -

Pull-in Current @
n8-51 0 - 200% 1 0 0
Acceleration

Frequency Display Unit

o1-03 0-3 1 0 0
Selection

o1-04 V/f Pattern Display Unit 0-1 1 - -

*1 The default setting changes when the setting for o2-04 [Drive Model Selection] changes.
*2 The default setting changes when the setting of C6-01 [Normal / Heavy Duty Selection] changes.
*3 The setting range changes when the setting of E5-01 [PM Motor Code Selection] changes when A1-02 = 5 [OLV/PM].
*4 The default setting changes when the drive model and E1-03 [V/f Pattern Selection] change.
*5 This is the value for 200 V class drives. Double the value for 400 V class drives.
*6 When A1-02 = 5 [OLV/PM], the maximum value of the setting range is 100.0.
*7 When A1-02 = 5 [OLV/PM], the setting range is -100.0 to +100.0.
Table 11.2 A1-02 = 5, 6, 8 [OLV/PM, AOLV/PM, EZOLV]
Control Method (A1-02 Setting)
No. Name Range Unit OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV
(5) (6) (8)

DC Injection/Zero
b2-01 SpeedThreshold 0.0 - 10.0 0.1 0.5 Hz 1.0% 0.5Hz
Parameter List

DC Inject Braking Time at

b2-04 Stop 0.00 - 10.00 0.01 s 0.00 0.00 0.00

Speed Search at Start

b3-01 0-1 1 0 0 0
Selection

SpeedSearch Deactivation
b3-02 0 - 200 1% - - -
Current

Speed Estimation ACR P

11
b3-08 0.00 - 6.00 0.01 0.30 0.30 0.30
Gain

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 431

11.18 Parameters that Change from the Default Settings with A1-02 [Control Method Selection]

Control Method (A1-02 Setting)

No. Name Range Unit OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV
(5) (6) (8)

Speed Estimation ACR I

b3-09 0.0 - 1000.0 0.1 ms 4.0 4.0 4.0
Time

Bi-directional Speed
b3-14 0-1 1 - - 0
Search

b5-15 PID Sleep Function Start 0.0 - 400.0 *1 0.1 0.0 Hz 0.0% 0.0%
Level

b6-01 Dwell Reference at Start 0.0 - 400.0 *1 0.1 0.0 Hz 0.0% 0.0%

b6-03 Dwell Reference at Stop 0.0 - 400.0 *1 0.1 0.0 Hz 0.0% 0.0%

b8-02 Energy Saving Gain 0.0 - 10.0 0.1 - - -

b8-03 Energy Saving Filter Time 0.00 - 10.00 0.01 s - - -

E-Save Search Injection

b8-19 10 - 300 1 Hz 100 100 20
Freq

C1-11 Accel/Decel Time 0.0 - 400.0 *1 0.1 0.0 Hz 0.0% 0.0%

Switchover Freq

S-Curve Time @ Start of

C2-01 Accel 0.00 - 10.00 0.01 s 1.00 0.20 1.00

C3-01 Slip Compensation Gain 0.0 - 2.5 0.1 - - 0

C3-02 Slip Compensation Delay 0 - 10000 1 ms - - 200

Time

Torque Compensation
C4-01 Gain 0.00 - 2.50 0.01 0.00 - 0.00

Torque Compensation
C4-02 0 - 10000 1 ms 100 - 100
Delay Time

C5-01 ASR Proportional Gain 1 0.00 - 300.00 0.01 10.00 10.00 10.00

C5-02 ASR Integral Time 1 0.000 - 60.000 0.001 s 0.500 0.500 0.500

C5-03 ASR Proportional Gain 2 0.00 - 300.00 0.01 - 10.00 10.00

C5-04 ASR Integral Time 2 0.000 - 10.000 0.001 s - 0.500 0.500

C5-06 ASR Delay Time 0.000 - 0.500 0.001 s - 0.016 0.004

ASR Gain Switchover

C5-07 0.0 - 400.0 *1 0.1 0.0Hz 0.0% 0.0%
Frequency

C6-02 Carrier Frequency 1-F 1 2 2 2

Selection

d3-01 Jump Frequency 1 0.0 - 400.0 *1 0.1 0.0 Hz 0.0% 0.0%

d3-02 Jump Frequency 2 0.0 - 400.0 *1 0.1 0.0 Hz 0.0% 0.0%

d3-03 Jump Frequency 3 0.0 - 400.0 *1 0.1 0.0 Hz 0.0 % 0.0 %

d3-04 Jump Frequency Width 0.0 - 20.0 *2 0.1 1.0 Hz 1.0 % 1.0 %

Maximum Output
E1-04 40.0 - 400.0 *3 0.1 Hz Determined by E5-01 Determined by E5-01 Determined by E5-01
Frequency

E1-05 Maximum Output Voltage 0.0 - 255.0 *4 0.1 V Determined by E5-01 Determined by E5-01 Determined by E5-01

E1-06 Base Frequency 0.0 - 400.0 0.1 Hz Determined by E5-01 Determined by E5-01 Determined by E5-01

E1-07 Mid Point A Frequency 0.0 - 400.0 0.1 Hz - - -

E1-08 Mid Point A Voltage 0.0 - 255.0 *4 0.1 V - - -

Minimum Output
E1-09 0.0 - 400.0 0.1 Hz Determined by E5-01 Determined by E5-01 Determined by E5-01
Frequency

E1-10 Minimum Output Voltage 0.0 - 255.0 *4 0.1 V - - -

Overspeed Detection
F1-09 Delay Time 0.0 - 2.0 0.1 s - 0.0 -

Motor Overload (oL1)

L1-01 0-4 1 4 4 Determined by E9-01
Protection

KEB Start Voltage Offset

L2-31 0 - 100 *4 1V 50 50 50
Level

L3-05 Stall Prevention during 0-3 1 1 - 3

RUN

DC Bus Voltage
L3-20 Adjustment Gain 0.00 - 5.00 0.01 0.65 0.65 0.65

432 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 11.18 Parameters that Change from the Default Settings with A1-02 [Control Method Selection]

Control Method (A1-02 Setting)

No. Name Range Unit OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV
(5) (6) (8)

OVSuppression Accel/
L3-21 0.10 - 10.00 0.01 1.00 1.00 1.00
Decel P Gain

Current Suppression
L3-36 0.0 - 100.0 0.1 - - -
Gain@Accel

L4-01 Speed Agree Detection 0.0 - 400.0 *1 0.1 0.0 Hz 0.0% 0.0%
Level

Speed Agree Detection

L4-02 Width 0.0 - 20.0 *2 0.1 2.0 Hz 4.0% 4.0%

Speed Agree Detection

L4-03 -400.0 - +400.0 *5 0.1 0.0 Hz 0.0% 0.0%
Level(+/-)

Speed Agree Detection

L4-04 0.0 - 20.0 *2 0.1 2.0 Hz 4.0% 4.0%
Width(+/-)

L8-40 Carrier Freq Reduction 0.00 - 2.00 0.01 s 0.00 0.00 0.00
Off-Delay

STPo Detection Level

L8-90 (Low Speed) 0 - 5000 1 0 80 -

Speed Response
n5-04 Frequency 0.00 - 500.00 0.00 Hz - 20.00 -

Initial Pole Detection

n8-35 0-2 1 0 1 -
Method

Pull-in Current @
n8-51 0 - 200% 1 50% 0 80%
Acceleration

o1-03 Frequency Display Unit 0-3 1 0 1 1

Selection

o1-04 V/f Pattern Display Unit 0-1 1 - 1 -

*1 The setting range is 0.0 to 100.0 when A1-02 = 6 [PM Advanced Open Loop Vector].
*2 The setting range is 0.0 to 40.0 when A1-02 = 6 [PM Advanced Open Loop Vector].
*3 The default setting changes when the setting for C6-01 [Normal / Heavy Duty Selection] changes.
*4 This is the value for 200 V class drives. Double the value for 400 V class drives.
*5 The setting range is -100.0 to +100.0 when A1-02 = 6 [PM Advanced Open Loop Vector].

Parameter List

11

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 433

11.19 Parameters that Change from the Default Settings with E3-01 [Motor 2 Control Mode Selection]

11.19 Parameters that Change from the Default Settings with

E3-01 [Motor 2 Control Mode Selection]
The values for the parameters in these tables depend on the values for parameter E3-01. When you change the
setting for E3-01, the default settings will change.
Motor 2 Control Method (setting value of E3-01)
No. Name Range Unit V/f OLV
(0) (2)

C3-21 Motor 2 Slip Compensation Gain 0.0 - 2.50 0.1 0.0 1.0

C3-22 Motor 2 Slip Comp Delay Time 0 - 10000 1 ms 2000 200

Motor 2 Maximum Output

E3-04 40.0 - 590.0 0.1 Hz 60.0 60.0
Frequency

0.0 - 255.0
E3-05 Motor 2 Maximum Output Voltage 0.1 V 200.0 200.0
*1

E3-06 Motor 2 Base Frequency 0.0 - 590.0 0.1 Hz 60.0 60.0

E3-07 Motor 2 Mid Point A Frequency 0.0 - 590.0 0.1 Hz 3.0 3.0

0.0 - 255.0
E3-08 Motor 2 Mid Point A Voltage 0.1 V 15.0 11.0
*1

E3-09 Motor 2 Minimum Output 0.0 - 590.0 0.1 Hz 1.5 0.5

Frequency

0.0 - 255.0
E3-10 Motor 2 Minimum Output Voltage 0.1 V 9.0 2.0
*1

E3-11 Motor 2 Mid Point B Frequency 0.0 - 590.0 Determined by o1-04 0.0 0.0

0.0 - 255.0
E3-12 Motor 2 Mid Point B Voltage 0.1 V 0.0 0.0
*1

0.0 - 255.0
E3-13 Motor 2 Base Voltage 0.1 V 0.0 0.0
*1

*1 This is the value for 200 V class drives. Double the value for 400 V class drives.

434 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 11.20 Parameters Changed by E1-03 [V/f Pattern Selection]

11.20 Parameters Changed by E1-03 [V/f Pattern Selection]

The values for parameters A1-02 [Control Method Selection] and E1-03 [V/f Pattern Selection] change the default
settings for the parameters in these tables:
Table 11.3 Parameters Changed by E1-03 (B001 - B018, 2001 - 2021, and 4001 - 4012)
Control Method (A1-
No. Setting Value
02 Setting)
Unit OLV/ AOL
F OLV
E1-03 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E PM V/PM
*1 (2)
(5) (6)

E1-04 Hz 50.0 60.0 60.0 72.0 50.0 50.0 60.0 60.0 50.0 50.0 60.0 60.0 90.0 120.0 180.0 50.0 50.0 *2 *2

E1-05
V 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 *2 *2
*3

E1-06 Hz 50.0 60.0 50.0 60.0 50.0 50.0 60.0 60.0 50.0 50.0 60.0 60.0 60.0 60.0 60.0 50.0 50.0 *2 *2

E1-07 Hz 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 25.0 25.0 30.0 30.0 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.5 3.0 - -

E1-08
V 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 35.0 50.0 35.0 50.0 19.0 24.0 19.0 24.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 14.4 - -
*3

E1-09 Hz 1.3 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.5 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.3 0.5 *2 *2

E1-10
V 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 8.0 9.0 8.0 9.0 12.0 13.0 12.0 15.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 3.0 - -
*3

*1 These values are the default settings for E1-04 to E1-10 and E3-04 to E3-10 [V/f Pattern for Motor 2]. These settings are the same as
those for the V/f pattern when E1-03 = 0 [Const Trq, 50 Hz base, 60Hz max].
*2 The default setting varies depending on the setting of E5-01 [PM Motor Code Selection].
*3 This is the value for 200 V class drives. Double the value for 400 V class drives.
Table 11.4 Parameters Changed by E1-03 (2030 - 2082 and 4018 - 4060)
Control Method (A1-
No. Setting Value
02 Setting)
Unit OLV/ AOL
F OLV
E1-03 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E PM V/PM
*1 (2) (5) (6)

E1-04 Hz 50.0 60.0 60.0 72.0 50.0 50.0 60.0 60.0 50.0 50.0 60.0 60.0 90.0 120.0 180.0 50.0 50.0 *2 *2

E1-05
V 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 *2 *2
*3

E1-06 Hz 50.0 60.0 50.0 60.0 50.0 50.0 60.0 60.0 50.0 50.0 60.0 60.0 60.0 60.0 60.0 50.0 50.0 *2 *2

E1-07 Hz 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 25.0 25.0 30.0 30.0 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.5 3.0 - -

E1-08
V 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 35.0 50.0 35.0 50.0 18.0 23.0 18.0 23.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 13.2 - -
*3

E1-09 Hz 1.3 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.5 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.3 0.5 *2 *2

E1-10
V 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 6.0 7.0 6.0 7.0 9.0 11.0 9.0 13.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 2.4 - -
*3

*1 These values are the default settings for E1-04 to E1-10 and E3-04 to E3-10 [V/f Pattern for Motor 2]. These settings are the same as
those for the V/f pattern when E1-03 = 0 [Const Trq, 50 Hz base, 60Hz max].
*2 The default setting varies depending on the setting of E5-01 [PM Motor Code Selection].
*3 This is the value for 200 V class drives. Double the value for 400 V class drives.
Parameter List

11

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 435

11.21 Defaults by Drive Model and Duty Rating ND/HD

11.21 Defaults by Drive Model and Duty Rating ND/HD

The values for the parameters in these tables depend on the values for parameters o2-04 and C6-01. Changing the
settings for o2-04 and C6-01 will change the default settings.

◆ Single-Phase 200 V Class

No. *1 Name Unit Default

- Drive Model - B001 B002 B004 B006

Normal / HD ND HD ND HD ND HD ND
C6-01 Heavy Duty -
Selection 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1

Drive Model
o2-04 (KVA) Hex. 30 31 32 33
Selection

E2-11
Motor Rated kW 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.4 0.4 0.75 0.75 1.1
(E4-11, E5- Power
02)

V/f Gain
b3-04 during Speed % 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Search

Speed
Estimation
b3-06 - 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.5 0.5
Current Level
1

Speed
b3-08 Estimation - 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
ACR P Gain

Direction
b3-26 Determination - 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
Level

Energy Saving
b8-03 s 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
Filter Time

Energy Saving
b8-04 Coefficient - 481.7 356.9 356.9 288.2 288.2 223.7 223.7 196.6
Value

Carrier
C6-02 Frequency - 4 7 4 7 4 7 4 7
Selection

E2-01 Motor Rated

A 0.6 1.1 1.1 1.9 1.9 3.3 3.3 6.2
(E4-01) Current (FLA)

E2-02 Motor Rated Hz 2.5 2.6 2.6 2.9 2.9 2.5 2.5 2.6
(E4-02) Slip

E2-03 Motor No- A 0.4 0.8 0.8 1.2 1.2 1.8 1.8 2.8
(E4-03) Load Current

E2-05 Motor Line-

to-Line Ω 35.98 20.56 20.56 9.842 9.842 5.156 5.156 1.997
(E4-05) Resistance

E2-06 Motor
Leakage % 21.6 20.1 20.1 18.2 18.2 13.8 13.8 18.5
(E4-06) Inductance

E2-10 Motor Iron

W 6 11 11 14 14 26 26 53
(E4-10) Loss

PM Motor
E5-01 Code - FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
Selection

Power Loss
L2-02 Ride Through s 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2
Time

Minimum
L2-03 Baseblock s 0.2 0.3 0.2 0.3 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.4
Time

Powerloss V/f
L2-04 Recovery s 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
Ramp Time

Undervoltage
L2-05 Detection Lvl - 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160
(Uv1)

Stall Prevent
L3-02 Level during % 150 120 150 120 150 120 150 120
Accel

436 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 11.21 Defaults by Drive Model and Duty Rating ND/HD

No. *1 Name Unit Default

- Drive Model - B001 B002 B004 B006

Normal / HD ND HD ND HD ND HD ND
C6-01 Heavy Duty -
Selection 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1

Drive Model
o2-04 (KVA) Hex. 30 31 32 33
Selection

E2-11
Motor Rated
(E4-11, E5- kW 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.4 0.4 0.75 0.75 1.1
Power
02)

Stall Prevent
L3-06 Level during % 150 120 150 120 150 120 150 120
Run

Motor Accel
L3-24 Time @ Rated s 0.178 0.178 0.178 0.178 0.178 0.142 0.142 0.142
Torque

Overheat
L8-02 Alarm Level °C 105 105 105 105 115 115 115 115

Output
L8-09 Ground Fault - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Detection

Hunting
n1-03 Prevention ms 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Time Constant

n3-02 HSB Current % 150 120 150 120 150 120 150 120
Limit Level

Motor Inertia
n5-02 Acceleration s 0.178 0.178 0.178 0.142 0.178 0.142 0.142 0.142
Time

*1 Parameters within parentheses are for motor 2.

No. *1 Name Unit Default

- Drive Model - B010 B012 B018

HD ND HD ND HD ND
C6-01 Normal / Heavy -
Duty Selection
0 1 0 1 0 1

Drive Model
o2-04 (KVA) Hex. 34 35 37
Selection

E2-11 Motor Rated kW 1.5 2.2 2.2 3.0 3.7 5.5

(E4-11, E5-02) Power

V/f Gain during

b3-04 % 100 100 100 100 100 100
Speed Search

b3-06 Speed Estimation - 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

Current Level 1

Speed Estimation
b3-08 ACR P Gain - 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

Direction
b3-26 Determination - 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
Level

Energy Saving
b8-03 Filter Time s 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

Energy Saving
b8-04 - 169.4 156.8 156.8 136.4 122.9 94.75
Coefficient Value

Carrier Frequency
C6-02 - 3 7 3 7 3 7
Selection

E2-01 Motor Rated

Current (FLA) A 6.2 8.5 8.5 11.4 14 19.6
(E4-01)

E2-02
Motor Rated Slip Hz 2.6 2.9 2.9 2.7 2.73 1.5
Parameter List

(E4-02)

E2-03 Motor No-Load

A 2.8 3 3 3.7 4.5 5.1
(E4-03) Current

E2-05 Motor Line-to-

Ω 1.997 1.601 1.601 1.034 0.771 0.399
(E4-05) Line Resistance

E2-06 Motor Leakage

11
% 18.5 18.4 18.4 19 19.6 18.2
(E4-06) Inductance

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 437

11.21 Defaults by Drive Model and Duty Rating ND/HD

No. *1 Name Unit Default

- Drive Model - B010 B012 B018

HD ND HD ND HD ND
Normal / Heavy
C6-01 -
Duty Selection
0 1 0 1 0 1

Drive Model
o2-04 (KVA) Hex. 34 35 37
Selection

E2-11 Motor Rated

kW 1.5 2.2 2.2 3.0 3.7 5.5
(E4-11, E5-02) Power

E2-10
Motor Iron Loss W 53 77 77 91 112 172
(E4-10)

PM Motor Code
E5-01 - FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
Selection

Power Loss Ride

L2-02 s 0.3 0.3 0.5 0.5 1 1
Through Time

L2-03 Minimum s 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.7

Baseblock Time

Powerloss V/f
L2-04 Recovery Ramp s 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
Time

Undervoltage
L2-05 Detection Lvl - 160 160 160 160 160 160
(Uv1)

Stall Prevent
L3-02 Level during % 150 120 150 120 150 120
Accel

Stall Prevent
L3-06 Level during Run % 150 120 150 120 150 120

Motor Accel
L3-24 Time @ Rated s 0.166 0.145 0.145 0.145 0.154 0.168
Torque

Overheat Alarm
L8-02 Level °C 105 105 110 110 115 115

Output Ground
L8-09 - 0 0 0 0 0 0
Fault Detection

Hunting
n1-03 Prevention Time ms 10 10 10 10 10 10
Constant

HSB Current
n3-02 % 150 120 150 120 150 120
Limit Level

Motor Inertia
n5-02 Acceleration s 0.166 0.145 0.145 0.145 0.154 0.168
Time

*1 Parameters within parentheses are for motor 2.

◆ Three-Phase 200 V Class

No. *1 Name Unit Default

- Drive Model - 2001 2002 2004 2006

Normal / HD ND HD ND HD ND HD ND
C6-01 Heavy Duty -
Selection 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1

Drive Model
o2-04 (KVA) Hex. 60 61 62 63
Selection

E2-11
Motor Rated
(E4-11, E5- Power kW 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.4 0.4 0.75 0.75 1.1
02)

V/f Gain
b3-04 during Speed % 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Search

Speed
b3-06 Estimation - 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.5 0.5
Current Level
1

Speed
b3-08 Estimation - 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
ACR P Gain

438 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 11.21 Defaults by Drive Model and Duty Rating ND/HD

No. *1 Name Unit Default

- Drive Model - 2001 2002 2004 2006

Normal / HD ND HD ND HD ND HD ND
C6-01 Heavy Duty -
Selection 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1

Drive Model
o2-04 (KVA) Hex. 60 61 62 63
Selection

E2-11
Motor Rated
(E4-11, E5- kW 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.4 0.4 0.75 0.75 1.1
Power
02)

Direction
b3-26 Determination - 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
Level

Energy Saving
b8-03 s 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
Filter Time

Energy Saving
b8-04 Coefficient - 481.7 356.9 356.9 288.2 288.2 223.7 223.7 196.6
Value

Carrier
C6-02 Frequency - 4 7 4 7 4 7 4 7
Selection

E2-01 Motor Rated

A 0.6 1.1 1.1 1.9 1.9 3.3 3.3 4.9
(E4-01) Current (FLA)

E2-02 Motor Rated

Hz 2.5 2.6 2.6 2.9 2.9 2.5 2.5 2.6
(E4-02) Slip

E2-03 Motor No- A 0.4 0.8 0.8 1.2 1.2 1.8 1.8 2.3
(E4-03) Load Current

E2-05 Motor Line-

to-Line Ω 35.98 20.56 20.56 9.842 9.842 5.156 5.156 3.577
(E4-05) Resistance

E2-06 Motor
Leakage % 21.6 20.1 20.1 18.2 18.2 13.8 13.8 18.5
(E4-06) Inductance

E2-10 Motor Iron

W 6 11 11 14 14 26 26 38
(E4-10) Loss

PM Motor
E5-01 Code - FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
Selection

Power Loss
L2-02 Ride Through s 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2
Time

Minimum
L2-03 Baseblock s 0.2 0.3 0.2 0.3 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.4
Time

Powerloss V/f
L2-04 Recovery s 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
Ramp Time

Undervoltage
L2-05 Detection Lvl - 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190
(Uv1)

Stall Prevent
L3-02 Level during % 150 120 150 120 150 120 150 120
Accel

Stall Prevent
L3-06 Level during % 150 120 150 120 150 120 150 120
Run

Motor Accel
L3-24 Time @ Rated s 0.178 0.178 0.178 0.178 0.178 0.142 0.142 0.142
Torque

Overheat
L8-02 °C 115 115 115 115 115 115 120 120
Alarm Level
Parameter List

Output
L8-09 Ground Fault - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Detection

Hunting
n1-03 Prevention ms 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Time Constant

11

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 439

11.21 Defaults by Drive Model and Duty Rating ND/HD

No. *1 Name Unit Default

- Drive Model - 2001 2002 2004 2006

Normal / HD ND HD ND HD ND HD ND
C6-01 Heavy Duty -
Selection 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1

Drive Model
o2-04 (KVA) Hex. 60 61 62 63
Selection

E2-11
Motor Rated
(E4-11, E5- kW 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.4 0.4 0.75 0.75 1.1
Power
02)

n3-02 HSB Current 1 150 120 150 120 150 120 150 120
Limit Level

Motor Inertia
n5-02 Acceleration s 0.178 0.178 0.178 0.142 0.178 0.142 0.142 0.142
Time

*1 Parameters within parentheses are for motor 2.

No. *1 Name Unit Default

- Drive Model - 2008 2010 2012 2018

Normal / HD ND HD ND HD ND HD ND
C6-01 Heavy Duty -
Selection 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1

Drive Model
o2-04 (KVA) Hex. 64 65 66 67
Selection

E2-11
Motor Rated
(E4-11, E5- kW 1.1 1.5 1.5 2.2 2.2 3.0 3.0 3.7
Power
02)

V/f Gain
b3-04 during Speed % 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Search

Speed
Estimation
b3-06 - 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
Current Level
1

Speed
b3-08 Estimation - 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
ACR P Gain

Direction
b3-26 Determination - 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
Level

Energy Saving
b8-03 s 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
Filter Time

Energy Saving
b8-04 Coefficient - 196.6 169.4 169.4 156.8 156.8 136.4 136.4 122.9
Value

Carrier
C6-02 Frequency - 3 7 3 7 3 7 3 7
Selection

E2-01 Motor Rated

A 4.9 6.2 6.2 8.5 8.5 11.4 11.4 14
(E4-01) Current (FLA)

E2-02 Motor Rated

Hz 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.9 2.9 2.7 2.7 2.73
(E4-02) Slip

E2-03 Motor No- A 2.3 2.8 2.8 3 3 3.7 3.7 4.5

(E4-03) Load Current

E2-05 Motor Line-

to-Line Ω 3.577 1.997 1.997 1.601 1.601 1.034 1.034 0.771
(E4-05) Resistance

E2-06 Motor
Leakage % 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.4 18.4 19 19 19.6
(E4-06) Inductance

E2-10 Motor Iron

W 38 53 53 77 77 91 91 112
(E4-10) Loss

PM Motor
E5-01 Code - FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
Selection

Power Loss
L2-02 Ride Through s 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.5 0.5 1 1
Time

440 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 11.21 Defaults by Drive Model and Duty Rating ND/HD

No. *1 Name Unit Default

- Drive Model - 2008 2010 2012 2018

Normal / HD ND HD ND HD ND HD ND
C6-01 Heavy Duty -
Selection 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1

Drive Model
o2-04 (KVA) Hex. 64 65 66 67
Selection

E2-11
Motor Rated
(E4-11, E5- kW 1.1 1.5 1.5 2.2 2.2 3.0 3.0 3.7
Power
02)

Minimum
L2-03 Baseblock s 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.6
Time

Powerloss V/f
L2-04 Recovery s 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
Ramp Time

Undervoltage
L2-05 Detection Lvl - 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190
(Uv1)

Stall Prevent
L3-02 Level during % 150 120 150 120 150 120 150 120
Accel

Stall Prevent
L3-06 Level during % 150 120 150 120 150 120 150 120
Run

Motor Accel
L3-24 Time @ Rated s 0.142 0.166 0.166 0.145 0.145 0.145 0.145 0.154
Torque

L8-02 Overheat °C 110 110 110 110 110 110 115 115
Alarm Level

Output
L8-09 Ground Fault - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Detection

Hunting
n1-03 Prevention ms 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Time Constant

HSB Current
n3-02 1 150 120 150 120 150 120 150 120
Limit Level

Motor Inertia
n5-02 Acceleration s 0.142 0.166 0.166 0.145 0.145 0.145 0.145 0.154
Time

*1 Parameters within parentheses are for motor 2.

No. *1 Name Unit Default

- Drive Model - 2021 2030 2042 2056

Normal / HD ND HD ND HD ND HD ND
C6-01 Heavy Duty -
Selection 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1

Drive Model
o2-04 (KVA) Hex. 68 6A 6B 6D
Selection

E2-11
Motor Rated
(E4-11, E5- kW 3.7 5.5 5.5 7.5 7.5 11 11 15
Power
02)

V/f Gain
b3-04 during Speed % 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Search

Speed
Estimation
b3-06 Current Level - 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
1

Speed
Parameter List

b3-08 Estimation - 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
ACR P Gain

Direction
b3-26 Determination - 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
Level

Energy Saving
b8-03 s 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
Filter Time
11
Energy Saving
b8-04 Coefficient - 122.9 94.75 94.75 72.69 72.69 70.44 70.44 63.13
Value

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 441

11.21 Defaults by Drive Model and Duty Rating ND/HD

No. *1 Name Unit Default

- Drive Model - 2021 2030 2042 2056

Normal / HD ND HD ND HD ND HD ND
C6-01 Heavy Duty -
Selection 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1

Drive Model
o2-04 (KVA) Hex. 68 6A 6B 6D
Selection

E2-11
Motor Rated
(E4-11, E5- kW 3.7 5.5 5.5 7.5 7.5 11 11 15
Power
02)

Carrier
C6-02 Frequency - 3 7 3 7 3 7 3 7
Selection

E2-01 Motor Rated A 14 19.6 19.6 26.6 26.6 39.7 39.7 53

(E4-01) Current (FLA)

E2-02 Motor Rated

Slip Hz 2.73 1.5 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.7 1.7 1.6
(E4-02)

E2-03 Motor No-

Load Current A 4.5 5.1 5.1 8 8 11.2 11.2 15.2
(E4-03)

E2-05 Motor Line-

to-Line Ω 0.771 0.399 0.399 0.288 0.288 0.23 0.23 0.138
(E4-05) Resistance

E2-06 Motor
Leakage % 19.6 18.2 18.2 15.5 15.5 19.5 19.5 17.2
(E4-06) Inductance

E2-10 Motor Iron W 112 172 172 262 262 245 245 272
(E4-10) Loss

PM Motor
E5-01 Code - FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
Selection

Power Loss
L2-02 Ride Through s 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2
Time

Minimum
L2-03 Baseblock s 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.8 0.9 0.9 1
Time

Powerloss V/f
L2-04 Recovery s 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6
Ramp Time

Undervoltage
L2-05 Detection Lvl - 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190
(Uv1)

Stall Prevent
L3-02 Level during % 150 120 150 120 150 120 150 120
Accel

Stall Prevent
L3-06 Level during % 150 120 150 120 150 120 150 120
Run

Motor Accel
L3-24 Time @ Rated s 0.154 0.168 0.168 0.175 0.175 0.265 0.265 0.244
Torque

Overheat
L8-02 Alarm Level °C 115 115 105 105 115 115 125 125

Output
L8-09 Ground Fault - 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1
Detection

Hunting
n1-03 Prevention ms 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Time Constant

HSB Current
n3-02 1 150 120 150 120 150 120 150 120
Limit Level

Motor Inertia
n5-02 Acceleration s 0.154 0.168 0.168 0.175 0.175 0.265 0.265 0.244
Time

*1 Parameters within parentheses are for motor 2.

442 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 11.21 Defaults by Drive Model and Duty Rating ND/HD

No. *1 Name Unit Default

- Drive Model - 2070 2082

HD ND HD ND
Normal / Heavy
C6-01 -
Duty Selection
0 1 0 1

Drive Model (KVA)

o2-04 Hex. 6E 6F
Selection

E2-11
Motor Rated Power kW 15 18.5 18.5 22
(E4-11, E5-02)

b3-04 V/f Gain during Speed % 100 100 100 100

Search

Speed Estimation
b3-06 Current Level 1 - 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

Speed Estimation ACR

b3-08 - 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
P Gain

Direction
b3-26 - 1000 1000 1000 1000
Determination Level

b8-03 Energy Saving Filter s 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

Time

b8-04 Energy Saving - 63.13 57.87 57.87 51.79

Coefficient Value

Carrier Frequency
C6-02 Selection - 3 7 3 7

E2-01 Motor Rated Current A 53 65.8 65.8 77.2

(E4-01) (FLA)

E2-02
Motor Rated Slip Hz 1.6 1.67 1.67 1.7
(E4-02)

E2-03 Motor No-Load

Current A 15.2 15.7 15.7 18.5
(E4-03)

E2-05 Motor Line-to-Line

Ω 0.138 0.101 0.101 0.079
(E4-05) Resistance

E2-06 Motor Leakage

% 17.2 15.7 20.1 19.5
(E4-06) Inductance

E2-10
Motor Iron Loss W 272 505 505 538
(E4-10)

PM Motor Code
E5-01 - FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
Selection

Power Loss Ride

L2-02 s 2 2 2 2
Through Time

L2-03 Minimum Baseblock s 1 1 1 1

Time

Powerloss V/f
L2-04 Recovery Ramp Time s 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6

Undervoltage Detection
L2-05 Lvl (Uv1) - 190 190 190 190

Stall Prevent Level

L3-02 % 150 120 150 120
during Accel

Stall Prevent Level

L3-06 % 150 120 150 120
during Run

L3-24 Motor Accel Time @ s 0.244 0.317 0.317 0.355

Rated Torque

L8-02 Overheat Alarm Level °C 120 120 135 135

Output Ground Fault

L8-09 - 1 1 1 1
Detection

n1-03 Hunting Prevention ms 10 10 10 10

Time Constant
Parameter List

HSB Current Limit

n3-02 Level % 150 120 150 120

Motor Inertia
n5-02 Acceleration Time s 0.244 0.317 0.317 0.355

*1 Parameters within parentheses are for motor 2.

11

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 443

11.21 Defaults by Drive Model and Duty Rating ND/HD

◆ Three-Phase 400 V Class

No. *1 Name Unit Default

- Drive Model - 4001 4002 4004 4005

Normal / HD ND HD ND HD ND HD ND
C6-01 Heavy Duty -
Selection 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1

Drive Model
o2-04 (KVA) Hex. 91 92 93 94
Selection

E2-11
Motor Rated
(E4-11, E5- kW 0.2 0.4 0.4 0.75 0.75 1.5 1.5 2.2
Power
02)

V/f Gain
b3-04 during Speed % 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Search

Speed
Estimation
b3-06 Current Level - 1.0 1.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
1

Speed
b3-08 Estimation - 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
ACR P Gain

Direction
b3-26 Determination - 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
Level

Energy Saving
b8-03 Filter Time s 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

Energy Saving
b8-04 Coefficient - 713.8 576.4 576.4 447.4 447.4 338.8 338.8 313.6
Value

Carrier
C6-02 Frequency - 3 7 3 7 3 7 3 7
Selection

E2-01 Motor Rated

Current (FLA) A 0.6 1 1 1.6 1.6 3.1 3.1 4.2
(E4-01)

E2-02 Motor Rated

Hz 2.5 2.9 2.9 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 3
(E4-02) Slip

E2-03 Motor No-

A 0.4 0.6 0.6 0.8 0.8 1.4 1.4 1.5
(E4-03) Load Current

E2-05 Motor Line-

to-Line Ω 83.94 38.198 38.198 22.459 22.459 10.1 10.1 6.495
(E4-05) Resistance

E2-06 Motor
Leakage % 21.9 18.2 18.2 14.3 14.3 18.3 18.3 18.7
(E4-06) Inductance

E2-10 Motor Iron

Loss W 12 14 14 26 26 53 53 77
(E4-10)

PM Motor
E5-01 Code - FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
Selection

Power Loss
L2-02 Ride Through s 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3
Time

Minimum
L2-03 Baseblock s 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.5
Time

Powerloss V/f
L2-04 Recovery s 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
Ramp Time

Undervoltage
L2-05 Detection Lvl - 380 380 380 380 380 380 380 380
(Uv1)

Stall Prevent
L3-02 Level during % 150 120 150 120 150 120 150 120
Accel

Stall Prevent
L3-06 Level during % 150 120 150 120 150 120 150 120
Run

Motor Accel
L3-24 Time @ Rated s 0.178 0.178 0.178 0.142 0.142 0.166 0.166 0.145
Torque

444 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 11.21 Defaults by Drive Model and Duty Rating ND/HD

No. *1 Name Unit Default

- Drive Model - 4001 4002 4004 4005

Normal / HD ND HD ND HD ND HD ND
C6-01 Heavy Duty -
Selection 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1

Drive Model
o2-04 (KVA) Hex. 91 92 93 94
Selection

E2-11
Motor Rated
(E4-11, E5- kW 0.2 0.4 0.4 0.75 0.75 1.5 1.5 2.2
Power
02)

L8-02 Overheat °C 120 120 120 120 105 105 90 90

Alarm Level

Output
L8-09 Ground Fault - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Detection

Hunting
n1-03 Prevention ms 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Time Constant

HSB Current
n3-02 % 150 120 150 120 150 120 150 120
Limit Level

Motor Inertia
n5-02 Acceleration s 0.178 0.178 0.178 0.142 0.142 0.166 0.166 0.145
Time

*1 Parameters within parentheses are for motor 2.

No. *1 Name Unit Default

- Drive Model - 4007 4009 4012 4018

Normal / HD ND HD ND HD ND HD ND
C6-01 Heavy Duty -
Selection 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1

Drive Model
o2-04 (KVA) Hex. 95 96 97 99
Selection

E2-11
Motor Rated
(E4-11, E5- kW 2.2 3.0 3.0 3.7 4.0 5.5 5.5 7.5
Power
02)

V/f Gain
b3-04 during Speed % 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Search

Speed
b3-06 Estimation - 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
Current Level
1

Speed
b3-08 Estimation - 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
ACR P Gain

Direction
b3-26 Determination - 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
Level

Energy Saving
b8-03 Filter Time s 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

Energy Saving
b8-04 Coefficient - 313.6 265.7 265.7 245.8 245.8 189.5 189.5 145.38
Value

Carrier
C6-02 Frequency - 3 7 3 7 3 7 3 7
Selection

E2-01 Motor Rated

Current (FLA) A 4.2 5.7 5.7 7 7 9.8 9.8 13.3
(E4-01)

E2-02 Motor Rated

Slip Hz 3 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 1.5 1.5 1.3
(E4-02)
Parameter List

E2-03 Motor No-

A 1.5 1.9 1.9 2.3 2.3 2.6 2.6 4
(E4-03) Load Current

E2-05 Motor Line-

to-Line Ω 6.495 4.36 4.36 3.333 3.333 1.595 1.595 1.152
(E4-05) Resistance

E2-06 Motor
Leakage % 18.7 19 19 19.3 19.3 18.2 18.2 15.5
11
(E4-06) Inductance

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 445

11.21 Defaults by Drive Model and Duty Rating ND/HD

No. *1 Name Unit Default

- Drive Model - 4007 4009 4012 4018

Normal / HD ND HD ND HD ND HD ND
C6-01 Heavy Duty -
Selection 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1

Drive Model
o2-04 (KVA) Hex. 95 96 97 99
Selection

E2-11
Motor Rated
(E4-11, E5- kW 2.2 3.0 3.0 3.7 4.0 5.5 5.5 7.5
Power
02)

E2-10 Motor Iron

Loss W 77 105 105 130 130 193 193 263
(E4-10)

PM Motor
E5-01 Code - FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
Selection

Power Loss
L2-02 Ride Through s 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.8 0.8
Time

Minimum
L2-03 Baseblock s 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.8
Time

Powerloss V/f
L2-04 Recovery s 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
Ramp Time

Undervoltage
L2-05 Detection Lvl - 380 380 380 380 380 380 380 380
(Uv1)

Stall Prevent
L3-02 Level during % 150 120 150 120 150 120 150 120
Accel

Stall Prevent
L3-06 Level during % 150 120 150 120 150 120 150 120
Run

Motor Accel
L3-24 Time @ Rated s 0.145 0.145 0.145 0.154 0.154 0.168 0.168 0.175
Torque

Overheat
L8-02 °C 90 90 115 115 110 110 120 120
Alarm Level

Output
L8-09 Ground Fault - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Detection

Hunting
n1-03 Prevention ms 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Time Constant

HSB Current
n3-02 Limit Level % 150 120 150 120 150 120 150 120

Motor Inertia
n5-02 Acceleration s 0.145 0.145 0.145 0.154 0.154 0.168 0.168 0.175
Time

*1 Parameters within parentheses are for motor 2.

No. *1 Name Unit Default

- Drive Model - 4023 4031 4038 4044

Normal / HD ND HD ND HD ND HD ND
C6-01 Heavy Duty -
Selection 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1

Drive Model
o2-04 (KVA) Hex. 9A 9C 9D 9E
Selection

E2-11
Motor Rated
(E4-11, E5- Power kW 7.5 11 11 15 15 18.5 18.5 22
02)

V/f Gain
b3-04 during Speed % 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Search

Speed
Estimation
b3-06 - 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
Current Level
1

Speed
b3-08 Estimation - 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
ACR P Gain

446 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 11.21 Defaults by Drive Model and Duty Rating ND/HD

No. *1 Name Unit Default

- Drive Model - 4023 4031 4038 4044

Normal / HD ND HD ND HD ND HD ND
C6-01 Heavy Duty -
Selection 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1

Drive Model
o2-04 (KVA) Hex. 9A 9C 9D 9E
Selection

E2-11
Motor Rated
(E4-11, E5- kW 7.5 11 11 15 15 18.5 18.5 22
Power
02)

Direction
b3-26 Determination - 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
Level

Energy Saving
b8-03 s 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
Filter Time

Energy Saving
b8-04 Coefficient - 145.38 140.88 140.88 126.26 126.26 115.74 115.74 103.58
Value

Carrier
C6-02 Frequency - 3 7 3 7 3 7 3 7
Selection

E2-01 Motor Rated

A 13.3 19.9 19.9 26.5 26.5 32.9 32.9 38.6
(E4-01) Current (FLA)

E2-02 Motor Rated

Hz 1.3 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.67 1.67 1.7
(E4-02) Slip

E2-03 Motor No- A 4 5.6 5.6 7.6 7.6 7.8 7.8 9.2
(E4-03) Load Current

E2-05 Motor Line-

to-Line Ω 1.152 0.922 0.922 0.55 0.55 0.403 0.403 0.316
(E4-05) Resistance

E2-06 Motor
Leakage % 15.5 19.6 19.6 17.2 17.2 20.1 20.1 23.5
(E4-06) Inductance

E2-10 Motor Iron

W 263 385 385 440 440 508 508 586
(E4-10) Loss

PM Motor
E5-01 Code - FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
Selection

Power Loss
L2-02 Ride Through s 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
Time

Minimum
L2-03 Baseblock s 0.8 0.9 0.9 1 1 1 1 1
Time

Powerloss V/f
L2-04 Recovery s 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
Ramp Time

Undervoltage
L2-05 Detection Lvl - 380 380 380 380 380 380 380 380
(Uv1)

Stall Prevent
L3-02 Level during % 150 120 150 120 150 120 150 120
Accel

Stall Prevent
L3-06 Level during % 150 120 150 120 150 120 150 120
Run

Motor Accel
L3-24 Time @ Rated s 0.175 0.265 0.265 0.244 0.244 0.317 0.317 0.355
Torque

Overheat
L8-02 °C 120 120 120 120 120 120 125 125
Alarm Level
Parameter List

Output
L8-09 Ground Fault - 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1
Detection

Hunting
n1-03 Prevention ms 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Time Constant

11

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 447

11.21 Defaults by Drive Model and Duty Rating ND/HD

No. *1 Name Unit Default

- Drive Model - 4023 4031 4038 4044

Normal / HD ND HD ND HD ND HD ND
C6-01 Heavy Duty -
Selection 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1

Drive Model
o2-04 (KVA) Hex. 9A 9C 9D 9E
Selection

E2-11
Motor Rated
(E4-11, E5- kW 7.5 11 11 15 15 18.5 18.5 22
Power
02)

n3-02 HSB Current % 150 120 150 120 150 120 150 120
Limit Level

Motor Inertia
n5-02 Acceleration s 0.175 0.265 0.265 0.244 0.244 0.317 0.317 0.355
Time

*1 Parameters within parentheses are for motor 2.

No. *1 Name Unit Default

- Drive Model - 4060

HD ND
C6-01 Normal / Heavy Duty -
Selection
0 1

o2-04 Drive Model (KVA) Selection Hex. 9F

E2-11
Motor Rated Power kW 22 30
(E4-11, E5-02)

b3-04 V/f Gain during Speed Search % 100 100

b3-06 Speed Estimation Current Level 1 - 0.5 0.5

b3-08 Speed Estimation ACR P Gain - 0.5 0.5

b3-26 Direction Determination Level - 1000 1000

b8-03 Energy Saving Filter Time s 0.5 0.5

b8-04 Energy Saving Coefficient Value - 103.58 92.54

C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection - 3 7

E2-01
Motor Rated Current (FLA) A 38.6 52.3
(E4-01)

E2-02
Motor Rated Slip Hz 1.7 1.8
(E4-02)

E2-03
Motor No-Load Current A 9.2 10.9
(E4-03)

E2-05
Motor Line-to-Line Resistance Ω 0.316 0.269
(E4-05)

E2-06
Motor Leakage Inductance % 23.5 20.7
(E4-06)

E2-10
Motor Iron Loss W 586 750
(E4-10)

E5-01 PM Motor Code Selection - FFFF FFFF

L2-02 Power Loss Ride Through Time s 2 2

L2-03 Minimum Baseblock Time s 1 1.1

Powerloss V/f Recovery Ramp

L2-04 s 0.6 0.6
Time

Undervoltage Detection Lvl

L2-05 - 380 380
(Uv1)

L3-02 Stall Prevent Level during Accel % 150 120

L3-06 Stall Prevent Level during Run % 150 120

Motor Accel Time @ Rated

L3-24 s 0.355 0.323
Torque

L8-02 Overheat Alarm Level °C 115 115

L8-09 Output Ground Fault Detection - 1 1

448 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 11.21 Defaults by Drive Model and Duty Rating ND/HD

No. *1 Name Unit Default

- Drive Model - 4060

HD ND
Normal / Heavy Duty
C6-01 -
Selection
0 1

o2-04 Drive Model (KVA) Selection Hex. 9F

E2-11
Motor Rated Power kW 22 30
(E4-11, E5-02)

Hunting Prevention Time

n1-03 Constant ms 10 10

n3-02 HSB Current Limit Level % 150 120

n5-02 Motor Inertia Acceleration Time s 0.355 0.323

*1 Parameters within parentheses are for motor 2.

Parameter List

11

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 449

11.22 Parameters Changed by E5-01 [PM Motor Code Selection]

11.22 Parameters Changed by E5-01 [PM Motor Code

Selection]
Note:
The motor codes listed in these tables are the only correct setting values.

◆ Yaskawa SMRA Series SPM Motors

Table 11.5 SMRA Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 200 V at 1800 min-1 (r/min)
No. Name Unit Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)

PM Motor Code Selection - 0002 0003 0005 0006 0008

Voltage Class V 200 200 200 200 200

E5-01
Capacity kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7

Motor Rotation Speed min-1 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800

E5-02 PM Motor Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7

PM Motor Rated Current

E5-03 A 2.1 4.0 6.9 10.8 17.4
(FLA)

E5-04 PM Motor Pole Count - 8 8 8 8 8

PM Motor Resistance (ohms/

E5-05 phase) Ω 2.47 1.02 0.679 0.291 0.169

PM d-axis Inductance (mH/

E5-06 mH 12.7 4.8 3.9 3.6 2.5
phase)

PM q-axis Inductance (mH/

E5-07 mH 12.7 4.8 3.9 3.6 2.5
phase)

E5-09 PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/ mVs/rad 0 0 0 0 0

(rad/s))

PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms

E5-24 (mV/rpm) mV/min-1 62.0 64.1 73.4 69.6 72.2

E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 120 120 120 120 120

E1-05 Maximum Output Voltage V 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0

E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 120 120 120 120 120

E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 6 6 6 6 6

Motor Accel Time @ Rated

L3-24 Torque s 0.064 0.066 0.049 0.051 0.044

Motor Inertia Acceleration

n5-02 Time s 0.064 0.066 0.049 0.051 0.044

n8-49 Heavy Load Id Current % 0 0 0 0 0

Table 11.6 SMRA Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 200 V at 3600 min-1 (r/min)
No. Name Unit Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)

PM Motor Code Selection - 0103 0105 0106 0108

Voltage Class V 200 200 200 200

E5-01
Capacity kW 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7

Motor Rotation Speed min-1 3600 3600 3600 3600

E5-02 PM Motor Rated Power kW 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7

PM Motor Rated Current

E5-03 A 4.1 8.0 10.5 16.5
(FLA)

E5-04 PM Motor Pole Count - 8 8 8 8

PM Motor Resistance (ohms/

E5-05 phase) Ω 0.538 0.20 0.15 0.097

PM d-axis Inductance (mH/

E5-06 mH 3.2 1.3 1.1 1.1
phase)

PM q-axis Inductance (mH/

E5-07 mH 3.2 1.3 1.1 1.1
phase)

E5-09 PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/ mVs/rad 0 0 0 0

(rad/s))

PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms

E5-24 (mV/rpm) mV/min-1 32.4 32.7 36.7 39.7

450 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 11.22 Parameters Changed by E5-01 [PM Motor Code Selection]

No. Name Unit Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)

E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 240 240 240 240

E1-05 Maximum Output Voltage V 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0

E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 240 240 240 240

E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 12 12 12 12

L3-24 Motor Accel Time @ Rated s 0.137 0.132 0.132 0.122

Torque

Motor Inertia Acceleration

n5-02 Time s 0.137 0.132 0.132 0.122

n8-49 Heavy Load Id Current % 0 0 0 0

◆ Yaskawa SMRD Series SPM Motors

Table 11.7 SMRD Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 200 V at 1800 min-1 (r/min)
No. Name Unit Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)

PM Motor Code Selection - 3000 3001 3002

Voltage Class V 200 200 200

E5-01
Capacity kW 0.1 0.2 0.4

Motor Rotation Speed min-1 1800 1800 1800

E5-02 PM Motor Rated Power kW 0.1 0.2 0.4

E5-03 PM Motor Rated Current (FLA) A 0.64 1 1.9

E5-04 PM Motor Pole Count - 6 6 6

E5-05 PM Motor Resistance (ohms/phase) Ω 17.200 9.960 3.590

E5-06 PM d-axis Inductance (mH/phase) mH 33.20 19.40 11.90

E5-07 PM q-axis Inductance (mH/phase) mH 33.20 19.40 11.90

E5-09 PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/s)) mVs/rad 0.0 0.0 0.0

E5-24 PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms (mV/rpm) mV/min-1 59.1 69.8 75.9

E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 90.0 90.0 90.0

E1-05 Maximum Output Voltage V 200.0 200.0 200.0

E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 90.0 90.0 90.0

E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 9.0 9.0 9.0

L3-24 Motor Accel Time @ Rated Torque s 0.100 0.100 0.100

n5-02 Motor Inertia Acceleration Time s 0.100 0.100 0.100

n8-49 Heavy Load Id Current % 0.0 0.0 0.0

Table 11.8 SMRD Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 200 V at 3600 min-1 (r/min)
No. Name Unit Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)

PM Motor Code Selection - 3101 3102 3103

Voltage Class V 200 200 200

E5-01
Capacity kW 0.2 0.4 0.75

Motor Rotation Speed min-1 3600 3600 3600

E5-02 PM Motor Rated Power kW 0.20 0.40 0.75

E5-03 PM Motor Rated Current (FLA) A 1.50 2.60 4.20

E5-04 PM Motor Pole Count - 6 6 6

Parameter List

PM Motor Resistance (ohms/ 3.340 1.560 0.541

E5-05 Ω
phase)

E5-06 PM d-axis Inductance (mH/phase) mH 6.58 3.82 2.24

E5-07 PM q-axis Inductance (mH/phase) mH 6.58 3.82 2.24

PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/ 0.0 0.0 0.0

E5-09
s))
mVs/rad 11
PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms (mV/ 26.3 31.0 32.9
E5-24 mV/min-1
rpm)

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 451

11.22 Parameters Changed by E5-01 [PM Motor Code Selection]

No. Name Unit Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)

E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 180.0 180.0 180.0

E1-05 Maximum Output Voltage V 200.0 200.0 200.0

E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 180.0 180.0 180.0

E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 18.0 18.0 18.0

L3-24 Motor Accel Time @ Rated s 0.100 0.100 0.100

Torque

n5-02 Motor Inertia Acceleration Time s 0.100 0.100 0.100

n8-49 Heavy Load Id Current % 0.0 0.0 0.0

◆ Yaskawa SSR1 Series IPM Motors (Derated Torque)

Table 11.9 SSR1 Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 200 V at 1750 min-1 (r/min)
No. Name Unit Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)

PM Motor Code Selection - 1202 1203 1205 1206 1208 120A

Voltage Class V 200 200 200 200 200 200

E5-01
Capacity kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5

Motor Rotation Speed min-1 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750

E5-02 PM Motor Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5

PM Motor Rated Current

E5-03 A 1.77 3.13 5.73 8.44 13.96 20.63
(FLA)

E5-04 PM Motor Pole Count - 6 6 6 6 6 6

PM Motor Resistance (ohms/

E5-05 phase) Ω 8.233 2.284 1.470 0.827 0.455 0.246

PM d-axis Inductance (mH/

E5-06 mH 54.84 23.02 17.22 8.61 7.20 4.86
phase)

PM q-axis Inductance (mH/

E5-07 mH 64.10 29.89 20.41 13.50 10.02 7.43
phase)

E5-09 PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/ mVs/rad 223.7 220.3 240.8 238.0 238.7 239.6
(rad/s))

PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms

E5-24 (mV/rpm) mV/min-1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5

E1-05 Maximum Output Voltage V 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0

E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5

E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4

L3-24 Motor Accel Time @ Rated

s 0.092 0.076 0.051 0.066 0.075 0.083
*1 Torque

Motor Inertia Acceleration

n5-02 Time s 0.092 0.076 0.051 0.066 0.075 0.083

n8-49 Heavy Load Id Current % -7.6 -11.5 -9.1 -19.0 -18.7 -23.4

*1 The default setting changes when the setting for o2-04 [Drive Model Selection] changes.
Table 11.10 SSR1 Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 200 V at 1750 min-1 (r/min)
No. Name Unit Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)

PM Motor Code Selection - 120B 120D 120E 120F 1210

Voltage Class V 200 200 200 200 200

E5-01
Capacity kW 7.5 11 15 18.5 22

Motor Rotation Speed min-1 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750

E5-02 PM Motor Rated Power kW 7.5 11.0 15.00 18.50 22.00

E5-03 PM Motor Rated Current (FLA) A 28.13 41.4 55.4 68.2 80.6

E5-04 PM Motor Pole Count - 6 6 6 6 6

PM Motor Resistance (ohms/

E5-05 Ω 0.198 0.094 0.066 0.051 0.037
phase)

452 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 11.22 Parameters Changed by E5-01 [PM Motor Code Selection]

No. Name Unit Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)

PM d-axis Inductance (mH/

E5-06 phase) mH 4.15 3.40 2.45 2.18 1.71

PM q-axis Inductance (mH/

E5-07 mH 5.91 3.91 3.11 2.55 2.05
phase)

PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/

E5-09 mVs/rad 258.2 239.3 248.1 253.6 250.0
s))

E5-24 PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms (mV/ mV/min-1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
rpm)

E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5

E1-05 Maximum Output Voltage V 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0

E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5

E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4

L3-24 Motor Accel Time @ Rated

Torque s 0.077 0.084 0.102 0.101 0.098
*1

n5-02 Motor Inertia Acceleration Time s 0.077 0.084 0.102 0.101 0.098

n8-49 Heavy Load Id Current % -18.5 -10.9 -16.5 -11.3 -12.8

*1 The default setting changes when the setting for o2-04 [Drive Model Selection] changes.
Table 11.11 SSR1 Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 400 V at 1750 min-1 (r/min)
No. Name Unit Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)

PM Motor Code Selection - 1232 1233 1235 1236 1238 123A

Voltage Class V 400 400 400 400 400 400

E5-01
Capacity kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5

Motor Rotation Speed min-1 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750

E5-02 PM Motor Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5

PM Motor Rated Current

E5-03 A 0.89 1.56 2.81 4.27 7.08 10.31
(FLA)

E5-04 PM Motor Pole Count - 6 6 6 6 6 6

PM Motor Resistance (ohms/

E5-05 phase) Ω 25.370 9.136 6.010 3.297 1.798 0.982

PM d-axis Inductance (mH/

E5-06 mH 169.00 92.08 67.71 34.40 32.93 22.7
phase)

PM q-axis Inductance (mH/

E5-07 mH 197.50 119.56 81.71 54.00 37.70 26.80
phase)

E5-09 PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/ mVs/rad 392.6 440.6 478.3 466.3 478.8 478.1
(rad/s))

PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms

E5-24 (mV/rpm) mV/min-1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5

E1-05 Maximum Output Voltage V 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0

E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5

E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4

L3-24 Motor Accel Time @ Rated

s 0.092 0.076 0.051 0.066 0.075 0.083
*1 Torque

Motor Inertia Acceleration

n5-02 Time s 0.092 0.076 0.051 0.066 0.075 0.083

n8-49 Heavy Load Id Current % -8.6 -11.5 -10.3 -19.8 -8.5 -11.0

*1 The default setting changes when the setting for o2-04 [Drive Model Selection] changes.
Table 11.12 SSR1 Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 400 V at 1750 min-1 (r/min)
Parameter List

No. Name Unit Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)

PM Motor Code Selection - 123B 123D 123E 123F 1240 1242

Voltage Class V 400 400 400 400 400 400

E5-01
Capacity kW 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 11
Motor Rotation Speed min-1 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750

E5-02 PM Motor Rated Power kW 7.5 11.0 15 18.50 22.00 30.00

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 453

11.22 Parameters Changed by E5-01 [PM Motor Code Selection]

No. Name Unit Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)

PM Motor Rated Current

E5-03 (FLA) A 13.65 20.7 27.5 33.4 39.8 52.0

E5-04 PM Motor Pole Count - 6 6 6 6 6 6

E5-05 PM Motor Resistance (ohms/ Ω 0.786 0.349 0.272 0.207 0.148 0.235
phase)

PM d-axis Inductance (mH/

E5-06 phase) mH 16.49 13.17 10.30 8.72 6.81 5.4

PM q-axis Inductance (mH/

E5-07 mH 23.46 15.60 12.77 11.22 8.47 7.26
phase)

PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/

E5-09 mVs/rad 520.0 481.5 498.8 509.5 503.9 561.7
(rad/s))

E5-24 PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms mV/min-1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
(mV/rpm)

E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5

E1-05 Maximum Output Voltage V 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0

E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5

E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4

L3-24 Motor Accel Time @ Rated

Torque s 0.077 0.084 0.102 0.101 0.098 0.130
*1

n5-02 Motor Inertia Acceleration s 0.077 0.084 0.102 0.101 0.098 0.130
Time

n8-49 Heavy Load Id Current % -18.6 -12.5 -15.5 -17.9 -15.1 -16.8

*1 The default setting changes when the setting for o2-04 [Drive Model Selection] changes.
Table 11.13 SSR1 Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 200 V at 1450 min-1 (r/min)
No. Name Unit Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)

PM Motor Code Selection - 1302 1303 1305 1306 1308 130A

Voltage Class V 200 200 200 200 200 200

E5-01
Capacity kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5

Motor Rotation Speed min-1 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450

E5-02 PM Motor Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5

PM Motor Rated Current

E5-03 (FLA) A 1.88 3.13 5.63 8.33 14.17 20.63

E5-04 PM Motor Pole Count - 6 6 6 6 6 6

E5-05 PM Motor Resistance (ohms/ Ω 3.190 1.940 1.206 0.665 0.341 0.252
phase)

PM d-axis Inductance (mH/

E5-06 phase) mH 32.15 26.12 14.72 12.27 8.27 6.49

PM q-axis Inductance (mH/

E5-07 mH 41.74 34.30 20.15 14.77 9.81 7.74
phase)

PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/

E5-09 mVs/rad 264.3 269.6 284.3 287.1 284.5 298.0
(rad/s))

E5-24 PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms mV/min-1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
(mV/rpm)

E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5

E1-05 Maximum Output Voltage V 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0

E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5

E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6

L3-24 Motor Accel Time @ Rated

Torque s 0.098 0.071 0.066 0.087 0.085 0.072
*1

n5-02 Motor Inertia Acceleration s 0.098 0.071 0.066 0.087 0.085 0.072
Time

n8-49 Heavy Load Id Current % -6.6 -10.9 -13.5 -9.0 -9.5 -10.1

*1 The default setting changes when the setting for o2-04 [Drive Model Selection] changes.

454 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 11.22 Parameters Changed by E5-01 [PM Motor Code Selection]

Table 11.14 SSR1 Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 200 V at 1450 min-1 (r/min)
No. Name Unit Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)

PM Motor Code Selection - 130B 130D 130E 130F 1310

Voltage Class V 200 200 200 200 200

E5-01
Capacity kW 7.5 11 15 18.5 22

Motor Rotation Speed min-1 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450

E5-02 PM Motor Rated Power kW 7.5 11.0 15.00 18.50 22.00

E5-03 PM Motor Rated Current (FLA) A 27.71 39.6 55.5 65.6 75.1

E5-04 PM Motor Pole Count - 6 6 6 6 6

E5-05 PM Motor Resistance (ohms/ Ω 0.184 0.099 0.075 0.057 0.041

phase)

PM d-axis Inductance (mH/

E5-06 phase) mH 6.91 4.07 3.29 2.53 1.98

PM q-axis Inductance (mH/

E5-07 mH 7.66 4.65 3.84 3.01 2.60
phase)

PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/

E5-09 mVs/rad 335.0 303.9 311.2 300.9 327.7
s))

E5-24 PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms (mV/ mV/min-1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
rpm)

E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5

E1-05 Maximum Output Voltage V 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0

E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5

E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6

L3-24 Motor Accel Time @ Rated

Torque s 0.084 0.096 0.085 0.080 0.122
*1

n5-02 Motor Inertia Acceleration Time s 0.084 0.096 0.085 0.080 0.122

n8-49 Heavy Load Id Current % -6.0 -9.3 -10.7 -13.2 -15.7

*1 The default setting changes when the setting for o2-04 [Drive Model Selection] changes.
Table 11.15 SSR1 Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 400 V at 1450 min-1 (r/min)
No. Name Unit Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)

PM Motor Code Selection - 1332 1333 1335 1336 1338 133A

Voltage Class V 400 400 400 400 400 400

E5-01
Capacity kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5

Motor Rotation Speed min-1 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450

E5-02 PM Motor Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5

PM Motor Rated Current

E5-03 A 0.94 1.56 2.81 4.27 6.98 10.21
(FLA)

E5-04 PM Motor Pole Count - 6 6 6 6 6 6

PM Motor Resistance (ohms/

E5-05 phase) Ω 12.760 7.421 4.825 2.656 1.353 0.999

PM d-axis Inductance (mH/

E5-06 mH 128.60 85.11 58.87 46.42 31.73 26.20
phase)

PM q-axis Inductance (mH/

E5-07 mH 166.96 113.19 80.59 60.32 40.45 30.94
phase)

E5-09 PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/ mVs/rad 528.6 544.2 568.5 572.8 562.9 587.6
(rad/s))

PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms

E5-24 (mV/rpm) mV/min-1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Parameter List

E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5

E1-05 Maximum Output Voltage V 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0

E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5

E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6

L3-24
*1
Motor Accel Time @ Rated
Torque
s 0.098 0.071 0.066 0.087 0.085 0.072 11

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 455

11.22 Parameters Changed by E5-01 [PM Motor Code Selection]

No. Name Unit Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)

Motor Inertia Acceleration

n5-02 Time s 0.098 0.071 0.066 0.087 0.085 0.072

n8-49 Heavy Load Id Current % -6.6 -9.2 -13.5 -12.1 -13.7 -10.1

*1 The default setting changes when the setting for o2-04 [Drive Model Selection] changes.
Table 11.16 SSR1 Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 400 V at 1450 min-1 (r/min)
No. Name Unit Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)

PM Motor Code Selection - 133B 133D 133E 133F 1340 1342

Voltage Class V 400 400 400 400 400 400

E5-01
Capacity kW 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30

Motor Rotation Speed min-1 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450

E5-02 PM Motor Rated Power kW 7.5 11.0 15 18.50 22.00 30.00

PM Motor Rated Current

E5-03 A 13.85 19.5 27.4 32.9 37.6 52.5
(FLA)

E5-04 PM Motor Pole Count - 6 6 6 6 6 6

PM Motor Resistance (ohms/

E5-05 Ω 0.713 0.393 0.295 0.223 0.164 0.137
phase)

PM d-axis Inductance (mH/

E5-06 mH 27.06 15.51 12.65 9.87 7.90 7.01
phase)

E5-07 PM q-axis Inductance (mH/ mH 33.45 19.63 15.87 12.40 10.38 8.68
phase)

PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/

E5-09 (rad/s)) mVs/rad 670.1 612.7 624.6 610.4 655.4 708.4

PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms

E5-24 (mV/rpm) mV/min-1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5

E1-05 Maximum Output Voltage V 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0

E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5

E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6

L3-24 Motor Accel Time @ Rated

s 0.084 0.096 0.085 0.080 0.122 0.108
*1 Torque

Motor Inertia Acceleration

n5-02 Time s 0.084 0.096 0.085 0.080 0.122 0.108

n8-49 Heavy Load Id Current % -12.2 -15.5 -15.1 -16.0 -15.7 -11.5

*1 The default setting changes when the setting for o2-04 [Drive Model Selection] changes.
Table 11.17 SSR1 Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 200 V at 1150 min-1 (r/min)
No. Name Unit Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)

PM Motor Code Selection - 1402 1403 1405 1406 1408 140A

Voltage Class V 200 200 200 200 200 200

E5-01
Capacity kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5

Motor Rotation Speed min-1 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150

E5-02 PM Motor Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5

PM Motor Rated Current

E5-03 A 1.88 3.02 6.00 8.85 14.27 20.21
(FLA)

E5-04 PM Motor Pole Count - 6 6 6 6 6 6

PM Motor Resistance (ohms/

E5-05 Ω 4.832 2.704 1.114 0.511 0.412 0.303
phase)

PM d-axis Inductance (mH/

E5-06 mH 48.68 32.31 19.22 12.15 7.94 11.13
phase)

E5-07 PM q-axis Inductance (mH/ mH 63.21 40.24 24.38 15.35 11.86 14.06
phase)

PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/

E5-09 (rad/s)) mVs/rad 320.4 327.1 364.4 344.4 357.5 430.8

PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms

E5-24 (mV/rpm) mV/min-1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5

456 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 11.22 Parameters Changed by E5-01 [PM Motor Code Selection]

No. Name Unit Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)

E1-05 Maximum Output Voltage V 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0

E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5

E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9

L3-24 Motor Accel Time @ Rated s 0.062 0.044 0.080 0.090 0.067 0.072
*1 Torque

Motor Inertia Acceleration

n5-02 s 0.062 0.044 0.080 0.090 0.067 0.072
Time

n8-49 Heavy Load Id Current % -8.8 -9.9 -9.3 -10.0 -17.7 -12.3

*1 The default setting changes when the setting for o2-04 [Drive Model Selection] changes.
Table 11.18 SSR1 Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 200 V at 1150 min-1 (r/min)
No. Name Unit Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)

PM Motor Code Selection - 140B 140D 140E 140F 1410

Voltage Class V 200 200 200 200 200

E5-01
Capacity kW 7.5 11 15 18.5 22

Motor Rotation Speed min-1 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150

E5-02 PM Motor Rated Power kW 7.5 11.0 15 18.50 22.00

E5-03 PM Motor Rated Current (FLA) A 26.67 39.9 55.6 63.5 74.4

E5-04 PM Motor Pole Count - 6 6 6 6 6

E5-05 PM Motor Resistance (ohms/ Ω 0.165 0.113 0.084 0.066 0.048

phase)

PM d-axis Inductance (mH/

E5-06 phase) mH 6.59 4.96 3.83 3.33 2.38

PM q-axis Inductance (mH/

E5-07 mH 8.55 6.12 4.65 4.50 3.15
phase)

PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/

E5-09 mVs/rad 391.5 384.4 372.1 421.3 410.9
s))

E5-24 PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms (mV/ mV/min-1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
rpm)

E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5

E1-05 Maximum Output Voltage V 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0

E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5

E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9

L3-24 Motor Accel Time @ Rated

Torque s 0.088 0.073 0.062 0.091 0.092
*1

n5-02 Motor Inertia Acceleration Time s 0.088 0.073 0.062 0.091 0.092

n8-49 Heavy Load Id Current % -15.3 -13.9 -14.4 -17.9 -15.9

*1 The default setting changes when the setting for o2-04 [Drive Model Selection] changes.
Table 11.19 SSR1 Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 400 V at 1150 min-1 (r/min)
No. Name Unit Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)

PM Motor Code Selection - 1432 1433 1435 1436 1438 143A

Voltage Class V 400 400 400 400 400 400

E5-01
Capacity kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5

Motor Rotation Speed min-1 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150

E5-02 PM Motor Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5
Parameter List

PM Motor Rated Current

E5-03 A 0.94 1.51 3.00 4.43 7.08 10.10
(FLA)

E5-04 PM Motor Pole Count - 6 6 6 6 6 6

PM Motor Resistance (ohms/

E5-05 phase) Ω 19.320 10.800 4.456 2.044 1.483 1.215

PM d-axis Inductance (mH/

E5-06 phase) mH 194.70 129.20 76.88 48.60 37.58 44.54 11
PM q-axis Inductance (mH/
E5-07 mH 252.84 160.90 97.52 61.40 47.65 56.26
phase)

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 457

11.22 Parameters Changed by E5-01 [PM Motor Code Selection]

No. Name Unit Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)

PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/

E5-09 (rad/s)) mVs/rad 640.9 654.1 728.8 688.9 702.0 861.5

PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms

E5-24 mV/min-1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
(mV/rpm)

E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5

E1-05 Maximum Output Voltage V 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0

E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5

E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9

L3-24 Motor Accel Time @ Rated s 0.062 0.044 0.080 0.090 0.067 0.072
*1 Torque

Motor Inertia Acceleration

n5-02 s 0.062 0.044 0.080 0.090 0.067 0.072
Time

n8-49 Heavy Load Id Current % -8.8 -9.9 -9.3 -10.0 -12.8 -12.3

*1 The default setting changes when the setting for o2-04 [Drive Model Selection] changes.
Table 11.20 SSR1 Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 400 V at 1150 min-1 (r/min)
No. Name Unit Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)

PM Motor Code Selection - 143B 143D 143E 143F 1440 1442

Voltage Class V 400 400 400 400 400 400

E5-01
Capacity kW 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30

Motor Rotation Speed min-1 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150

E5-02 PM Motor Rated Power kW 7.5 11.0 15 18.50 22.00 30.00

E5-03 PM Motor Rated Current A 13.33 19.9 27.8 31.8 37.2 52.1
(FLA)

E5-04 PM Motor Pole Count - 6 6 6 6 6 6

PM Motor Resistance (ohms/

E5-05 Ω 0.660 0.443 0.331 0.264 0.192 0.140
phase)

E5-06 PM d-axis Inductance (mH/ mH 26.36 19.10 15.09 13.32 9.52 8.16
phase)

PM q-axis Inductance (mH/

E5-07 phase) mH 34.20 24.67 18.56 18.00 12.60 11.40

PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/

E5-09 (rad/s)) mVs/rad 783.0 762.2 749.6 842.7 821.8 872.3

PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms

E5-24 mV/min-1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
(mV/rpm)

E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5

E1-05 Maximum Output Voltage V 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0

E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5

E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9

L3-24 Motor Accel Time @ Rated s 0.088 0.073 0.062 0.091 0.092 0.125
*1 Torque

Motor Inertia Acceleration

n5-02 s 0.088 0.073 0.062 0.091 0.092 0.125
Time

n8-49 Heavy Load Id Current % -15.3 -16.7 -14.9 -17.9 -15.9 -17.7

*1 The default setting changes when the setting for o2-04 [Drive Model Selection] changes.

458 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12
Parameter Details
12.1 Section Safety .........................................................................................................460
12.2 A: Initialization Parameters..................................................................................461
12.3 b: Application ..........................................................................................................480
12.4 C: Tuning ..................................................................................................................524
12.5 d: References ..........................................................................................................544
12.6 E: Motor Parameters..............................................................................................560
12.7 F: Options.................................................................................................................580
12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection ..........................................................................603
12.9 L: Protection Functions ........................................................................................669
12.10 n: Special Adjustment ...........................................................................................714
12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings .................................................................................733
12.12 T: Auto-Tuning.........................................................................................................753

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 459

12.1 Section Safety

12.1 Section Safety

DANGER
Do not ignore the safety messages in this manual.
If you ignore the safety messages in this manual, it will cause serious injury or death. The manufacturer is not
responsible for injuries or damage to equipment.

460 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.2 A: Initialization Parameters

12.2 A: Initialization Parameters

A parameters [Initialization Parameters] set the operating environment and operating conditions for the drive.

◆ A1: Initialization
A1 parameters set the operating environment and operating conditions for the drive. For example, these
parameters set the keypad language, the control method, and the parameter access level for the drive.

■ A1-00: Language Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

A1-00 Language Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0100) Sets the language for the LCD keypad. (0 - 12)
RUN

Note:
• This parameter is only available when you use an LCD keypad or a Bluetooth LCD Keypad.
• When you use A1-03 [Initialize Parameters] to initialize the drive, the drive will not set this parameter to factory default.
0 : English
1 : Japanese
2 : German
3 : French
4 : Italian
5 : Spanish
6 : Portuguese
7 : Chinese
8 : Czech
9 : Russian
10 : Turkish
11 : Polish
12 : Greek

■ A1-01: Access Level Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

A1-01 Access Level Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 2

(0101) Sets user access to parameters. The access level controls which parameters the keypad will (0 - 3)
RUN display, and which parameters the user can set.

0 : Operation Only
Access to A1-00, A1-01, A1-04 [Password], and the U Monitors.
1 : User Parameters
Access to A1-00, A1-01, A1-04, and A2-01 to A2-32 [User Parameters 1 to 32].
2 : Advanced Level
Access to all parameters, but not Expert Mode parameters.
3 : Expert Level
Access to all parameters including Expert Mode parameters.
Table 12.1 shows which keypad screens are available for each A1-01 settings.
Parameter Details

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 461

12.2 A: Initialization Parameters

Table 12.1 Access Level and Available Keypad Screens

A1-01 [Access Level Selection] Setting
Mode Keypad Screen
0 1 2 3

Drive Mode Monitors Yes Yes Yes Yes

Parameters Yes Yes Yes Yes

User Custom Parameters No Yes Yes Yes

Parameter Backup/Restore No No Yes Yes

Modified Parameters/Fault
Programming Mode Log No No Yes Yes

Auto-Tuning No No Yes Yes

Initial Setup Screen No No Yes Yes

Diagnostic Tools No No Yes Yes

Note:
• When you use A1-04 and A1-05 [Password Setting] to set a password, you cannot change the values set in A1-01 to A1-03, A1-06, A1-
07,or A2-01 to A2-32.
• When H1-xx = 1B [MFDI Function Select = Program Lockout], you must activate the terminal to change parameter settings.
• When you use MEMOBUS/Modbus communications, you must send the Enter command from the controller to the drive and complete
the serial communication write process before you can use the keypad to change parameter settings.

■ A1-02: Control Method Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

A1-02 Control Method Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0102) Sets the control method for the drive application and the motor. (0, 2, 5, 6, 8)

Note:
When you change the A1-02 setting, the parameter values specified by A1-02 are changed to their default values.
Sets the control method for the drive application and the motor.
0 : V/f Control
Use this control method in these applications and conditions:
• For general variable-speed control applications in which a high level of responsiveness or high-precision speed
control is not necessary.
• To connect more than one motor to one drive
• When there is not sufficient data to set the motor parameters
• When it is not possible to do Auto-Tuning. The speed control range is 1:40.
2 : Open Loop Vector
Use this control method for general variable-speed control applications in which high-precision speed control is
necessary. In this control method, a feedback signal from the motor is not necessary to have high torque response
and high torque when operating at low speeds. The speed control range is 1:120.
5 : PM Open Loop Vector
The drive controls an IPM motor or SPM motor in this control method. Use this control method for general
variable-speed control applications in which a high level of responsiveness or high-precision speed control are not
necessary. The speed control range is 1:20.
6 : PM Advanced Open Loop Vector
The drive can control an IPM motor in this control method. Use this control method for general variable-speed
control applications in which high-precision speed control and torque limit are necessary. The speed control range
is 1:20. The speed control range is 1:100 when n8-57 = 1 [HFI Overlap Selection = Enabled].
8 : EZ Vector Control
The drive controls induction motors and PM motors in this control method. This control method uses an easier
procedure to operate motors with more efficiency. Use this control method for derating torque applications. For
example, fans and pumps.

462 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.2 A: Initialization Parameters

■ A1-03: Initialize Parameters

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

A1-03 Initialize Parameters V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0103) Sets parameters to default values. (0 - 3330)

Note:
• After you initialize the drive, the drive automatically sets A1-03 = 0.
• User Parameters can save the parameter values for your application and use these values as default values for drive initialization.
• To use the 2 motor switchover function, first turn OFF the terminal to which H1-xx = 16 [MFDI Function Selection = Motor 2
Selection] is set, then change the A1-03 setting. An incorrect procedure will trigger oPE08 [Parameter Selection Error].
0 : No Initialization
1110 : User Initialization
Sets parameters to the values set by the user as user settings. Set o2-03 = 1 [User Parameter Default Value = Set
defaults] to save the user settings.
You can save the parameter settings that were adjusted for the test run as user-set default values to the drive.
When you make changes to the parameter values after you save the settings as User Parameter Settings, the drive
will set the parameters to the User Parameter Setting value when you initialize with A1-03 = 1110.
Follow this procedure to save User Parameter setting values, and to do a User Initialization.
1. Set parameters correctly for the application.
2. Set o2-03 = 1 [User Parameter Default Value = Set defaults].
This saves parameter settings for a User Initialization.
The drive will then automatically set o2-03 = 0.
3. Set A1-03 = 1110 to reset to the saved parameter settings.
When you initialize the drive, the drive sets the parameter values to the User Parameter setting values.
2220 : 2-Wire Initialization
Sets MFDI terminal S1 to Forward Run and terminal S2 to Reverse Run, and resets all parameters to default
settings.
3330 : 3-Wire Initialization
Sets MFDI terminal S1 to Run, terminal S2 to Stop, and terminal S5 to FWD/REV, and resets all parameters to
default settings.
The drive will not initialize the parameters in Table 12.2 when A1-03 = 2220, 3330.
Table 12.2 Parameters that are not Initialized Using a 2-Wire Sequence or a 3-Wire Sequence
No. Name

A1-00 Language Selection

A1-02 Control Method Selection

A1-07 DriveWorksEZ Function Selection

A1-12 Bluetooth ID

E1-03 V/f Pattern Selection

E5-01 PM Motor Code Selection

E5-02 PM Motor Rated Power (kW)

E5-03 Motor Rated Current (FLA)

E5-04 PM Motor Pole Count

E5-05 PM Motor Resistance (ohms/phase)

E5-06 PM d-axis Inductance (mH/phase)

E5-07 PM q-axis Inductance (mH/phase)

E5-09 PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/s))

Parameter Details

E5-24 PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms (mV/rpm)

E5-25 Polarity Estimation Timeout

F6-08 Comm Parameter Reset @Initialize

F6-xx/F7-xx Communication Option Parameters

Set F6-08 = 1 [Comm Parameter Reset @Initialize = Reset Back to Factory Default] to initialize communication option
parameters. 12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 463

12.2 A: Initialization Parameters

No. Name

L8-35 Installation Method Selection

o2-04 Drive Model (KVA) Selection

q1-xx - q8-xx DriveWorksEZ Parameters

r1-xx DWEZ Connection 1-20

Note:
• Set A1-06 [Application Preset] to let the drive automatically set the best parameter settings for the selected application. The drive does
not initialize A1-02 when A1-03 = 2220, 3330.
• When A1-03 = 2220, 3330, the drive automatically set A1-05 [Password Setting] = 0000. Make sure that you set the password again
for applications where a password is necessary.

■ A1-04: Password
No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

A1-04 Password V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0000

(0104) Entry point for the password set in A1-05 [Password Setting]. The user can view the settings of (0000 - 9999)
parameters that are locked without entering the password. Enter the correct password in this
parameter to change parameter settings.

If the password entered in A1-04 does not agree with the password setting in A1-05, you cannot change these
parameters:
• A1-01 [Access Level Selection]
• A1-02 [Control Method Selection]
• A1-03 [Initialize Parameters]
• A1-06 [Application Preset]
• A1-07 [DriveWorksEZ Function Selection]
• A2-01 to A2-32 [User Parameter 1 to 32]
To lock parameter settings after making changes without changing the password, enter the incorrect password in
A1-04 and push .
Enter the Password to Unlock Parameters
Use this procedure to unlock parameter settings.
Set the password in A1-05 [Password Setting], and show the Parameter Setting Mode screen on the keypad.
This procedure verifies the password, and makes sure that the parameter settings are unlocked.

1. Push or to select “A: Initialization Parameters”, then push .

2. Push or to select [A1-04], then push .

You can now change parameter settings.
3. Push or to move the digit and enter the password.

4. Push to confirm the password.

The drive unlocks the parameters and automatically shows the Parameters Screen.

5. Push or to show [A1-02], then push .

The keypad shows the setting value for [A1-02].
6. Push or to make sure that you can change the setting value.
Push (Back) until the keypad shows the Parameter Setup Mode screen.

■ A1-05: Password Setting

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

A1-05 Password Setting V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0000

(0105) Set the password to lock parameters and prevent changes to parameter settings. Enter the correct (0000 - 9999)
password in A1-04 [Password] to unlock parameters and accept changes.

This parameter can lock these parameter settings:

464 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.2 A: Initialization Parameters

• A1-01 [Access Level Selection]

• A1-02 [Control Method Selection]
• A1-03 [Initialize Parameters]
• A1-06 [Application Preset]
• A1-07 [DriveWorksEZ Function Selection]
• A2-01 to A2-32 [User Parameter 1 to 32]
Note:
• Usually, the keypad will not show A1-05. To show and set A1-05, show A1-04 [Password] and then push and on the
keypad at the same time.
• After you set A1-05, the keypad will not show it again until you enter the correct password in A1-04. Make sure that you remember the
A1-05 setting value. If you do not know the A1-05 setting value, contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
• When A1-03 = 2220, 3330 [2-Wire Initialization, 3-Wire Initialization], the drive is initialized to A1-05 = 0000. Be sure to set the
password again when a password is necessary for the application.
• Change the setting value in A1-05 to change the password. The new setting value becomes the new password.
• When you use the password to unlock and change a parameter, enter a value other than the password in A1-04 to lock the parameter
again with the same password.
• If A1-04 ≠ A1-05, MEMOBUS Communication cannot read or write A1-05.

■ A1-06: Application Preset

WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Check the I/O signals and the external sequences for the drive before you set the
Application Preset function. When you set the Application Preset function (A1-06 ≠ 0), it changes the I/O terminal functions for
the drive and it can cause equipment to operate unusually. This can cause serious injury or death.
No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

A1-06 Application Preset V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0127) Sets the drive to operate in selected application conditions. (0 - 8)

The drive software contains the application presets shown below. Set A1-06 to align with the application to let the
drive automatically set the best parameter settings for the selected application. The drive saves parameters that
you frequently use the application in parameters A2-01 to A2-16 [User Parameters 1 to 16] for easy configuration
and reference in Setup Mode.
• Water supply pump
• Conveyor
• Exhaust fan
• HVAC fan
• Air compressor
• Crane (hoist)
• Crane (traveling)
Note:
• Before you set A1-06, make sure that you set A1-03 = 2220, 3330 [Initialize Parameters = 2-Wire Initialization, 3-Wire Initialization]
to initialize parameters.
• After you set A1-06 for a hoist application (A1-06 = 6 or 7), make sure that you do Auto-Tuning.
• It is not possible to change the A1-06 value. To set an application preset, set A1-03 = 2220 to initialize parameters, then set this
parameter. If initializing all parameters will cause a problem, do not change the settings.
If you set A2-33 = 1 [User Parameter Auto Selection = Enabled: Auto Save Recent Parms] to set parameters to A2-17 to A2-32 [User
Parameters 17 to 32] automatically, the drive will reset these parameters when you change the A1-06 setting.
0 : General-purpose
The drive saves the parameters in Table 12.3 as User Parameters.
Table 12.3 Parameters Saved as User Parameters with the General-purpose Preset
User Parameter No. Parameter No. Saved Name

A2-01 A1-02 Control Method Selection

Parameter Details

A2-02 b1-01 Frequency Reference Selection 1

A2-03 b1-02 Run Command Selection 1

A2-04 b1-03 Stopping Method Selection

A2-05 C1-01 Acceleration Time 1

A2-06 C1-02 Deceleration Time 1

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 465

12.2 A: Initialization Parameters

User Parameter No. Parameter No. Saved Name

A2-07 C6-01 Normal / Heavy Duty Selection

A2-08 C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection

A2-09 d1-01 Reference 1

A2-10 d1-02 Reference 2

A2-11 d1-03 Reference 3

A2-12 d1-04 Reference 4

A2-13 d1-17 Jog Reference

A2-14 E1-01 Input AC Supply Voltage

A2-15 E1-03 V/f Pattern Selection

A2-16 E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency

A2-17 E1-05 Maximum Output Voltage

A2-18 E1-06 Base Frequency

A2-19 E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency

A2-20 E1-13 Base Voltage

A2-21 E2-01 Motor Rated Current (FLA)

A2-22 E2-04 Motor Pole Count

A2-23 E2-11 Motor Rated Power

A2-24 H4-02 Terminal AM Analog Output Gain

A2-25 L1-01 Motor Overload (oL1) Protection

A2-26 L3-04 Stall Prevention during Decel

1 : Water Supply Pump 2

The drive automatically sets the parameters in Table 12.4 for a water supply pump application.
Table 12.4 Best Parameter Settings for Water Supply Pump Applications
No. Name Optimal Value

A1-02 Control Method Selection 0: V/f Control

b1-04 Reverse Operation Selection 1: Reverse Disabled

C1-01 Acceleration Time 1 1.0 s

C1-02 Deceleration Time 1 1.0 s

C6-01 Normal / Heavy Duty Selection 1: Normal Duty Rating

E1-03 V/f Pattern Selection F: Custom

E1-07 Mid Point A Frequency 30.0 Hz

E1-08 Mid Point A Voltage 50.0 V

L2-01 Power Loss Ride Through Select 1: Enabled for L2-02 Time

L3-04 Stall Prevention during Decel 1: General Purpose

The drive saves the parameters in Table 12.5 as User Parameters.

Table 12.5 Parameters Saved as User Parameters with the Water Supply Pump Preset
User Parameter No. Parameter No. Saved Name

A2-01 b1-01 Frequency Reference Selection 1

A2-02 b1-02 Run Command Selection 1

A2-03 b1-04 Reverse Operation Selection

A2-04 C1-01 Acceleration Time 1

A2-05 C1-02 Deceleration Time 1

A2-06 E1-03 V/f Pattern Selection

A2-07 E1-07 Mid Point A Frequency

A2-08 E1-08 Mid Point A Voltage

466 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.2 A: Initialization Parameters

User Parameter No. Parameter No. Saved Name

A2-09 E2-01 Motor Rated Current (FLA)

A2-10 H1-05 Terminal S5 Function Selection

A2-11 H1-06 Terminal S6 Function Selection

A2-12 H1-07 Terminal S7 Function Selection

A2-13 L5-01 Number of Auto-Restart Attempts

2 : Conveyor
The drive automatically sets the parameters in Table 12.6 for a conveyor application.
Table 12.6 Best Parameter Settings for Conveyor Applications
No. Name Optimal Value

A1-02 Control Method Selection 0: V/f Control

C1-01 Acceleration Time 1 3.0 s

C1-02 Deceleration Time 1 3.0 s

C6-01 Normal / Heavy Duty Selection 0: Heavy Duty Rating

L3-04 Stall Prevention during Decel 1: General Purpose

The drive saves the parameters in Table 12.7 as User Parameters.

Table 12.7 Parameters Saved as User Parameters with the Conveyor Preset
User Parameter No. Parameter No. Saved Name

A2-01 A1-02 Control Method Selection

A2-02 b1-01 Frequency Reference Selection 1

A2-03 b1-02 Run Command Selection 1

A2-04 C1-01 Acceleration Time 1

A2-05 C1-02 Deceleration Time 1

A2-06 E2-01 Motor Rated Current (FLA)

A2-07 L3-04 Stall Prevention during Decel

3 : Exhaust Fan
The drive automatically sets the parameters in Table 12.8 for an exhaust fan application.
Table 12.8 Best Parameter Settings for Exhaust Fan Applications
No. Name Optimal Value

A1-02 Control Method Selection 0: V/f Control

b1-04 Reverse Operation Selection 1: Reverse Disabled

C6-01 Normal / Heavy Duty Selection 1: Normal Duty Rating

E1-03 V/f Pattern Selection F: Custom

E1-07 Mid Point A Frequency 30.0 Hz

E1-08 Mid Point A Voltage 50.0 V

L2-01 Power Loss Ride Through Select 1: Enabled for L2-02 Time

L3-04 Stall Prevention during Decel 1: General Purpose

The drive saves the parameters in Table 12.9 as User Parameters.

Table 12.9 Parameters Saved as User Parameters with the Exhaust Fan Preset
User Parameter No. Parameter No. Saved Name
Parameter Details

A2-01 b1-01 Frequency Reference Selection 1

A2-02 b1-02 Run Command Selection 1

A2-03 b1-04 Reverse Operation Selection

A2-04 b3-01 Speed Search at Start Selection

A2-05 C1-01 Acceleration Time 1

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 467

12.2 A: Initialization Parameters

User Parameter No. Parameter No. Saved Name

A2-06 C1-02 Deceleration Time 1

A2-07 E1-03 V/f Pattern Selection

A2-08 E1-07 Mid Point A Frequency

A2-09 E1-08 Mid Point A Voltage

A2-10 E2-01 Motor Rated Current (FLA)

A2-11 H1-05 Terminal S5 Function Selection

A2-12 H1-06 Terminal S6 Function Selection

A2-13 H1-07 Terminal S7 Function Selection

A2-14 L5-01 Number of Auto-Restart Attempts

4 : HVAC Fan
The drive automatically sets the parameters in Table 12.10 for an HVAC fan application.
Table 12.10 Best Parameter Settings for HVAC Fan Applications
No. Name Optimal Value

A1-02 Control Method Selection 0: V/f Control

b1-04 Reverse Operation Selection 1: Reverse Disabled

b1-17 Run Command at Power Up 1: Accept Existing RUN Command

C6-01 Normal / Heavy Duty Selection 1: Normal Duty Rating

C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection 3: 8.0 kHz (6.0 kHz for AOLV/PM)

H2-03 Term P2 Function Selection 39: Watt Hour Pulse Output

L2-01 Power Loss Ride Through Select 2: Enabled while CPU Power Active

L8-03 Overheat Pre-Alarm Selection 4: Operate at Reduced Speed (L8-19)

The drive saves the parameters in Table 12.11 as User Parameters.

Table 12.11 Parameters Saved as User Parameters with the HVAC Fan Preset
User Parameter No. Parameter No. Saved Name

A2-01 b1-01 Frequency Reference Selection 1

A2-02 b1-02 Run Command Selection 1

A2-03 b1-03 Stopping Method Selection

A2-04 b1-04 Reverse Operation Selection

A2-05 C1-01 Acceleration Time 1

A2-06 C1-02 Deceleration Time 1

A2-07 C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection

A2-08 d2-01 Frequency Reference Upper Limit

A2-09 d2-02 Frequency Reference Lower Limit

A2-10 E1-03 V/f Pattern Selection

A2-11 E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency

A2-12 E2-01 Motor Rated Current (FLA)

A2-13 H3-11 Terminal A2 Gain Setting

A2-14 H3-12 Terminal A2 Bias Setting

A2-15 L2-01 Power Loss Ride Through Select

A2-16 o4-12 kWh Monitor Initialization

5 : Air Compressor
The drive automatically sets the parameters in Table 12.12 for an air compressor application.

468 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.2 A: Initialization Parameters

Table 12.12 Best Parameter Settings for Air Compressor Applications

No. Name Optimal Value

A1-02 Control Method Selection 0: V/f Control

b1-04 Reverse Operation Selection 1: Reverse Disabled

C1-01 Acceleration Time 1 5.0 s

C1-02 Deceleration Time 1 5.0 s

C6-01 Normal / Heavy Duty Selection 0: Heavy Duty Rating

E1-03 V/f Pattern Selection F: Custom

L2-01 Power Loss Ride Through Select 1: Enabled for L2-02 Time

L3-04 Stall Prevention during Decel 1: General Purpose

The drive saves the parameters in Table 12.13 as User Parameters.

Table 12.13 Parameters Saved as User Parameters with the Air Compressor Preset
User Parameter No. Parameter No. Saved Name

A2-01 b1-01 Frequency Reference Selection 1

A2-02 b1-02 Run Command Selection 1

A2-03 b1-04 Reverse Operation Selection

A2-04 C1-01 Acceleration Time 1

A2-05 C1-02 Deceleration Time 1

A2-06 E1-03 V/f Pattern Selection

A2-07 E1-07 Mid Point A Frequency

A2-08 E1-08 Mid Point A Voltage

A2-09 E2-01 Motor Rated Current (FLA)

6 : Crane (Hoist)
The drive automatically sets the parameters in Table 12.14 for a hoist application.
Note:
Make sure that you do Auto-Tuning after you set A1-06 for a hoist application. Refer to Notes for Elevator Applications on page 471 for
hoist (elevator) instructions.
Table 12.14 Best Parameter Settings for Hoist Applications
No. Name Optimal Value

A1-02 Control Method Selection 2: Open Loop Vector

b1-01 Frequency Reference Selection 1 0: Keypad

b6-01 Dwell Reference at Start 3.0 Hz

b6-02 Dwell Time at Start 0.3 s

C1-01 Acceleration Time 1 3.0 s

C1-02 Deceleration Time 1 3.0 s

C6-01 Normal / Heavy Duty Selection 0: Heavy Duty Rating

C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection 2: 5.0 kHz (4.0 kHz for AOLV/PM)

d1-01 Reference 1 6.00 Hz

d1-02 Reference 2 30.00 Hz

d1-03 Reference 3 50.00 Hz

E1-03 V/f Pattern Selection F: Custom

H2-01 Term MA/MB-MC Function Selection 5: Frequency Detection 2

Parameter Details

H2-02 Term P1 Function Selection 37: During Frequency Output

L2-03 Minimum Baseblock Time 0.3 s

L3-04 Stall Prevention during Decel 0: Disabled

L4-01 Speed Agree Detection Level 2.0 Hz

L4-02 Speed Agree Detection Width 0.0 Hz

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 469

12.2 A: Initialization Parameters

No. Name Optimal Value

L6-01 Torque Detection Selection 1 8: UL @ RUN - Fault

L6-02 Torque Detection Level 1 2%

L6-03 Torque Detection Time 1 0.5 s

L8-05 Input Phase Loss Protection Sel 1: Enabled

L8-07 Output Phase Loss Protection Sel 1: Fault when One Phase is Lost

L8-41 High Current Alarm Selection 1: Enabled

The drive saves the parameters in Table 12.15 as User Parameters.

Table 12.15 Parameters Saved as User Parameters with the Hoist Preset
User Parameter No. Parameter No. Saved Name

A2-01 A1-02 Control Method Selection

A2-02 b1-01 Frequency Reference Selection 1

A2-03 b6-01 Dwell Reference at Start

A2-04 b6-02 Dwell Time at Start

A2-05 C1-01 Acceleration Time 1

A2-06 C1-02 Deceleration Time 1

A2-07 C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection

A2-08 d1-01 Reference 1

A2-09 d1-02 Reference 2

A2-10 d1-03 Reference 3

A2-11 E1-08 Mid Point A Voltage

A2-12 H2-01 Term MA/MB-MC Function Selection

A2-13 L1-01 Motor Overload (oL1) Protection

A2-14 L4-01 Speed Agree Detection Level

A2-15 L6-02 Torque Detection Level 1

A2-16 L6-03 Torque Detection Time 1

7 : Crane (Traveling)
The drive automatically sets the parameters in Table 12.16 for a traveling application.
Table 12.16 Optimal Settings for Traveling Applications
No. Name Optimal Value

A1-02 Control Method Selection 0: V/f Control

b1-01 Frequency Reference Selection 1 0: Keypad

C1-01 Acceleration Time 1 3.0 s

C1-02 Deceleration Time 1 3.0 s

C6-01 Normal / Heavy Duty Selection 0: Heavy Duty Rating

C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection 2: 5.0 kHz (4.0 kHz for AOLV/PM)

d1-01 Reference 1 6.00 Hz

d1-02 Reference 2 30.00 Hz

d1-03 Reference 3 50.00 Hz

H1-05 Terminal S5 Function Selection 3: Multi-Step Speed Reference 1

H1-06 Terminal S6 Function Selection 4: Multi-Step Speed Reference 2

H2-01 Term MA/MB-MC Function Selection 37: During Frequency Output

H2-02 Term P1 Function Selection 37: During Frequency Output

L3-04 Stall Prevention during Decel 0: Disabled

L8-05 Input Phase Loss Protection Sel 1: Enabled

470 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.2 A: Initialization Parameters

No. Name Optimal Value

L8-07 Output Phase Loss Protection Sel 1: Fault when One Phase is Lost

L8-41 High Current Alarm Selection 1: Enabled

The drive saves the parameters in Table 12.17 as User Parameters.

Table 12.17 Parameters Saved as User Parameters with the Traveling Preset
User Parameter No. Parameter No. Saved Name

A2-01 b1-01 Frequency Reference Selection 1

A2-02 C1-01 Acceleration Time 1

A2-03 C1-02 Deceleration Time 1

A2-04 C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection

A2-05 d1-01 Reference 1

A2-06 d1-02 Reference 2

A2-07 d1-03 Reference 3

A2-08 E2-01 Motor Rated Current (FLA)

A2-09 H1-05 Terminal S5 Function Selection

A2-10 H1-06 Terminal S6 Function Selection

A2-11 H2-01 Term MA/MB-MC Function Selection

A2-12 L1-01 Motor Overload (oL1) Protection

8 : Conveyor 2
The drive automatically sets the parameters in Table 12.18 for a conveyor 2 application.
Table 12.18 Best Parameter Settings for Conveyor 2 Application
No. Name Optimal Value

A1-02 Control Method Selection 0: V/f Control

C1-01 Acceleration Time 1 3.0 s

C1-02 Deceleration Time 1 3.0 s

C6-01 Normal / Heavy Duty Selection 0: Heavy Duty Rating

L3-04 Stall Prevention during Decel 7: Overexcitation/High Flux 3

n3-13 OverexcitationBraking (OEB) Gain 1.40

n3-21 HSB Current Suppression Level 150

The drive saves the parameters in Table 12.19 as User Parameters.

Table 12.19 Parameters Saved as User Parameters with the Conveyor 2 Preset
User Parameter No. Parameter No. Saved Name

A2-01 A1-02 Control Method Selection

A2-02 b1-01 Frequency Reference Selection 1

A2-03 b1-02 Run Command Selection 1

A2-04 C1-01 Acceleration Time 1

A2-05 C1-02 Deceleration Time 1

A2-06 E2-01 Motor Rated Current (FLA)

A2-07 L3-04 Stall Prevention during Decel

A2-08 n3-13 OverexcitationBraking (OEB) Gain

A2-09 n3-21 HSB Current Suppression Level

Parameter Details

■ Notes for Elevator Applications

When using the drive for elevator applications, read the safety descriptions and precautions, and safely and
correctly use the device.

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 471

12.2 A: Initialization Parameters

Conditions to Open and Close the Brake

Set L4-07 = 0 [Speed Agree Detection Selection = No Detection during Baseblock] to open and close the holding
brake.
When L4-07 = 1 [Detection Always Enabled], the output frequency increases when you input the Run command
although the external baseblock command is input. Because of this, speed detection operates and will open the
brake signal.
• Set Related Parameters
Table 12.20 shows examples of parameter settings to use the terminal P2-C2 as the holding brake open and
close signal.
Table 12.20 Holding Brake Open and Close Signal Setting Example

Brake Open and Close Signal Brake Open and Close Level Adjust Applicable Control Methods
(A1-02 Settings)

V/f OLV
Signal Name Parameter Settings Signal Name Parameter Settings
(0) (2)

L4-07 = 0 Speed Agree Detection Level L4-01 = 1.0 Hz to 3.0 Hz *1

Frequency (FOUT) Detection 2 x x
H2-03 = 5 Speed Agree Detection Width L4-02 = 0.0 Hz to 0.5 Hz

*1 When A1-02 = 2 [Open Loop Vector], it is the usual setting range. When A1-02 = 0 [V/f Control], set L4-01 to the rated slip
frequency of the motor + approximately 0.5 Hz. If you set the value too low, motor torque will not be sufficient and it will cause
motor rollback. Set the parameter to agree with these conditions at the same time. If you set the value too high, it will cause
overshoot at start.
• L4-01 > E1-09 [Minimum Output Frequency]
• L4-01 > L4-02 [Speed Agree Detection Width]
*2 Use L4-02 to adjust the detection width of Frequency Detection 2. If rollback occurs when the motor stops, change the frequency to
approximately 0.1 Hz.

Figure 12.1 Frequency Detection 2

Sequence Circuit Configuration
Use these conditions to set the circuit for the open/close sequence of the holding brake:
• Set the sequence-side operation conditions to activate terminal P2-C2 and open the holding brake.
• Set the sequence to close the holding brake in an emergency if the drive detects a fault.
• Set the sequence to open the holding brake when you enter an increase or decrease command.

Figure 12.2 Sequence Circuit Configuration Diagram

*1 L4-07 = 0 [Speed Agree Detection Selection = No detection during baseblock]
Time Chart
Figure 12.3 shows the open and close sequence of the holding brake.

472 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.2 A: Initialization Parameters

Figure 12.3 Holding Brake Open and Close Sequence Time Chart (V/f, OLV)
*1 Start braking from the higher set frequency between b2-01 [DC Injection/Zero SpeedThreshold] or E1-09 [Minimum Output
Frequency].
Notes on when Using Other Functions

Function Precautions

Stall Prevention during Deceleration When you connect a braking resistor to discharge the regenerative power to the drive, set L3-04 = 0 [Stall Prevention during Decel
= Disabled].
Note:
If L3-04 = 1 [General Purpose], it is possible that the drive will not stop in the set deceleration time. Do not change the default
settings of these related parameters:
• L3-01 = 1 [Stall Prevention during Accel = Enabled]
• L3-05 = 1 [Stall Prevention during RUN = Deceleration Time 1 (C1-02)]
Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors • When A1-02 = 2 [Control Method Selection = Open Loop Vector], Auto-Tune the motor before you operate the drive.
• Disconnect the drive from the motor to do Rotational Auto-Tuning.
• Auto-Tuning runs automatically for approximately 1 minute. Do not do Auto-Tuning with the motor engaged in the elevator
system.
Note:
• If you cannot disconnect the motor from the machine, do Stationary Auto-Tuning. During this time, the drive automatically
measures the necessary motor data. If the motor test report or the motor nameplate is not available, use Stationary Auto-Tuning.
Do Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance for better torque characteristics at low speeds in the V/f Control mode.
• When you do Stationary Auto-Tuning, the drive energizes the motor and the motor stays stopped.
• To Auto-Tune a specialized motor, for example a wound motor, prepare a motor test report before Auto-Tuning and make sure
that the motor parameter E2-xx is not too different than the value in the test report.
Auto-Tuning for PM Motors You must set the motor data in the drive to run a PM motor.
• When you use a PM motor recommended by Yaskawa
Input the motor code in E5-01. E5 and other related motor parameters will be automatically set to the optimal values.
• When you use a non-Yaskawa PM motor
Do Auto-Tuning.
– When the motor nameplate or motor test report is available, enter the PM motor parameters directly with PM Motor Parameter
Settings.
– If the motor nameplate or motor test report is not available, and the motor cannot rotate, do PM Stationary Auto-Tuning.
– If the motor nameplate or motor test report is not available, and the motor can rotate, do PM Rotational Auto-Tuning.

Braking Resistor Overheat Protection When you use a braking resistor that is not the optional Yaskawa braking resistor unit (LKEB-series), this function uses the thermal
overload relay to detect braking resistor overheat. Load a sequence program that turns OFF the drive input power supply when the
braking resistor overheats.
Note:
Refer to page 50 when you load the sequence circuit.
Continuous Operation Do not use the momentary power loss continuous operation function and the Auto Restart function. If you use these functions, there
is a risk that the motor will coast to a stop if the brake is open when there is a momentary power loss and the drive is operating or if
there is a fault.
Set the these parameters:
• L2-01 = 0 [Power Loss Ride Through Select = Disabled]
• L5-01 = 0 [Number of Auto-Restart Attempts = 0]

Torque Limit The motor rated torque sets the value for L7-01 to L7-04 [Torque Limit]. If there will not be sufficient torque during start up, replace
the drive with a larger capacity drive and set the torque limit between 200% and 300%. The L7-01 to L7-04 default setting is 200%.

Input/Output Phase Loss Protection, To stop a fall because of phase loss, set these parameters:
Overtorque Detection • L8-05 = 1 [Input Phase Loss Protection Sel = Enabled]
• L8-07 = 1 [Output Phase Loss Protection Sel = Fault when One Phase is Lost]
Parameter Details

• L6-01, L6-04 = 1 to 8 [Torque Detection Selection 1/2 = oL @ Speed Agree - Alarm only to UL @ RUN - Fault]
• L6-02, L6-05 [Torque Detection Level 1/2]
• L6-03, L6-06 [Torque Detection Time 1/2]
Note:
Use precautions, for example fall detection, on the machine side.

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 473

12.2 A: Initialization Parameters

Function Precautions

External Baseblock Command • If you enter the external baseblock signal set in H1-01 to H1-07 = 8 or 9 [Terminal S1 to S7 Function Selection = Baseblock
Command] during run, the motor immediately coasts to stop. When you enter a baseblock command while the motor is operating,
make sure that it is necessary.
• When you use an external baseblock command for the fast stop and operation start up interlocks, load the sequence to lock the
holding brake when you enter the external baseblock command.
• If you enter the external baseblock command and then immediately remove it, the drive will not output the voltage in the time set
in L2-03 [Minimum Baseblock Time]. Do not use an external baseblock command for applications that have frequent Run/Stop
commands.

Acceleration and Deceleration Times If you set the acceleration and deceleration times for the drive side too short and you do not add the mechanical operation delay time
of the holding brake, the holding brake could operate late, or there could be overcurrent at start up, the brake could grind, or the
motor could roll back when it stops. In these conditions, use Dwell Reference at Start/Time and DC Injection Braking at Stop to
adjust the holding brake timing.

Electromagnetic Contactor on the Drive Usually you must not install the electromagnetic contactor between the drive and motor. When you must install an electromagnetic
Output Side contactor to use one drive to switchover more than one motor, follow these precautions:
• Load a sequence that opens and closes the electromagnetic contactor when these two conditions are satisfied at the same time,
unless there is an emergency:
– The holding brake is fully closed
– The drive terminals set for H2-xx = 8 or 1B [MFDO Function Selection = During Baseblock] are activated
• If you open and close the electromagnetic contactor during motor control or during DC Injection Braking (or zero speed control),
the surge voltage and the motor direct input current can cause the drive to detect faults.
• When you use an electromagnetic contactor between the drive and motor, set L8-07 = 1 or 2 [Output Phase Loss Protection Sel =
Fault when One Phase is Lost, Fault when Two Phases are Lost].

Adjustments Relating to Control

When there is oscillation, rollback, or other control problems, adjust the parameters as specified by the control
method.
V/f Control on page 474 shows only the frequently adjusted parameters.
Note:
Torque and speed response for high-resistance and high-slip motors are slow. Adjust the torque and speed response to increase them.
Low impedance (low-slip) motors will hunt and oscillate. Adjust the torque and speed response to increase them.
V/f Control
When you use V/f Control, do not use C3-01 [Slip Compensation Gain].
Table 12.21 Adjustment of Drive Control (V/f Control)
Adjustment Description Parameter Number Possible Solutions Default Recommended Setting

• If the torque is not sufficient

with heavy loads, decrease the
setting.
Prevent hunting and oscillation at
n1-02 [Hunting Prevention Gain • If there is hunting or
middle-range speeds (10 Hz to 40 1.00 0.50 - 2.00
Hz) Setting] oscillation with light loads,
increase the setting. Set n1-01
= 1 [Hunting Prevention
Selection = Enabled].

• If there is a loud motor

• Increasing motor excitation excitation sound, increase the
sound setting value.
C6-02 [Carrier Frequency *1
• Hunting and oscillation • If there is hunting or 1-F
Selection]
suppression at low speeds and oscillation at low speeds or
middle-range speeds middle-range speeds, decrease
the setting value.

• If the torque is not sufficient at

• Increase torque at low speeds low speeds, increase the
(10 Hz or lower) C4-01 [Torque Compensation setting value.
Gain] 1.00 0.50 - 1.50
• Prevent hunting and • If there is hunting or
oscillation oscillation with light loads,
decrease the setting value.

E1-08 [Mid Point A Voltage] • If the torque is not sufficient at 15.0 V *2 *3 13.0 V to 16.0 V *3
low speeds, increase the
• Increase torque at low speeds E1-10 [Minimum Output Voltage] setting value. 9.0 V *2 *3 7.0 V to 10.0 V *3
• Prevent shock during start up • If there is a large shock during
start up, decrease the setting
value.

*1 The default setting changes when the settings for C6-01 [Normal / Heavy Duty Selection] and o2-04 [Drive Model (KVA) Selection]
change.
*2 The default setting changes when the settings for A1-02 [Control Method Selection] and E1-03 [V/f Pattern Selection] change.
*3 This is the setting for 200 V class drives. Multiply the voltage by 2 for 400 V class drives.
Open Loop Vector Control Method
Do not adjust parameter C4-01 [Torque Compensation Gain]. Keep this parameter at its default setting.
If you cannot get speed accuracy during regeneration, set C3-04 = 1 [Slip Compensation at Regen = Enabled
Above 6Hz]. If you cannot get speed accuracy at high speeds, set C3-05 = 1 [Output Voltage Limit Selection =
Enabled].

474 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.2 A: Initialization Parameters

Table 12.22 Adjustment of Drive Control (Open Loop Vector Control Method)
Adjustment description Parameter Number Possible Solutions Default Recommended Setting

• If torque and speed response

• Torque, increase speed are slow, decrease the setting
response
n2-01 [Automatic Freq Regulator value.
• Prevent hunting and 1.00 0.50 - 2.00
Gain] • If there is hunting or
oscillation at middle-range
speeds (10 Hz to 40 Hz) oscillation, increase the setting
value.

• If torque and speed response

• Torque, increase speed are slow, decrease the setting
response C4-02 [Torque Compensation value.
20 ms 20 ms to 100 ms
• Prevent hunting and Delay Time] *1 • If there is hunting or
oscillation oscillation, increase the setting
value.

• When speed response is slow,

• Increase speed response C3-02 [Slip Compensation Delay decrease the setting value.
Time] 200 ms 100 ms to 500 ms
• Increase speed stability • If speed is not stable, increase
the setting value.

• If speed is too slow, increase

the setting value.
• Improve speed accuracy C3-01 [Slip Compensation Gain] 1.0 0.5 - 1.5
• If speed is too fast, decrease
the setting value.

• If there is a loud motor

• Increasing motor excitation
sound excitation sound, increase the
C6-02 [Carrier Frequency setting value.
• Prevent hunting and *2 1-F
Selection] • If there is hunting or
oscillation at low-range speeds
oscillation at low speeds,
(10 Hz to or lower) decrease the setting value.

E1-08 [Mid Point A Voltage] • If the torque and speed 11.0 V *3 12.0 V to 13.0 V *3
• Increase torque and speed response are slow, increase the
setting value.
response at low speeds
• Prevent shock during start up E1-10 [Minimum Output Voltage] • If there is a large shock during 2.0 V *3 2.0 V to 3.0 V *3
start up, decrease the setting
value.

*1 If the value for C4-02 [Torque Compensation Delay Time] is high, the current can increase during start up. Adjust and check the
current during start up.
*2 The default setting changes when the settings for C6-01 [Normal / Heavy Duty Selection] and o2-04 [Drive Model (KVA) Selection]
change.
*3 This is the setting for 200 V class drives. Multiply the voltage by 2 for 400 V class drives.
Elevator Start/Stop and Accel/Decel Time Shock Reduction
Shock when you start and stop the elevator and when you accelerate and decelerate is an issue for passenger
elevator applications. If shock has an effect on the quality of the ride, adjust these parameters:
S-Curve Characteristics, Accel & Decel Time

Adjustment Parameter Name

C1-01, C1-03, C1-05, C1-07 Acceleration Time 1 to 4

C1-02, C1-04, C1-06, C1-08 Deceleration Time 1 to 4

C2-01 S-Curve Time @ Start of Accel

C2-02 S-Curve Time @ End of Accel

C2-03 S-Curve Time @ Start of Decel

C2-04 S-Curve Time @ End of Decel

Figure 12.4 S-curve Characteristics, Accel & Decel Time

Parameter Details

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 475

12.2 A: Initialization Parameters

Note:
• When decreased operation times are necessary for the application, for example with cranes and hoists, do not use S-curve characteristic
times.
• The default setting for C2-04 [S-Curve Time @ End of Decel] will be 0.00 seconds. The default setting for other S-curve characteristics
will be 0.20 seconds. Set the acceleration/deceleration times and S-curve characteristic time correctly for acceleration/deceleration start
up and end. The recommended setting of the S-curve characteristics time is 0.2 to 1.0 seconds.
• When you use the C1-11 [Accel/Decel Time Switchover Freq], you can switch the acceleration/deceleration rate automatically during
acceleration/deceleration. The default setting is disabled.
When the Output Frequency ≥ C1-11, operate at the acceleration and deceleration times set in C1-01 and C1-02
When the Output Frequency < C1-11, operate at the acceleration and deceleration times set in C1-07 and C1-08
• During low speed operation, if the Output Frequency < E1-09 [Minimum Output Frequency] in the S-Curve Time @ Start of Decel,
the drive will cancel the S-curve characteristics and do DC Inject Braking at Stop.
Dwell Function at Start

Adjustment Parameter Name

b6-01 Dwell Reference at Start

b6-02 Dwell Time at Start

H2-xx = 5 Frequency Detection 2

Figure 12.5 Dwell Function at Start

Note:
• If the mechanical operation of the holding brake is slow, use the Dwell Function at Start to prevent brake grinding (friction). Accelerate
after the brake is fully open.
• When you use V/f Control or Open Loop Vector Control, set b6-01 [Dwell Reference at Start] > Frequency Detection 2 (brake open
frequency).
• If the motor torque is not sufficient during start up, use the DC Inject Braking function to secure the motor current (torque) before you
start the motor.
–b2-02 [DC Injection Braking Current] recommended setting: 50% to 75% (V/f Control, Open Loop Vector Control)
–b2-03 [DC Inject Braking Time at Start] recommended setting: 0.2 s to 0.5 s
DC Injection Braking at Stop Function
Note:
If you disconnect a drive from a motor when it is controlling the motor or during DC Injection Braking (Zero speed level), a voltage
surge can trigger a drive fault. When you use an electromagnetic contactor between the drive and motor, set L8-07 = 1 or 2 [Output
Phase Loss Protection Sel = Fault when One Phase is Lost, Fault when Two Phases are Lost]. If it necessary to disconnect the motor
and drive when you stop the elevator, fully close the holding brake and disconnect the drive while the Baseblock signal is ON. This does
not apply for emergency conditions.

Adjustment Parameter Name

b2-01 DC Injection/Zero SpeedThreshold

b2-02 DC Injection Braking Current

b2-04 DC Inject Braking Time at Stop

H2-xx = 5 Frequency Detection 2

476 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.2 A: Initialization Parameters

Figure 12.6 DC Injection Braking at Stop Function

Note:
• If the mechanical operation of the holding brake is slow, use DC Injection Braking until the brake is fully closed to prevent rollback.
• If you cannot hold the load with DC Injection Braking when it is stopped in V/f Control and Open Loop Vector Control modes, use
Dwell Function at Stop.
–b6-03 [Dwell Reference at Stop]: Minimum output frequency to 3.0 Hz
When Frequency Detection 2 is OFF, it is less than L4-01 [Speed Agree Detection Level] - L4-02 [Speed Agree Detection Width].
–b6-04 [Dwell Time at Stop] recommended setting: 0.3 s to 0.5 s
–b2-04 [DC Inject Braking Time at Stop] recommended setting: 0.0 s
Analog Input FilterTime Constant
When b1-01 = 1 [Frequency Reference Selection 1 = Analog Input], it adds noise to the analog frequency
reference during run.
• Minimize the effects of noise.
• Change H3-13 [Analog Input FilterTime Constant] to a range of 0.01 s to 0.10 s.
Startup Current Check
When you do a test run, set L8-41 =1 [High Current Alarm Selection = Enabled] and use U4-13 [Peak Hold
Current] and a clamp ammeter with the machine under load and not under load to check the motor current during
start up.
If the motor torque is not sufficient during start up or if the timing between the motor and the holding brake is
unsatisfactory and causes the motor to lock, a large quantity of current will flow. In these conditions, adjust the
parameters again and decrease the load to decrease the current to less than 150%. If the current flow is more than
150% of the drive rated current, the heat stress on the IGBTs will decrease the service life of drive parts.
To decrease the effects of heat stress, decrease the carrier frequency of the drive to 2.0 kHz to 2.5 kHz for
applications where low audible noise is not necessary.
Overvoltage Suppression Function
If the overvoltage suppression function is used in elevator type applications, there is a risk of rollback and falls.
Set L3-11 = 0 [Overvoltage Suppression Select = Disabled].
The overvoltage suppression function is designed to prevent an overvoltage trip in a situation in which a braking
resistor is not used with a regenerative load. If the overvoltage suppression function is enabled, the regeneration
torque reference within the drive is automatically controlled during regeneration.
Note:
When using the drive for applications such as high speed elevators with a speed of 2 ms or more and direct drive elevators, or when you
need drives designed for cranes, contact Yaskawa or your Yaskawa sales representative.

■ A1-07: DriveWorksEZ Function Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

A1-07 DriveWorksEZ Function V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0128) Selection Sets the drive to operate with DriveWorksEZ. (0 - 2)

DriveWorksEZ is a simple visual programming tool that lets you connect function blocks to customize the drive
and add PLC functions.
Note:
• DriveWorksEZ will overwrite drive settings when it uses MFDI/MFDO and MFAI/MFAO. When you use DriveWorksEZ to make
Parameter Details

changes to the drive, the changes will stay after you disable DriveWorksEZ.
• For more information about DriveWorksEZ, contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
0 : DWEZ Disabled
1 : DWEZ Enabled
2 : Enabled/Disabled wDigital Input
12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 477

12.2 A: Initialization Parameters

Set H1-xx = 9F [MFDI Function Select = DWEZ Disable]. Deactivate the digital input to enable programs made
with DriveWorksEZ and activate the terminal to disable the programs.

■ A1-11: Firmware Update Lock

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

A1-11 Firmware Update Lock V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(111D) Protects the drive firmware. When you enable the protection, you cannot update the drive (0, 1)
Expert firmware.

0 : Disabled
Lock is disabled.
1 : Enabled
Lock is enabled.

■ A1-12: Bluetooth ID
No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

A1-12 Bluetooth ID V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV -

(1564) Sets the password necessary to use Bluetooth to control the drive with a smartphone or tablet. (0000 - 9999)

◆ A2: User Parameters

You can register frequently used parameters and recently changed parameters here to access them quickly. Use
Setup Mode to show the saved parameters.

■ A2-01 to A2-32: User Parameters 1 to 32

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

A2-01 to A2-32 User Parameters 1 to 32 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Parameters in General-
(0106 - 0125) You can select a maximum of 32 parameters for the drive and save the values to parameters A2-01 Purpose Setup Mode
to A2-32. Use Setup Mode to show the saved parameters. You can immediately access these saved (Determined by A1-06)
parameters.

Note:
• When the A1-06 [Application Preset] value changes, the settings for A2-01 to A2-32 change.
• You must set A1-01 = 1 [Access Level Selection = User Parameters] to access parameters A2-01 to A2-32.
• When A1-07 = 1 or 2 [DriveWorksEZ Function Selection = DWEZ Enabled or Enabled/Disabled wDigital Input], the drive saves qx-
xx [DriveWorksEZ Parameters] to A2-01 to A2-32.
The drive saves these parameters to A2-01 to A2-32.
• The drive saves a maximum of 32 parameters.
Note:
Set A1-01 = 2 [Advanced Level] or A1-01 = 3 [Expert Level] to save the necessary parameters.
• The drive automatically saves changed parameters to A2-17 to A2-32.
Note:
Set A2-33 = 1 [User Parameter Auto Selection = Enabled].

■ A2-33: User Parameter Auto Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

A2-33 User Parameter Auto V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-06
(0126) Selection Sets the automatic save feature for changes to parameters A2-17 to A2-32 [User Parameters 17 to (0, 1)
32].

0 : Disabled: Manual Entry Required

Set User Parameters manually.
1 : Enabled: Auto Save Recent Parms
The drive automatically registers changed parameter A2-17 to A2-32. The drive automatically saves the most
recently changed parameter to A2-17, and saves a maximum of 16 parameters. After the drive registers 16

478 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.2 A: Initialization Parameters

parameters, when you save a new parameter, the drive will remove a parameter from the User Parameter list to
make space for the new parameter. The drive removes parameters with First In, First Out.
Use Setup Mode to show the saved parameters.
Note:
In General-Purpose Setup Mode, the drive saves parameters starting with A2-27 because the drive saves parameters A2-26 and lower by
default.

Parameter Details

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 479

12.3 b: Application

12.3 b: Application
b parameters set these functions:
• Frequency reference source/Run command source
• Stopping method settings
• DC Injection Braking
• Speed Search
• Timer Function
• PID control
• Dwell function
• Energy-Saving Control

◆ b1: Operation Mode Selection

b1 parameters set the operation mode for the drive.

■ b1-01: Frequency Reference Selection 1

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Setting Range)

b1-01 Frequency Reference V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1

(0180) Selection 1 Sets the input method for the frequency reference. (0 - 4)

Note:
• Push on the keypad to set the input mode to LOCAL and use the keypad to enter the frequency reference.
• If the frequency reference is 0 Hz or less than the value set in E1-09 [Minimum Output Frequency] and the drive receives the Run
command, the RUN LED on the keypad will flash. Examine the setting for the frequency reference input and enter a value ≥ E1-09.
0 : Keypad
Use the keypad to enter the frequency reference.
Use and on the keypad to change the frequency reference.
1 : Analog Input
Use MFAI terminals A1 and A2 to input an analog frequency reference with a voltage or current input signal.
• Voltage Input
Refer to Table 12.23 to use a voltage signal input to one of the MFAI terminals.
Table 12.23 Frequency Reference Voltage Input
Parameter Settings
Terminal Signal
Terminal Note
Level Signal Level
Function Selection Gain Bias
Selection

A1 0 - 10 V (Lower Limit H3-01 = 0 H3-02 = 0 H3-03 H3-04

at 0) [Frequency Reference]
-
0 - 10 V (Without H3-01 = 1
Lower Limit)

A2 0 - 10 V (Lower Limit H3-01 = 0 H3-10 = 0 H3-11 H3-12 Set DIP switch S1 to “V” for
at 0) [Frequency Reference] voltage input.

0 - 10 V (Without H3-01 = 1
Lower Limit)

480 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.3 b: Application

Figure 12.7 Example of Setting the Frequency Reference with a Voltage Signal to Terminal A1
Note:
You can also use this diagram to wire terminal A2.
• Current Input
Refer to Table 12.24 to use a current signal input to one of the MFAI terminals.
Table 12.24 Frequency Reference Current Input
Parameter Settings
Terminal Signal Level Note
Signal Level
Selection Function Selection Gain Bias

A2 4 - 20 mA H3-09 = 2 H3-10 = 0 H3-11 H3-12 Set DIP switch S1 to “I” for

[Frequency Reference] current input.
0 - 20 mA H3-09 = 3

Figure 12.8 Example of Setting the Frequency Reference with a Current Signal to Terminal A2
Changing between Master and Auxiliary Frequency References
Use the multi-step speed reference function to change the frequency reference input between terminals A1 and
A2.
2 : Memobus/Modbus Communications
Use MEMOBUS/Modbus communications to enter the frequency reference.
3 : Option PCB
Use a communications option connected to the drive to enter the Run command.
Refer to the instruction manual included with the option to install and set the option.
Note:
Parameter Details

If b1-01 = 3 but you did not connect an option, oPE05 [Run Cmd/Freq Ref Source Sel Err] will flash on the keypad.
4 : Pulse Train Input
Use a pulse train signal from the pulse train input terminal RP to enter the frequency reference.
Do this procedure to make sure that the pulse train signal is operating correctly.
1. Set b1-01 = 4, H6-01 = 0 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function = Frequency Reference]. 12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 481

12.3 b: Application

2. Set H6-02 [Terminal RP Frequency Scaling] to the number of pulses that determine 100% of the frequency
reference.
3. Enter a pulse train signal on the terminal RP and make sure that the keypad shows a correct frequency
reference.

■ b1-02: Run Command Selection 1

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b1-02 Run Command Selection 1 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1

(0181) Sets the input method for the Run command. (0 - 3)

0 : Keypad
Use the keypad to enter the Run command.
You can use the JOG operation or the FWD/REV commands from the keypad.
Note:

The on the keypad is on while keypad is the Run command source.

1 : Digital Input
Use the control circuit terminals to enter the Run command. Select the input method for the Run command with
an H1-xx parameter.
Set H1-xx = 0, 40 to 43 [3-Wire Sequence, Run Command (2-Wire Sequence)]. The default setting is 2-wire
sequence 1.
• 2-wire Sequence 1
This sequence has two input types: FWD/Stop and REV/Stop. Set A1-03 = 2220 [Initialize Parameters = 2-
Wire Initialization] to initialize the drive and set terminals S1 and S2 for a 2-wire sequence.
• 2-wire Sequence 2
This sequence has two input types: Run/Stop and FWD/REV.
• 3-Wire Sequence
This sequence has three input types: Run, Stop, and FWD/REV. Set A1-03 = 3330 [Initialize Parameters = 3-
Wire Initialization] to initialize the drive and set terminals S1, S2, and S5 for a 3-wire sequence.
2 : Memobus/Modbus Communications
Use MEMOBUS/Modbus communications to enter the Run command.
3 : Option PCB
Use a communications option card or input option card connected to the drive to enter the Run command.
Refer to the instruction manual included with the option card to install and set the option card.
Note:
If b1-02 = 3 but no connected option card, then oPE05 [Run Cmd/Freq Ref Source Sel Err] will flash on the keypad.

■ b1-03: Stopping Method Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b1-03 Stopping Method Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0182) Sets the method to stop the motor after removing a Run command or entering a Stop command. (0 - 3, 9)

Note:
When A1-02 = 5, 6, 8 [Control Method Selection = OLV/PM, AOLV/PM, EZOLV], the setting range is 0, 1, 3.
Select the applicable stopping method for the application from these four options:
0 : Ramp to Stop
When you enter the Stop command or turn OFF the Run command, the drive ramps the motor to stop.
The drive ramps the motor to stop as specified by the deceleration time. The default setting for the deceleration
time is C1-02 [Deceleration Time 1]. The actual deceleration time changes as the load conditions change (for
example, mechanical loss and inertia).
If the output frequency is less than or equal to the value set in b2-01 [DC Injection/Zero SpeedThreshold] during
deceleration, the drive will do DC Injection Braking, Zero Speed Control, or Short Circuit Braking, as specified
by the control method.
• Ramp to Stop with V/f Control and OLV Control Methods

482 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.3 b: Application

Parameter b2-01 sets the frequency to start DC Injection Braking at stop. If the output frequency is less than or
equal to the value set in b2-01 during deceleration, then the drive will perform DC Injection Braking for the
time set in b2-04 [DC Inject Braking Time at Stop].

Figure 12.9 Ramp to Stop with V/f and OLV Control Methods
Note:
When b2-01 ≤ E1-09 [Minimum Output Frequency], the drive will start DC Injection Braking from the frequency set in E1-09.
• Ramp to Stop with OLV/PM, AOLV/PM, and EZOLV Control Methods
Parameter b2-01 sets the frequency to start Short Circuit Braking. When the output frequency is less than or
equal to the value set in b2-01 during deceleration, then the drive will do Short Circuit Braking for the time set
in b2-13 [Short Circuit Brake Time @ Stop]. When b2-04 ≠ 0, the drive will do DC Injection Braking for the
time set in b2-04 when Short Circuit Braking is complete.

Figure 12.10 Ramp to Stop with OLV/PM, AOLV/PM, and EZOLV Control Methods
Note:
When b2-01 ≤ E1-09, the drive will start Short Circuit Braking from the frequency set in E1-09.
If b2-01 = 0 Hz and E1-09 = 0 Hz, the drive will not do Short Circuit Braking.
1 : Coast to Stop
When you enter the Stop command or turn OFF the Run command, the drive turns OFF the output and coasts the
motor to stop.
Load conditions will have an effect on the deceleration rate as the motor coasts to stop (for example, mechanical
loss and inertia).

Figure 12.11 Coast to Stop

Note:
When you enter the Stop command or turn OFF the Run command, the drive ignores the Run command for the time set in L2-03
[Minimum Baseblock Time]. Do not enter the Run command until the motor comes to a complete stop. Use DC Injection or Speed
Search to restart the motor before it stops.
Parameter Details

2 : DC Injection Braking to Stop

When you enter the Stop command or turn OFF the Run command, the drive turns OFF the output for the time set
in L2-03. The drive waits for the minimum baseblock time and then injects the amount of DC current into the
motor set in b2-02 [DC Injection Braking Current] to stop the motor with DC current.
DC Injection Braking stops the motor more quickly than coast to stop.
12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 483

12.3 b: Application

Note:
If A1-02 = 5, 6, DC Injection Braking to Stop is not available.

Figure 12.12 DC Injection Braking to Stop

The value set in b2-04 and the output frequency when the drive receives the Stop command determine the DC
Injection Braking time. The drive calculates the DC Injection Braking time as in Figure 12.13.

Figure 12.13 DC Injection Braking Time and Output Frequency

Note:
Set L2-03 to a high value that will not trigger oC [Overcurrent] when the drive uses DC Injection Braking to stop the motor.
3 : Coast to Stop with Timer
Enter the Stop command or turn OFF the Run command and turn OFF drive output and coast the motor to stop.
The drive ignores the Run command until the “Run wait time t” is expired.
To start the drive again, wait until the the “Run wait time t” is expired then enter the Run command.

Figure 12.14 Coast to Stop with Timer

The active deceleration time and the output frequency when drive receives the Stop command determine the
length of “Run wait time t”.

484 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.3 b: Application

Figure 12.15 Run Wait Time and Output Frequency

9 : Stop with Constant Distance
Enter the Stop command or turn OFF the Run command for the drive to always decelerate for the same distance.
The drive uses the active deceleration time and the value set in E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency] to calculate
stopping distance S1. The drive holds its current speed when stopping from a frequency less than the maximum
speed. When the distance covered is equal to S1 minus S2, the drive ramps to stop in the current deceleration
time. Adjust the stopping precision with d4-12 [Stop Position Gain].

Figure 12.16 Deceleration When Set for Stop in Position

Note:
Note these points when setting Stop in Position.
• The drive uses the deceleration time that was active when the drive received the Stop command or when the Run command was turned
OFF to calculate the stop time. If you change the deceleration time during deceleration, the positioning will not be accurate.
• Set b6-03 = 0.0 [Dwell Reference at Stop = 0.0], b6-04 = 0.0 [Dwell Time at Stop = 0.0 s].
• The KEB Ride-Thru function is not available. Set H1-xx ≠ 65, 66, 7A, 7B [MFDI Function Selection = KEB Ride-Thru 1/2 Activate (N.
O./N.C.)].
• Set L3-04 = 0 [Stall Prevention during Decel = Disabled]. A dynamic braking option can be necessary for regenerative loads.
• Set L3-11 = 0 [Overvoltage Suppression Select = Disabled].
• The High Slip Braking function is not available. Set H1-xx ≠ 68 [MFDI Function Selection ≠ High Slip Braking (HSB) Activate].
• Set C2-03, C2-04 = 0.00 [S-Curve Time @ Start of Decel, S-Curve Time @ End of Decel = 0.00 s].

■ b1-04: Reverse Operation Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b1-04 Reverse Operation V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0183) Selection Sets the reverse operation function. Disable reverse operation in fan or pump applications where (0, 1)
reverse rotation is dangerous.

When reverse operation is prohibited, the drive will not accept a Reverse operation command.
0 : Reverse Enabled
The drive will accept a Reverse operation command.
Parameter Details

1 : Reverse Disabled
The drive will not accept a Reverse operation command.

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 485

12.3 b: Application

■ b1-06: Digital Input Reading

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b1-06 Digital Input Reading V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1

(0185) Sets the number of times that the drive reads the sequence input command to prevent malfunction (0, 1)
because of electrical interference.

0 : Single Scan
The drive reads the terminal status one time. The drive immediately reads all changes to the terminal status.
This setting lets the drive quickly respond to changes in the sequence, but noise can cause malfunction.
1 : Double Scan
The drive reads all changes to the terminal status two times to make sure that the reading is the same.
The drive responds slower than when it reads the sequence one time, but this setting prevents malfunction because
of electrical interference.

■ b1-07: LOCAL/REMOTE Run Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b1-07 LOCAL/REMOTE Run V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0186) Selection Sets drive response to an existing Run command when the drive receives a second Run command (0, 1)
from a different location.

This parameter interlocks the drive to help prevent accidents that can occur if the motor starts to rotate because the
Run command source changed.
To switch the RUN command source, push on the keypad or set H1-xx = 1, 2 [MFDI Function Selection =
LOCAL/REMOTE Selection, External Reference 1/2 Selection] and activate/deactivate the terminal.
0 : Disregard Existing RUN Command
If a Run command is enabled when you switch between Run command sources, the drive will not operate the
motor.
When the drive is operating the motor, turn OFF the Run command to stop the motor. Enter the Run command
again to start operation.
1 : Accept Existing RUN Command
If a Run command is enabled when you switch between Run command sources, the drive will start to operate the
motor or continue to operate the motor.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. When you use a 3-Wire sequence, set A1-03 = 3330 [Initialize Parameters = 3-Wire
Initialization] and make sure that b1-17 = 0 [Run Command at Power Up = Disregard Existing RUN Command] (default). If you
do not correctly set the drive parameters for 3-Wire operation before you energize the drive, the motor can suddenly rotate
when you energize the drive.

■ b1-08: Run Command Select in PRG Mode

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b1-08 Run Command Select in V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0187) PRG Mode Sets the conditions for the drive to accept a Run command entered from an external source when (0 - 2)
using the keypad to set parameters.

As a safety precaution, when the drive is in Programming Mode, it will not respond to a Run command.
This parameter helps prevent accidents that can occur if the motor starts to rotate because the drive received a Run
command from an external source while the user is programming the drive. You can also set the drive to not show
the Programming Mode when a Run command is active.

486 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.3 b: Application

Note:
Refer to this table for Drive Mode and Programming Mode functions.

Mode Keypad Screen Function

Drive Mode Monitors Sets monitor display.

Parameters Changes parameter settings.

User Custom Parameters Shows the User Parameters.

Parameter Backup/Restore Saves parameters to the keypad as backup.

Programming Mode Modified Parameters/Fault Log Shows modified parameters and fault history.

Auto-Tuning Auto-Tunes the drive.

Initial Setup Changes initial settings.

Diagnostic Tools Sets data logs and backlight.

0 : Disregard RUN while Programming

The drive rejects the Run command while in Programming Mode.
1 : Accept RUN while Programming
The drive accepts a Run command entered from an external source while in Programming Mode.
2 : Allow Programming Only at Stop
The drive does not let the user enter Programming Mode when the drive is operating. The drive does not show the
Programming Mode when a Run command is active.

■ b1-14: Phase Order Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b1-14 Phase Order Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(01C3) Sets the phase order for output terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3. This parameter can align the (0, 1)
Forward Run command from the drive and the forward direction of the motor without changing
wiring.

0 : Standard
1 : Switch Phase Order

■ b1-15: Frequency Reference Selection 2

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b1-15 Frequency Reference V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(01C4) Selection 2 Sets the input method for frequency reference 2. (0 - 4)

This parameter is enabled when H1-xx = 2 [MFDI Function Selection = External Reference 1/2 Selection] is
activated.
Note:
• Push on the keypad to set the input mode to LOCAL and use the keypad to enter the frequency reference.
• If the frequency reference is 0 Hz or less than or equal to the value set in E1-09 [Minimum Output Frequency] and the drive receives
the Run command, the RUN LED on the keypad will flash. Examine the setting for the frequency reference input and enter a value
more than or equal to E1-09.
0 : Keypad
Use the keypad to enter the frequency reference.
Use and on the keypad to change the frequency reference.
1 : Analog Input
Use MFAI terminals A1 and A2 to input an analog frequency reference with a voltage or current input signal.
Parameter Details

• Voltage Input
Refer to Table 12.25 to use a voltage signal input to one of the MFAI terminals.

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 487

12.3 b: Application

Table 12.25 Frequency Reference Voltage Input

Parameter Settings
Terminal Signal
Terminal Note
Level Signal Level
Function Selection Gain Bias
Selection

A1 0 - 10 V (Lower Limit H3-01 = 0 H3-02 = 0 H3-03 H3-04

at 0) [Frequency Reference]
-
0 - 10 V (Without H3-01 = 1
Lower Limit)

A2 0 - 10 V (Lower Limit H3-01 = 0 H3-10 = 0 H3-11 H3-12 Set DIP switch S1 to “V” for
at 0) [Frequency Reference] voltage input.

0 - 10 V (Without H3-01 = 1
Lower Limit)

Figure 12.17 Example of Setting the Frequency Reference with a Voltage Signal to Terminal A1
Note:
You can also use this diagram to wire terminal A2.
• Current Input
Refer to Table 12.26 to use a current signal input to one of the MFAI terminals.
Table 12.26 Frequency Reference Current Input
Parameter Settings
Terminal Signal Level Note
Signal Level
Selection Function Selection Gain Bias

A2 4 - 20 mA H3-09 = 2 H3-10 = 0 H3-11 H3-12 Set DIP switch S1 to

[Frequency Reference] “I” for current input.
0 - 20 mA H3-09 = 3

Figure 12.18 Example of Setting the Frequency Reference with a Current Signal to Terminal A2
Changing between Master and Auxiliary Frequency References
Use the multi-step speed reference function to change the frequency reference input between terminals A1 and
A2.
2 : Memobus/Modbus Communications

488 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.3 b: Application

Use MEMOBUS/Modbus communications to enter the frequency reference.

3 : Option PCB
Use a communications option card connected to the drive to enter the Run command.
Refer to the instruction manual included with the option card to install and set the option card.
Note:
If you set b1-15 = 3 but you do not connect an option card, oPE03 [Multi-Function Input Setting Err] will flash on the keypad.
4 : Pulse Train Input
Use a pulse train signal from the pulse train input terminal RP to enter the frequency reference.
Do this procedure to make sure that the pulse train signal is operating correctly.
1. Set b1-15 = 4, H6-01 = 0 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function = Frequency Reference].
2. Set H6-02 [Terminal RP Frequency Scaling] to the number of pulses that determine 100% of the frequency
reference.
3. The terminal set in H1-xx = 2 [MFDI Function Selection = External Reference 1/2 Selection] is activated.
4. Enter a pulse train signal on the terminal RP and make sure that the keypad shows a correct frequency
reference.

■ b1-16: Run Command Selection 2

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b1-16 Run Command Selection 2 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(01C5) Sets the input method for Run Command 2 when the user switches the control circuit terminals (0 - 3)
ON/OFF to change the Run command source.

Activate H1-xx = 2 [MFDI Function Selection = External Reference 1/2 Selection] to enable this parameter.
0 : Keypad
Use the keypad to enter the Run command.
You can use the JOG operation or the FWD/REV commands from the keypad.
Note:

The is on while the keypad is the Run command source.

1 : Digital Input
Use the control circuit terminals to enter the Run command. Select the input method for the Run command with
an H1-xx parameter.
Set H1-xx = 0, 40 to 43 [3-Wire Sequence, Run Command (2-Wire Sequence)]. The default setting is 2-wire
sequence 1.
• 2-wire Sequence 1
This sequence has two input types: FWD/Stop and REV/Stop. Set A1-03 = 2220 [Initialize Parameters = 2-
Wire Initialization] to initialize the drive and set terminals S1 and S2 for a 2-wire sequence.
• 2-wire Sequence 2
This sequence has two input types: Run/Stop and FWD/REV.
• 3-Wire Sequence
This sequence has three input types: Run, Stop, and FWD/REV. Set A1-03 = 3330 [Initialize Parameters = 3-
Wire Initialization] to initialize the drive and set terminals S1, S2, and S5 for a 3-wire sequence.
2 : Memobus/Modbus Communications
Use MEMOBUS/Modbus communications to enter the Run command.
3 : Option PCB
Use a communications option card or input option card connected to the drive to enter the Run command.
Refer to the instruction manual included with the option card to install and set the option card.
Note:
Parameter Details

If b1-16 = 3 but no option card is connected, then oPE03 [Multi-Function Input Setting Err] will flash on the keypad.

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 489

12.3 b: Application

■ b1-17: Run Command at Power Up

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b1-17 Run Command at Power Up V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(01C6) Sets drive response when energizing a drive that has an external Run command. Set this (0, 1)
parameter in applications where energizing or de-energizing the drive enables the Run command.

0 : Disregard Existing RUN Command

The drive does not start to operate the application when the power is switched ON, even when there is an existing
Run command.
Enter the Run command again to operate the application.
Note:

When you energize the drive, on the keypad will flash quickly if the Run command is already enabled from an external source.
1 : Accept Existing RUN Command
When there is an existing Run command, the drive starts to operate the application when the power is switched
ON.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. When you use a 3-Wire sequence, set A1-03 = 3330 [Initialize Parameters = 3-Wire
Initialization] and make sure that b1-17 = 0 [Run Command at Power Up = Disregard Existing RUN Command] (default). If you
do not correctly set the drive parameters for 3-Wire operation before you energize the drive, the motor can suddenly rotate
when you energize the drive.

■ b1-35: Digital Input Deadband Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b1-35 Digital Input Deadband V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0 ms
(1117) Time Sets the deadband time for MFDIs. (0.0 to 100.0 ms)
Expert

When the on/off time for MFDIs is longer than the time set in b1-35, the drive activates the MFDI. Set this
parameter to prevent malfunctions caused by relay chattering for applications in which relays send input to MFDI
terminals.

◆ b2: DC Injection Braking and Short Circuit Braking

b2 parameters set the DC Injection Braking and Short Circuit Braking functions.
• DC Injection Braking: A braking method that injects DC current into the motor windings. This function should
not be used too frequently, because it generates a fair amount of heat in the motor.
• Short Circuit Braking: A braking method for PM motors.

■ b2-01: DC Injection/Zero SpeedThreshold

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b2-01 DC Injection/Zero V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02

(0189) SpeedThreshold Sets the frequency to start DC Injection Braking or Short Circuit Braking. (0.0 - 10.0 Hz)

Note:
This parameter is available when b1-03 = 0 [Stopping Method Selection = Ramp to Stop].
When the control method selected in A1-02 [Control Method Selection] changes, the b2-01 function changes.

490 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.3 b: Application

Parameter Settings Functions of b2-01

A1-02 = 0, 2 [V/f or OLV] Parameter b2-01 sets the frequency to start DC Injection Braking at stop. When the output frequency is less than or
equal to the value set in b2-01, the drive will inject the quantity of DC current set in b2-02 [DC Injection Braking
Current] into the motor for the time set in b2-04 [DC Inject Braking Time at Stop].

Figure 12.19 DC Injection Braking at Stop

Note:
When b2-01 ≤ E1-09 [Minimum Output Frequency], the drive will start DC Injection Braking from the frequency
set in E1-09.
A1-02 = 5, 6, or 8 [OLV/PM, AOLV/PM, or EZOLV] Parameter b2-01 sets the frequency to start for Short Circuit Braking at stop. When the output frequency is less than or
equal to the value set in b2-01, the drive will do Short Circuit Braking for the time set in b2-13 [Short Circuit Brake
Time @ Stop]. When b2-04 > 0.00 s, the drive will complete Short Circuit Braking, then do DC Injection Braking for
the time set in b2-04.

Figure 12.20 Short Circuit Braking at Stop

Note:
When b2-01 ≤ E1-09, the drive will start Short Circuit Braking from the frequency set in E1-09. If b2-01 and E1-
09 = 0 Hz, the drive will not do Short Circuit Braking.

■ b2-02: DC Injection Braking Current

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b2-02 DC Injection Braking V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 50%

(018A) Current Sets the DC Injection Braking current as a percentage of the drive rated current. (0 - 75%)

When the DC Injection Braking current is more than 50%, the drive decreases the carrier frequency to 1 kHz. The
motor rated current determines how much DC Injection Braking current that the drive can use.
The DC Injection Braking current level has an effect on the strength of the magnetic field that locks the motor
shaft. As the current level increases, the motor windings will supply more heat. Do not set this parameter higher
than the level that is necessary to hold the motor shaft.

■ b2-03: DC Inject Braking Time at Start

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b2-03 DC Inject Braking Time at V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.00 s
(018B) Start Sets the DC Injection Braking Time at stop. (0.00 - 10.00 s)

This function stops then restarts a coasting motor and increases motor flux to make high starting torque (a process
called initial excitation). Set this parameter to 0.00 to disable the function.
Note:
To restart a coasting motor, use DC Injection Braking to stop and then restart the motor, or enable Speed Search. Enable DC Injection
Braking or Speed Search to prevent ov [Overvoltage] or oC [Overcurrent] faults.

■ b2-04: DC Inject Braking Time at Stop

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b2-04 DC Inject Braking Time at V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(018C) Stop Sets the DC Injection Braking Time at stop. (0.00 - 10.00 s)
Parameter Details

This function fully stops a motor with a large inertia during deceleration and will not let the inertia continue to
rotate the motor.
Set this parameter to 0.00 to disable the function.
When a longer time is required to stop the motor, increase the value.
12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 491

12.3 b: Application

■ b2-08: Magnetic Flux Compensation Value

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b2-08 Magnetic Flux V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0%

(0190) Compensation Value Sets how much current the drive injects when DC Injection Braking at Start starts (Initial (0 - 1000%)
Excitation) as a percentage of E2-03 [Motor No-Load Current].

This parameter is effective when you start a high-capacity motor (a motor with a large secondary circuit time
constant). This function can quickly increase motor flux to make high starting torque (a process called initial
excitation).
The current level for DC Injection Braking at start changes linearly from the setting of b2-08 to the setting of b2-
03 as shown in Figure 12.21.

Figure 12.21 DC Current Level during DC Injection Braking at Start

Note:
• If b2-08 < 100%, flux will develop very slowly.
• When b2-08 = 0%, the DC current level will be the DC Injection current set in b2-02 [DC Injection Braking Current].
• If b2-08 is set too high, DC Injection Braking at start can cause a large noise. Adjust b2-08 to decrease the volume to the permitted
level.

■ b2-12: Short Circuit Brake Time @ Start

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b2-12 Short Circuit Brake Time @ V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.00 s
(01BA) Start Sets the Short Circuit Braking time at start. (0.00 - 25.50 s)

This function stops and restarts a coasting PM motor. The drive short circuits all the three motor phases to make
braking torque in the motor.
Set this parameter to 0.00 to disable the function.
Note:
• Short circuit Braking will let external forces rotate the PM motor. Use DC Injection Braking to prevent motor rotation from external
forces.
• Motor speed and load conditions can make it necessary to install a dynamic braking option on the drive.

■ b2-13: Short Circuit Brake Time @ Stop

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b2-13 Short Circuit Brake Time @ V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV A1-02 = 8: 0.00 s
(01BB) Stop Sets the Short Circuit Braking time at stop. Other than A1-02 = 8: 0.50
s
(0.00 - 25.50 s)

This function fully stops a PM motor with a large inertia during deceleration and will not let the inertia continue to
rotate the motor.
Short Circuit Braking operates for the time set in b2-13 when output frequency is less than the value set in b2-01
[DC Injection/Zero SpeedThreshold] or E1-09 [Minimum Output Frequency].
Set this parameter to 0.00 to disable the function.
Note:
Motor speed and load conditions can make it necessary to install a dynamic braking option on the drive.

492 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.3 b: Application

■ b2-18: Short Circuit Braking Current

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b2-18 Short Circuit Braking V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 100.0%
(0177) Current Sets the Short Circuit Braking Current as a percentage of the motor rated current. (0.0 - 200.0%)

The Short Circuit Braking current cannot be higher than the drive rated current, although you can use b2-18 to set
a higher current level. The maximum rated current is 120% when the drive is set for Normal Duty (C6-01 = 1
[Normal Duty Rating]). The maximum rated current is 150% when the drive is set for Heavy Duty (C6-01 = 0
[Heavy Duty Rating]).

◆ b3: Speed Search

The Speed Search function detects the actual speed of a coasting motor, then restarts the motor before the motor
stops. Use Speed Search in these conditions:
• To continue operation after momentary power loss
• To switch from commercial power supply to drive power
• To restart a coasting fan
For example, the drive output turns off and the motor coasts when there is a momentary loss of power. After you
return power, the drive does Speed Search on the coasting motor, and restarts the motor from the detected speed.
When you use a PM motor, enable b3-01 [Speed Search at Start Selection].
There are two types of Speed Search for induction motors: Current Detection and Speed Estimation. Use
parameter b3-24 [Speed Search Method Selection] to select the type of Speed Search.
Parameter settings are different for different types of Speed Search. Refer to Table 12.27 for more information.
Table 12.27 Speed Search and Related Parameters
Speed Estimation Current Detection 2
Parameter
b3-24 = 1 b3-24 = 2

b3-01 [Speed Search at Start Selection] x x

b3-03 [Speed Search Deceleration Time] - x

b3-05 [Speed Search Delay Time] x x

b3-06 [Speed Estimation Current Level 1] x -

b3-07 [Speed Estimation Current Level 2] x -

b3-08 [Speed Estimation ACR P Gain] x -

b3-09 [Speed Estimation ACR I Time] x -

b3-10 [Speed Estimation Detection Gain] x -

b3-14 [Bi-directional Speed Search] x x

b3-17 [Speed Est Retry Current Level] x x

b3-18 [Speed Est Retry Detection Time] x x

b3-19 [Speed Search Restart Attempts] x x

b3-24 [Speed Search Method Selection] x (1) x (2)

b3-25 [Speed Search Wait Time] x x

b3-26 [Direction Determination Level] x -

b3-29 [Speed Search Back-EMF Threshold] - -

b3-31 [Spd Search Current Reference Lvl] - x

b3-32 [Spd Search Current Complete Lvl] - x

b3-33 [Speed Search during Uv Selection] x x

Parameter Details

b3-54 [Search Time] - -

b3-55 [Current Increment Time] - -

b3-56 [InverseRotationSearch WaitTime] - x

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 493

12.3 b: Application

Note:
• To use Speed Estimation Speed Search with V/f Control, do Rotational Auto-Tuning before you set the Speed Search function. If the
wire length between the drive and motor changed since the last time you did Auto-Tuning, do Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line
Resistance process again.
• If A1-02 = 5, 6 [PM Open Loop Vector, PM Advanced Open Loop Vector] and the wiring distance between the motor and drive is long
or if the motor is coasting at more than or equal to 120 Hz, do not use Speed Search to restart the motor. Use Short Circuit Braking.

■ Current Detection 2
Use this Speed Search function with induction motors. Set b3-24 = 2 [Speed Search Method Selection = Current
Detection 2]. Current Detection Speed Search injects current into the motor to detect the speed of an induction
motor. Speed Search increases the output voltage for the time set in L2-04 [Powerloss V/f Recovery Ramp Time],
starting from the maximum output frequency or the frequency reference.

Figure 12.22 Current Detection 2 after Momentary Power Loss

Note:
Once power is restored, the drive will not execute Speed Search until the time set in b3-05 [Speed Search Delay Time] has passed. Thus,
the drive will not always start Speed Search although the time set in L2-03 [Minimum Baseblock Time] is expired.
If you enter the Run command at the same time as Speed Search, the drive will not do Speed Search until the time
set in L2-03 is expired. When the value set in L2-03 < b3-05, the drive will use the wait time set in b3-05.

Figure 12.23 Speed Search Selection at Start (Current Detection Type)

WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Do not do Current Detection Speed Search with light loads or a stopped motor. If you
do Auto-Tuning in these conditions, the motor can suddenly accelerate and cause serious injury or death.
Note:
• You cannot use Current Detection Speed Search with PM motors.
• If the motor is rotating in reverse, you cannot do Speed Search.
• If the drive detects oL1 [Motor Overload] during Current Detection Speed Search, decrease the value set in b3-03.
• If the drive detects oC [Overcurrent] or ov [Overvoltage] during Current Detection Speed Search after the drive recovers from a
momentary power loss, increase the value set in L2-03.

■ Speed Estimation
Use this Speed Search function with induction motors. Set b3-24 = 1 [Speed Search Method Selection = Speed
Estimation]. This function uses less current and has a shorter search time than other functions. This function lets
you do Speed Search when the motor is rotating in reverse. When you return power after a power loss, the motor
will not suddenly accelerate.

494 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.3 b: Application

Note:
You cannot do Speed Estimation Speed Search in these conditions:
• When You Operate More than One Motor with One Drive
• When you use a high-speed motor (120 Hz or higher)
• When you use a 1.5 kW or smaller motor.
• When the motor output is more than 1 frame size smaller than the drive capacity
• When there is a long wiring distance between the drive and motor
For these conditions, use Current Detection Speed Search.
Speed Estimation Speed Search uses these two steps to estimate the motor speed:
1. Residual Voltage Search
When there is a short baseblock time, the drive searches for residual voltage. The drive uses the residual
voltage in the motor to estimate the motor speed and direction of rotation. The drive outputs the estimated
motor speed as frequency, then uses the deceleration rate set in L2-04 to increase the voltage. When the output
voltage aligns with the V/f pattern, the drive accelerates or decelerates the motor to the frequency reference. If
the drive cannot estimate the motor speed because of low residual voltage, it will automatically do Current
Injection.

Figure 12.24 Speed Search after Baseblock

Note:
After you return power, the drive waits for the time set in b3-05. If power loss is longer than the time set in L2-03, the drive will start
Speed Search when the time set in b3-05 is expired after the power recovery.
2. Current Injection
If there is not sufficient residual voltage in the motor, the drive does Current Injection. The drive injects the
quantity of DC current set in b3-06 [Speed Estimation Current Level 1] into the motor windings to estimate
the motor speed and direction of rotation. The drive outputs the estimated motor speed as frequency, then uses
the deceleration rate set in L2-04 to increase the voltage. When the output voltage aligns with the V/f pattern,
the drive accelerates or decelerates the motor to the frequency reference.

Figure 12.25 Speed Search Selection at Start

Parameter Details

Note:
Set the lower limit of the delay time to b3-05 for when Speed Search starts.

■ Speed Search and Operation Conditions

These conditions apply to Speed Search operation. When A1-02 = 0, 2 [Control Method Selection = V/f Control,
Open Loop Vector], set b3-24 [Speed Search Method Selection] before you do Speed Search. 12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 495

12.3 b: Application

• Do Speed Search with each Run Command

The drive ignores a Speed Search command from the external terminals.
• Use an MFDI to do an External Speed Search Command
To use an MFDI to do Speed Search, input the Run command at the same time that terminal Sx set for Speed
Search activates, or after Speed Search activates.
Set Speed Search to H1-xx to do the function externally. You cannot set external Speed Search 1 and 2 at the
same time.
Table 12.28 Execute Speed Search via the Digital Input Terminals
H1-xx Setting Name Current Detection 2 Speed Estimation

61 Speed Search from Fmax ON: Speed Search starts from E1-04 [Maximum Output
Frequency]. External Speed Search commands 1 and 2 work the
same.
62 Speed Search from Fref ON: Speed Search starts from the frequency reference The drive estimates the motor speed, then starts Speed
immediately before you input the Speed Search Search from the estimated speed.
command.

• Do Speed Search with Each Auto Restart

Set L5-01 [Number of Auto-Restart Attempts] = 1 or more. After there is an Auto Restart fault, the drive
automatically does Speed Search.
• Do Speed Search after Momentary Power Loss
Set L2-01 =1, 2 [Power Loss Ride Through Select = Enabled for L2-02 Time, Enabled while CPU Power
Active].
• Do Speed Search after You Clear the External Baseblock Command
After you clear the external baseblock command, enable the Run command, and when the output frequency is
higher than the minimum frequency, the drive does Speed Search.

■ b3-01: Speed Search at Start Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b3-01 Speed Search at Start V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(0191) Selection Sets the Speed Search at Start function where the drive will perform Speed Search with each Run (0, 1)
command.

0 : Disable
Enter a Run command to start to operate the drive at the minimum output frequency.
When you enable the Run command and input the Speed Search from Fmax or Fref [H1-xx = 61, 62] from a
multi-function input terminal, the drive will do Speed Search and start to operate the motor.
1 : Enabled
Enter the Run command to do Speed Search. The drive completes Speed Search then starts to operate the motor.

■ b3-02: SpeedSearch Deactivation Current

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b3-02 SpeedSearch Deactivation V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(0192) Current Sets the current level that stops Speed Search as a percentage of the drive rated output current. (0 - 200%)
Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

If the drive cannot restart the motor, decrease this setting.

■ b3-03: Speed Search Deceleration Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b3-03 Speed Search Deceleration V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 2.0 s
(0193) Time Sets the deceleration time during Speed Search operation. Set the length of time to decelerate (0.1 - 10.0 s)
from the maximum output frequency to the minimum output frequency.

This is the output frequency deceleration time used by Current Detection Speed Search and by the Current
Injection Method of Speed Estimation Speed Search.
Note:
• When A1-02 = 8 [Control Method Selection = EZOLV], this parameter takes effect only in Expert Mode.
• If the drive detects oL1 [Motor Overload] during Current Detection Speed Search, decrease the value set in b3-03.

496 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.3 b: Application

■ b3-04: V/f Gain during Speed Search

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b3-04 V/f Gain during Speed V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04
(0194) Search Sets the ratio used to reduce the V/f during searches to reduce the output current during speed (10 - 100)
searches.

Use the this formula to calculate the output voltage during Speed Search:
Output voltage during Speed Search = Configured V/f × b3-04
When the current detection search operates correctly, this configuration is not necessary.

■ b3-05: Speed Search Delay Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b3-05 Speed Search Delay Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.2 s
(0195) Sets the Speed Search delay time to activate a magnetic contactor installed between the drive and (0.0 - 100.0 s)
motor.

When you use a magnetic contactor between the drive and motor, you must close the contactor before the drive
will do Speed Search. This parameter sets a delay time to activate the magnetic contactor.

■ b3-06: Speed Estimation Current Level 1

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b3-06 Speed Estimation Current V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04
(0196) Level 1 Sets the level of current that flows to the motor during Speed Estimation Speed Search as a (0.0 - 2.0)
Expert coefficient of the motor rated current. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

When the speed estimation value is the minimum output frequency, increase this setting. You can do this when the
motor coasts at a high speed while the drive estimates the speed during Speed Estimation Speed Search. The limit
of the output current during speed search is automatically the drive rated current.
Note:
When the drive cannot accurately estimate the speed after you adjust this parameter, use Current Detection Speed Search.

■ b3-07: Speed Estimation Current Level 2

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b3-07 Speed Estimation Current V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.0
(0197) Level 2 Sets the level of current that flows to the motor during Speed Estimation Speed Search as a (0.0 - 3.0)
Expert coefficient of E2-03 [Motor No-Load Current] or E4-03 [Motor 2 Rated No-Load Current].
Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

During Speed Estimation Speed Searches, when the speed estimation value aligns with the minimum output
frequency, increase the setting value in 0.1-unit increments. The limit of the output current during speed search is
automatically the drive rated current.

■ b3-08: Speed Estimation ACR P Gain

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b3-08 Speed Estimation ACR P V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02 and
(0198) Gain Sets the proportional gain for the automatic current regulator during Speed Estimation Speed o2-04
Expert Search. Also adjusts speed search responsiveness. Usually it is not necessary to change this (0.00 - 6.00)
setting.

■ b3-09: Speed Estimation ACR I Time

No. Default
Parameter Details

Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b3-09 Speed Estimation ACR I V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(0199) Time Sets the integral time for the automatic current regulator during Speed Estimation Speed Search. (0.0 - 1000.0 ms)
Expert Also adjusts speed search responsiveness. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 497

12.3 b: Application

■ b3-10: Speed Estimation Detection Gain

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b3-10 Speed Estimation Detection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.05
(019A) Gain Sets the gain to correct estimated frequencies from Speed Estimation Speed Search. (1.00 - 1.20)
Expert

If the drive detects ov [DC Bus Overvoltage] when you restart the motor, increase the setting value.

■ b3-14: Bi-directional Speed Search

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b3-14 Bi-directional Speed Search V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02 and
(019E) Sets the direction of Speed Search to the direction of the frequency reference or in the motor b3-24
rotation direction as detected by the drive. (0, 1)

Note:
• When E9-01 = 0 [Motor Type Selection = Induction (IM)] and A1-02 = 0, 2, or 8 [Control Method Selection = V/f, OLV, or EZOLV],
the default settings change when the setting of b3-24 [Speed Search Method Selection] changes.
–b3-24 = 1 [Speed Estimation]: Refer to Parameters that Change from the Default Settings with A1-02 [Control Method Selection] on
page 430.
–b3-24 = 2 [Current Detection 2]: 0
• When E9-01 = 1 or 2 [Permanent Magnet (PM), Synchronous Reluctance (SynRM)] and A1-02 = 0 or 8 [V/f, EZOLV], refer to
Parameters that Change from the Default Settings with A1-02 [Control Method Selection] on page 430.
When you set A1-02, b3-24, and E9-01, set b3-14.
0 : Disabled
The drive uses the frequency reference to detect the direction of motor rotation.
1 : Enabled
The drive detects the direction of motor rotation during Speed Search.

■ b3-17: Speed Est Retry Current Level

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b3-17 Speed Est Retry Current V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 150%
(01F0) Level Sets the current level for the search retry function in Speed Estimation Speed Search as a (0 - 200%)
Expert percentage where drive rated current is a setting value of 100%.

When a large quantity of current flows during Speed Estimation Speed Search, the drive temporarily stops
operation to prevent overvoltage and overcurrent. When the current is at the level set in b3-17, the drive tries
speed search again.

■ b3-18: Speed Est Retry Detection Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b3-18 Speed Est Retry Detection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.10 s
(01F1) Time Sets the length of time that the drive will wait to retry Speed Estimation Speed Search when too (0.00 - 1.00 s)
Expert much current flow stopped the Speed Search.

When the current is more than the level set in b3-17 [Speed Est Retry Current Level] during the time set in b3-18,
the drive tries speed search again.

■ b3-19: Speed Search Restart Attempts

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b3-19 Speed Search Restart V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 3 times
(01F2) Attempts Sets the number of times to restart Speed Search if Speed Search does not complete. (0 - 10 times)

If the drive does the number of Speed Search restarts set in this parameter, it will trigger an SEr [Speed Search
Retries Exceeded] error.

498 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.3 b: Application

■ b3-24: Speed Search Method Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b3-24 Speed Search Method V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 2

(01C0) Selection Sets the Speed Search method when you start the motor or when you restore power after a (1, 2)
momentary power loss.

Note:
• When A1-02 = 8 [Control Method Selection = EZOLV], the default setting changes when the setting for E9-01 [Motor Type Selection]
and the drive model change.
–E9-01 = 0 [Induction (IM)]
–E9-01 = 1, 2 [Permanent Magnet (PM), Synchronous Reluctance (SynRM)]: 1
• When you set A1-02 = 8 and E9-01 = 1 or 2, set b3-24 = 1. If b3-24 = 2, the drive will detect oPE08 [Parameter Selection Error].
Set b3-01 = 1 [Speed Search at Start Selection = Enabled] to do Speed Search at start. Set L2-01 = 1 [Power
Loss Ride Through Select = Enabled for L2-02 Time]] to do Speed Search after you restore power after a
momentary power loss.
1 : Speed Estimation
The drive uses the residual voltage from a short baseblock time to estimate the motor speed.
If there is not sufficient residual voltage, then the drive will inject DC current into the motor to estimate the motor
speed.
2 : Current Detection 2
The drive will inject DC current into the motor to estimate motor speed.

■ b3-25: Speed Search Wait Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b3-25 Speed Search Wait Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.5 s
(01C8) Sets the length of time the drive will wait to start the Speed Search Retry function. (0.0 - 30.0 s)
Expert

If the drive detects these faults during speed search, increase the setting value:
• oC [Overcurrent]
• ov [Overvoltage]
• SEr [Speed Search Retries Exceeded]

■ b3-26: Direction Determination Level

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b3-26 Direction Determination V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1000

(01C7) Level Sets the level to find the motor rotation direction. Increase the value if the drive cannot find the (40 to 60000)
Expert direction.

■ b3-29: Speed Search Back-EMF Threshold

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b3-29 Speed Search Back-EMF V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10%
(077C) Threshold Sets the induced voltage for motors that use Speed Search. The drive will start Speed Search (0 - 10%)
Expert when the motor induced voltage level is the same as the setting value. Usually it is not necessary
to change this setting.

To make adjustments, gradually decrease the setting value. If you decrease the setting value too much, speed
search will not operate correctly.

■ b3-31: Spd Search Current Reference Lvl

Parameter Details

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b3-31 Spd Search Current V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.50
(0BC0) Reference Lvl Sets the current level that decreases the output current during Current Detection Speed Search. (1.50 - 3.50)
Expert

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 499

12.3 b: Application

Set this parameter as a ratio of E2-03 [Motor No-Load Current]. The setting is a ratio with respect to 30% of the
motor rated current when E2-03 ≤ E2-01 [Motor Rated Current] × 0.3.
Note:
The setting is a ratio with respect to E9-06 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)] × 0.5 when A1-02 = 8 [Control Method Selection = EZOLV].

■ b3-32: Spd Search Current Complete Lvl

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b3-32 Spd Search Current V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.20
(0BC1) Complete Lvl Sets the current level that completes Speed Search. (0.00 - 1.49)
Expert

The Current Detection Speed Search gradually decreases the output frequency to search for the motor speed when
the output current is equal to or less than Speed Search Current Complete Level.
Set this parameter as a ratio of E2-03 [Motor No-Load Current]. The setting is a ratio with respect to 30% of the
motor rated current when E2-03 ≤ E2-01 [Motor Rated Current] × 0.3.
Note:
The setting is a ratio with respect to E9-06 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)] × 0.5 when A1-02 = 8 [Control Method Selection = EZOLV].

■ b3-33: Speed Search during Uv Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b3-33 Speed Search during Uv V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1

(0B3F) Selection Sets the function that starts Speed Search at start-up if the drive detects a Uv [Undervoltage] (0, 1)
Expert when it receives a Run command.

Set these three parameters as shown to enable b3-33:

• L2-01 = 1, 2 [Power Loss Ride Through Select = Enabled for L2-02 Time, Enabled while CPU Power Active]
• b3-01 = 1 [Speed Search at Start Selection = Enabled]
• b1-03 = 1 [Stopping Method Selection = Coast to Stop]
0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

■ b3-54: Search Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b3-54 Search Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 400 ms

(3123) Sets the length of time that the drive will run Speed Search. (10 - 2000 ms)

If you set this parameter too low, Speed Search will not operate correctly.
If the drive detects oC [Overcurrent] immediately after Speed Search Starts:
• Increase the value of L2-03 [Minimum Baseblock Time] and decrease the motor speed you use to start Speed
Search.
• Increases the setting value of b3-08 [Speed Estimation ACR P Gain].
• Increase the value of b3-54.
If the drive detects oC or ov [DC Bus Overvoltage] during Speed Search, increase the value of b3-08.

■ b3-55: Current Increment Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b3-55 Current Increment Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 ms

(3124) Sets the length of time that the drive will increase the current from zero current to the setting (10 - 2000 ms)
Expert value of b3-06 [Speed Estimation Current Level 1].

Gradually increase the setting value when a large quantity of current flows after speed search starts. If you set this
value too high, speed search will not operate correctly.

500 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.3 b: Application

■ b3-56: InverseRotationSearch WaitTime

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b3-56 InverseRotationSearch V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04

(3126) WaitTime Sets the wait time until the drive starts inverse rotation search after it completes forward search (0.1 - 5.0 s)
when you do inverse rotation search during Current Detection Speed Search.

■ b3-61: Initial Pole Detection Gain

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b3-61 Initial Pole Detection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 5.0
(1B96) Response Gain Sets the responsiveness for initial motor magnetic pole calculation when A1-02 = 6 [Control (-20.0 - +20.0)
Expert Method Selection = AOLV/PM]. Set b3-61 > 0.0 for an ordinary IPM motor.

Used when n8-35 = 1 [Initial Pole Detection Method = High Frequency Injection]. Sets the responsiveness for
initial motor magnetic pole calculation. Set this parameter to a positive value for an ordinary monitor. When you
use High Frequency injection Tuning, it will automatically set this parameter.

◆ b4: Timer Function

The drive uses timers to delay activating and deactivating MFDO terminals.
Timers prevent sensors and switches from making chattering noise.
There are two types of timers:
• Timers that set a delay for timer inputs and timer outputs.
These timers delay activating and deactivating of the MFDIs and MFDOs.
To enable this function, set H1-xx = 18 [MFDI Function Selection = Timer Function], and set H2-01 to H2-03
= 12 [MFDO Function Selection = Timer Output].
• Timers that set a delay to activate and deactivate MFDO terminals.
These timers delay activating and deactivating MFDO terminals.
To enable this function, set delay times in parameters b4-03 to b4-08.

■ Timer Function Operation

• Timers that Set a Delay for Timer Inputs and Timer Outputs
Triggers timer output if the timer input is active for longer than the time set in b4-01 [Timer Function ON-Delay
Time]. Triggers timer output late for the time set in b4-02 [Timer Function OFF-Delay Time]. Figure 12.26
shows an example of how the timer function works.

Figure 12.26 Example of Timer Function Operation

• Setting On/Off-delay Time for MFDO
Figure 12.27 uses H2-01 terminals to show an example of how the timer function works. Use b4-03 [Terminal
M1-M2 ON-Delay Time] and b4-04 [Terminal M1-M2 OFF-Delay Time] to set this function.
Parameter Details

Figure 12.27 Example of How the Timer Function Works with H2-01 Terminals
Note:
When the terminal is triggered, it continues for a minimum of 100 ms. The on/off-delay time of MFDO terminal does not have an effect.

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 501

12.3 b: Application

■ b4-01: Timer Function ON-Delay Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b4-01 Timer Function ON-Delay V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0 s
(01A3) Time Sets the ON-delay time for the timer input. (0.0 - 3000.0 s)

■ b4-02: Timer Function OFF-Delay Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b4-02 Timer Function OFF-Delay V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0 s
(01A4) Time Sets the OFF-delay time for the timer input. (0.0 - 3000.0 s)

■ b4-03: Terminal M1-M2 ON-Delay Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b4-03 Terminal M1-M2 ON- V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 ms

(0B30) Delay Time Sets the delay time to activate the contact after the function set in H2-01 activates. (0 - 65000 ms)
Expert

■ b4-04: Terminal M1-M2 OFF-Delay Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b4-04 Terminal M1-M2 OFF- V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 ms

(0B31) Delay Time Sets the delay time to deactivate the contact after the function set in H2-01 deactivates. (0 - 65000 ms)
Expert

■ b4-05: Terminal M3-M4 ON-Delay Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b4-05 Terminal M3-M4 ON- V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 ms

(0B32) Delay Time Sets the delay time to activate the contact after the function set in H2-02 activates. (0 - 65000 ms)
Expert

■ b4-06: Terminal M3-M4 OFF-Delay Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b4-06 Terminal M3-M4 OFF- V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 ms

(0B33) Delay Time Sets the delay time to deactivate the contact after the function set in H2-02 deactivates. (0 - 65000 ms)
Expert

■ b4-07: Terminal P2 ON-Delay Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b4-07 Terminal P2 ON-Delay V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 ms

(0B34) Time Sets the delay time until the contact is turned ON after the function set with H2-03 turns ON. (0 - 65000 ms)
Expert

■ b4-08: Terminal P2 OFF-Delay Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b4-08 Terminal P2 OFF-Delay V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 ms

(0B35) Time Sets the delay time to deactivate the contact after the function set in H2-03 deactivates. (0 - 65000 ms)
Expert

◆ b5: PID control

The drive has a PID control function. You can control drive output to adjust the proportional gain, integral time,
and derivative time that has an effect on the bias between the target value and the feedback value to match the

502 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.3 b: Application

target value to the detected value. Use this function to adjust the drive output to accurately match the flow,
pressure, and temperature in the application match the target value.
Use a combination of these controls to increase the performance:
• P control
P control has a proportional effect on the deviation. It outputs the product (the controlled output) proportional to
the deviation. You cannot use only the offset from P control to get to zero deviation.
• I control
I control is the integral of the deviation. It uses an integral value of the deviation to output the product (the
controlled output). I control helps align the feedback value and the target value. If you use only a proportional
effect (P control), it will cause and offset. Use a proportional effect with integral control, and the offset will
disappear over time.
• D control
D control is the derivative of the deviation. D control has an effect on drive output when there are sudden, large
changes in the deviation or feedback value. It quickly returns drive output to the value before the sudden
change. It multiplies a time constant by a derivative value of the deviation (slope of the deviation), and adds that
result to PID input to calculate the deviation of the signal, then it corrects the deviation.
Note:
D control has causes less stable operation because the noise changes the deviation signal. Use D control only when necessary.

■ PID Control Operation

Figure 12.28 shows PID control operation. The modified output (output frequency) changes when the drive uses
PID control to keep the deviation (the difference between the target value and the feedback value) constant.

Figure 12.28 PID Control Operation

■ PID Control Applications

Table 12.29 shows applications for PID control.
Table 12.29 PID Control Applications
Application Control Content Sensors Used

Speed Control • The drive uses a feedback signal for the machine Tacho generator
speed, and adjusts that speed to align with the target
value.
• The drive uses speed data from other machinery as the
target value to do synchronous control. The drive then
adds that target value to the feedback from the
machine it is operating to align its speed with the other
machinery.

Pressure control The drive uses feedback from the actual pressure to hold Pressure sensor
constant pressure.

Flow control The drive uses feedback from the actual flow to hold Flow rate sensor
constant flow.

Temperature control The drive uses feedback from the actual temperature to Thermocoupler, thermistor
control a fan and hold constant temperature.

■ Input Methods for the PID Setpoint

Parameter Details

Use b5-01 [PID Mode Setting] to select how the PID setpoint is input to the drive.
When b5-01 = 1 or 2 [Standard or Standard (D on feedback)], either the frequency reference set in b1-01
[Frequency Reference Selection 1] or b1-15 [Frequency Reference Selection 2] will be the PID setpoint, or the
one of the inputs in Table 12.30 will be the PID setpoint.
12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 503

12.3 b: Application

When b5-01 = 3 or 4 [Fref + PID Trim or Fref + PID Trim (D on feedback)], one of the inputs in Table 12.30
will be the PID setpoint.
Table 12.30 Input Methods for the PID Setpoint
Input Methods for the PID Setpoint Setting Value

MFAI terminal A1 Set H3-02 = C [Terminal A1 Function Selection = PID Setpoint].

MFAI terminal A2 Set H3-10 [Terminal A2 Function Selection] = C.

MEMOBUS/Modbus register 0006H Sets MEMOBUS/Modbus register 000FH (Control Selection Setting) bit 1 to 1 (PID
setpoint input). Enters the PID setpoint to MEMOBUS/Modbus register 0006H (PID
Target, 0.01% units, signed).

Pulse train input terminal RP Set H6-01 = 2 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function = PID Setpoint Value].

b5-19 [PID Setpoint Value] Set b5-18 = 1 [b5-19 PID Setpoint Selection = Enabled]. Enters the PID setpoint to b5-
19.

Note:
If you set two inputs for the PID setpoint, it will trigger operation error oPE07 [Analog Input Selection Error].

■ Entering the PID Feedback Value

You can use two methods to input the PID feedback value to the drive. One method uses a single feedback signal
for usual PID control. The other method uses two signals. The difference between those signals sets the deviation.
• Use a single feedback signal.
Use Table 12.31 to select how the feedback signal is input to the drive for PID control.
Table 12.31 PID Feedback Input Method
PID Feedback Input Method Setting Value

MFAI terminal A1 Set H3-02 = B [PID Feedback].

MFAI terminal A2 Set H3-10 = B.

Pulse train input terminal RP Set H6-01 = 1 [PID Feedback Value].

• Use two signals, and use the difference between those signals as the feedback signal.
The drive uses two feedback signals, and the difference between those signals becomes the deviation.
Use Table 12.32 to select how the second feedback value is input to the drive. The drive calculates the deviation
of the second feedback value. Set H3-02 or H3-10 = 16 [Terminal A1 or A2 Function Selection = Differential
PID Feedback] to enable the second feedback signal used to calculated the deviation.
Table 12.32 PID Differential Feedback Input Method
PID Differential Feedback Input Method Setting Value

MFAI terminal A1 Set H3-02 = 16 [Differential PID Feedback].

MFAI terminal A2 Set H3-10 = 16.

Note:
If you set H3-02 and H3-10 = 16, it will trigger oPE07 [Analog Input Selection Error].

504 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.3 b: Application

■ PID Control Block Diagram

PID Delay
Time

Figure 12.29 PID Control Block Diagram

■ PID Feedback Loss Detection

The PID feedback loss detection function detects broken sensors and defective wiring between the drive and
sensors.
Use the PID feedback loss detection function when you use PID control. If the feedback signal is too low, the
motor can suddenly accelerate to the maximum output frequency. This function prevents such risks to the load.
The drive uses two methods to detect feedback loss:
• PID Feedback Loss [FbL]
Set these parameters for the PID feedback loss detection function.
The drive detects feedback loss when the feedback value is less than the value in b5-13 for longer than the time
in b5-14.
– b5-12 [Feedback Loss Detection Select]
– b5-13 [PID Feedback Loss Detection Lvl]
– b5-14 [PID Feedback Loss Detection Time]
• Excessive PID Feedback [FbH]
Set these parameters to set how the drive detects a feedback level that is too high.
The drive detects too much PID feedback when the feedback value is more than the value in b5-36 for longer
than the time in b5-37.
Parameter Details

– b5-12 [Feedback Loss Detection Select]

– b5-36 [PID High Feedback Detection Lvl]
– b5-37 [PID High Feedback Detection Time]
Figure 12.30 shows the operation principle when the feedback value is too low, and the drive detects feedback
loss. The operation is the same when the drive detects too much feedback. 12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 505

12.3 b: Application

Figure 12.30 Time Chart for PID Feedback Loss Detection Time

■ PID Sleep
PID sleep stops drive operation when the PID output or the frequency reference is less than b5-15 [PID Sleep
Function Start Level]. This function shuts off drive output after the motor decelerates to the set frequency.
The drive will automatically restart the motor when the PID output or the frequency reference is more than the b5-
15 value for the time set in b5-16 [PID Sleep Delay Time].
Figure 12.31 shows the PID Sleep function.

Figure 12.31 PID Sleep Time Chart

Note:
• The PID Sleep function is enabled when PID control is disabled.
• When the PID Sleep function is triggered, the drive will stop the motor as specified by b1-03 [Stopping Method Selection].

■ Fine-Tuning PID
Fine-tune the following parameter settings to have PID control eliminate problems with overshoot and oscillation.
• b5-02 [Proportional Gain (P)]
• b5-03 [Integral Time (I)]
• b5-05 [Derivative Time (D)]
• b5-08 [PID Primary Delay Time Constant]

506 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.3 b: Application

Purpose Procedure Results

Prevent overshoot. • Set b5-05 [Derivative Time (D)] to a smaller

value.
• Set b5-03 [Integral Time (I)] to a larger value.

Quickly stabilize control. • Set b5-05 [Derivative Time (D)] to a larger

value.
• Set b5-03 [Integral Time (I)] to a smaller value.

Prevent long-cycle oscillations. Set b5-03 [Integral Time (I)] to a larger value.

Prevent short-cycle oscillations. • Set b5-05 [Derivative Time (D)] to a smaller

value.
• If you set b5-05 = 0.00 [Derivative Time (D) =
disabling D control] and it does not stop
oscillation, then set b5-02 [Proportional Gain
(P)] to a smaller value or set b5-08 [PID
Primary Delay Time Constant] to a larger value.

■ EZ Sleep/Wake-up Functionality
Set b5-89 = 1 [Sleep Method Selection = EZ Sleep/Wake-up] to enable the EZ Sleep/Wake-up function.
Note:
• When b5-89 = 0 [Sleep Mode Selection = Standard], the EZ Sleep function and related parameters are disabled. Parameter b5-91 [EZ
Minimum Speed] is not included in this rule.
• Set b5-89 = 1 to disable b5-15 [PID Sleep Function Start Level].

Configuration Parameter Description

b5-90 [EZ Sleep Unit] Sets the unit of measure for b5-92 [EZ Sleep Level]. When b5-90 = 0 [0.1Hz units], the setting range of b5-
91 [EZ Minimum Speed] is 0.0 to 590.0 Hz. When b5-90 = 1 [rev/min], the setting range is 0 to 35400 min-1
(r/min).
Parameter Details

Note:
When you change b5-90, the value of b5-92 is not automatically updated.
b5-91 [EZ Minimum Speed] This parameter sets the lower limit for PID output. The drive uses the largest value of b5-91, b5-34 [PID
Output Lower Limit], and d2-02 [Frequency Reference Lower Limit] to internally set the lower limit of PID
output. The b5-89 setting does not have an effect.

b5-92 [EZ Sleep Level] When the output frequency or motor speed is less than the value of b5-92 for longer than the value of b5-93
[EZ Sleep Time], the drive does to sleep.
12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 507

12.3 b: Application

Configuration Parameter Description

b5-95 = 0 [EZ Wake-up Mode = Absolute] When the PID feedback is less than the value of b5-94 [EZ Wake-up Level] for longer than the time set in
b5-96 [EZ Sleep Wake-up Time], the drive restarts operation from sleep.

b5-95 = 1 [EZ Wake-up Mode = Setpiont Delta] When the PID feedback is less than the value set as the PID setpoint value minus b5-94 for the time set in
b5-96, the drive restarts operation from sleep.

Figure 12.32 EZ Sleep/Wake-up Operation: PID Output is Normal and b5-92 = 0.0 Hz
*1 The values of b5-94 and b5-95 set operation.
*2 In the example, b5-92 is at the default setting of 0.0 Hz. b5-91 is the EZ sleep level.

■ b5-01: PID Mode Setting

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-01 PID Mode Setting V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(01A5) Sets the type of PID control. (0 - 8)

0 : PID control disabled

1 : Standard
Enables PID control. The drive performs D control on the difference between the feedback value and the PID
setpoint output via U5-02 [PID Input].
2 : Standard (D on feedback)
Enables PID control. The drive performs D control on the feedback output via U5-06 [PID Fdbk-Diff PID Fdbk].
3 : Fref + PID Trim
Enables PID control. The drive adds the frequency reference to the PID output. The drive performs D control on
the difference between the feedback value and the PID setpoint output via U5-02 [PID Input].
4 : Fref + PID Trim (D on feedback)
Enables PID control. The drive adds the frequency reference to the PID output. The drive performs D control on
the feedback output via U5-06 [PID Fdbk-Diff PID Fdbk].
5 : Same as 7series & prior, b5-01=1
6 : Same as 7series & prior, b5-01=2
7 : Same as 7series & prior, b5-01=3
8 : Same as 7series & prior, b5-01=4
Note:
Use settings 5 to 8 when the drive is a replacement for a previous generation drive.

508 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.3 b: Application

■ b5-02: Proportional Gain (P)

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-02 Proportional Gain (P) V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.00
(01A6) Sets the proportional gain (P) that is applied to PID input. (0.00 - 25.00)
RUN

Larger values decrease errors, but can cause oscillations. Smaller values let too much offset between the setpoint
and feedback.
Set b5-02 = 0.00 to disable P control.

■ b5-03: Integral Time (I)

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-03 Integral Time (I) V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.0 s
(01A7) Sets the integral time (I) that is applied to PID input. (0.0 - 360.0 s)
RUN

Set a short integral time in b5-03 to remove the offset more quickly. If the integral time is too short, overshoot or
oscillation can occur.
Set b5-03 = 0.00 to disable I control.

Figure 12.33 Integral Time and Deviation

■ b5-04: Integral Limit

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-04 Integral Limit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 100.0%

(01A8) Sets the upper limit for integral control (I) as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency. (0.0 - 100.0%)
RUN

Applications with loads that quickly change will cause the output of the PID function to oscillate. Set this
parameter to a low value to prevent oscillation, mechanical loss, and motor speed loss.

■ b5-05: Derivative Time (D)

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-05 Derivative Time (D) V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.00 s
(01A9) Sets the derivative time (D) for PID control. This parameter adjusts system responsiveness. (0.00 - 10.00 s)
RUN

When you increase the time setting, it will increase controller responsiveness, but it can also cause vibration.
When you decrease the time setting, it will suppress overshoot and decrease controller responsiveness.
Set b5-05 = 0.00 to disable D control.
Parameter Details

■ b5-06: PID Output Limit

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-06 PID Output Limit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 100.0%
(01AA) Sets the maximum possible output from the PID controller as a percentage of the Maximum (0.0 - 100.0%)
RUN Output Frequency.
12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 509

12.3 b: Application

■ b5-07: PID Offset Adjustment

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-07 PID Offset Adjustment V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0%
(01AB) Sets the offset for the PID control output as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency. (-100.0 - +100.0%)
RUN

■ b5-08: PID Primary Delay Time Constant

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-08 PID Primary Delay Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.00 s
(01AC) Constant Sets the primary delay time constant for the PID control output. Usually it is not necessary to (0.00 - 10.00 s)
RUN change this setting.
Expert

Prevents resonance if there is a large quantity of mechanical friction or if rigidity is unsatisfactory. Set the value
larger than the resonant frequency cycle. A value that is too large will decrease drive responsiveness.

■ b5-09: PID Output Level Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-09 PID Output Level Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0
(01AD) Sets the polarity of the PID output. (0, 1)

Use this parameter in applications that decrease the drive output frequency when you increase the PID setpoint.
0 : Normal Output (Direct Acting)
A positive PID input increases the PID output (direct acting).
1 : Reverse Output (Reverse Acting)
A positive PID input decreases the PID output (reverse acting).

■ b5-10: PID Output Gain Setting

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-10 PID Output Gain Setting V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.00
(01AE) Sets the amount of gain to apply to the PID output. (0.00 - 25.00)
RUN

Applies a gain to the PID output and can help when b5-01 = 3 or 4 [PID Mode Setting = Fref + PID Trim, Fref +
PID Trim (D on feedback)].

■ b5-11: PID Output Reverse Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-11 PID Output Reverse V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(01AF) Selection Sets the function that enables and disables reverse motor rotation for negative PID control output. (0, 1)

This parameter is disabled when b5-01 = 3, 4 [PID Mode Setting = Fref + PID Trim, Fref + PID Trim (D on
feedback)]. There is no limit for PID output (PID output can be positive or negative). Operates the same as setting
“1: Enabled: Negative lower limit”.
0 : Lower Limit is Zero
When PID output is negative, PID output is limited to 0 and drive output is shut off.
1 : Negative Output Accepted
When the PID output is negative, the motor will rotate in reverse. When b1-04 = 1 [Reverse Operation Selection
= Reverse Disabled], the lower limit is 0.

510 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.3 b: Application

■ b5-12: Feedback Loss Detection Select

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-12 Feedback Loss Detection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(01B0) Select Sets the drive response to PID feedback loss/excess. Sets drive operation after the drive detects (0 - 5)
PID feedback loss/excess.

0 : Digital Out Only, Always Detect

The MFDO terminal set for PID Feedback Low or PID Feedback High [H2-01 to H2-03 = 3E, 3F] activates.
When the drive detects feedback loss/excess, the keypad will not show an alarm and the drive will continue
operation.
When the feedback signal is less than the level set in b5-13 [PID Feedback Loss Detection Lvl] for longer than
the time set in b5-14 [PID Feedback Loss Detection Time], the MFDO terminal set for PID Feedback Low
activates.
When the feedback signal is more than the level set in b5-36 [PID High Feedback Detection Lvl] for longer than
the time set in b5-37 [PID High Feedback Detection Time] the MFDO terminal set for PID Feedback High
activates.
When the feedback value is not in the detection range, the drive resets the MFDO.
1 : Alarm + Digital Out, Always Det
The drive detects FbL [PID Feedback Loss] and FbH [Excessive PID Feedback]. The MFDO terminal set for
PID Feedback Low or PID Feedback High [H2-01 to H2-03 = 3E, 3F] activates. The output terminal set for
Alarm [H2-01 to H2-03 = 10] activates and the drive continues operation.
When the feedback signal is less than the level set in b5-13 for longer than the time set in b5-14, the MFDO
terminal set for PID Feedback Low activates.
When the feedback signal is more than the level set in b5-36 for longer than the time set in b5-37, the MFDO
terminal set for PID Feedback High activates.
When the feedback value is not in the detection range, the drive resets the MFDO.
2 : Fault + Digital Out, Always Det
The drive detects FbL and FbH. MFDO terminal MA-MC turns ON, MB-MC turns OFF, and the motor coasts to
stop.
When the feedback signal is less than the level set in b5-13 for the time set in b5-14, the drive detects FbL.
When the feedback signal is more than the level set in b5-36 for the time set in b5-37, the drive detects FbH.
3 : Digital Out Only, @ PID Enable
The MFDO terminal set for PID Feedback Low or PID Feedback High activates. The keypad will not show an
alarm. The drive continues operation.
When the MFDI terminal set to PID Disable [H1-xx = 19] activates, the drive disables fault detection.
4 : Alarm + Digital Out, @PID Enable
The drive detects FbL and FbH. The MFDO terminal set for PID Feedback Low or PID Feedback High activates.
The output terminal set for Alarm [H2-01 to H2-03 = 10] activates and the drive continues operation.
When the MFDI terminal set to PID Disable [H1-xx = 19] activates, the drive disables fault detection.
5 : Fault + Digital Out, @PID Enable
The drive detects FbL and FbH. MFDO terminal MA-MC turns ON, MB-MC turns OFF, and the drive coasts to
stop.
When the MFDI terminal set to PID Disable [H1-xx = 19] activates, the drive disables fault detection.

■ b5-13: PID Feedback Loss Detection Lvl

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)
V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV
Parameter Details

b5-13 PID Feedback Loss 0%

(01B1) Detection Lvl Sets the level that triggers PID Feedback Loss [FbL] detection as a percentage of the Maximum (0 - 100%)
Output Frequency.

The drive detects PID Feedback Loss [FbL] when the feedback signal decreases to less than the level set in b5-13
for longer than the time set in b5-14 [PID Feedback Loss Detection Time].

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 511

12.3 b: Application

■ b5-14: PID Feedback Loss Detection Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-14 PID Feedback Loss V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.0 s
(01B2) Detection Time Sets the length of time that PID Feedback must be less than b5-13 [PID Feedback Loss Detection (0.0 - 25.5 s)
Lvl] to detect PID Feedback Loss [FbL].

■ b5-15: PID Sleep Function Start Level

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-15 PID Sleep Function Start V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(01B3) Level Sets the output level that triggers the PID Sleep function. (0.0 - 590.0)

The drive goes into Sleep mode when the PID output or frequency reference is less than b5-15 for longer than the
time set to b5-16 [PID Sleep Delay Time]. The drive continues operation when the PID output or frequency
reference is more than b5-15 for longer than the time set to b5-16.

■ b5-16: PID Sleep Delay Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-16 PID Sleep Delay Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0 s
(01B4) Sets a delay time to start or stop the PID Sleep function. (0.0 - 25.5 s)

■ b5-17: PID Accel/Decel Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-17 PID Accel/Decel Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0 s
(01B5) Raises or lowers the PID setpoint using the acceleration and deceleration times set to the drive. (0.0 - 6000.0 s)
RUN This is a soft-starter for the PID setpoint.

The drive usually uses the acceleration and deceleration times set in C1-xx [Accel and Decel Times], but when
PID control is enabled, the drive applies C1-xx after PID output. If you frequently change the PID setpoint, the
drive responsiveness decreases. When resonance with PID control causes hunting, overshoot, or undershoot, set
b5-17 for longer acceleration and deceleration times.
Decrease C1-xx until hunting stops, then use b5-17 to check the acceleration and deceleration. To enable and
disable the setting in b5-17 through an MFDI terminal, set PID Soft Starter Disable [H1-xx = 34].

■ b5-18: b5-19 PID Setpoint Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-18 b5-19 PID Setpoint V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(01DC) Selection Sets the function that enables and disables b5-19 [PID Setpoint Value]. (0, 1)

0 : Disabled
The drive does not use the value set in b5-19 as the PID setpoint.
1 : Enabled
The drive uses the value set in b5-19 as the PID setpoint.

■ b5-19: PID Setpoint Value

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-19 PID Setpoint Value V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.00%
(01DD) Sets the PID setpoint when b5-18 = 1 [b5-19 PID Setpoint Selection = Enabled]. (0.00 - 100.00%)
RUN

512 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.3 b: Application

■ b5-20: PID Unit Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-20 PID Unit Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1

(01E2) Sets the number of digits to set and show the PID setpoint. (0 - 3)

Set the units for these parameters and monitors:

• b5-19 [PID Setpoint Value]
• b5-58 [PID Setpoint2]
• b5-59 [PID Setpoint3]
• b5-60 [PID Setpoint4]
• U5-01 [PID Feedback]
• U5-04 [PID Setpoint]
• U5-99 [PID Setpoint Command]
0 : 0.01Hz units
The drive uses 0.01 Hz units.
1 : 0.01% units
The drive uses 0.01% units. Set the value as a percentage of E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency].
2 : min-1
The drive uses 1 min-1 unit. Set E2-04, E4-04, or E5-04 [Motor Pole Count].
3 : User Units
The drive uses the units set in b5-38 [PID User Unit Display Scaling] and b5-39 [PID User Unit Display Digits]
to show the PID setpoint in U5-01, U5-04, U5-06 [PID Feedback, PID Setpoint, PID Fdbk-Diff PID Fdbk].

■ b5-34: PID Output Lower Limit Level

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-34 PID Output Lower Limit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0%
(019F) Level Sets the output lower limit for the PID control as a percentage of the Maximum Output (-100.0 - +100.0%)
RUN Frequency.

Use a lower limit to keep PID control output from dropping below a fixed level.
Set this parameter to 0.0% to disable this function.

■ b5-35: PID Input Limit Level

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-35 PID Input Limit Level V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1000.0%
(01A0) Sets the output upper limit for the PID control as a percentage of the Maximum Output (0.0 - 1000.0%)
RUN Frequency.

A large input value for PID control makes a high output. The drive applies this limit to the negative and positive
domains.

■ b5-36: PID High Feedback Detection Lvl

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-36 PID High Feedback V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 100%
(01A1) Detection Lvl Sets the level that triggers Excessive PID Feedback [FbH] as a percentage of the Maximum (0 - 100%)
Output Frequency.

When the feedback signal increases to more than the level set in b5-36 for the time set in b5-37 [PID High
Parameter Details

Feedback Detection Time], the drive will detect Excessive PID Feedback [FbH].

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 513

12.3 b: Application

■ b5-37: PID High Feedback Detection Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-37 PID High Feedback V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.0 s
(01A2) Detection Time Sets the length of time that the PID feedback signal must be more than the level set in b5-36 [PID (0.0 - 25.5 s)
Feedback High Detection Lvl] to cause Excessive PID Feedback [FbH].

■ b5-38: PID User Unit Display Scaling

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-38 PID User Unit Display V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by b5-20
(01FE) Scaling Sets the value that the drive sets or shows as the PID setpoint when at the maximum output (1 - 60000)
frequency.

The drive uses this parameter and b5-39 [PID Setpoint Display Digits] together.
When b5-20 = 3 [PID Unit Selection = User Units], the drive applies user-set PID setpoint and display units to
these parameters and monitors:
• b5-19 [PID Setpoint Value]
• b5-58 [PID Setpoint2]
• b5-59 [PID Setpoint3]
• b5-60 [PID Setpoint4]
• U5-01 [PID Feedback]
• U5-04 [PID Setpoint]
• U5-99 [PID Setpoint Command]

■ b5-39: PID User Unit Display Digits

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-39 PID User Unit Display V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by b5-20
(01FF) Digits Sets the number of digits to set and show the PID setpoint. (0 - 3)

The drive uses this parameter and b5-38 [PID Setpoint User Display] together.
When b5-20 = 3 [PID Unit Selection = User Units], the drive applies user-set PID setpoint and display units to
these parameters and monitors:
• b5-19 [PID Setpoint Value]
• b5-58 [PID Setpoint2]
• b5-59 [PID Setpoint3]
• b5-60 [PID Setpoint4]
• U5-01 [PID Feedback]
• U5-04 [PID Setpoint]
• U5-99 [PID Setpoint Command]
0 : No Decimal Places (XXXXX)
1 : One Decimal Places (XXXX.X)
2 : Two Decimal Places (XXX.XX)
3 : Three Decimal Places (XX.XXX)

■ b5-40: Frequency Reference Monitor @PID

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-40 Frequency Reference V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(017F) Monitor @PID Sets the contents for monitor U1-01 [Frequency Reference] in PID control. (0, 1)

0 : U1-01 Includes PID Output

Monitor U1-01 shows the frequency reference that was increased or decreased by the PID output.
1 : U1-01 Excludes PID Output
Monitor U1-01 shows the actual frequency reference.

514 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.3 b: Application

■ b5-47: PID Trim Mode Output Reverse Sel

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-47 PID Trim Mode Output V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1
(017D) Reverse Sel Sets reverse motor rotation when the PID control output is negative. (0, 1)

This parameter is enabled when b5-01 = 3 or 4 [PID Mode Setting = Fref + PID Trim, Fref + PID Trim (D on
feedback)].
0 : Lower Limit is Zero
When PID output is negative, PID output is limited to 0 and drive output is shut off.
1 : Negative Output Accepted
When the PID output is negative, the motor will rotate in reverse.

■ b5-53: PID Integrator Ramp Limit

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-53 PID Integrator Ramp Limit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0 Hz
(0B8F) Sets the responsiveness of PID control when the PID feedback changes quickly. (0.0 - 10.0 Hz)
RUN

Note:
• This parameter is disabled when set to 0.0 Hz.
• When b5-53 > 0.0 Hz and the drive enables the integrator ramp limit, the PID integrator value limit is the range set by the output
frequency ± b5-53.
• When the PID feedback changes quickly, gradually decrease the this parameter in 0.1 Hz increments to decrease the speed of the
response of PID control.

■ b5-54: PID Softstarter Cancel Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-54 PID Softstarter Cancel V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0BB7) Selection Sets how the soft-starter responds to PID input/output. (0, 1)

Table 12.33 shows how the soft-starter responds to PID input/output.

Table 12.33 Soft Starter and PID Input/Output
PID Frequency Reference PID Frequency Reference
Selection Input Output Soft Starter Input Soft Starter Output

Soft Starter 1 Frequency Reference Soft Starter Input PID Frequency Reference Output Output Frequency

Soft Starter 2 Soft Starter Output Output Frequency Frequency Reference PID Frequency Reference Input

0 : Soft Starter 1
The soft starter process occurs downstream from the PID function. The PID function input functions as the
frequency reference, the PID function output functions as the soft starter input, and the soft starter output
functions as the output frequency.
1 : Soft Starter 2
The soft starter process occurs upstream from the PID function. The soft starter input functions as the frequency
reference, the soft starter output functions as the PID function input, and the PID function output functions as the
output frequency.

■ b5-55: PID Feedback Monitor Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-55 PID Feedback Monitor V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 000
Parameter Details

(0BE1) Selection Sets the monitor (Ux-xx) used as the PID Feedback. Set the x-xx part of the Ux-xx [Monitor]. (000 - 999)

Note:
• You cannot select parameter U5-xx.
• This parameter is disabled when set to 000.

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 515

12.3 b: Application

■ b5-56: PID Feedback Monitor Gain

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-56 PID Feedback Monitor V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.00
(0BE2) Gain Sets the gain for the monitor set in b5-55 [PID Feedback Monitor Selection]. (0.00 - 10.00)

■ b5-57: PID Feedback Monitor Bias

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-57 PID Feedback Monitor Bias V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.00
(11DD) Sets the bias for the monitor specified in b5-55 [PID Feedback Monitor Selection]. (-10.00 - +10.00)

■ b5-58 to b5-60: PID Setpoints 2 to 4

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-58 to b5-60: PID Setpoints 2 to 4 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.00%
(1182 - 1184) Sets the PID setpoint when H1-xx = 3E or 3F [MFDI Function Selection = PID Setpoint (0.00 - 100.00%)
RUN Selection 1/2]. This value is a percentage of the maximum output frequency.

Table 12.34 shows how the different MFDI H1-xx values (3E and 3F) have an effect on the PID setpoint value.
Table 12.34 Switching of MFDI and PID Setpoint Value
H1-xx = 3E H1-xx = 3F PID Setpoint Value

OFF OFF No switch

ON OFF b5-58 [PID Setpoint2]

OFF ON b5-59 [PID Setpoint3]

ON ON b5-60 [PID Setpoint4]

■ b5-61: PID Trim Mode Lower Limit Sel

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-61 PID Trim Mode Lower V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0
(119A) Limit Sel Sets the function that adjusts the PID output in relation to the frequency reference. (0, 1)

0 : Disabled
Does not adjust the PID output with the frequency reference.
1 : Enabled
Adjusts the PID output in relation to the frequency reference. The setting value of b5-62 [PID Trim Mode Lower
Limit Value] sets the lower limit of the post-adjustment value. The maximum output frequency sets the upper
limit.
Note:
• Set b5-01 = 3, 4, 7, or 8 to enable this parameter.
• When b5-61 = 1, you can use this formula to adjust PID output proportional to the frequency reference:

U5-03 [PID Output], Fref [Frequency Reference], and Fmax [Maximum Output Frequency]

*1 Lower limit = b5-62, Upper limit = Maximum output frequency

■ b5-62: PID Trim Mode Lower Limit Value

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-62 PID Trim Mode Lower V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.00%
(119B) Limit Value Sets the PID Trim Mode Lower Limit Value as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. (0.00 - 100.00%)

Note:
Set b5-01 = 3, 4, 7, or 8 to enable this parameter.

516 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.3 b: Application

■ b5-63: PID Differential FB Monitor Sel

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-63 PID Differential FB V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 000

(119C) Monitor Sel Selects the monitor (Ux-xx) used as the PID Differential Feedback. Set the x-xx part of the Ux-xx (000 - 999)
[Monitor].

Note:
• You cannot select parameter U5-xx.
• This parameter is disabled when set to 000.

■ b5-64: PID Differential FB Monitor Gain

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-64 PID Differential FB V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.00

(119D) Monitor Gain Sets the gain for the monitor specified in b5-63 [PID Differential FB Monitor Sel]. (0.00 - 10.00)

■ b5-65: PID Differential FB Monitor Bias

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-65 PID Differential FB V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.00

(119F) Monitor Bias Sets the bias for the monitor specified in b5-63 [PID Differential FB Monitor Sel]. (-10.00 - +10.00)

■ b5-66: PID Feedback Monitor Level

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-66 PID Feedback Monitor V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(11DE) Level Sets the signal level for the monitor specified in b5-55 [PID Feedback Monitor Selection]. (0, 1)

0 : Absolute
1 : Bi-directional (+/-)

■ b5-67: PID Differential FB Monitor Lvl

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-67 PID Differential FB V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(11DF) Monitor Lvl Sets the signal level for the monitor specified in b5-63 [PID Differential FB Monitor Sel]. (0, 1)

0 : Absolute
1 : Bi-directional (+/-)

■ b5-89: Sleep Method Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-89 Sleep Method Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0B89) Sets sleep and wake up operation when using PID. (0, 1)
RUN

0 : Standard
1 : EZ Sleep/Wake-up

■ b5-90: EZ Sleep Unit

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)
Parameter Details

b5-90 EZ Sleep Unit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0B90) Sets the measurement units for b5-91 [EZ Sleep Minimum Speed] and b5-92 [EZ Sleep Level]. (0, 1)

0 : 0.1Hz units
1 : rev/min
12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 517

12.3 b: Application

■ b5-91: EZ Sleep Minimum Speed

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-91 EZ Sleep Minimum Speed V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0 Hz or 0 min-1 (r/min)
(0B91) Sets the minimum speed for the EZ Sleep/Wakeup function. This parameter uses the largest value (0.0 to 590.0 Hz or 0 to
RUN from b5-91, b5-34 [PID Output Lower Limit Level], and d2-02 [Frequency Reference Lower 35400 min-1 (r/min))
Limit].

Note:
The value of b5-90 [EZ Sleep Unit] sets the units. When b5-90 changes, this parameter does not automatically update. Set this parameter
again after you change b5-90 is changed.

■ b5-92: EZ Sleep Level

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-92 EZ Sleep Level V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0 Hz or 0 min-1 (r/min)
(0B92) Sets the value that the output frequency or motor speed must be less than for longer than b5-93 (0.0 to 590.0 Hz or 0 to
RUN [EZ Sleep Time] to enter Sleep Mode. 35400 min-1 (r/min))

Note:
When b5-90 [EZ Sleep Unit] changes, this parameter does not automatically update. Set this parameter again after you change b5-90.

■ b5-93: EZ Sleep Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-93 EZ Sleep Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 5.0 s

(0B93) Sets the length of time that the output frequency or motor speed must be less than b5-92 [EZ (0.0 - 1000.0 s)
RUN Sleep Level] to enter Sleep Mode.

■ b5-94: EZ Sleep Wake-up Level

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-94 EZ Sleep Wake-up Level V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.00%
(0B94) Sets the level at which the drive resumes operation when exiting Sleep Mode. (0.00 - 600.00%)
RUN

Note:
The values of b5-20 [PID Unit Selection], b5-38 [PID User Unit Display Scaling], and b5-39 [PID User Unit Display Digits] set the
units. When b5-20, b5-38, and b5-39 change, this parameter does not automatically update. Set this parameter again after you change
b5-20, b5-38, and b5-39 are changed.
• When b5-95 = 0 [EZ Sleep Wake-up Mode = Absolute]:
When b5-09 = 0 [PID Output Level Selection = Normal Output (Direct Acting)], and the PID Feedback [H3-xx
= B] is less than the value of b5-94 for a time longer than the value of b5-96 [EZ Sleep Wake-up Time], the
drive will exit sleep and start operation again. When b5-09 = 1 [Reverse Output (Reverse Acting)], and the PID
feedback is more than setting value of b5-94 for a time longer than the setting value of b5-96, the drive will exit
sleep and start operation again.
• When b5-95 = 1 [Setpoint Delta]:
When b5-09 = 0, and the PID feedback is less than the value of “PID setpoint value - b5-94” for a time longer
than the value of b5-96, the drive will exit sleep and start operation again. When b5-09 = 1, and the PID
feedback is more than the value of “PID setpoint value + b5-94” for a time longer than the setting value of b5-
96, the drive will exit sleep and start operation again.

■ b5-95: EZ Sleep Wake-up Mode

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-95 EZ Sleep Wake-up Mode V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0B95) Sets the wake-up mode to use when exiting Sleep Mode. (0, 1)

0 : Absolute
1 : Setpoint Delta

518 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.3 b: Application

■ b5-96: EZ Sleep Wake-up Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b5-96 EZ Sleep Wake-up Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.0 s
(0B96) Sets the EZ Wake-up time. (0.0 - 1000.0 s)
RUN

When the PID feedback is less than the value of b5-94 [EZ Sleep Wake-up Level] continuously for the time set in
b5-96, the drive will exit sleep and start operation again.

◆ b6: Dwell Function

The Dwell function momentarily holds the output frequency at start and stop.
This prevents motor speed loss when you start and stop heavy loads. The Dwell function is also enabled when
backlash on the machine side causes sudden movement at the start of acceleration and deceleration.
At the start of acceleration, the drive uses the output frequency and acceleration time set for the Dwell function to
automatically operate at low speed to minimize the effects of backlash. Then, the drive can accelerate again. The
Dwell function operates the same for deceleration.
For conveyor applications, the Dwell function also lets the drive interlock the output frequency and a delay time
for the holding brake on the load side.
The Dwell function momentarily stops during acceleration to prevent a PM motor from stepping out. Figure 12.34
shows how the Dwell function works.
Note:
When you use the Dwell function at stop, set b1-03 = 0 [Stopping Method Selection = Ramp to Stop].

Figure 12.34 Time Chart for the Dwell Function at Start/Stop

■ b6-01: Dwell Reference at Start

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b6-01 Dwell Reference at Start V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0
(01B6) Sets the output frequency that the drive will hold momentarily when the motor starts. (Determined by A1-02)

When the drive accelerates to the output frequency set in b6-01, it holds that frequency for the time set in b6-02
[Dwell Time at Start], and starts to accelerate again.

■ b6-02: Dwell Time at Start

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b6-02 Dwell Time at Start V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0 s
(01B7) Sets the length of time that the drive will hold the output frequency when the motor starts. (0.0 - 10.0 s)

■ b6-03: Dwell Reference at Stop

Parameter Details

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b6-03 Dwell Reference at Stop V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0
(01B8) Sets the output frequency that the drive will hold momentarily when ramping to stop the motor. (Determined by A1-02)

When the drive decelerates to the output frequency set in b6-03, it holds that frequency for the time set in b6-04
[Dwell Time at Stop] and starts to decelerate again. 12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 519

12.3 b: Application

■ b6-04: Dwell Time at Stop

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b6-04 Dwell Time at Stop V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0 s
(01B9) Sets the length of time for the drive to hold the output frequency when ramping to stop the motor. (0.0 - 10.0 s)

◆ b8: Energy Saving

Energy-saving control improves overall system operating efficiency by operating the motor at its most efficient
level.
Set b8-01 and these parameters according to the control method and the motor.
• When you use V/f Control, set parameters b8-04 to b8-06.
• When you use vector control with an induction motor, set parameters b8-02 and b8-03.
• When you use a PM motor, set parameters b8-16 and b8-17.
Note:
• Energy-saving control is not appropriate for applications with sudden changes in the load, or applications driving heavy loads such as a
traverse car application.
• Energy-saving control maximizes operation based on precise motor data set to the drive. Make sure that you do Auto-Tuning and enter
the correct information about the motor before you use the Energy-saving control.

■ b8-01: Energy Saving Control Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b8-01 Energy Saving Control V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(01CC) Selection Sets the Energy-saving control function. (0 - 2)

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled
2 : Automatic Optimization
Note:
When A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM], you can only select setting 2 in Expert Mode.

■ b8-02: Energy Saving Gain

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b8-02 Energy Saving Gain V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(01CD) Sets the gain for Energy-saving control. (0.0 - 10.0)
RUN
Expert

Increase the setting value to increase energy saving. If the setting value is too large, the motor will stall.

■ b8-03: Energy Saving Filter Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b8-03 Energy Saving Filter Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02，C6-
(01CE) Sets the responsiveness for Energy-saving control. 01 and o2-04
RUN (0.00 - 10.00 s)
Expert

Decrease the setting value to increase responsiveness. If the setting value is too low, operation will not be stable.

■ b8-04: Energy Saving Coefficient Value

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b8-04 Energy Saving Coefficient V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by C6-01, E2-
(01CF) Value Sets the Energy-saving control coefficient to maintain maximum motor efficiency. The default 11, and o2-04
Expert setting is for Yaskawa motors. (0.00 - 655.00)

520 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.3 b: Application

When you use a motor from a different manufacturer, increase the setting value in 5% increments to find the
minimum value for U1-08 [Output Power] at light loads.
When you decrease the setting value, it decreases the output voltage and decreases power consumption. If the
setting value is too low, the motor will stall.
Note:
When you do Rotational Auto-Tuning, the drive will automatically set the energy-saving coefficient.

■ b8-05: Power Detection Filter Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b8-05 Power Detection Filter V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 20 ms

(01D0) Time Sets the time constant to measure output power. (0 - 2000 ms)
Expert

Decrease the setting value to increase responsiveness to load changes. If you set the value too low during
operation at light loads, motor speed is not stable.

■ b8-06: Search Operation Voltage Limit

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b8-06 Search Operation Voltage V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0%

(01D1) Limit Sets the voltage limit for Search Operation as a percentage of the motor rated voltage. (0 - 100%)
Expert

The Search Operation changes the output voltage in small increments to find a setpoint at which the drive can use
minimum power to operate.
Set this parameter to 0 to disable Search Operation. This will not disable Energy-saving control.
If the setting value is too low, the motor will stall when loads suddenly increase.

■ b8-16: PM E-Save Coefficient Ki

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b8-16 PM E-Save Coefficient Ki V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.00

(01F8) Sets torque linearity. This parameter uses the Ki value from the motor nameplate. Usually it is not (0.00 - 3.00)
Expert necessary to change this setting.

When b8-16 = 1.00 (default), the drive will automatically calculate and control the energy-saving coefficient. If
the motor nameplate has a description for “Ki”, set this parameter to the Ki value.
Do this procedure to prevent oscillation when you set b8-01 = 1 [Energy Saving Control Selection = Enabled].
1. Check U5-21 [Energy Save Coeff Ki] and make sure that it aligns with the Ki value on the motor nameplate.
2. If the numbers are different, set b8-16 to the Ki value on the motor nameplate.

■ b8-17: PM E-Save Coefficient Kt

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b8-17 PM E-Save Coefficient Kt V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.00

(01F9) Sets torque linearity. This parameter uses the Kt value from the motor nameplate. Usually it is not (0.00 - 3.00)
Expert necessary to change this setting.

When E5-01 = 1xxx [PM Motor Code Selection = Yaskawa SSR1 series IPM motor], the drive automatically
calculates the energy-saving coefficient Kt and uses that value to control operation.
Do this procedure to prevent oscillation when you set b8-01 = 1 [Energy Saving Control Selection = Enabled].
1. Check U5-22 [Energy Save Coeff Kt] and make sure that it aligns with the Kt value on the motor nameplate.
Parameter Details

2. If the numbers are different, set b8-17 to the Kt value on the motor nameplate.

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 521

12.3 b: Application

■ b8-18: E-Save d-axis Current FilterTime

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b8-18 E-Save d-axis Current V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.100 s
(01FA) FilterTime Sets the d-axis current reference filter time constant. (0.000 - 5.000 s)
Expert

■ b8-19: E-Save Search Frequency

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b8-19 E-Save Search Frequency V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(0B40) Sets the frequency of Energy-saving control search operations. Usually it is not necessary to (10 - 300 Hz)
Expert change this setting.

Note:
• If low inertia causes vibration in the machine, increase the setting value in 10 Hz increments and check the response. If A1-02 = 8
[Control Method Selection = EZOLV], increase the setting value in 1 Hz increments.
• To make the motor more efficient, decrease the setting value in 1 Hz increments until the point immediately before machine vibration
starts to occur.

■ b8-20: E-Save Search Width

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b8-20 E-Save Search Width V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.0 degrees
(0B41) Sets the amplitude of Energy-saving control search operations. (0.1 - 5.0 degrees)
Expert

An increase in the value can make the operational efficiency better. However, if the load inertia is small, it may be
necessary to adjust the value to prevent machine vibration.
Note:
• If low inertia causes vibration in the machine, decrease the setting value in 1.0-degree increments and check the response.
• To make the motor more efficient, increase the setting value in 1.0-degreee increments until the point immediately before machine
vibration starts to occur.

■ b8-21: PM E-Save Search Gain

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b8-21 PM E-Save Search Gain V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.3Hz
(0B42) Sets the gain of Energy-saving control search operations. (0.1 - 20.0 Hz)
Expert

When you decrease the value of C5-01 [ASR Proportional Gain 1], also decrease the value of b8-21 to keep the
correct ratio.

■ b8-22: PM E-Save Search LPF Cutoff Freq

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b8-22 PM E-Save Search LPF V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10.0 Hz
(0B43) Cutoff Freq Sets the frequency of the filter used to extract the high-efficiency phase from search operations. (1.0 - 30.0 Hz)
Expert Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

■ b8-23: PM E-Save Search Limit

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b8-23 PM E-Save Search Limit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 15.0 degrees
(0B44) Sets the search operations output limit. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting. (0.0 - 30.0 degrees)
Expert

When the motor characteristics are correct, increase this value to make the motor more efficient.

522 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.3 b: Application

■ b8-24: PM E-Save High Freq ACR Gain

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b8-24 PM E-Save High Freq ACR V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 200.0 Hz
(0B45) Gain Sets the gain for high-frequency current control. (100.0 - 1000.0 Hz)
Expert

Note:
If the drive detects oC [Overcurrent], decrease the value.

■ b8-25: PM E-Save Search Start Level

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b8-25 PM E-Save Search Start V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10.0%
(0B46) Level Sets the start level for search operations. (0.0 - 100.0%)
Expert

Note:
If there is vibration in the machine, increase the value.

■ b8-26: PM E-Save Power Setpoint

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b8-26 PM E-Save Power Setpoint V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0%
(0B47) Sets a value to increase torque accuracy. (-10.0 - +10.0%)
Expert

■ b8-28: Over Excitation Action Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b8-28 Over Excitation Action V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0B8B) Selection Sets the function for excitation operation. (0, 1)
Expert

When operation is not stable at low speeds, set this parameter to 1 to enable the function.
0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

■ b8-29: Energy Saving Priority Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

b8-29 Energy Saving Priority V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0B8C) Selection Sets the priority of drive response between changes to the load or Energy-saving control. Enable (0, 1)
this to prioritize energy-saving control. Disable this to prioritize tracking related to fast load
changes, and prevent motor stall.

Enable this parameter when there are small changes in the load. It is possible that the motor cannot respond
correctly to changes in the load.
0 : Priority: Drive Response
1 : Priority: Energy Savings
Parameter Details

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 523

12.4 C: Tuning

12.4 C: Tuning
C parameters adjust drive operation, including:
• Acceleration Time
• Deceleration Time
• Slip Compensation
• Torque Compensation
• Carrier Frequency

◆ C1: Accel & Decel Time

You can set four different acceleration and deceleration time pairs in the drive. When you activate and deactivate
H1-xx = 7, 16, 1A [MFDI Function Select = Accel/Decel Time Selection 1, Motor 2 Selection, Accel/Decel Time
Selection 2], you can switch acceleration and deceleration times during run.
Acceleration time parameters always set the time to accelerate from 0 Hz to E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency].
Deceleration time parameters always set the time to decelerate from E1-04 to 0 Hz.
C1-01 [Acceleration Time 1] and C1-02 [Deceleration Time 1] are the default active accel/decel settings.
Parameter Range

C1-01 [Acceleration Time 1]

C1-02 [Deceleration Time 1]

C1-03 [Acceleration Time 2]

C1-04 [Deceleration Time 2]

0.0 to 6000.0 s
C1-05 [Acceleration Time 3]

C1-06 [Deceleration Time 3]

C1-07 [Acceleration Time 4]

C1-08 [Deceleration Time 4]

Note:
The setting range for acceleration and deceleration times is 0.00 to 600.00 s when C1-10 = 0 [Accel/Decel Time Setting Units = 0.01 s
(0.00 to 600.00 s)].

■ Use MFDIs to Switch Acceleration Times

Table 12.35 shows the different acceleration and deceleration times.
Table 12.35 Accel/Decel Times and Active Parameters
H1-xx = 7 H1-xx = 1A Active Parameter
[Accel/Decel Time Selection [Accel/Decel Time Selection
1] 2] Acceleration Time Deceleration Time

OFF OFF C1-01 [Acceleration Time 1] C1-02 [Deceleration Time 1]

ON OFF C1-03 [Acceleration Time 2] C1-04 [Deceleration Time 2]

OFF ON C1-05 [Acceleration Time 3] C1-06 [Deceleration Time 3]

ON ON C1-07 [Acceleration Time 4] C1-08 [Deceleration Time 4]

Figure 12.35 shows an operation example to change acceleration and deceleration times. It is necessary to set b1-
03 = 0 [Stopping Method Selection = Ramp to Stop] for this example.

524 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.4 C: Tuning

Figure 12.35 Timing Diagram of Acceleration and Deceleration Times

■ Use Motor Selection to Switch Acceleration and Deceleration Times

When you set H1-xx = 16 [MFDI Function Selection = Motor 2 Selection], you can activate and deactivate the
input terminal to switch between motor 1 and motor 2.
Note:
You cannot use the Motor 2 Selection function with PM motors.
Table 12.36 shows the possible acceleration and deceleration time combinations when you use the Motor 2
Selection function.
Table 12.36 Motor Selection and Acceleration and Deceleration Times
H1-xx = 16 [Motor 2 Selection]
H1-xx = 7
[Accel/Decel Time Selection Motor 2 Selection: OFF Motor 2 Selection: ON
1]
Acceleration Time Deceleration Time Acceleration Time Deceleration Time

OFF C1-01 C1-02 C1-05 C1-06

ON C1-03 C1-04 C1-07 C1-08

■ Use Output Frequency Level to Switch Acceleration and Deceleration Times

The drive can use output frequency to automatically switch between different acceleration and deceleration times.
When the output frequency = C1-11 [Accel/Decel Time Switchover Freq], the drive automatically switches the
acceleration and deceleration times. Set C1-11 = 0.0 Hz to disable this function.
Note:
• Acceleration and deceleration times set to MFDIs are more important than the automatic switch using the frequency level set in C1-11.
For example, if you set the switchover frequency to C1-11, the drive will not automatically switch acceleration and deceleration times
when the MFDI terminal set for Accel/Decel Time Selection 1 [H1-xx = 7] is activated.
• If Motor 2 Selection [H1-xx = 16] is activated, the drive will set the acceleration/deceleration time to C1-05 and C1-06 for motor 2
when the output frequency is more than the frequency level set in C1-11.

Figure 12.36 Accel/Decel Time Switching Frequency

■ C1-01: Acceleration Time 1

Parameter Details

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C1-01 Acceleration Time 1 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10.0 s

(0200) Sets the length of time to accelerate from zero to maximum output frequency. (0.0 - 6000.0 s)
RUN
12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 525

12.4 C: Tuning

Note:
When C1-10 = 0 [Accel/Decel Time Setting Units = 0.01 s (0.00 to 600.00 s)], the setting range is 0.00 to 600.00 s.

■ C1-02: Deceleration Time 1

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C1-02 Deceleration Time 1 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10.0 s

(0201) Sets the length of time to decelerate from maximum output frequency to zero. (0.0 - 6000.0 s)
RUN

Note:
When C1-10 = 0 [Accel/Decel Time Setting Units = 0.01 s (0.00 to 600.00 s)], the setting range is 0.00 to 600.00 s.

■ C1-03: Acceleration Time 2

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C1-03 Acceleration Time 2 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10.0 s

(0202) Sets the length of time to accelerate from zero to maximum output frequency. (0.0 - 6000.0 s)
RUN

Note:
When C1-10 = 0 [Accel/Decel Time Setting Units = 0.01 s (0.00 to 600.00 s)], the setting range is 0.00 to 600.00 s.

■ C1-04: Deceleration Time 2

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C1-04 Deceleration Time 2 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10.0 s

(0203) Sets the length of time to decelerate from maximum output frequency to zero. (0.0 - 6000.0 s)
RUN

Note:
When C1-10 = 0 [Accel/Decel Time Setting Units = 0.01 s (0.00 to 600.00 s)], the setting range is 0.00 to 600.00 s.

■ C1-05: Acceleration Time 3

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C1-05 Acceleration Time 3 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10.0 s

(0204) Sets the length of time to accelerate from zero to maximum output frequency. (0.0 - 6000.0 s)
RUN

Note:
When C1-10 = 0 [Accel/Decel Time Setting Units = 0.01 s (0.00 to 600.00 s)], the setting range is 0.00 to 600.00 s.

■ C1-06: Deceleration Time 3

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C1-06 Deceleration Time 3 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10.0 s

(0205) Sets the length of time to decelerate from maximum output frequency to zero. (0.0 - 6000.0 s)
RUN

Note:
When C1-10 = 0 [Accel/Decel Time Setting Units = 0.01 s (0.00 to 600.00 s)], the setting range is 0.00 to 600.00 s.

■ C1-07: Acceleration Time 4

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C1-07 Acceleration Time 4 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10.0 s

(0206) Sets the length of time to accelerate from zero to maximum output frequency. (0.0 - 6000.0 s)
RUN

Note:
When C1-10 = 0 [Accel/Decel Time Setting Units = 0.01 s (0.00 to 600.00 s)], the setting range is 0.00 to 600.00 s.

526 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.4 C: Tuning

■ C1-08: Deceleration Time 4

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C1-08 Deceleration Time 4 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10.0 s

(0207) Sets the length of time to decelerate from maximum output frequency to zero. (0.0 - 6000.0 s)
RUN

Note:
When C1-10 = 0 [Accel/Decel Time Setting Units = 0.01 s (0.00 to 600.00 s)], the setting range is 0.00 to 600.00 s.

■ C1-09: Fast Stop Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C1-09 Fast Stop Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10.0 s
(0208) Sets the length of time that the drive will decelerate to zero for a Fast Stop. (0.0 - 6000.0 s)
RUN

Note:
• When C1-10 = 0 [Accel/Decel Time Setting Units = 0.01 s (0.00 to 600.00 s)], the setting range is 0.00 to 600.00 s.
• When L2-29 = 0 [Kinetic Energy Backup Method = Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 1] and you do KEB Auto-Tuning, the drive will
automatically set C1-09. If you must not change the Fast Stop time, do not do KEB Auto-Tuning.
The Fast Stop function will be triggered in the following circumstances.
• The Fast Stop operation will be triggered by the input of the Fast Stop command via the multi-function digital
input terminal.
• The Fast Stop operation is will be triggered when by the input of the Fast Stop command is input via the multi-
function digital input terminal.
Set H1-xx = 15, 17 [MFDI Function Select = Fast Stop (N.O.), Fast Stop (N.C.)].
When the Fast Stop command is input, the Fast Stop operation will be triggered at the deceleration time set to C1-
09. The drive cannot be restarted after initiating a Fast Stop operation until deceleration is complete. Complete
deceleration and cycle the Run command to clear the Fast Stop input.
The terminal set for H2-xx = 4C [MFDO Function Select = During Fast Stop] will be ON during Fast Stop.
Note:
Decelerating too quickly can cause an ov [Overvoltage] fault that shuts off the drive while the motor to coasts to a stop. Set a Fast Stop
time in C1-09 that prevents motor coasting and makes sure that the motor stops quickly and safely.

■ C1-10: Accel/Decel Time Setting Units

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C1-10 Accel/Decel Time Setting V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1

(0209) Units Sets the setting units for C1-01 to C1-08 [Accel/Decel Times 1 to 4], C1-09 [Fast Stop Time], L2- (0, 1)
06 [Kinetic Energy Backup Decel Time], and L2-07 [Kinetic Energy Backup Accel Time].

0 : 0.01 s (0.00 to 600.00 s)

Sets acceleration and deceleration times in 0.01 s units. The setting range is 0.0 to 6000.0 s.
If one of these parameters is set to 1000.0 s or longer, you cannot set C1-10 = 0:
• C1-01 to C1-09
• L2-06
• L2-07
When one of those parameters is set to a value between 600.1 s and 1000.0 s, you can set C1-10 = 0, but the time
will change to 600.00 s.
1 : 0.1 s (0.0 to 6000.0 s)
Sets acceleration and deceleration times in 0.1 s units. The setting range is 0.0 to 6000.0 s.
Parameter Details

■ C1-11: Accel/Decel Time Switchover Freq

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C1-11 Accel/Decel Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(020A) Switching Frequency Sets the frequency at which the drive will automatically change acceleration and deceleration (0.0 - 590.0 Hz)
times. 12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 527

12.4 C: Tuning

When the output frequency is at the C1-11 value, the drive automatically switches the acceleration and
deceleration times. Set this parameter to 0.0 to disable this function.

Figure 12.37 Accel/Decel Time Switchover Freq

Table 12.37 lists the possible combinations of acceleration and deceleration time switchover frequencies and the
acceleration times for the Motor 2 Selection function.
Table 12.37 Motor and Acceleration and Deceleration Time Combination
Motor 1 Motor 2
C1-11
Acceleration Time Deceleration Time Acceleration Time Deceleration Time

Less than the setting value C1-07 [Acceleration Time 4] C1-08 [Deceleration Time 4] C1-07 [Acceleration Time 4] C1-08 [Deceleration Time 4]

Equal to or more than the setting C1-01 [Acceleration Time 1] C1-02 [Deceleration Time 1] C1-05 [Acceleration Time 3] C1-06 [Deceleration Time 3]
value

■ C1-14: Accel/Decel Rate Frequency

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C1-14 Accel/Decel Rate V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0 Hz

(0264) Frequency Sets the base frequency used to calculate acceleration and deceleration rates. (0.0 - 590.0 Hz)
RUN

The acceleration and deceleration rates set in C1-01 to C1-09 [Acceleration/Deceleration Times 1 to 4, Fast Stop
Time] will change when the value of C1-14 changes.
• When C1-14 = 0.0 Hz
– C1-01, C1-03, C1-05, C1-07 [Acceleration Times 1 to 4]: Time to accelerate from 0 Hz to E1-04 [Maximum
Output Frequency]
– C1-02, C1-04, C1-06, C1-08 [Deceleration Times 1 to 4], C1-09 [Fast Stop Time]: Time to decelerate from
E1-04 to 0 Hz.

Figure 12.38 Example 1: Acceleration/Deceleration Rate (When C1-14 = 0 Hz, E1-04 = 60 Hz, and the Frequency
Reference is 60 Hz)
• When C1-14 ≠ 0.0 Hz
– C1-01, C1-03, C1-05, C1-07: Time to accelerate from 0 Hz to C1-14
– C1-02, C1-04, C1-06, C1-08, C1-09: Time to decelerate from C1-14 to 0 Hz

528 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.4 C: Tuning

Figure 12.39 Example 2: Acceleration/Deceleration Rate (When C1-14 = 40 Hz, E1-04 = 60 Hz, and the Frequency
Reference is 60 Hz)

Figure 12.40 Example 3: Acceleration/Deceleration Rate (When C1-14 = 80 Hz, E1-04 = 60 Hz, and the Frequency
Reference is 60 Hz)
Note:
• Figure 12.38 to Figure 12.40 show the accel/decel times when C2-01 to C2-04 [S-Curve Times @ Start/End of Accel/Decel] = 0.00 s.
• When L3-01 ≠ 0 [Stall Prevention during Accel≠ Disabled], Stall Prevention could cause the acceleration time to be longer than the set
value.
• When L3-04 ≠ 0 [Stall Prevention during Decel ≠ Disabled], Stall Prevention could cause the deceleration time to be longer than the
set value.

◆ C2: S-Curve Characteristics

Use S-curve characteristics to smooth acceleration and deceleration and to minimize abrupt shock to the load.
Set S-curve characteristic time during acceleration/deceleration at start and acceleration/deceleration at stop.
The following figure explains how S-curves are applied.

Figure 12.41 S-Curve Timing Diagram - Forward/Reverse Operation

Note:
• If STPo [Motor Step-Out Detected] occurs when starting a PM motor, try increasing the value set to C2-01.
• Setting the S-curve will increase the acceleration and deceleration times.
Parameter Details

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 529

12.4 C: Tuning

■ C2-01: S-Curve Time @ Start of Accel

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C2-01 S-Curve Time @ Start of V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(020B) Accel Sets the S-curve acceleration time at start. (0.00 - 10.00 s)

■ C2-02: S-Curve Time @ End of Accel

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C2-02 S-Curve Time @ End of V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.20 s
(020C) Accel Sets the S-curve acceleration time at completion. (0.00 - 10.00 s)

■ C2-03: S-Curve Time @ Start of Decel

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C2-03 S-Curve Time @ Start of V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.20 s
(020D) Decel Sets the S-curve deceleration time at start. (0.00 - 10.00 s)

■ C2-04: S-Curve Time @ End of Decel

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C2-04 S-Curve Time @ End of V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.00 s
(020E) Decel Sets the S-curve deceleration time at completion. (0.00 - 10.00 s)

◆ C3: Slip Compensation

The Slip Compensation function improves the speed accuracy of an induction motor. As loads on induction
motors increase, motor slip increases and motor speed decreases. By adjusting the output frequency in accordance
with the motor load, it compensates the slip and makes the motor speed equal to the frequency reference.

■ C3-01: Slip Compensation Gain

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C3-01 Slip Compensation Gain V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(020F) Sets the gain for the slip compensation function. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting. (0.0 - 2.5)
RUN

Note:
Correctly set these parameters before changing the slip compensation gain:
• E2-01 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)]
• E2-02 [Motor Rated Slip]
• E2-03 [Motor No-Load Current]
Adjust this parameter as follows if necessary:
• If the motor speed is slower than the frequency reference, increase this parameter in 0.1-unit increments.
• If the motor speed is slower than the frequency reference value, decrease this parameter value in 0.1-unit
increments.

■ C3-02: Slip Compensation Delay Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C3-02 Slip Compensation Delay V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(0210) Time Sets the slip compensation delay time when speed is unstable or when the slip compensation (0 - 10000 ms)
RUN response is too slow. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Use these settings to adjust this parameter as necessary:

• When the speed is not stable, increase the setting.
• When the slip compensation response is too slow, decrease the setting.

530 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.4 C: Tuning

■ C3-03: Slip Compensation Limit

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C3-03 Slip Compensation Limit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 200%
(0211) Sets the upper limit for the slip compensation function as a percentage of the motor rated slip. (0 - 250%)

If you increase the value of C3-01 [Slip Compensation Gain] and the motor speed is slow, use this parameter. The
drive uses this parameter when the slip is at the upper limit of slip compensation. Make sure that you measure the
motor speed when you increase this parameter value. Set this parameter to make the frequency reference and the
slip compensation limit less than the permitted range of the machine.
The slip compensation limit is constant in the constant torque range (frequency reference ≤ E1-06 [Base
Frequency]). In the constant output range where the frequency reference > E1-06, the slip compensation limit
increases with the C3-03 value and the output frequency as shown in Figure 12.42.

Figure 12.42 Slip Compensation Limit

■ C3-04: Slip Compensation at Regen

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C3-04 Slip Compensation at V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0212) Regen Sets the slip compensation function during regenerative operation. (0 - 2)

If you apply a regenerative load when slip compensation function during regeneration is active, the quantity of
regeneration can increase immediately. In this condition, it is necessary to use a dynamic braking option (braking
resistor or braking resistor unit).
0 : Disabled
The drive does not provide slip compensation during regeneration.
The load and operation status (regenerative operation) can cause the motor speed to be higher or lower than the
frequency reference.
1 : Enabled Above 6Hz
Slip compensation function is enabled during regeneration. Slip compensation is disabled at output frequencies of
6 Hz or less.
2 : Enabled Above C3-15
The drive uses E2-02 [Motor Rated Slip] to automatically calculate the frequency range where it will disable slip
compensation function during regenerative operation.
Slip compensation is enabled at frequencies as low as 2 Hz.

■ C3-05: Output Voltage Limit Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C3-05 Output Voltage Limit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0213) Selection Sets the automatic reduction of motor magnetic flux when the output voltage is saturated. (0, 1)
Parameter Details

The drive will decrease flux and increase current to compensate torque when voltage is saturated. Make sure that
the drive has sufficient output current capacity before you enable this parameter. When this parameter = 1
[Enabled], the output current will increase by 10% at a maximum (at rated load) before it is enabled.
Enable this parameter to increase speed precision when you move heavy loads at high speeds in these conditions:
• Power supply voltage is low
12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 531

12.4 C: Tuning

• Motor rated voltage is high

Do not enable this parameter in these conditions:
• Operating a motor in the middle speed range or low speed range
• Power supply voltage is a minimum of 10% more than the motor rated voltage
When you enable this parameter, if the power supply voltage is much less than the motor rated voltage, torque
control will not be accurate.
0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

■ C3-16: Vout Modulation Limit Start Lvl

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C3-16 Vout Modulation Limit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 90.0%
(0261) Start Lvl Sets the modulation factor that starts the output voltage limit operation when C3-05 = 1 [Output (70.0 - 90.0%)
Expert Voltage Limit Selection = Enabled].

■ C3-17: Vout Modulation Limit Max Level

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C3-17 Vout Modulation Limit Max V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 100.0%
(0262) Level Sets the modulation factor used with C3-18 [Output Voltage Limit Level] for the output voltage (85.0 - 100.0%)
Expert limit operation when C3-05 = 1 [Output Voltage Limit Selection = Enabled].

■ C3-18: Output Voltage Limit Level

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C3-18 Output Voltage Limit Level V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 90.0%
(0263) Sets the maximum drop width of the voltage reference when C3-05 = 1 [Output Voltage Limit (50.0 - 100.0%)
Expert Selection = Enabled].

■ C3-21: Motor 2 Slip Compensation Gain

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C3-21 Motor 2 Slip Compensation V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by E3-01
(033E) Gain Sets the gain for the motor 2 slip compensation function. Usually it is not necessary to change this (0.0 - 2.5)
RUN setting.

Note:
Correctly set these parameters before changing the slip compensation gain:
• E4-01 [Motor 2 Rated Current]
• E4-02 [Motor 2 Rated Slip]
• E4-03 [Motor 2 Rated No-Load Current]
Use these settings to adjust this parameter as necessary:
• If the motor speed is slower than the frequency reference, increase C3-01 in 0.1 unit increments.
• If the motor speed is higher than the frequency reference, decrease the setting of this parameter in 0.1-unit
increments.

■ C3-22: Motor 2 Slip Comp Delay Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C3-22 Motor 2 Slip Comp Delay V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by E3-01
(0241) Time Sets the slip compensation delay time for motor 2 when speed is unstable or when the slip (0 - 10000 ms)
RUN compensation response is too slow. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Use these settings to adjust this parameter as necessary:

• When the speed is not stable, increase the setting.
• When the slip compensation response is too slow, decrease the setting.

532 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.4 C: Tuning

■ C3-23: Motor 2 Slip Compensation Limit

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C3-23 Motor 2 Slip Compensation V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 200%
(0242) Limit Sets the upper limit for the slip compensation function as a percentage of the motor 2 rated slip. (0 - 250%)

If you increase the value of C3-21 [Motor 2 Slip Compensation Gain] and the motor speed is slow, use this
parameter. The drive uses this parameter when the slip is at the upper limit of slip compensation. Make sure that
you measure the motor speed when you increase this parameter value. Set this parameter to make the frequency
reference and the slip compensation limit less than the permitted range of the machine.
The slip compensation limit is constant in the constant torque range (frequency reference ≤ E3-06 [Motor 2 Base
Frequency]). In the constant power range where the frequency reference > E3-06, the slip compensation limit
increases with the C3-23 value and the output frequency as shown in Figure 12.43.

Figure 12.43 Motor 2 Slip Compensation Limit

■ C3-24: Motor 2 Slip Comp during Regen

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C3-24 Motor 2 Slip Comp during V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0
(0243) Regen Sets the slip compensation during regenerative operation function for motor 2. (0 - 2)

If you enable the slip compensation function during regeneration, the quantity of regeneration can increase
immediately. In this condition, it is necessary to use a dynamic braking option (braking resistor or braking resistor
unit).
0 : Disabled
The drive will not do Slip compensation during regeneration.
The load and operation status (regenerative operation) can cause the motor speed to be higher or lower than the
frequency reference.
1 : Enabled Above 6Hz
The slip compensation function is enabled during regeneration. Slip compensation is disabled at output
frequencies of 6 Hz or less.
2 : Enabled Above C3-15
The drive uses E2-02 [Motor Rated Slip] to automatically calculate the frequency range where it will disable slip
compensation function during regeneration.
Slip compensation is enabled at frequencies as low as 2 Hz.

■ C3-29: Slip Compensation Gain @ Low Spd

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C3-29 Slip Compensation Gain @ V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0
(1B5D) Low Spd Sets the gain for the slip compensation function in the low speed range. Usually it is not necessary (0.0 - 2.5)
Expert to change this setting.
Parameter Details

Adjust this parameter as follows if necessary:

• If the motor speed is slower than the frequency reference, increase the setting value in 0.1 unit increments.
• If the motor speed is faster than the frequency reference, decrease the setting value in 0.1 unit increments.

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 533

12.4 C: Tuning

◆ C4: Torque Compensation

Torque compensation is a function that increases voltage to increase output torque as compensation for
insufficient torque production at start-up or low-speed operation.
Voltage drops due to motor winding resistance cause torque generating voltage to decrease, which causes
insufficient torque. If the main circuit cable connecting the drive and motor is long, this can also cause insufficient
torque due to voltage drops.
Note:
Set the motor parameters and V/f pattern properly before setting C4 parameters.

■ C4-01: Torque Compensation Gain

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C4-01 Torque Compensation Gain V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(0215) Sets the gain for the torque compensation function. Use this parameter value for motor 1 when (0.00 - 2.50)
RUN operating multiple motors.

For these control methods and states, adjust the setting value.
A1-02 [Control Method Selection] Status Adjustment

Torque is not sufficient during low-speed operation of 10 Hz or less. Increase the setting in 0.05-unit increments.
0 [V/f Control] There is vibration in the motor or the motor hunts when operating the
drive with a light load. Decrease the setting in 0.05-unit decrements.
8 [EZ Vector Control]
The cable length between the drive and motor is too long. Increase the setting in 0.05-unit increments.

Note:
• Adjust C4-01 to make sure that output current is not more than the drive rated current while the drive operates at low speed.
• When A1-02 = 2 [Open Loop Vector], do not change this parameter under normal conditions. Torque accuracy will decrease.
• When A1-02 = 5 [PM Open Loop Vector], do not change this parameter under normal conditions. Setting this value too high can cause
overcompensation and motor oscillation.
• When A1-02 = 8 [EZ Vector Control], you cannot change this parameter during drive run.

■ C4-02: Torque Compensation Delay Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C4-02 Torque Compensation V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(0216) Delay Time Sets the torque compensation delay time. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting. (0 - 60000 ms)
RUN

Note:
If A1-02 = 8 [Control Method Selection = EZOLV], you cannot change the setting while the drive is running.
Set this parameter in these conditions:
• If there is vibration in the motor, increase the setting.
• If the motor speed or motor torque response is too slow, decrease the setting.

■ C4-03: Torque Compensation @ FWD Start

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C4-03 Torque Compensation @ V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0%

(0217) FWD Start Set the amount of torque reference for forward start as a percentage of the motor rated torque. (0.0 - 200.0%)

The torque compensation function is performed using the time constant set in C4-05 [Torque Compensation
Time].
This is available only when you start the motor with the forward command. Set this parameter to 0.0 to disable
this function.

534 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.4 C: Tuning

■ C4-04: Torque Compensation @ REV Start

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C4-04 Torque Compensation @ V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0%

(0218) REV Start Sets the amount of torque reference for reverse start as a percentage of the motor rated torque. (-200.0 - 0.0%)

The drive uses the time constant set in C4-05 [Torque Compensation Time] to do the torque compensation
function.
This is available only when you start the motor with the reverse Run command.

■ C4-05: Torque Compensation Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C4-05 Torque Compensation Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10 ms

(0219) Sets the starting torque constant to use with C4-03 and C4-04 [Torque Compensation @ FWD/ (0 - 200 ms)
REV Start].

■ C4-06: Motor 2 Torque Comp Delay Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C4-06 Motor 2 Torque Comp V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 150 ms
(021A) Delay Time Sets the value if ov [Overvoltage] occurs with sudden changes in the load, at the end of (0 - 10000 ms)
acceleration, or at the start of deceleration.

Sets the time constant used during Speed Search or during regenerative operation when ov occurs.
Adjust this parameter in the following circumstances.
• Gradually reduce the setting in 10 ms increments and check the performance to improve motor torque speed
response when ov occurs.
Note:
• Ensure that C4-06 ≥ C4-02 [Torque Compensation Delay Time].
• Increase the setting value of n2-03 [Automatic Freq Regulator Time 2] proportional to C4-06.

■ C4-07: Motor 2 Torque Compensation Gain

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C4-07 Motor 2 Torque V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.00

(0341) Compensation Gain Sets the gain for motor 2 torque compensation function when using the Motor Switch function. (0.00 - 2.50)
RUN

In V/f Control, adjust the value in 0.05-unit increments for these conditions:
• When torque is not sufficient during low-speed operation of 10 Hz or less, increase the setting value
• When there is vibration in the motor or when the motor hunts when operating the drive with a light load,
decrease the setting value
• When you use a long motor cable, increase the setting value.
Note:
• Adjust C4-07 to make sure that the output current is not more than the drive rated current during low-speed operation.
• When A1-02 = 2 [Control Method Selection = OLV], usually it is not necessary to change the setting. Torque accuracy will decrease.

■ C4-23: Current Control Gain

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C4-23 Current Control Gain V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.00
(1583) Current control gain. Usually it is not necessary to change this parameter. (0.50 - 2.50)
Parameter Details

RUN
Expert

◆ C5: Auto Speed Regulator (ASR)

The ASR adjusts the torque reference to decrease the difference between frequency reference and motor speed.
12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 535

12.4 C: Tuning

A1-02 [Control Method Selection] Targets of Adjustment

• 6: PM Advanced Open Loop Vector (AOLV/PM)

Torque Reference
• 8: EZ Vector Control (EZOLV)

Figure 12.44 is a speed control block diagram of each control method.

Figure 12.44 Speed Control Block Diagram for AOLV/PM and EZOLV
Note:
The detected speed is the speed estimation value when configured such that A1-02 = 6 or 8 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM or
EZOLV].

■ Before You Adjust ASR Parameters

• Do Auto-Tuning and set up all motor data correctly.
• Always make adjustments with the load connected to the motor.
• Use analog output signals to monitor U1-16 [SFS Output Frequency] and U1-05 [Motor Speed] when you
adjust the ASR.

■ ASR Adjustment Procedure for AOLV/PM and EZOLV

Do this procedure to adjust ASR parameters:
1. Run the motor at zero speed or low speed and increase C5-01 [ASR Proportional Gain 1] until immediately
before vibration starts to occur.
2. Run the motor at zero speed or low speed and decrease C5-02 [ASR Integral Time 1] until immediately before
vibration starts to occur.
3. Check for oscillation when you run the motor at maximum speed.
4. If oscillation occurs, increase C5-02 and decrease C5-01.
When there is no oscillation, the adjustment procedure is complete.
5. Set the low-speed gain. Run the motor at zero speed or low speed and increase C5-03 [ASR Proportional Gain
2] until immediately before vibration starts to occur.

Figure 12.45 Low-speed/High-speed Gain Settings

6. Set the low-speed integral time. Run the motor at zero speed or low speed and decrease C5-04 [ASR Integral
Time 2] until immediately before vibration starts to occur.
7. Set C5-07 [ASR Gain Switchover Frequency].
8. Check for oscillation when you run the motor at speeds more than the setting in C5-07.
Note:
• If overshooting occurs when acceleration ends, decrease the value set in C5-01 and increase the value set in C5-02.
• If undershoot occurs at stop, decrease C5-03 and increase C5-04.

■ Use MFDI Switch for Proportional Gain

You can use the input terminals set for ASR Gain (C5-03) Select [H1-xx = 77] to switch the proportional gains set
with C5-01 and C5-03. When the configured input terminal is deactivated, the proportional gain set for C5-01 is
selected. When the terminal is activated, the proportional gain set for C5-03 is selected. The proportional gain
changes linearly over the time set in C5-02 [ASR Integral Time 1]. The signals from this MFDI are more
important than C5-07 [ASR Gain Switchover Frequency].

536 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.4 C: Tuning

Figure 12.46 Proportional Gain through Multi-function Digital Input Switch

■ Speed Waveform Monitoring Method

To make small adjustments of ASR parameters, monitor the speed waveforms when you make the adjustments.
Table 12.38 shows example settings of parameters to monitor speed waveforms.
Table 12.38 Example Settings of MFAO Terminals to Monitor Speed Waveforms
No. Name Setting Value Description

H4-01 Terminal AM Analog Output Select 116 Lets you use terminal AM to monitor U1-
16 [SFS Output Frequency].
H4-02 Terminal AM Analog Output Gain 100.0%

H4-03 Terminal AM Analog Output Bias 0.0%

H4-07 Terminal AM Signal Level Select 0 Lets you monitor in a 0 V to 10 V range.

Based on this setting, MFAO terminal AM outputs the output frequency after SFS in a 0 V to 10 V (0% to 100%)
range. The MFAO common is terminal AC:
Yaskawa recommends that you monitor the output frequency after SFS and the motor speed for delays in response
and differences in reference values.

■ Adjust ASR Parameters

Use Table 12.39 to adjust ASR. The table lists parameters for motor 1. You can make the same changes to motor 2
parameters when you run a second motor.
Note:
When adjusting the proportional gain and integral time, adjust the proportional gain first.
Table 12.39 ASR Response and Possible Solutions
Problem Possible Solutions

• Increase C5-01/C5-03 [ASR Proportional Gain].

• Decrease C5-02/C5-04 [ASR Integral Time].

Speed response is slow.

• Decrease C5-01/C5-03.
• Increase C5-02/C5-04.

Overshoot or undershoot occurs at the end of acceleration

or deceleration.

• Decrease C5-01/C5-03.
• Increase C5-02/C5-04.
• Increase C5-06 [ASR Delay Time].
Vibration and oscillation occur at constant speed.
Parameter Details

Oscillation at low speed and response is too slow at high When A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/
speed. PM], use C5-01 to C5-04 to set the best ASR settings for
- high and low speed. Use C5-07 [ASR Gain Switchover
Oscillation at high speed and response is too slow at low Frequency] to switch the ASR proportional gain and ASR
speed. integral time as specified by the output frequency.

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 537

12.4 C: Tuning

■ C5-01: ASR Proportional Gain 1

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C5-01 ASR Proportional Gain 1 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(021B) Sets the gain to adjust ASR response. (0.00 - 300.00)
RUN

A higher gain provides a higher speed response. Usually, the gain increases with larger loads. Too much gain will
cause vibration.
Note:
• When A1-02 = 0 [Control Method Selection = V/f], set H6-01 = 3 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function = Speed Feedback (V/F
Control)] to enable this parameter.
• The drive usually sets Motor 1 ASR with C5-01 and C5-02 [ASR Integral Time 1]. When you set H1-xx = 77 [MFDI Function Select =
ASR Gain Switch], you can switch between C5-01 and C5-03 [ASR Proportional Gain 2]. You can also use C5-01 as an alternative to
C5-03 and C5-02 as an alternative to C5-04 when the speed is less than or equal to the frequency set in C5-07 [ASR Gain Switchover
Frequency].
• The drive automatically adjusts C5-01 in ASR Tuning.

■ C5-02: ASR Integral Time 1

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C5-02 ASR Integral Time 1 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(021C) Sets the ASR integral time. (0.000 - 60.000 s)
RUN

When you increase the integral time, the responsiveness will decrease. An integral time that is too short can cause
oscillation.
Note:
When A1-02 = 0 [Control Method Selection = V/f], set H6-01 = 3 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function = Speed Feedback (V/F Control)]
to enable this parameter.

■ C5-03: ASR Proportional Gain 2

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C5-03 ASR Proportional Gain 2 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(021D) Sets the gain to adjust ASR response. (0.00 - 300.00)
RUN

A higher gain provides a higher speed response. Usually, the gain increases with larger loads. Too much gain will
cause vibration.
Note:
When A1-02 = 0 [Control Method Selection = V/f], set H6-01 = 3 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function = Speed Feedback (V/F Control)]
to enable this parameter.

■ C5-04: ASR Integral Time 2

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C5-04 ASR Integral Time 2 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(021E) Sets the ASR integral time. (0.000 - 60.000 s)
RUN

When you increase the integral time, the responsiveness will decrease. An integral time that is too short can cause
oscillation.
Note:
When A1-02 = 0 [Control Method Selection = V/f], set H6-01 = 3 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function = Speed Feedback (V/F Control)]
to enable this parameter.

■ C5-05: ASR Limit

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C5-05 ASR Limit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 5.0%

(021F) Sets the ASR output limit where E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency] is 100%. (0.0 - 20.0%)

538 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.4 C: Tuning

If the motor rated slip is high, it is necessary to increase the setting for correct motor speed control. Use U6-04
[ASR Output] to make sure that ASR is operating at the limit set in this parameter. When ASR is operating at the
limit, correctly set the encoder (PG) signal before you make changes to C5-05.
Note:
When A1-02 = 0 [Control Method Selection = V/f], set H6-01 = 3 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function = Speed Feedback (V/F Control)]
to enable this parameter.

■ C5-06: ASR Delay Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C5-06 ASR Delay Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(0220) Sets the filter time constant of the torque reference output from the speed loop. Usually it is not (0.000 - 0.500 s)
necessary to change this setting.

If you have a load with low rigidity or if oscillation is a problem, decrease C5-01 in 2-unit decrements or decrease
C5-06 in 0.001-unit decrements.

■ C5-07: ASR Gain Switchover Frequency

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C5-07 ASR Gain Switchover V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(0221) Frequency Sets the frequency where the drive will switch between these parameters: (Determined by A1-02)
C5-01 and C5-03 [ASR Proportional Gain 1/2]
C5-02 and C5-04 [ASR Integral Time 1/2]

Switching the proportional gain and integral time in the low or high speed range can help operation become
stable. A good switching point is 80% of the frequency where oscillation occurs or at 80% of the maximum output
frequency.
Note:
An MFDI set for H1-xx = 77 [MFDI Function Selection = ASR Gain (C5-03) Select] will have priority over the ASR gain switching
frequency.

■ C5-08: ASR Integral Limit

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C5-08 ASR Integral Limit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 400%
(0222) Set the upper limit of the ASR integral amount as a percentage of the rated load. (0 - 400%)

■ C5-12: Integral Operation @ Accel/Decel

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C5-12 Integral Operation @ V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0386) Accel/Decel Sets ASR integral operation during acceleration and deceleration. (0, 1)

Set this parameter to 1 to keep the motor speed near the frequency reference during operation and acceleration/
deceleration.
Note:
• When A1-02 = 0 [Control Method Selection = V/f], set H6-01 = 3 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function = Speed Feedback (V/F
Control)] to enable this parameter.
• If you enable integral control, overshoot or undershoot can occur when acceleration or deceleration complete. If there are problems
with overshooting and undershooting, set this parameter to 0.
0 : Disabled
The drive will not enable integral operation during acceleration or deceleration. The drive always enables integral
operation during constant speed.
1 : Enabled
Parameter Details

Integral operation is always enabled.

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 539

12.4 C: Tuning

■ C5-29: Speed Control Response

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C5-29 Speed Control Response V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1

(0B18) Sets the level of speed control responsiveness. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting. (0, 1)
Expert

If a high level of speed control responsiveness is necessary, set C5-29 = 1, then adjust the speed control (ASR)
parameter.
0 : Standard
1 : High Performance 1

■ C5-39: ASR Primary Delay Time Const 2

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C5-39 ASR Primary Delay Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.000 s
(030D) Const 2 Sets the filter time constant used when the torque reference is output from ASR. Usually it is not (0.000 - 0.500 s)
necessary to change this parameter.

If you have a load with low rigidity or if oscillation is a problem, increase this setting in 0.01 unit increments.

◆ C6: Duty & Carrier Frequency

C6 parameters are used to set the selection of drive duty rating, selection of carrier frequency, and upper and
lower limits of carrier frequencies.

■ C6-01: Normal / Heavy Duty Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C6-01 Normal / Heavy Duty V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0223) Selection Sets the drive duty rating. (0, 1)

0 : Heavy Duty Rating

The overload tolerance is 150% of the rated output current for 60 seconds.
1 : Normal Duty Rating
The overload tolerance is 110% of the rated output current for 60 seconds.
There are two types of load ratings for this product depending on the load characteristics of the application: Heavy
Duty Rating (HD) and Normal Duty Rating (ND).
The drive rated output current, overload tolerance, and acceleration stall prevention level change when the duty
rating changes. Set the drive to agree with the duty rating of the selected drive capacity. In HD, the tolerance is
150% overload for 60 seconds. In ND, the tolerance is 110% overload for 60 seconds. The rated output current for
ND drives is higher than the rated output current for HD drives. Refer to Model Specifications (Single-Phase 200
V Class) on page 314, Model Specifications (Three-Phase 200 V Class) on page 315, and Model Specifications
(Three-Phase 400 V Class) on page 319 for more information about the rated output current.
Table 12.40 Differences between Heavy Duty Rating and Normal Duty Rating
Item Heavy Duty Rating (HD) Normal Duty Rating (ND)

C6-01 Setting 0 1

Load Characteristics

540 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.4 C: Tuning

Item Heavy Duty Rating (HD) Normal Duty Rating (ND)

A high overload tolerance is necessary during start up, acceleration,

deceleration, and equivalent conditions. Overload tolerance is not necessary.
• Extruder • Fan
Application • Conveyor • Pump
• Cranes and hoists • Blower
• Constant torque or high overload capacity are necessary.

Overload Tolerance 150% - 60 seconds 110% - 60 seconds

Stall Prevent Level during Accel 150% 120%

Stall Prevent Level during Run 150% 120%

Carrier Frequency 2 kHz 2 kHz Swing-PWM

Note:
• Set the stall prevention level during acceleration with L3-02 and the stall prevention level during run with L3-06.
• Changing C6-01 also changes the maximum capacity of applicable drive motors. The drive automatically changes the setting values
E2-xx and E4-xx to applicable values. The drive also automatically changes these parameters that depend on motor output:
–b8-04 [Energy Saving Coefficient Value]
–L2-03 [Minimum Baseblock Time]
–L3-24 [Motor Accel Time @ Rated Torque]
–n5-02 [Motor Inertia Acceleration Time]

■ C6-02: Carrier Frequency Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02, C6-
(0224) Sets the carrier frequency for the transistors in the drive. 01, and o2-04
(Determined by A1-02)

Changes to the switching frequency will decrease audible noise and decrease leakage current.
Note:
Increasing the carrier frequency to more than the default setting will automatically decrease the drive current rating.
1 : 2.0 kHz
2 : 5.0 kHz (4.0 kHz for AOLV/PM)
3 : 8.0 kHz
4 : 10.0 kHz
5 : 12.5 kHz
6 : 15.0 kHz
7 : Swing PWM1 (Audible Sound 1)
8 : Swing PWM2 (Audible Sound 2)
9 : Swing PWM3 (Audible Sound 3)
A : Swing PWM4 (Audible Sound 4)
B : Leakage Current Rejection PWM
Set this when the wiring distance between the drive and motor is long and there is a fault in the current monitor or
the drive detects and alarm because of the effect of a leakage current.
The carrier frequency is equivalent to 2.0 kHz.
F : User Defined (C6-03 to C6-05)
Use C6-03 to C6-05 to set detailed setting values.
Note:
• The setting range changes when the A1-02 [Control Method Selection] value changes:
–5, 8 [OLV/PM, EZOLV]: Settings 7 to A are not available.
–6 [AOLV/PM]: Only 6 [15.0 kHz] is available.
Parameter Details

• The carrier frequency for Swing PWM 1 is equivalent to 2.0 kHz. Swing PWM applies a special PWM pattern to decrease the audible
noise.

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 541

12.4 C: Tuning

Table 12.41 Guidelines for Carrier Frequency Parameter Setup

Symptom Remedy

Speed and torque are not stable at low speed. Decrease the carrier frequency.

Speed and torque are not stable at low speed. Decrease the carrier frequency.

Too much leakage current from the drive. Decrease the carrier frequency.

Wiring between the drive and motor is too long. Decrease the carrier frequency.
Note:
If the motor cable is too long, it can be necessary to decrease the carrier frequency. Refer to Table 12.42 for the
wiring distance and decrease the carrier frequency.
Audible motor noise is too loud. Increase the carrier frequency. Use Swing PWM.
Note:
The default carrier frequency in ND is C6-02 = 7 [Swing PWM1 (Audible Sound 1)], with a 2 kHz base. You can
increase the carrier frequency in Normal Duty mode, but this will also decrease the drive rated current.

Table 12.42 Wiring Distance

Wiring Distance 50 mm (164 ft) Maximum 100 m (328 ft) Maximum More than 100 m (328 ft)

C6-02 [Carrier Frequency Selection] 1 to F (up to 15 kHz) 1 to 2 (up to 5 kHz), 7 1 (up to 2 kHz), 7

Note:
• When the wiring length is longer than 100 m (328 ft), set A1-02 = 0 [V/f].
• The maximum wiring cable length between the drive and a PM motor is 100 m (328 ft).
• If the cable length between the drive and the motor is too long when A1-02 = 6, set A1-02 = 5.

■ C6-03: Carrier Frequency Upper Limit

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C6-03 Carrier Frequency Upper V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by C6-02
(0225) Limit Sets the upper limit of the carrier frequency. Set C6-02 = F [Carrier Frequency Selection = User (1.0 - 15.0 kHz)
Defined (C6-03 to C6-05)] to set this parameter.

Setting a Fixed User-Defined Carrier Frequency

When you cannot use C6-02 to set a carrier frequency between set selectable values, you can set the value in C6-
03. The carrier frequency will be fixed to the value set to C6-03.
When A1-02 = 0 [Control Method Selection = V/f], set C6-03 = C6-04 [Carrier Frequency Lower Limit] to fix
the carrier frequency.
Setting a Variable Carrier Frequency to Agree with the Output Frequency
When A1-02 = 0, set C6-03, C6-04, and C6-05 [Carrier Freq Proportional Gain] as shown in Figure 12.47 to
make the carrier frequency change linearly with the output frequency.

Figure 12.47 Setting a Variable Carrier Frequency to Agree with the Output Frequency
Note:
• When C6-05 ≤ 7, the drive disables C6-04. The carrier frequency is fixed to the value set to C6-03.
• The drive detects oPE11 [Carrier Frequency Setting Error] when these conditions are correct at the same time:
–C6-05 ≥ 6
–C6-04 ≥ C6-03

■ C6-04: Carrier Frequency Lower Limit

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C6-04 Carrier Frequency Lower V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by C6-02
(0226) Limit Sets the lower limit of the carrier frequency. Set C6-02 = F [Carrier Frequency Selection = User (1.0 - 15.0 kHz)
Defined (C6-03 to C6-05)] to set this parameter.

542 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.4 C: Tuning

Set C6-03 [Carrier Frequency Upper Limit], C6-04, and C6-05 [Carrier Freq Proportional Gain] to make the
carrier frequency change linearly with the output frequency.
Note:
The drive detects oPE11 [Carrier Frequency Setting Error] when these conditions are correct at the same time:
• C6-04 ≥ C6-03
• C6-05 ≥ 6

■ C6-05: Carrier Freq Proportional Gain

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C6-05 Carrier Freq Proportional V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by C6-02
(0227) Gain Sets the proportional gain for the carrier frequency. Set C6-02 = F [Carrier Frequency Selection (0 - 99)
= User Defined (C6-03 to C6-05)] to set this parameter.

Set C6-03 [Carrier Frequency Upper Limit], C6-04 [Carrier Frequency Lower Limit], and C6-05 to make the
carrier frequency change linearly with the output frequency.

■ C6-09: Carrier Freq at Rotational Tune

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

C6-09 Carrier Freq at Rotational V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(022B) Tune Sets the Auto-Tuning carrier frequency. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting. (0, 1)

If C6-09 = 0 and you do Auto-Tuning on a high frequency motor or low impedance motor, it can cause oC
[Overcurrent]. To prevent oC, increase the carrier frequency value, set C6-09 = 1, then do Auto-Tuning.
The procedure to set the carrier frequency when the A1-02 [Control Method Selection] setting changes.
• When A1-02 = 2 [OLV], set C6-02 = F [Carrier Frequency Selection = User Defined (C6-03 to C6-05)] and
then increase the value set to C6-03 [Carrier Frequency Upper Limit].
• When A1-02 = 5 or 6 [OLV/PM or AOLV/PM], use C6-02 to increase the carrier frequency.
0 : 5 kHz
Note:
When A1-02 = 5 or 6, the carrier frequency is 2 kHz.
1 : Use C6-03
Note:
When A1-02 = 5 or 6, the carrier frequency is the value set to C6-02.

Parameter Details

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 543

12.5 d: References

12.5 d: References
d parameters [References] set the frequency reference input method and dead band range. They also set torque
control, field weakening, and field forcing functions.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Use fast stop circuits to safely and quickly stop the drive. After you wire the fast stop
circuits, you must check their operation. Test the operation of the fast stop function before you use the drive. If you do not test
the fast stop circuit before you operate the drive, it can cause serious injury or death.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. When you use the drive in a lifting application, you must also install external safety
circuitry. The drive does not have protection against accidental load drops in lifting applications. Install electrical and/or
mechanical safety circuit mechanisms that are isolated from the drive circuitry. If you do not use external safety circuitry, the
drive could drop the load and cause serious injury or death.

◆ d1: Frequency Reference

Figure 12.48 shows the frequency reference input method, command source selection method, and priority
descriptions.

Figure 12.48 Frequency Reference Setting Hierarchy

■ Multi-Step Speed Operation

The drive has a multi-step speed operation function that can set many frequency references in advance. Set
frequency references in d1-xx parameters. You can select the set frequency references with MFDI signals from an
external source. Activate and deactivate the digital input to select the frequency reference to change the motor
speed in steps. You can use the 16-step frequency reference and one Jog Frequency Reference (JOG command) to
switch the speed to the maximum 17-step speeds.
Note:
• The Jog Frequency Reference (JOG command) overrides all other frequency references.
• You can use the MFDI to switch the frequency reference when the motor is running. The drive will apply the enabled acceleration and
deceleration times.
• The default settings for Multi-Step Speed Reference 1 (master frequency reference) and Multi-Step Speed Reference 2 (auxiliary
frequency reference) are the analog frequency reference.
Also, voltage command input terminal A1 and current input terminal A2 for Multi-Step Speed Reference 1 (master frequency
reference) are added internally by default. The drive uses Multi-Step Speed Reference 1 when the signal is connected to an analog
input terminal.

■ Setting Procedures for Multi-step Speed Operation

Use an Analog Input as Reference 1 and 2
This section gives information about the procedures to set these examples:
• Multi-Step Speed 6 (6 types of frequency references)

544 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.5 d: References

• When you set the voltage input of analog inputs from terminals A1 and A2 to 0 V to 10 V (Lower Limit at 0)
Configuration
Procedure Task Contents
Parameter

1 Reference 1 1. Sets b1-01 = 1 [Frequency Reference Selection 1 = Analog Input].

2. Sets H3-02 = 0 [Terminal A1 Function Selection = Frequency Reference].
3. Sets H3-01 = 0 [Terminal A1 Signal Level Select = 0 V to 10 V (Lower Limit at 0)].

2 Reference 2 1. Sets H3-10 = 2 [Terminal A2 Function Selection = Auxiliary Frequency Reference 1].
2. Sets H3-09 = 0 [Terminal A2 Signal Level Select = 0 V to 10 V (Lower Limit at 0)].

3 Signal type of analog input Set DIP switch S1 on the control circuit board to the V-side (voltage) to set terminal A2 only for voltage input.
Note:
Set this before you energize the drive.
4 Reference 3 Sets the value of d1-03 [Reference 3].

5 Reference 4 Sets the value of d1-04 [Reference 4].

6 Reference 5 Sets the value of d1-05 [Reference 5].

7 Jog Reference Sets d1-17 [Jog Reference] to the jog speed.

8 External digital input (3 Set the Multi-Step Speed Reference 1 to 3 [H1-xx = 3, 4, 5] to one of the MFDI terminals S1 to S7.
inputs)

9 JOG command Set the Jog Reference Selection [H1-xx = 6] to one of the MFDI terminals S1 to S7.

Use the Maximum 17-Step Speed with All Digital Inputs

This section is the procedure to set the 17-step speeds (17 types of frequency references) without an analog input.
Configuration
Procedure Task Contents
Parameter

1 Analog reference 1. Sets H3-02 = F [Terminal A1 Function Selection = Not Used], and disables the analog reference.
2. Sets H3-10 = F [Terminal A2 Function Selection = Not Used], and disables the analog reference.

2 Reference 2 to 16 Sets the values of d1-02 to d1-16 [Reference 2 to 16].

3 Jog Reference Sets d1-17 [Jog Reference] to the jog speed.

4 External digital input (4 Set Multi-Step Speed Reference 1 to 4 [H1-xx = 3, 4, 5, 32] to one of the MFDI terminals S1 to S7.
inputs)

5 JOG command Set the Jog Reference Selection [H1-xx = 6] to one of the MFDI terminals S1 to S7.

Multi-step Speed Operation Combinations

Refer to Table 12.43 and Figure 12.49 for information about multi-step speed reference combinations. The
selected frequency reference changes when the combination of digital input signals from an external source
changes.
Table 12.43 Multi-step Speed Reference and MFDI Terminal Combinations
Multi-Step Speed Multi-Step Speed Multi-Step Speed Multi-Step Speed
Jog Reference
Related Parameters Reference 1 Reference 2 Reference 3 Reference 4
H1-xx = 6
H1-xx = 3 H1-xx = 4 H1-xx = 5 H1-xx = 32

Reference 1 (set in b1-01) OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF

Reference 2 (d1-02 or
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
terminals A1, A2)

Reference 3 (d1-03 or OFF ON OFF OFF OFF

terminals A1, A2)

Reference 4 (d1-04) ON ON OFF OFF OFF

Reference 5 (d1-05) OFF OFF ON OFF OFF

Reference 6 (d1-06) ON OFF ON OFF OFF

Reference 7 (d1-07) OFF ON ON OFF OFF

Reference 8 (d1-08) ON ON ON OFF OFF

Reference 9 (d1-09) OFF OFF OFF ON OFF

Reference 10 (d1-10) ON OFF OFF ON OFF

Parameter Details

Reference 11 (d1-11) OFF ON OFF ON OFF

Reference 12 (d1-12) ON ON OFF ON OFF

Reference 13 (d1-13) OFF OFF ON ON OFF

Reference 14 (d1-14) ON OFF ON ON OFF

Reference 15 (d1-15) OFF ON ON ON OFF 12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 545

12.5 d: References

Multi-Step Speed Multi-Step Speed Multi-Step Speed Multi-Step Speed Jog Reference
Related Parameters Reference 1 Reference 2 Reference 3 Reference 4
H1-xx = 3 H1-xx = 4 H1-xx = 5 H1-xx = 32 H1-xx = 6

Reference 16 (d1-16) ON ON ON ON OFF

Jog Reference (d1-17) *1 - - - - ON

*1 The Jog Frequency Reference (JOG command) overrides all other frequency references.

Figure 12.49 Time Chart for Multi-step Speed Reference/JOG Reference

■ d1-01: Reference 1
No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d1-01 Reference 1 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.00 Hz

(0280) Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection]. (0.00 - 590.00 Hz)
RUN

Note:
• The upper limit value changes when the E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency] and d2-01 [Frequency Reference Upper Limit] values
change. Calculate the upper limit value with this formula:
Upper limit value = (E1-04) × (d2-01) / 100
• When A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM], the drive sets o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].
• To set d1-01 to 1-step speed parameter in a multi-step speed operation, set b1-01 = 0 [Frequency Reference Selection 1 = Keypad].

■ d1-02: Reference 2
No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d1-02 Reference 2 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.00 Hz

(0281) Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection]. (0.00 - 590.00 Hz)
RUN

Note:
• The upper limit value changes when the E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency] and d2-01 [Frequency Reference Upper Limit] values
change.
• When A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM], the drive sets o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].
• To set d1-02 to Multi-Step Speed 2, set H3-02 and 3-10 ≠ 2 [MFAI Function Select ≠ Auxiliary Frequency Reference 1].

546 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.5 d: References

■ d1-03: Reference 3
No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d1-03 Reference 3 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.00 Hz

(0282) Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection]. (0.00 - 590.00 Hz)
RUN

Note:
• The upper limit value changes when the E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency] and d2-01 [Frequency Reference Upper Limit] values
change.
• When A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM], the drive sets o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].
• To set d1-03 to Multi-Step Speed 3, set H3-02 and H3-10 ≠ 3 [MFAI Function Select ≠ Auxiliary Frequency Reference 2].

■ d1-04: Reference 4
No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d1-04 Reference 4 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.00 Hz

(0283) Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection]. (0.00 - 590.00 Hz)
RUN

Note:
• The upper limit value changes when the E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency] and d2-01 [Frequency Reference Upper Limit] values
change.
• When A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM], the drive sets o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].
• This parameter sets the frequency reference of Multi-Step Speed 4.

■ d1-05: Reference 5
No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d1-05 Reference 5 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.00 Hz

(0284) Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection]. (0.00 - 590.00 Hz)
RUN

Note:
• The upper limit value changes when the E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency] and d2-01 [Frequency Reference Upper Limit] values
change.
• When A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM], the drive sets o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].
• This parameter sets the frequency reference of Multi-Step Speed 5.

■ d1-06: Reference 6
No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d1-06 Reference 6 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.00 Hz

(0285) Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection]. (0.00 - 590.00 Hz)
RUN

Note:
• The upper limit value changes when the E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency] and d2-01 [Frequency Reference Upper Limit] values
change.
• When A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM], the drive sets o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].
• This parameter sets the frequency reference of Multi-Step Speed 6.

■ d1-07: Reference 7
No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d1-07 Reference 7 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.00 Hz

(0286) Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection]. (0.00 - 590.00 Hz)
Parameter Details

RUN

Note:
• The upper limit value changes when the E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency] and d2-01 [Frequency Reference Upper Limit] values
change.
• When A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM], the drive sets o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].
• This parameter sets the frequency reference of Multi-Step Speed 7.
12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 547

12.5 d: References

■ d1-08: Reference 8
No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d1-08 Reference 8 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.00 Hz

(0287) Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection]. (0.00 - 590.00 Hz)
RUN

Note:
• The upper limit value changes when the E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency] and d2-01 [Frequency Reference Upper Limit] values
change.
• When A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM], the drive sets o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].
• This parameter sets the frequency reference of Multi-Step Speed 8.

■ d1-09: Reference 9
No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d1-09 Reference 9 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.00 Hz

(0288) Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection]. (0.00 - 590.00 Hz)
RUN

Note:
• The upper limit value changes when the E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency] and d2-01 [Frequency Reference Upper Limit] values
change.
• When A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM], the drive sets o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].
• This parameter sets the frequency reference of Multi-Step Speed 9.

■ d1-10: Reference 10
No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d1-10 Reference 10 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.00 Hz

(028B) Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection]. (0.00 - 590.00 Hz)
RUN

Note:
• The upper limit value changes when the E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency] and d2-01 [Frequency Reference Upper Limit] values
change.
• When A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM], the drive sets o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].
• This parameter sets the frequency reference of Multi-Step Speed 10.

■ d1-11: Reference 11
No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d1-11 Reference 11 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.00 Hz

(028C) Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection]. (0.00 - 590.00 Hz)
RUN

Note:
• The upper limit value changes when the E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency] and d2-01 [Frequency Reference Upper Limit] values
change.
• When A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM], the drive sets o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].
• This parameter sets the frequency reference of Multi-Step Speed 11.

■ d1-12: Reference 12
No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d1-12 Reference 12 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.00 Hz

(028D) Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection]. (0.00 - 590.00 Hz)
RUN

Note:
• The upper limit value changes when the E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency] and d2-01 [Frequency Reference Upper Limit] values
change.
• When A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM], the drive sets o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].
• This parameter sets the frequency reference of Multi-Step Speed 12.

548 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.5 d: References

■ d1-13: Reference 13
No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d1-13 Reference 13 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.00 Hz

(028E) Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection]. (0.00 - 590.00 Hz)
RUN

Note:
• The upper limit value changes when the E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency] and d2-01 [Frequency Reference Upper Limit] values
change.
• When A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM], the drive sets o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].
• This parameter sets the frequency reference of Multi-Step Speed 13.

■ d1-14: Reference 14
No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d1-14 Reference 14 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.00 Hz

(028F) Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection]. (0.00 - 590.00 Hz)
RUN

Note:
• The upper limit value changes when the E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency] and d2-01 [Frequency Reference Upper Limit] values
change.
• When A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM], the drive sets o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].
• This parameter sets the frequency reference of Multi-Step Speed 14.

■ d1-15: Reference 15
No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d1-15 Reference 15 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.00 Hz

(0290) Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection]. (0.00 - 590.00 Hz)
RUN

Note:
• The upper limit value changes when the E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency] and d2-01 [Frequency Reference Upper Limit] values
change.
• When A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM], the drive sets o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].
• This parameter sets the frequency reference of Multi-Step Speed 15.

■ d1-16: Reference 16
No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d1-16 Reference 16 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.00 Hz

(0291) Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection]. (0.00 - 590.00 Hz)
RUN

Note:
• The upper limit value changes when the E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency] and d2-01 [Frequency Reference Upper Limit] values
change.
• When A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM], the drive sets o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].
• This parameter sets the frequency reference of Multi-Step Speed 16.

■ d1-17: Jog Reference

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d1-17 Jog Reference V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 6.00 Hz

(0292) Sets the Jog frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection]. Set (0.00 - 590.00 Hz)
Parameter Details

RUN H1-xx = 6 [MFDI Function Select = Jog Reference Selection] to use the Jog frequency reference.

Note:
• The upper limit value changes when the E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency] and d2-01 [Frequency Reference Upper Limit] values
change.
• When A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM], the drive sets o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].
12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 549

12.5 d: References

◆ d2: Reference Limits

d2 parameters set the upper and lower frequency limits to control the motor speed. Apply these parameters to for
example, run the motor at low-speed due to mechanical strength concerns, or if the motor should not be run at low
speed because of lubrication issues with the gears and bearings.
The upper frequency limit is set in d2-01 [Frequency Reference Upper Limit] and the lower limit is set in d2-02
[Frequency Reference Lower Limit].

Figure 12.50 Upper and Lower Frequency Limits

■ d2-01: Frequency Reference Upper Limit

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d2-01 Frequency Reference Upper V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 100.0%
(0289) Limit Sets maximum limit for all frequency references. The maximum output frequency is 100%. (0.0 - 110.0%)

When the frequency reference is more than the value set in d2-01 the drive will continue to operate at the value set
in d2-01.

■ d2-02: Frequency Reference Lower Limit

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d2-02 Frequency Reference V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0%

(028A) Lower Limit Sets minimum limit for all frequency references. The maximum output frequency is 100%. (0.0 - 110.0%)

When the frequency reference is less than the value set in d2-02, the drive will continue to operate at the value set
in d2-02. The motor will accelerate to the d2-02 value after the drive receives a Run command and a lower
frequency reference than d2-02 has been entered.

■ d2-03: Analog Frequency Ref Lower Limit

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d2-03 Analog Frequency Ref V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0%
(0293) Lower Limit Sets the lower limit for the master frequency reference (the first frequency of the multi-step speed (0.0 - 110.0%)
reference) as a percentage. The maximum output frequency is 100%.

This parameter does not change the lower limit of Jog reference, frequency reference for multi-step speed
operation, or the auxiliary frequency reference.
The drive operates at the value set in d2-03 when the frequency reference decreases to less than the value set in
d2-03.
Note:
When lower limits are set to parameters d2-02 [Frequency Reference Lower Limit] and d2-03, the drive uses the larger value as the
lower limit.

◆ d3: Jump Frequency

The Jump frequency is a function that sets the dead band to a specified frequency band. If a machine that operated
at constant speed is operated with variable speed, it can make resonance. To operate the machine without
resonance from the natural frequency of the machinery mechanical system, use a frequency band jump.
You can program the drive to have three different Jump frequencies. Set d3-01 to d3-03 [Jump Frequencies] to
the median value for the jumped frequency and set d3-04 [Jump Frequency Width] to the Jump frequency width.
When you input a frequency reference that is the same as or near the Jump frequency width, the frequency
reference changes automatically.

550 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.5 d: References

The drive accelerates or decelerates the motor smoothly until the frequency reference is not in the range of the
Jump frequency band. The drive will use the active accel/decel time to go through the specified dead band range.
If the frequency reference is not in the range of the Jump frequency band, switch to constant speed operation.

Figure 12.51 Jump Frequency

Note:
• When you set Jump Frequencies 1 to 3, make sure that the parameters do not overlap.
• When the drive is in the range of the Jump frequency, the frequency reference changes automatically. When Jump is executed, the
output frequency changes smoothly as specified by the values set in C1-01 [Acceleration Time 1] and C1-02 [Deceleration Time 1].

■ d3-01: Jump Frequency 1

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d3-01 Jump Frequency 1 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0 Hz

(0294) Sets the median value of the frequency band that the drive will avoid. (Determined by A1-02)

Note:
Set this parameter to 0.0 Hz to disable the Jump frequency.

■ d3-02: Jump Frequency 2

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d3-02 Jump Frequency 2 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0 Hz

(0295) Sets the median value of the frequency band that the drive will avoid. (Determined by A1-02)

Note:
Set this parameter to 0.0 Hz to disable the Jump frequency.

■ d3-03: Jump Frequency 3

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d3-03 Jump Frequency 3 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0 Hz

(0296) Sets the median value of the frequency band that the drive will avoid. (Determined by A1-02)

Note:
Set this parameter to 0.0 Hz to disable the Jump frequency.

■ d3-04: Jump Frequency Width

No. Default
Parameter Details

Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d3-04 Jump Frequency Width V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.0 Hz
(0297) Sets the width of the frequency band that the drive will avoid. (Determined by A1-02)

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 551

12.5 d: References

◆ d4: Frequency Ref Up/Down & Hold

The d4 parameters set the Frequency Reference Hold function and Up/Down and Up/Down 2 commands.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. When you use the drive in a lifting application, you must also install external safety
circuitry. The drive does not have protection against accidental load drops in lifting applications. Install electrical and/or
mechanical safety circuit mechanisms that are isolated from the drive circuitry. If you do not use external safety circuitry, the
drive could drop the load and cause serious injury or death.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. When you use a mechanical holding brake with the drive in a lifting application, you
must close the brake if an input terminal triggers the Baseblock command to stop drive output. If you enter the baseblock
command, the motor will suddenly coast and the load will slip, which can cause serious injury or death.
• Frequency Reference Hold Function Command: This acceleration/deceleration ramp hold command uses an
MFDI to momentarily stop the acceleration/deceleration of the motor, and continues to operate the motor at the
output frequency at which the command reference was input. Turn OFF the acceleration/deceleration ramp hold
command to continue acceleration/deceleration.
With a crane for example, use the function and a 2-stage push button to stop acceleration and operate at low
speed with one of the output frequencies.
• Up/Down command: The Up/Down command is a function to activate and deactivate an MFDI to increase and
decrease the frequency reference. The Up/Down command overrides frequency references from the analog input
terminal, pulse train input terminal, and keypad.
• Up/Down 2 command: The Up/Down 2 command is a function that adds a set bias value to the frequency
reference to accelerate or decelerate. The Up/Down 2 command activates and deactivates the MFDI to add a
bias value.

■ d4-01: Freq Reference Hold Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d4-01 Freq Reference Hold V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0298) Selection Sets the function that saves the frequency reference or the frequency bias (Up/Down 2) after a (0, 1)
Stop command or when de-energizing the drive.

Set H1-xx [MFDI Function Selection] to one of these values to enable this parameter:
• A [Accel/Decel Ramp Hold]
• 10/11 [Up/Down Command]
• 75/76 [Up/Down 2 Command]
0 : Disabled
• Acceleration/Deceleration Ramp Hold
When you enter a Stop command or de-energize the drive, the hold value is reset to 0 Hz. The drive will use the
active frequency reference when it restarts.
• Up/Down Command
When you enter a Stop command or de-energize the drive, the frequency reference value is reset to 0 Hz. The
drive will start from 0 Hz when it restarts.
• Up/Down 2 Command
When you enter the Stop command or 5 s after you release the Up/Down 2 command, the drive does not save
the frequency bias. The Up/Down 2 function will start with a bias of 0% when the drive restarts.
1 : Enabled
• Acceleration/Deceleration Ramp Hold
When you clear the Run command or de-energize the drive, it will save the last hold value. The drive will use
the saved value as the frequency reference when it restarts.
Note:
When you energize the drive, continuously enable the MFDI terminal set for Accel/Decel Ramp Hold [H1-xx = A]. If the digital input
does not activate, the drive will clear the hold value and set it to 0 Hz.

552 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.5 d: References

Figure 12.52 Frequency Reference Hold with Accel/Decel Hold Function

• Up/Down Command
When you clear the Run command or de-energize the drive, it will save the frequency reference value. The drive
will use the saved value as the frequency reference when it restarts.
• Up/Down 2 Command with Frequency Reference from Keypad
When a Run command is active and you release the Up/Down 2 command for longer than 5 s, the drive adds the
Up/Down 2 bias value to the frequency reference and sets it to 0. The drive saves the frequency reference value
to which the bias value was added. The drive will use the new value as the frequency reference when it restarts.

Figure 12.53 Up/Down 2 Example with Reference from Keypad and d4-01 = 1
• Up/Down 2 Command with Frequency Reference from Input Sources Other Than the Keypad
When a Run command is active and you release the Up/Down 2 command for longer than 5 s, the drive will
save the bias value in d4-06 [Frequency Ref Bias (Up/Down 2)]. The drive saves the frequency reference + d4-
06 as a frequency reference value. The drive will use the new value as the frequency reference when it restarts.
Parameter Details

Figure 12.54 Up/Down 2 Example with Other Reference than Keypad and d4-01 = 1
Note:
To use the combination of the frequency reference hold function and the Up/Down 2 function, configure the Up/Down 2 upper limit
[d4-08] and lower limit [d4-09] correctly. 12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 553

12.5 d: References

Remove the Saved Frequency Reference Value

The procedure to remove the saved frequency reference value is different for different functions. Use these
methods to remove the value:
• Release the input programmed for Accel/Decel Ramp Hold [H1-xx = A].
• Set an Up or Down command while no Run command is active.
• Use the Up/Down 2 Command to set d4-06 = 0.0 or set d4-06 = 0.0 during stop.

■ d4-03: Up/Down 2 Bias Step Frequency

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d4-03 Up/Down 2 Bias Step V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.00 Hz
(02AA) Frequency Sets the bias that the Up/Down 2 function adds to or subtracts from the frequency reference. (0.00 - 99.99 Hz)
RUN

The operation is different for different setting values:

• Setting d4-03 = 0.00 Hz
When the Up/Down 2 Command [H1-xx = 75, 76] is active, the drive uses the accel/decel times set in d4-04
[Up/Down 2 Ramp Selection] to increase or decrease the bias value.

Figure 12.55 Up/Down 2 Bias when d4-03 = 0.00 Hz

• Setting d4-03 ≠ 0.00 Hz
When the Up/Down 2 Command [H1-xx = 75, 76] is active, the drive increases or decreases the bias in steps for
the value set in d4-03. The drive uses the acceleration and deceleration times set in d4-04.

Figure 12.56 Up/Down 2 Bias when d4-03 ≠ 0.00 Hz

■ d4-04: Up/Down 2 Ramp Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d4-04 Up/Down 2 Ramp Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(02AB) Sets the acceleration and deceleration times for the Up/Down 2 function to apply the bias to the (0, 1)
RUN frequency reference.

0 : Use Selected Accel/Decel Time

Use the active acceleration and deceleration times to increase or decrease the bias.
1 : Use Accel/Decel Time 4
Use C1-07 [Acceleration Time 4] and C1-08 [Deceleration Time 4] to increase or decrease the bias.

554 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.5 d: References

■ d4-05: Up/Down 2 Bias Mode Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d4-05 Up/Down 2 Bias Mode V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(02AC) Selection Sets the function that saves the bias value to the drive when you open or close the two Up/Down 2 (0, 1)
RUN Commands [H1-xx = 75, 76]. Set d4-03 [Up/Down 2 Bias Step Frequency] = 0.00 before you set
this parameter.

0 : Hold when Neither Up/Down Closed

When the two MFDI terminals set for Up/Down 2 Command [H1-xx = 75, 76] activate or deactivate, the drive
will hold the bias value.
1 : Reset when Neither / Both Closed
When the two MFDI terminals set for Up/Down 2 Command [H1-xx = 75, 76] activate or deactivate, the drive
will reset the bias value to 0. The drive will use the acceleration and deceleration times set in d4-04 [Up/Down 2
Ramp Selection] to accelerate and decelerate the motor to the selected output frequency.

■ d4-06: Frequency Ref Bias (Up/Down 2)

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d4-06 Frequency Ref Bias (Up/ V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0%
(02AD) Down 2) Saves the bias value from the Up/Down 2 Command where the Maximum Output Frequency is (-99.9 - +100.0%)
100%.

The Up/Down 2 function setting changes the function of d4-06:

Note:
When the keypad sets the frequency reference, you do not usually use parameter d4-06.
• When d4-01 = 0 [Freq Reference Hold Selection = Disabled] and a source other than the keypad sets the
frequency reference, the drive adds the value set in d4-06 to the frequency reference. If the value set in d4-06 is
a negative number, the drive will subtract it from frequency reference.
• When d4-01 = 1 [Enabled] and a source other than the keypad sets the frequency reference, the drive will store
the bias value adjusted with the Up/Down 2 command in d4-06 5 seconds after you release the Up/Down 2
command. The drive adds or subtracts the value set in d4-06 to the frequency reference.
Conditions that Reset or Disable d4-06
The drive resets and disables the bias value in these conditions:
• d4-01 = 0 and the Run command was cleared.
• H1-xx = 75, 76 [MFDI Function Select = Up/Down 2 Command] is not set.
• The frequency reference source was changed.
This includes switching LOCAL/REMOTE and multi-step speed reference.
• A digital input changed the frequency reference value.
• d4-03 [Up/Down 2 Bias Step Frequency] = 0 and d4-05 = 1 [Up/Down 2 Bias Mode Selection = Reset when
Neither / Both Closed], and the two MFDI terminals set for Up/Down 2 Command [H1-xx = 75/76] are
activated or deactivated.
• The value of E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency] was changed.

■ d4-07: Analog Freq Ref Fluctuate Limit

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d4-07 Analog Freq Ref Fluctuate V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.0%
(02AE) Limit If the frequency reference changes for more than the level set to this parameter, then the bias (0.1 - 100.0%)
RUN value will be held. The value is set as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency.

Handles frequency reference changes while Up/Down 2 Command [H1-xx = 75, 76] is activated. When the
frequency reference changes for more than the level set in d4-07, the drive will hold the bias value, and the drive
will accelerate or decelerate to the frequency reference. When the drive is at the frequency reference, it releases
Parameter Details

the bias hold and the bias follows the Up/Down 2 input commands.
This parameter is applicable only when an analog or pulse input sets the frequency reference.

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 555

12.5 d: References

■ d4-08: Up/Down 2 Bias Upper Limit

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d4-08 Up/Down 2 Bias Upper V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 100.0%
(02AF) Limit Sets the upper limit of the Up/Down 2 bias as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency. (0.0 - 100.0%)
RUN

The drive saves the set bias upper limit in d4-06 [Frequency Ref Bias (Up/Down 2)]. Set d4-08 an applicable
value before you use the Up/Down 2 function.
Note:
When d4-01 = 1 [Freq Reference Hold Selection = Enabled] and b1-01 = 0 [Frequency Reference Selection 1 = Keypad], the drive will
add the bias value to the frequency reference when it does not receive an Up/Down 2 command for 5 s. Then the drive will reset the
value to 0 at which time you can increase the bias to the limit set in d4-08 again.

■ d4-09: Up/Down 2 Bias Lower Limit

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d4-09 Up/Down 2 Bias Lower V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0%
(02B0) Limit Sets the lower limit of the Up/Down 2 bias as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency. (-99.9 - 0.0%)
RUN

The drive saves the set bias lower limit in d4-06 [Frequency Ref Bias (Up/Down 2)]. Set d4-09 to an applicable
value before you use the Up/Down 2 function.
Note:
When d4-01 = 1 [Freq Reference Hold Selection = Enabled] and b1-01 = 0 [Frequency Reference Selection 1 = Keypad], the drive will
add the bias value to the frequency reference when it does not receive an Up/Down 2 command for 5 s. Then the drive will reset the
value to 0.
If you increase the bias with the Up 2 command and d4-09 = 0, you cannot use a Down 2 command to decrease the frequency reference.
To decrease speed in this condition, set a negative lower limit in d4-09.

■ d4-10: Up/Down Freq Lower Limit Select

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d4-10 Up/Down Freq Lower Limit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0
(02B6) Select Sets the lower frequency limit for the Up/Down function. (0, 1)

0 : Greater of d2-02 or Analog

The higher value between d2-02 [Frequency Reference Lower Limit] and an analog input programmed for
Frequency Reference [H3-02, H3-10 = 0] sets the lower frequency reference limit.
Note:
When you use External Reference 1/2 Selection [H1-xx = 2] to switch between the Up/Down function and an analog input as the
reference source, the analog value becomes the lower reference limit when the Up/Down command is active. Set d4-10 = 1 to isolate the
Up/Down function and the analog input value.
1 : d2-02
You can only use d2-02 to set the lower limit of the frequency reference.

■ d4-11: Bi-directional Output Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d4-11 Bi-directional Output V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(02B7) Selection Sets the function that changes the frequency reference to a Bi-Directional internal frequency (0, 1)
reference.

0 : Disabled
The drive will not change the frequency reference or PID output value to Bi-Directional internal frequency
reference.
When the frequency reference or PID output value is 0% to 100% of the maximum output frequency, the drive
runs the motor in the set direction.
1 : Enabled
Changes the frequency reference or PID output value to Bi-Directional output.

556 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.5 d: References

When the frequency reference or PID output value is 0% to 50%, the drive reverses the motor in the set direction.
When the frequency reference or PID output value is 50% to 100%, the drive operates the motor in the set
direction.
Note:
When you use the Bi-Directional function with PID control, you can use an MFDI terminal set for PID Bi-Directional Enable [H1-xx =
7F] to enable/disable the Bi-Directional function.
Table 12.44 shows how the drive operates when you use the PID control function with the Bi-Directional function
and d4-11 = 1.
Table 12.44 Bi-Directional Function Operation Conditions
Status of MFDI Terminal Set for 7F [PID Bi-Directional Enable]
b5-01 [PID Mode Setting] Setting
ON OFF

b5-01 = 0 [Disabled] Bi-Directional function enabled Bi-Directional function enabled

b5-01 ≠ 0 [Enabled] Bi-Directional function enabled Normal operation (Bi-Directional function disables)

• When PID Control is Disabled or H1-xx = 19 [MFDI Function Select = PID Disable] is Activated
When the frequency reference is 0% to 50%, the drive reverses the motor in the set direction. When the
frequency reference is 50% to 100%, the drive runs the motor in the set direction. Figure 12.57 shows the
frequency reference change at this time. This is an example of operation when the Forward Run command is
input.

Figure 12.57 Frequency Reference Transition when PID Control is Disabled or PID Disable is ON
Note:
When b1-04 = 1 [Reverse Operation Selection = Reverse Disabled], the drive will not run in Reverse. The frequency reference limit is
0 Hz.
• When PID Control is Enabled and H1-xx = 7F [PID Bi-Directional Enable] is Activated
When the frequency reference is 0% to 50% after PID control execution, the drive runs the motor opposite of
the set direction. When the frequency reference is 50% to 100%, the drive runs the motor in the set direction.
Figure 12.58 shows the frequency reference change at this time. This is an example of operation when the
Forward Run command is input.

Figure 12.58 Frequency Reference Transition when PID Control and PID Bi-Directional are Enabled
Note:
When b1-04 = 1, the drive will not run the motor in Reverse. The frequency reference limit is 0 Hz.
• When PID Control is Enabled and H1-xx = 7F is Deactivated
The Bi-Directional function is disabled. When the frequency reference is a negative value after PID control
execution, the drive runs the motor opposite of the set direction. The frequency reference value is an absolute
value.

■ d4-12: Stop Position Gain

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d4-12 Stop Position Gain V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.00
Parameter Details

(02B8) Sets the gain to adjust the stopping accuracy. Set this parameter when b1-03 = 9 [Stopping (0.50 - 2.55)
Method Selection = Stop with Constant Distance].

If the motor stops before the necessary stop position, increase the setting value. If the length of time for the motor
to stop is too long, decrease the setting value.

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 557

12.5 d: References

◆ d6: Field Weakening /Forcing

d6 parameters set the field weakening and field forcing functions.
The field weakening function decreases the energy consumption of the motor. It decreases the output voltage of
the drive to a set level. The function decreases the motor excitation current inversely proportional to speed in a
constant output range, and does not let the induced voltage of the motor become more than the power supply
voltage. To enable this function, set Field Weakening [H1-xx = 63] ON.
Note:
Use the Field Weakening function in constant light-load applications. To control the energy consumption of the motor for other load
conditions, use the b8 parameters [Energy Saving].
The Field Forcing function adjusts the delaying influence of the motor time constant when the drive changes the
excitation current reference and it also increases motor responsiveness. This function uses a high motor excitation
current reference for drive start-up only to help develop actual motor excitation current. Enable the Field Forcing
function to increase motor responsiveness.
Note:
You cannot use Field Forcing during DC Injection Braking.

■ d6-01: Field Weakening Level

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d6-01 Field Weakening Level V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 80%
(02A0) Sets the drive output voltage as a percentage of E1-05 [Maximum Output Voltage] when H1-xx = (0 - 100%)
63 [Field Weakening] is activated.

■ d6-02: Field Weakening Frequency Limit

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d6-02 Field Weakening Frequency V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0 Hz
(02A1) Limit Sets the minimum output frequency to start field weakening. (0.0 - 590.0 Hz)

Make sure that these two conditions are correct to enable the Field Weakening command:
• The output frequency ≥ d6-02.
• There is a speed agreement status.

■ d6-03: Field Forcing Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d6-03 Field Forcing Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(02A2) Sets the field forcing function. (0, 1)

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

■ d6-06: Field Forcing Limit

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d6-06 Field Forcing Limit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 400%
(02A5) Sets the limit value for field forcing to increase the motor excitation current reference as a (100 - 400%)
percentage of E2-03 [Motor No-Load Current]. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Note:
You cannot use Field Forcing during DC Injection Braking.

◆ d7: Offset Frequency

The drive will use 3 digital signal inputs, to add or subtract the set frequency (Offset frequency) to/from the
frequency reference and correct the speed. The drive uses the terminal set in H1-xx = 44 to 46 [MFDI Function
Select = Add Offset Frequency 1 to 3] to set the Offset frequency. When you close more than one input at the
same time, the drive adds the selected offset values together.

558 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.5 d: References

Figure 12.59 shows the Offset frequency function:

Figure 12.59 Offset Frequency Operation

■ d7-01: Offset Frequency 1

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d7-01 Offset Frequency 1 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0%

(02B2) Uses H1-xx = 44 [MFDI Function Select = Add Offset Frequency 1 (d7-01)] as a percentage of (-100.0 - +100.0%)
RUN the Maximum Output Frequency to add or subtract the set frequency to/from the frequency
reference.

■ d7-02: Offset Frequency 2

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d7-02 Offset Frequency 2 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0%

(02B3) Uses H1-xx = 45 [MFDI Function Select = Add Offset Frequency 2 (d7-02)] as a percentage of (-100.0 - +100.0%)
RUN the Maximum Output Frequency to add or subtract the set frequency to/from the frequency
reference.

■ d7-03: Offset Frequency 3

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

d7-03 Offset Frequency 3 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0%

(02B4) Uses H1-xx = 46 [MFDI Function Select = Add Offset Frequency 3 (d7-03)] as a percentage of (-100.0 - +100.0%)
RUN the Maximum Output Frequency to add or subtract the set frequency to/from the frequency
reference.

Parameter Details

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 559

12.6 E: Motor Parameters

12.6 E: Motor Parameters

E parameters cover drive input voltage, V/f pattern, and motor parameters.

◆ E1: V/f Pattern for Motor 1

E1 parameters set the drive input voltage and motor V/f characteristics. To switch drive operation from one motor
to another motor, set the V/f characteristics for motor 1.

■ V/f Pattern Settings

The drive uses a V/f pattern to adjust the output voltage relative to the frequency reference.
This product has been preconfigured with 15 voltage/frequency (V/f) patterns. Use E1-03 [V/f Pattern Selection]
to select the V/f pattern that is appropriate for the application.
Additionally, one custom V/f pattern is available. Set E1-03 = F [Custom] and then manually set parameters E1-
04 to E1-10.
Table 12.45 Predefined V/f Patterns
Setting
Specification Characteristic Application
Value

0 VT, 50Hz Constant torque For general purpose applications. This pattern is used when the load torque is constant without
any rotation speed such as that used for linear conveyor systems.
1 VT, 60 Hz

2 Const Trq, 50Hz base, 60Hz max

3 Const Trq, 60 Hz base, 72 Hz max

4 VT, 50 Hz, 65% Vmid reduction Derated Torque This pattern is used for torque loads proportional to 2 or 3 times the rotation speed, such as is
Characteristics the case with fans and pumps.
5 VT, 50 Hz, 50% Vmid reduction

6 VT, 60 Hz, 65% Vmid reduction

7 VT, 60 Hz, 50% Vmid reduction

8 High Trq, 50 Hz, 25% Vmin Boost High starting torque This pattern is used when strong torque is required during startup.

9 High Trq, 50 Hz, 65% Vmin Boost

A High Trq, 60 Hz, 25% Vmin Boost

B High Trq, 60 Hz, 65% Vmin Boost

C Const Trq, 60 Hz base, 90 Hz max Constant output This pattern is used to rotate motors at greater than 60 Hz. Output voltage is constant when
operating at greater than 60 Hz.
D Const Trq, 60 Hz base, 120 Hz max

E Const Trq, 60 Hz base, 180 Hz max

V/f Pattern Selection Constant torque Enables a custom V/f pattern by changing E1-04 to E1-13 [V/f Pattern for Motor 1]. The
F default settings for E1-04 to E1-13 are the same as Setting Value 1 [Const Trq, 60Hz base,
60Hz max].

560 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.6 E: Motor Parameters

Note:
Be aware of the following points when manually setting V/f patterns.
• To set linear V/f characteristics at frequencies lower than E1-06 [Base Frequency], set E1-07 = E1-09 [Mid Point A Frequency =
Minimum Output Frequency]. In this application, the drive ignores E1-08 [Mid Point A Voltage].
• Set the five frequencies as specified by these rules: Incorrect settings will cause oPE10 [V/f Data Setting Error].
E1-09 ≤ E1-07 < E1-06 ≤ E1-11 ≤ E1-04 [Minimum Output Frequency ≤ Mid Point A Frequency < Base Frequency ≤ Mid Point B
Frequency ≤ Maximum Output Frequency]
• Setting E1-11 = 0 [Mid Point B Frequency = 0 Hz] disables E1-12 [Mid Point B Voltage]. Ensure that the four frequencies are set
according to the following rules;
E1-09 ≤ E1-07 < E1-06 ≤ E1-04
• When you use A1-03 [Initialize] to initialize the drive, it will not reset E1-03.

Figure 12.60 V/f Pattern

■ E1-01: Input AC Supply Voltage

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E1-01 Input AC Supply Voltage V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 200 V Class: 230 V, 400 V:
(0300) Sets the drive input voltage. 400 V
(200 V Class: 155 to 255 V,
400 V Class: 310 to 510 V)

NOTICE: Set parameter E1-01 to align with the drive input voltage (not motor voltage). If this parameter is incorrect, the
protective functions of the drive will not operate correctly and it can cause damage to the drive.
Values Related to the Drive Input Voltage
The value set in E1-01 is the base value that the drive uses for the motor protective functions in Table 12.46. With
a 400 V class drive, the detection level changes for some motor protective functions.
Table 12.46 Values Related to the Drive Input Voltage
Approximate Values

BTR Operation
Voltage E1-01 Setting Level L2-05 L2-11 L3-17
ov Detection Level [Undervoltage [KEB DC Bus [DC Bus Regulation
(rr Detection Level) Detection Lvl (Uv1)] Voltage Setpoint] Level]
*1

200 V class All settings 410 V 394 V 190 V 260 V 375 V

Setting value ≥ 400 V 820 V 788 V 380 V 500 V 750 V

400 V class
Setting value < 400 V 820 V 788 V 350 V 460 V 750 V

*1 This is the protection function enabled in drives with built-in braking transistors. These values show the level that will trigger the
built-in braking transistor. Refer to “YASKAWA AC Drive 72060001 Series Option Braking Unit and Braking Resistor Unit
Installation Manual (TOBPC72060001)” for more information.

■ E1-03: V/f Pattern Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E1-03 V/f Pattern Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV F

(0302) Sets the V/f pattern for the drive and motor. You can use one of the preset patterns or you can (Determined by A1-02)
make a custom pattern.
Parameter Details

Note:
• When A1-02 = 2 [Control Method Selection = OLV], settings 0 to E are not available.
• Set the correct V/f pattern for the application and operation area. An incorrect V/f pattern can decrease motor torque and increase
current from overexcitation.
• Parameter A1-03 [Initialize Parameters] will not reset the value of E1-03.
0 : Const Trq, 50Hz base, 50Hz max 12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 561

12.6 E: Motor Parameters

Use this constant torque pattern for general applications. This pattern is used when the load torque is constant
without any rotation speed such as that used for linear conveyor systems.
Note:
The voltage values in the figures are for 200 V class drives. Multiply the values by 2 for 400 V class drives.

HD: B001 - B018, 2001 - 2021, 4001 - 4012 HD: 2030 - 2082, 4018 - 4060
ND: B001 - B012, 2001 - 2018, 4001 - 4009 ND: 2021 - 2082, 4012 - 4060

1 : Const Trq, 60 Hz base, 50Hz max

Use this constant torque pattern for general applications. This pattern is used when the load torque is constant
without any rotation speed such as that used for linear conveyor systems.
Note:
The voltage values in the figures are for 200 V class drives. Multiply the values by 2 for 400 V class drives.

HD: B001 - B018, 2001 - 2021, 4001 - 4012 HD: 2030 - 2082, 4018 - 4060
ND: B001 - B012, 2001 - 2018, 4001 - 4009 ND: 2021 - 2082, 4012 - 4060

2 : Const Trq, 50Hz base, 60Hz max

Use this constant torque pattern for general applications. This pattern is used when the load torque is constant
without any rotation speed such as that used for linear conveyor systems.
Note:
The voltage values in the figures are for 200 V class drives. Multiply the values by 2 for 400 V class drives.

HD: B001 - B018, 2001 - 2021, 4001 - 4012 HD: 2030 - 2082, 4018 - 4060
ND: B001 - B012, 2001 - 2018, 4001 - 4009 ND: 2021 - 2082, 4012 - 4060

3 : Const Trq, 60 Hz base, 72 Hz max

Use this constant torque pattern for general applications. This pattern is used when the load torque is constant
without any rotation speed such as that used for linear conveyor systems.
Note:
The voltage values in the figures are for 200 V class drives. Multiply the values by 2 for 400 V class drives.

562 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.6 E: Motor Parameters

HD: B001 - B018, 2001 - 2021, 4001 - 4012 HD: 2030 - 2082, 4018 - 4060
ND: B001 - B012, 2001 - 2018, 4001 - 4009 ND: 2021 - 2082, 4012 - 4060

4 : VT, 50Hz, 65% Vmid reduction

Use this derated torque pattern for torque loads proportional to three times the rotation speed. For example, fans
and pumps.
Note:
The voltage values in the figures are for 200 V class drives. Multiply the values by 2 for 400 V class drives.

HD: B001 - B018, 2001 - 2021, 4001 - 4012 HD: 2030 - 2082, 4018 - 4060
ND: B001 - B012, 2001 - 2018, 4001 - 4009 ND: 2021 - 2082, 4012 - 4060

5 : VT, 50Hz, 50% Vmid reduction

Use this derated torque pattern for torque loads proportional to two times the rotation speed. For example, fans
and pumps.
Note:
The voltage values in the figures are for 200 V class drives. Multiply the values by 2 for 400 V class drives.

HD: B001 - B018, 2001 - 2021, 4001 - 4012 HD: 2030 - 2082, 4018 - 4060
ND: B001 - B012, 2001 - 2018, 4001 - 4009 ND: 2021 - 2082, 4012 - 4060

6 : VT, 60 Hz, 65% Vmid reduction

Use this derated torque pattern for torque loads proportional to three times the rotation speed. For example, fans
and pumps.
Note:
The voltage values in the figures are for 200 V class drives. Multiply the values by 2 for 400 V class drives.

HD: B001 - B018, 2001 - 2021, 4001 - 4012 HD: 2030 - 2082, 4018 - 4060
ND: B001 - B012, 2001 - 2018, 4001 - 4009 ND: 2021 - 2082, 4012 - 4060
Parameter Details

7 : VT, 60 Hz, 50% Vmid reduction 12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 563

12.6 E: Motor Parameters

Use this derated torque pattern for torque loads proportional to two times the rotation speed. For example, fans
and pumps.
Note:
The voltage values in the figures are for 200 V class drives. Multiply the values by 2 for 400 V class drives.

HD: B001 - B018, 2001 - 2021, 4001 - 4012 HD: 2030 - 2082, 4018 - 4060
ND: B001 - B012, 2001 - 2018, 4001 - 4009 ND: 2021 - 2082, 4012 - 4060

8 : High Trq, 50 Hz, 25% Vmin Boost

Use this pattern when moderate torque is necessary during start up.
Select this pattern only in these conditions:
• The wiring distance between the drive and motor is 150 m (492.1 ft) minimum
• There is an AC reactor connected to the drive output.
Note:
The voltage values in the figures are for 200 V class drives. Multiply the values by 2 for 400 V class drives.

HD: B001 - B018, 2001 - 2021, 4001 - 4012 HD: 2030 - 2082, 4018 - 4060
ND: B001 - B012, 2001 - 2018, 4001 - 4009 ND: 2021 - 2082, 4012 - 4060

9 : High Trq, 50 Hz, 65% Vmin Boost

Use this pattern when high torque is necessary during start up.
Select this pattern only in these conditions:
• The wiring distance between the drive and motor is 150 m (492.1 ft) minimum
• There is an AC reactor connected to the drive output.
Note:
The voltage values in the figures are for 200 V class drives. Multiply the values by 2 for 400 V class drives.

HD: 2004 - 2021, 4002 - 4012 HD: 2030 - 2211, 4018 - 4103
ND: B001 - B012, 2001 - 2018, 4001 - 4009 ND: 2021 - 2169, 4012 - 4089

A : High Trq, 60 Hz, 25% Vmin Boost

Use this pattern when moderate torque is necessary during start up.
Select this pattern only in these conditions:
• The wiring distance between the drive and motor is 150 m (492.1 ft) minimum
• There is an AC reactor connected to the drive output.

564 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.6 E: Motor Parameters

Note:
The voltage values in the figures are for 200 V class drives. Multiply the values by 2 for 400 V class drives.

HD: B001 - B018, 2001 - 2021, 4001 - 4012 HD: 2030 - 2082, 4018 - 4060
ND: B001 - B012, 2001 - 2018, 4001 - 4009 ND: 2021 - 2082, 4012 - 4060

B : High Trq, 60 Hz, 65% Vmin Boost

Use this pattern when high torque is necessary during start up.
Select this pattern only in these conditions:
• The wiring distance between the drive and motor is 150 m (492.1 ft) minimum
• There is an AC reactor connected to the drive output.
Note:
The voltage values in the figures are for 200 V class drives. Multiply the values by 2 for 400 V class drives.

HD: B001 - B018, 2001 - 2021, 4001 - 4012 HD: 2030 - 2082, 4018 - 4060
ND: B001 - B012, 2001 - 2018, 4001 - 4009 ND: 2021 - 2082, 4012 - 4060

C : Const Trq, 60 Hz base, 90 Hz max

Use this constant output pattern to rotate motors at more than 60 Hz. Output voltage is constant when you operate
at more than 60 Hz.
Note:
The voltage values in the figures are for 200 V class drives. Multiply the values by 2 for 400 V class drives.

HD: B001 - B018, 2001 - 2021, 4001 - 4012 HD: 2030 - 2082, 4018 - 4060
ND: B001 - B012, 2001 - 2018, 4001 - 4009 ND: 2021 - 2082, 4012 - 4060

D : Const Trq, 60 Hz base, 120 Hz max

Use this constant output pattern to rotate motors at more than 60 Hz. Output voltage is constant when you operate
at more than 60 Hz.
Note:
The voltage values in the figures are for 200 V class drives. Multiply the values by 2 for 400 V class drives.
Parameter Details

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 565

12.6 E: Motor Parameters

HD: B001 - B018, 2001 - 2021, 4001 - 4012 HD: 2030 - 2082, 4018 - 4060
ND: B001 - B012, 2001 - 2018, 4001 - 4009 ND: 2021 - 2082, 4012 - 4060

E : Const Trq, 60 Hz base, 180 Hz max

Use this constant output pattern to rotate motors at more than 60 Hz. Output voltage is constant when you operate
at more than 60 Hz.
Note:
The voltage values in the figures are for 200 V class drives. Multiply the values by 2 for 400 V class drives.

HD: B001 - B018, 2001 - 2021, 4001 - 4012 HD: 2030 - 2082, 4018 - 4060
ND: B001 - B012, 2001 - 2018, 4001 - 4009 ND: 2021 - 2082, 4012 - 4060

F : V/f Pattern Selection

Set E1-04 to E1-13 [V/f Pattern for Motor 1] to set the values for this custom pattern.
The default settings are the same as Setting Value 0 [Const Trq, 50 Hz base, 60Hz max].

■ E1-04: Maximum Output Frequency

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E1-04 Maximum Output V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02 and
(0303) Frequency Sets the maximum output frequency for the V/f pattern. E5-01
(Determined by A1-02 and
E5-01)

■ E1-05: Maximum Output Voltage

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E1-05 Maximum Output Voltage V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 200.0
(0304) Sets the maximum output voltage for the V/f pattern. (200 V Class: 0.0 - 255.0 V,
400 V Class: 0.0 - 510.0 V)

■ E1-06: Base Frequency

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E1-06 Base Frequency V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02 and
(0305) Sets the base frequency for the V/f pattern. E5-01
(0.0 - E1-04)

■ E1-07: Mid Point A Frequency

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E1-07 Mid Point A Frequency V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(0306) Sets a middle output frequency for the V/f pattern. (0.0 - E1-04)

566 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.6 E: Motor Parameters

■ E1-08: Mid Point A Voltage

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E1-08 Mid Point A Voltage V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02，C6-
(0307) Sets a middle output voltage for the V/f pattern. 01 and o2-04
(200 V Class: 0.0 - 255.0 V,
400 V Class: 0.0 - 510.0 V)

Note:
Default setting is determined by A1-02 [Control Method Selection], C6-01 [Normal / Heavy Duty Selection], and o2-04 [Drive Model
Selection].

■ E1-09: Minimum Output Frequency

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E1-09 Minimum Output V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02 and
(0308) Frequency Sets the minimum output frequency for the V/f pattern. E5-01
(Determined by A1-02, E1-
04, and E5-01)

■ E1-10: Minimum Output Voltage

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E1-10 Minimum Output Voltage V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(0309) Sets the minimum output voltage for the V/f pattern. (200 V Class: 0.0 to 255.0
V, 400 V Class: 0.0 to 510.0
V)

■ E1-11: Mid Point B Frequency

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E1-11 Mid Point B Frequency V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0 Hz
(030A) Sets a middle output frequency for the V/f pattern. (0.0 - E1-04)
Expert

Note:
Set this parameter to 0.0 to disable the function.

■ E1-12: Mid Point B Voltage

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E1-12 Mid Point B Voltage V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0 V
(030B) Sets a middle point voltage for the V/f pattern. (200 V Class: 0.0 to 255.0
Expert V, 400 V Class: 0.0 to 510.0
V)

Note:
Set this parameter to 0.0 to disable the function.

■ E1-13: Base Voltage

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E1-13 Base Voltage V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0 V

(030C) Sets the base voltage for the V/f pattern. (200 V Class: 0.0 - 255.0
Expert V,400 V Class: 0.0 - 510.0
V)

Note:
• After Auto-Tuning, the value of E1-13 = E1-05 [Maximum Output Voltage].
Parameter Details

• When E1-13 = 0.0, use the value of E1-05 to control the voltage.

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 567

12.6 E: Motor Parameters

■ E1-21: No-Load Voltage Adjustment

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E1-21 No-Load Voltage V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 90.0%

(1568) Adjustment Sets the type of Auto-Tuning. Considers T1-13[PM Motor Rated Voltage] FLA)] to be 100%. (0.0 - 100.0%)

◆ E2: Motor Parameters

E2 parameters [Motor Parameters] are used to set induction motor data. To switch drive operation from one
motor to another motor, configure the first motor (motor 1).
If Auto-Tuning cannot be performed, set the E2 parameters manually. Performing Auto-Tuning automatically sets
the E2 parameters to the optimal values.
Note:
If A1-02 [Control Method Selection] is set to the following control modes, the keypad does not display E2-xx.
• 5 [PM Open Loop Vector]
• 6 [PM Advanced Open Loop Vector]
• 8 [EZ Vector Control]

■ E2-01: Motor Rated Current (FLA)

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E2-01 Motor Rated Current (FLA) V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04, C6-
(030E) Sets the motor rated current in amps. 01
(10% to 200% of the drive
rated current)

Note:
• If E2-01 < E2-03 [Motor No-Load Current], the drive will detect oPE02 [Parameter Range Setting Error].
• When the drive model changes, the display units for this parameter also change.
–0.01 A: B001 to B018, 2001 to 2042, 4001 to 4023
–0.1 A: 2056 to 2082, 4031 to 4060
The value set for E2-01 becomes the reference value for motor protection and the torque limit. Enter the motor
rated current written on the motor nameplate. Auto-Tuning the drive will automatically set E2-01 to the value
input for T1-04 [Motor Rated Current].

■ E2-02: Motor Rated Slip

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E2-02 Motor Rated Slip V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04, C6-
(030F) Sets motor rated slip. 01
(0.000 - 20.000 Hz)

This parameter value becomes the base slip compensation value. The drive automatically sets this parameter
during Auto-Tuning. When you cannot do Auto-Tuning, calculate the motor rated slip with the information on the
motor nameplate and this formula:
E2-02 = f - (n × p) / 120
• f: Motor rated frequency (Hz)
• n: Rated motor speed (min-1 (r/min))
• p: Number of motor poles

■ E2-03: Motor No-Load Current

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E2-03 Motor No-Load Current V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04, C6-
(0310) Sets the no-load current for the motor in amps when operating at the rated frequency and the no- 01
load voltage. (0 to E2-01)

Note:
When the drive model changes, the display units for this parameter also change.
• 0.01 A: B001 - B018, 2001 - 2042, 4001 - 4023
• 0.1 A: 2056 - 2082, 4031 - 4060

568 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.6 E: Motor Parameters

The drive automatically sets this parameter during Auto-Tuning. When you cannot do Auto-Tuning, you can also
use the motor no-load current on the motor test report to enter this value manually. Get the test report from the
motor manufacturer.
Note:
The default setting of the no-load current is for a 4-pole motor recommended by Yaskawa.

■ E2-04: Motor Pole Count

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E2-04 Motor Pole Count V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 4

(0311) Sets the number of motor poles. (2 - 120)

Note:
• When A1-02 = 0 [Control Method Selection = V/f], the maximum value is 120.
• When A1-02 = 2 [OLV], the maximum value is 48.
Auto-Tuning automatically sets this parameter to the value of [Number of Motor Poles].

■ E2-05: Motor Line-to-Line Resistance

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E2-05 Motor Line-to-Line V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04, C6-
(0312) Resistance Sets the line-to-line resistance for the motor stator windings. 01
(0.000 - 65.000 Ω)

Note:
This value is the motor line-to-line resistance. Do not set this parameter with the per-phase resistance.
Auto-Tuning automatically sets this parameter. If you cannot do Auto-Tuning, use the test report from the motor
manufacturer to configure the settings. You can calculate the motor line-to-line resistance with one of these
formulas:
• E-type insulation: [the resistance value (Ω) shown on the test report at 75 °C] × 0.92
• B-type insulation: [the resistance value (Ω) shown on the test report at 75 °C] × 0.92
• F-type insulation: [the resistance value (Ω) shown on the test report at 115 °C] × 0.87

■ E2-06: Motor Leakage Inductance

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E2-06 Motor Leakage Inductance V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04, C6-
(0313) Sets the voltage drop from motor leakage inductance when the motor is operating at the rated 01
frequency and rated current. This value is a percentage of Motor Rated Voltage. (0.0 - 60.0%)

The drive automatically sets this parameter during Auto-Tuning.

Note:
The motor nameplate does not usually show the quantity of voltage drop. If you do not know the value of the motor leakage inductance,
contact the motor manufacturer to receive a copy of the motor test report.

■ E2-07: Motor Saturation Coefficient 1

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E2-07 Motor Saturation V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.50

(0314) Coefficient 1 Sets the motor iron-core saturation coefficient at 50% of the magnetic flux. (0.00 - 0.50)

The drive uses this coefficient when it operates with constant output. The drive uses this coefficient when it
operates the motor in the constant output range.

■ E2-08: Motor Saturation Coefficient 2

Parameter Details

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E2-08 Motor Saturation V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.75

(0315) Coefficient 2 Sets the motor iron-core saturation coefficient at 75% of the magnetic flux. (E2-07 - 0.75)

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 569

12.6 E: Motor Parameters

The drive uses this coefficient when it operates with constant output. The drive uses this coefficient when it
operates the motor in the constant output range.

■ E2-09: Motor Mechanical Loss

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E2-09 Motor Mechanical Loss V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0%
(0316) Sets the mechanical loss of the motor. It is set as a percentage of E2-11 [Motor Rated Power]. (0.0 - 10.0%)
Expert Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Adjust this parameter in these conditions. The drive adds the configured mechanical loss to the torque reference
value as a torque compensation value:
• There is a large quantity of torque loss from motor bearing friction.
• There is a large quantity of torque loss in fans and pumps.

■ E2-10: Motor Iron Loss

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E2-10 Motor Iron Loss V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04, C6-
(0317) Sets the motor iron loss. 01
(0 - 65535 W)

■ E2-11: Motor Rated Power

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E2-11 Motor Rated Power V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04, C6-
(0318) Sets the motor rated output in the units from o1-58 [Motor Power Unit Selection]. 01
(0.00 - 650.00 kW)

The drive automatically sets this parameter to the value input for “Motor Rated Power” during Auto-Tuning.

◆ E3: V/f Pattern for Motor 2

E3 parameters [V/f Pattern for Motor 2] set the control mode and V/f pattern used for motor 2.
Note:
V/f preset patterns equivalent to those set with E1-03 [V/f Pattern Selection] are not available for E3 parameters. Use E3-04 [Motor 2
Maximum Output Frequency] to E3-10 [Motor 2 Minimum Output Voltage] to manually set the V/f pattern.

■ Notes on Manually Setting V/f Patterns

Figure 12.61 Motor 2 V/f Pattern Diagram

• To configure a linear V/f pattern at frequencies lower than E3-06 [Motor 2 Base Frequency], set E3-07 = E3-09
[Motor 2 Mid Point A Frequency = Motor 2 Minimum Output Frequency]. In this application, the drive ignores
E1-08 [Mid Point A Voltage].
• Set the five frequencies as specified by these rules:
E3-09 ≤ E3-07 < E3-06 ≤ E3-11 ≤ E3-04 [Motor 2 Minimum Output Frequency ≤ Motor 2 Mid Point A
Frequency < Motor 2 Base Frequency ≤ Motor 2 Mid Point B Frequency ≤ Motor 2 Maximum Output
Frequency]
Incorrect settings will trigger oPE10 [V/f Data Setting Error].
• If E3-11 = 0.0 Hz, the drive will ignore the V/f pattern settings.

570 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.6 E: Motor Parameters

• When you use A1-03 [Initialize Parameters] to initialize the drive, the drive will reset the manually set values
for E3-04 to E3-13 [Motor 2 Base Voltage] to default values.

■ E3-01: Motor 2 Control Mode Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E3-01 Motor 2 Control Mode V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0319) Selection Sets the control method for motor 2. (0, 2)

Note:
• When you change this setting, the drive will set all parameters that are dependent on E3-01 to their default settings.
• Parameter L1-01 [Motor Overload (oL1) Protection] sets the protection operation of oL1 [Motor Overload] the same as Motor 1.
• When you use parameter A1-03 [Initialize Parameters] to initialize the drive, this parameter is not reset.
0 : V/f Control
2 : Open Loop Vector

■ E3-04: Motor 2 Maximum Output Frequency

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E3-04 Motor 2 Maximum Output V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by E3-01
(031A) Frequency Set the maximum output frequency for the motor 2 V/f pattern. (40.0 - 590.0 Hz)

■ E3-05: Motor 2 Maximum Output Voltage

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E3-05 Motor 2 Maximum Output V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by E3-01
(031B) Voltage Sets the maximum output voltage for the motor 2 V/f pattern. (200 V Class: 0.0 - 255.0 V,
400 V Class: 0.0 - 510.0 V)

■ E3-06: Motor 2 Base Frequency

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E3-06 Motor 2 Base Frequency V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by E3-01
(031C) Sets the base frequency for the motor 2 V/f pattern. (0.0 - E3-04)

■ E3-07: Motor 2 Mid Point A Frequency

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E3-07 Motor 2 Mid Point A V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by E3-01
(031D) Frequency Sets a middle output frequency for the motor 2 V/f pattern. (0.0 - E3-04)

■ E3-08: Motor 2 Mid Point A Voltage

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E3-08 Motor 2 Mid Point A V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by E3-01
(031E) Voltage Sets a middle output voltage for the motor 2 V/f pattern. (200 V Class: 0.0 - 255.0 V,
400 V Class: 0.0 - 510.0 V)

■ E3-09: Motor 2 Minimum Output Frequency

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E3-09 Motor 2 Minimum Output V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by E3-01
(031F) Frequency Sets the minimum output frequency for the motor 2 V/f pattern. (0.0 - E3-04)
Parameter Details

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 571

12.6 E: Motor Parameters

■ E3-10: Motor 2 Minimum Output Voltage

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E3-10 Motor 2 Minimum Output V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by E3-01
(0320) Voltage Sets the minimum output voltage for the motor 2 V/f pattern. (200 V Class: 0.0 - 255.0 V,
400 V Class: 0.0 - 510.0 V)

■ E3-11: Motor 2 Mid Point B Frequency

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E3-11 Motor 2 Mid Point B V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0 Hz
(0345) Frequency Sets a middle output frequency for the motor 2 V/f pattern. Set this parameter to adjust the V/f (0.0 - E3-04)
Expert pattern for the constant output range. Usually it is not necessary to change this parameter.

Note:
• Set this parameter to 0.0 to disable the function.
• When you initialize the drive, this parameter is reset to the default value.

■ E3-12: Motor 2 Mid Point B Voltage

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E3-12 Motor 2 Mid Point B V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0 V
(0346) Voltage Sets a middle output voltage for the motor 2 V/f pattern. Set this parameter to adjust the V/f (200 V Class: 0.0 to 255.0
Expert pattern for the constant output range. Usually it is not necessary to change this parameter. V, 400 V Class: 0.0 to 510.0
V)

Note:
• Set this parameter to 0.0 to disable the function.
• When you initialize the drive, this parameter is reset to the default value.
• The setting value changes automatically when you do Auto-Tuning (rotational and stationary 1 or 2).

■ E3-13: Motor 2 Base Voltage

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E3-13 Motor 2 Base Voltage V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0 V
(0347) Sets the base voltage for the motor 2 V/f pattern. Set this parameter to adjust the V/f pattern for (200 V Class: 0.0 to 255.0
Expert the constant output range. Usually it is not necessary to change this parameter. V, 400 V Class: 0.0 to 510.0
V)

Note:
• When you initialize the drive, this parameter is reset to the default value.
• The setting value changes automatically when you do Auto-Tuning (rotational and stationary 1 or 2).

◆ E4: Motor 2 Parameters

E4 parameters [Motor 2 Parameters] set induction motor data. To switch drive operation from one motor to a
different motor, configure motor 2.
Auto-Tuning automatically sets the E4 parameters to the best values for the application. If you cannot do Auto-
Tuning, set the E4 parameters manually.
Note:
E3-xx and E4-xx are available when H1-xx = 16 [MFDI Function Select = Motor 2 Selection].

■ E4-01: Motor 2 Rated Current

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E4-01 Motor 2 Rated Current V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04, C6-
(0321) Sets the motor rated current for motor 2 in amps. 01
(10% to 200% of the drive
rated current)

572 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.6 E: Motor Parameters

Note:
• If E4-01 ≤ E4-03 [Motor 2 Rated No-Load Current], the drive will detect oPE02 [Parameter Range Setting Error].
• When the drive model changes, the display units for this parameter also change.
–0.01 A: B001 - B018, 2001 - 2042, 4001 - 4023
–0.1 A: 2056 - 2082, 4031 - 4060
The value set for E4-01 becomes the reference value for motor protection, the torque limit, and torque control.
Enter the motor rated current written on the motor nameplate. Auto-Tuning automatically sets the value of E4-01
to the value input for [Motor Rated Current].

■ E4-02: Motor 2 Rated Slip

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E4-02 Motor 2 Rated Slip V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04, C6-
(0322) Sets the motor rated slip for motor 2. 01
(0.000 - 20.000 Hz)

The value set in E4-02 becomes the base slip compensation value. The drive sets this parameter during Rotational
Auto-Tuning and Stationary Auto-Tuning. If you cannot do Auto-Tuning, use the information written on the
motor nameplate and this formula to calculate the motor rated slip:
E4-02 = f - (n × p) / 120
• f: Motor rated frequency (Hz)
• n: Rated motor speed (min-1 (r/min))
• p: Number of motor poles

■ E4-03: Motor 2 Rated No-Load Current

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E4-03 Motor 2 Rated No-Load V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04, C6-
(0323) Current Sets the no-load current for motor 2 in amps when operating at the rated frequency and the no- 01
load voltage. (0 to E4-01)

Note:
When the drive model changes, the display units for this parameter also change.
• 0.01 A: B001 - B018, 2001 - 2042, 4001 - 4023
• 0.1 A: 2056 - 2082, 4031 - 4060
You can also manually enter the motor no-load current shown on the motor test report to E4-03. Contact the motor
manufacturer for the motor test report.
Note:
The default setting of the no-load current is for a 4-pole motor recommended by Yaskawa.

■ E4-04: Motor 2 Motor Poles

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E4-04 Motor 2 Motor Poles V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 4

(0324) Sets the number of poles for motor 2. (2 - 120)

Auto-Tuning automatically sets E4-04 to the value input for [Number of Motor Poles].

■ E4-05: Motor 2 Line-to-Line Resistance

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E4-05 Motor 2 Line-to-Line V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04, C6-
(0325) Resistance Sets the line-to-line resistance for the motor 2 stator windings. 01
(0.000 - 65.000 Ω)
Parameter Details

Note:
This value is the line-to-line resistance for motor 2. Do not set this parameter with the per-phase resistance.
The drive automatically calculates this value when Auto-Tuning completes successfully. If you cannot do Auto-
Tuning, get the test report from the motor manufacturer. To calculate the motor line-to-line resistance, use the
information shown on the motor nameplate with one of these formulas:
12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 573

12.6 E: Motor Parameters

• E-type insulation: the resistance value (Ω) shown on the test report at 75 °C × 0.92
• B-type insulation: the resistance value (Ω) shown on the test report at 75 °C × 0.92
• F-type insulation: the resistance value (Ω) shown on the test report at 115 °C × 0.87

■ E4-06: Motor 2 Leakage Inductance

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E4-06 Motor 2 Leakage V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04, C6-
(0326) Inductance Sets the voltage drop from motor 2 leakage inductance as a percentage of Motor Rated Voltage 01
when motor 2 operates at the rated frequency and rated current. (0.0 - 60.0%)

The drive sets this parameter during Rotational Auto-Tuning and Stationary Auto-Tuning.
Note:
You cannot usually find the quantity of voltage drop on the motor nameplate. If you do not know the value of the motor 2 leakage
inductance, get the test report from the motor manufacturer.

■ E4-07: Motor 2 Saturation Coefficient 1

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E4-07 Motor 2 Saturation V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.50

(0343) Coefficient 1 Sets the motor 2 iron-core saturation coefficient at 50% of the magnetic flux. (0.00 - 0.50)

The drive sets this parameter during Rotational Auto-Tuning. The drive uses this value when it operates the motor
in the constant output range.

■ E4-08: Motor 2 Saturation Coefficient 2

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E4-08 Motor 2 Saturation V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.75

(0344) Coefficient 2 Sets the motor 2 iron-core saturation coefficient at 75% of the magnetic flux. (E4-07 - 0.75)

The drive sets this parameter during Rotational Auto-Tuning. The drive uses this value when it operates the motor
in the constant output range.

■ E4-09: Motor 2 Mechanical Loss

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E4-09 Motor 2 Mechanical Loss V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0%
(033F) Sets the mechanical loss of motor 2. It is set as a percentage of E4-11 [Motor 2 Rated Power]. (0.0 - 10.0%)
Expert Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Adjust this parameter in these conditions. The drive adds the configured mechanical loss to the torque reference
value as a torque compensation value:
• There is a large quantity of torque loss from motor bearing friction.
• There is a large quantity of torque loss in fans and pumps.

■ E4-10: Motor 2 Iron Loss

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E4-10 Motor 2 Iron Loss V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04, C6-
(0340) Sets the motor iron loss for motor 2. 01
(0 - 65535 W)

■ E4-11: Motor 2 Rated Power

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E4-11 Motor 2 Rated Power V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04, C6-
(0327) Sets the motor rated power in the units from o1-58 [Motor Power Unit Selection]. 01
(0.00 - 650.00 kW)

Auto-Tuning automatically sets this parameter to the value input for [Motor Rated Power].

574 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.6 E: Motor Parameters

◆ E5: PM Motor Settings

E5 parameters are used to set PM motor data.
Set E5-01 to the motor code when using PM motors recommended by Yaskawa. E5 and other related motor
parameters will be automatically set to the optimal values.
Perform Auto-Tuning for all other PM motors. If information from motor nameplates or test reports is available,
the E5 parameters can be manually entered.
Note:
• The keypad shows E5-xx only when A1-02 = 5, 6 [Control Method Selection = OLV/PM, AOLV/PM].
• E5-xx parameters are not reset when the drive is initialized using parameter A1-03 [Initialize Parameters].

■ E5-01: PM Motor Code Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E5-01 PM Motor Code Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV FFFF
(0329) Sets the motor code for Yaskawa PM motors. The drive uses the motor code to automatically set (0000 - FFFF)
some parameters to their correct settings.

Note:
• If the drive hunts or shows an alarm after you enter a motor code, use the keypad to enter the value shown on the nameplate to E5-xx.
• When you use a PM motor other than a Yaskawa SMRD, SMRA, or SSR1 series, set E5-01 = FFFF.
Figure 12.62 gives information about the motor code setting digits.

Figure 12.62 PM Motor Code

■ E5-02: PM Motor Rated Power

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E5-02 PM Motor Rated Power V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04, C6-
(032A) Sets the PM motor rated output in the units from o1-58 [Motor Power Unit Selection]. 01
(0.10 - 30.00 kW)

These Auto-Tuning methods will automatically set this parameter:

• PM Motor Parameter Settings
• PM Stationary Auto-Tuning
• PM Rotational Auto-Tuning

■ E5-03: Motor Rated Current (FLA)

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E5-03 Motor Rated Current (FLA) V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04, C6-
(032B) Sets the PM motor rated current (FLA). 01
(10% to 200% of the drive
rated current)

Note:
When the drive model changes, the display units for this parameter also change.
• 0.01 A: B001 - B018, 2001 - 2042, 4001 - 4023
Parameter Details

• 0.1 A: 2056 - 2082, 4031 - 4060

The drive automatically sets E5-03 to the value input for T2-06 [PM Motor Rated Current] after you do these
types of Auto-Tuning:
• PM Motor Parameter Settings
• PM Stationary Auto-Tuning
12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 575

12.6 E: Motor Parameters

• PM Stationary Tuning for Stator Resistance

• PM Rotational Auto-Tuning

■ E5-04: PM Motor Pole Count

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E5-04 PM Motor Pole Count V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 4

(032C) Sets the number of PM motor poles. (2 - 120)

These types of Auto-Tuning will automatically set this parameter to the value of [Number of Motor Poles]:
• PM Motor Parameter Settings
• PM Stationary Auto-Tuning
• PM Rotational Auto-Tuning

■ E5-05: PM Motor Resistance (ohms/phase)

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E5-05 PM Motor Resistance V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.100 Ω

(032D) (ohms/phase) Sets the resistance per phase of a PM motor. Set 50% of the line-to-line resistance. (0.000 - 65.000 Ω)

PM motor Auto-Tuning automatically sets this parameter to the value of [PM Motor Stator Resistance].
Note:
Do not change the setting calculated by Auto-Tuning unless it is necessary.

■ E5-06: PM d-axis Inductance (mH/phase)

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E5-06 PM d-axis Inductance (mH/ V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.00 mH
(032E) phase) Sets the PM motor d-axis inductance. (0.00 - 300.00 mH)

PM motor Auto-Tuning automatically sets this parameter to the value of [PM Motor d-Axis Inductance].
Note:
Do not change the setting calculated by Auto-Tuning unless it is necessary.

■ E5-07: PM q-axis Inductance (mH/phase)

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E5-07 PM q-axis Inductance (mH/ V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.00 mH
(032F) phase) Sets the PM motor q-axis inductance. (0.00 - 600.00 mH)

PM motor Auto-Tuning automatically sets this parameter to the value of [PM Motor q-Axis Inductance].
Note:
Do not change the setting calculated by Auto-Tuning unless it is necessary.

■ E5-09: PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/s))

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E5-09 PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/ V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0 mV/(rad/sec)
(0331) (rad/s)) Sets the peak value of PM motor induced voltage. (0.0 - 2000.0 mV/(rad/s))

PM motor Auto-Tuning automatically sets this parameter to the value of [Back-EMF Voltage Constant (Ke)].
When E5-01 = FFFF, only set E5-09 or E5-24 [PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms (mV/rpm)] as the induced voltage
constant.
Note:
When you set this parameter, also set E5-24 = 0.0. The drive will detect oPE08 [Parameter Selection Error] in these conditions:
• E5-09 = 0.0 and E5-24 = 0.0
• E5-09 ≠ 0.0 and E5-24 ≠ 0.0

576 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.6 E: Motor Parameters

■ E5-24: PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms (mV/rpm)

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E5-24 PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 200 V class: 100.0 mV/min-
1
(0353) (mV/rpm) Sets the RMS value for PM motor line voltage.
400 V class: 200.0
1
mV/min-

(0.0 - 6500.0 mV/min-1)

PM motor Auto-Tuning automatically sets this parameter to the value of [Back-EMF Voltage Constant (Ke)].
When E5-01 = FFFF, only set E5-09 [PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/s))] or E5-24 as the induced voltage
constant.
Note:
When you set this parameter, also set E5-09 = 0.0. The drive will detect oPE08 [Parameter Selection Error] in these conditions:
• E5-09 = 0.0 and E5-24 = 0.0
• E5-09 ≠ 0.0 and E5-24 ≠ 0.0

■ E5-25: Polarity Estimation Timeout

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E5-25 Polarity Estimation Timeout V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(035E) Sets the function that switches polarity for initial polarity estimation. Usually it is not necessary to (0, 1)
Expert change this setting.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

◆ E9: Motor Setting

E9 parameters are used to configure induction motors, PM motors, and SynRM motors. Configure these
parameters only for derating torque applications in which a high level of responsiveness and accurate speed
control are not required.
E9 parameters are automatically configured with values input by the Auto-Tuning process for motor parameter
settings. E9 parameters can be manually configured when the EZ Tuning process cannot be performed.

■ E9-01: Motor Type Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E9-01 Motor Type Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(11E4) Sets the type of motor. (0 to 2)

EZ Tuning automatically sets this parameter to the value of [Motor Type Selection].
0 : Induction (IM)
1 : Permanent Magnet (PM)
2 : Synchronous Reluctance (SynRM)

■ E9-02: Maximum Speed

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E9-02 Maximum Speed V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by E9-01
(11E5) Sets the maximum speed of the motor. (40.0 - 120.0 Hz)

Note:
The unit of measure changes when the setting of o1-04 [V/f Pattern Display Unit].
Parameter Details

EZ Tuning automatically sets this parameter to the value of [Motor Max Revolutions].

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 577

12.6 E: Motor Parameters

■ E9-03: Rated Speed

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E9-03 Rated Speed V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by E9-01
(11E6) Sets the rated rotation speed of the motor. (100 - 7200 min-1)

EZ Tuning automatically sets this parameter to the value of [Rated Speed].

Note:
Set E9-01 = 0 [Motor Type Selection = Induction (IM)] before you set this parameter.

■ E9-04: Base Frequency

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E9-04 Base Frequency V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by E9-01
(11E7) Sets the rated frequency of the motor. (40.0 - 120.0 Hz)

Note:
The unit of measure changes when the setting of o1-04 [V/f Pattern Display Unit].
EZ Tuning automatically sets this parameter to the value of [Base Frequency].

■ E9-05: Base Voltage

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E9-05 Motor Rated Voltage V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 200 V Class: 200.0 V, 400
(11E8) Sets the rated voltage of the motor. V: 400.0 V
(200 V Class: 0.0 - 255.0
V,400 V Class: 0.0 - 510.0
V)

EZ Tuning automatically sets this parameter to the value of [Base Voltage].

■ E9-06: Motor Rated Current (FLA)

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E9-06 Motor Rated Current (FLA) V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by E9-01 and
(11E9) Sets the motor rated current in amps. o2-04
(10% to 200% of the drive
rated current)

Note:
When the drive model changes, the display units for this parameter also change.
• 0.01 A: B001 to B018, 2001 to 2042, 4001 to 4023
• 0.1 A: 2056 to 2082, 4031 to 4060
The setting value of E9-06 is the reference value for motor protection. Enter the motor rated current written on the
motor nameplate. Auto-Tuning the drive will automatically set E9-06 to the value input for T4-07 [Motor Rated
Current].

■ E9-07: Motor Rated Power

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E9-07 Motor Rated Power V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by E9-02 and
(11EA) Sets the motor rated output in the units from o1-58 [Motor Power Unit Selection]. o2-04
(0.00 - 650.00 kW)

Auto-Tuning automatically sets this parameter to the value of [Motor Rated Power (kW)].

■ E9-08: Motor Pole Count

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E9-08 Motor Pole Count V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 4

(11EB) Sets the number of motor poles. (2 to 120)

Auto-Tuning automatically sets this parameter to the value of [Number of Motor Poles].

578 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.6 E: Motor Parameters

■ E9-09: Motor Rated Slip

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E9-09 Motor Rated Slip V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.000 Hz
(11EC) Sets the motor rated slip. (0.000 - 20.000 Hz)

The setting value of this parameter is the slip compensation reference value.
The drive uses the setting values of E9-03, E9-04, and E9-08 to calculate this parameter. When Motor Rated Slip
= 0, Auto-Tuning automatically sets this parameter to the value of [Motor Rated Slip].
Note:
Set E9-01 = 0 [Motor Type Selection = Induction (IM)] before you set this parameter.

■ E9-10: Motor Line-to-Line Resistance

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

E9-10 Motor Line-to-Line V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04
(11ED) Resistance Sets the line-to-line resistance for the motor stator windings. (0.000 - 65.000 Ω)

Note:
This value is the motor line-to-line resistance. Do not set this parameter with the per-phase resistance.
Stationary Auto-Tuning automatically sets this parameter. If you cannot do Stationary Auto-Tuning, use the test
report from the motor manufacturer. You can calculate the motor line-to-line resistance with one of these
formulas:
• E-type insulation: the resistance value (Ω) shown on the test report at 75 °C × 0.92
• B-type insulation: the resistance value (Ω) shown on the test report at 75 °C × 0.92
• F-type insulation: the resistance value (Ω) shown on the test report at 115 °C × 0.87

Parameter Details

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 579

12.7 F: Options

12.7 F: Options
F parameters are used to set option cards, which function as interfaces for encoders, analog I/O, digital I/O, and
fieldbus communication.

◆ F1: Fault Detection in PG Speed Control

F1 parameters set the fault detection function in Speed Feedback (V/F Control). When A1-02 = 0 [Control
Method Selection = V/f], set H6-01 = 3 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function = Speed Feedback (V/F Control)] to
enable this function. For speed feedback, connect the single-channel pulse signal from the PG encoder to pulse
train input terminal RP. Use the Slip Compensation signal to improve the accuracy of Speed Control. This
function is available for Motor 1.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Do test runs and examine the drive to make sure that the command references are
correct. If you set the command reference incorrectly, it can cause damage to the drive or serious injury or death.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Make sure that the host controller circuitry has correct safety design that will let you
keep control of the motor if the drive loses speed feedback. If you do not have control of the motor, it can cause serious injury or
death.

■ F1-02: Encoder Signal Loss Detect Sel

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F1-02 Encoder Signal Loss Detect V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1
(0381) Sel Sets the method to stop the motor or let the motor continue operating when the drive detects PGo (0 - 4)
[Encoder (PG) Feedback Loss].

If the drive does not detect ouput pulses from the encoder for the time set in F1-14 [Encoder Open-Circuit Detect
Time], it will trigger PGo.
Note:
• When A1-02 = 0 [Control Method Selection = V/f], set H6-01 = 3 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function = Speed Feedback (V/F
Control)] to enable this parameter.
• Motor speed and load conditions can cause ov [Overvoltage] and oC [Overcurrent] faults.
0 : Ramp to Stop
The drive ramps the motor to stop in the deceleration time. The output terminal set for Fault [H2-01 to H2-03 =
E] activates.
1 : Coast to Stop
The output turns off and the motor coasts to stop. The output terminal set for Fault [H2-01 to H2-03 = E]
activates.
2 : Fast Stop (Use C1-09)
The drive stops the motor in the deceleration time set in C1-09 [Fast Stop Time]. The output terminal set for Fault
[H2-01 to H2-03 = E] activates.
3 : Alarm Only
The keypad shows PGo and the drive continues operation. Only use this setting in special conditions to prevent
damage to the motor and machinery. The output terminal set to Alarm [H2-01 to H2-03 = 10] activates.
4 : No Alarm Display
The drive continues operation and does not show PGo on the keypad. Only use this setting in special conditions to
prevent damage to the motor and machinery.

■ F1-03: Overspeed Detection Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F1-03 Overspeed Detection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1

(0382) Selection Sets the method to stop the motor or let the motor continue to operate when the drive detects oS (0 - 3)
[Overspeed].

When the motor speed is more than the value set in F1-08 [Overspeed Detection Level] for longer than the time
set in F1-09 [Overspeed Detection Delay Time] it will trigger oS.
0 : Ramp to Stop
The drive ramps the motor to stop in the deceleration time. The output terminal set for Fault [H2-01 to H2-03 =
E] activates.

580 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.7 F: Options

1 : Coast to Stop
The output turns off and the motor coasts to stop. The output terminal set for Fault [H2-01 to H2-03 = E]
activates.
2 : Fast Stop (Use C1-09)
The drive stops the motor in the deceleration time set in C1-09 [Fast Stop Time]. The output terminal set for Fault
[H2-01 to H2-03 = E] activates.
3 : Alarm Only
The keypad shows oS and the drive continues operation. Only use this setting in special conditions to prevent
damage to the motor and machinery. The output terminal set to Alarm [H2-01 to H2-03 = 10] activates.
Note:
• When A1-02 = 0 [Control Method Selection = V/f], set H6-01 = 3 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function = Speed Feedback (V/F
Control)] to enable this parameter.
• When A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM], the drive will automatically set F1-03 = 1 [Coast to Stop]. You cannot
change this value.

■ F1-04: Speed Deviation Detection Select

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F1-04 Speed Deviation Detection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 3

(0383) Select Sets the method to stop the motor or let the motor continue to operate when the drive detects dEv (0 - 3)
[Speed Deviation].

When the difference between the frequency reference and the motor speed is more than the value set in F1-10
[Speed Deviation Detection Level] for longer than the time set in F1-11 [Speed Deviation Detect DelayTime], it
will trigger dEv.
Note:
When A1-02 = 0 [Control Method Selection = V/f], set H6-01 = 3 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function = Speed Feedback (V/F Control)]
to enable this parameter.
0 : Ramp to Stop
The drive ramps the motor to stop in the deceleration time. The output terminal set for Fault [H2-01 to H2-03 =
E] activates.
1 : Coast to Stop
The output turns off and the motor coasts to stop. The output terminal set for Fault [H2-01 to H2-03 = E]
activates.
2 : Fast Stop (Use C1-09)
The drive stops the motor in the deceleration time set in C1-09 [Fast Stop Time]. The output terminal set for Fault
[H2-01 to H2-03 = E] activates.
3 : Alarm Only
The keypad shows dEv and the drive continues operation. Only use this setting in special conditions to prevent
damage to the motor and machinery. The output terminal set to Alarm [H2-01 to H2-03 = 10] activates.

■ F1-08: Overspeed Detection Level

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F1-08 Overspeed Detection Level V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 115%
(0387) Sets the detection level of oS [Overspeed] as a percentage when the maximum output frequency (0 - 120%)
is 100%.

When the motor speed is more than the value set in F1-08 for longer than the time set in F1-09 [Overspeed
Detection Delay Time], the drive will detect oS.
Note:
When A1-02 = 0 [Control Method Selection = V/f], set H6-01 = 3 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function = Speed Feedback (V/F Control)]
Parameter Details

to enable this parameter.

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 581

12.7 F: Options

■ F1-09: Overspeed Detection Delay Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F1-09 Overspeed Detection Delay V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(0388) Time Sets the length of time that the speed feedback must be more than the F1-08 level to cause oS (0.0 - 2.0 s)
[Overspeed].

When the motor speed is more than the value set in F1-08 [Overspeed Detection Level] for longer than the time
set in F1-09, the drive will detect oS.
Note:
When A1-02 = 0 [Control Method Selection = V/f], set H6-01 = 3 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function = Speed Feedback (V/F Control)]
to enable this parameter.

■ F1-10: Speed Deviation Detection Level

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F1-10 Speed Deviation Detection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10%
(0389) Level Sets the detection level of dEv [Speed Deviation] as a percentage when the maximum output (0 - 50%)
frequency is 100%.

When the speed deviation between the frequency reference and the actual motor speed is more than the value set
in F1-10 for longer than the time set in F1-11 [Speed Deviation Detect DelayTime], the drive will detect dEv.
Note:
When A1-02 = 0 [Control Method Selection = V/f], set H6-01 = 3 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function = Speed Feedback (V/F Control)]
to enable this parameter.

■ F1-11: Speed Deviation Detect DelayTime

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F1-11 Speed Deviation Detect V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.5 s
(038A) DelayTime Sets the length of time that the difference between the frequency reference and speed feedback (0.0 - 10.0 s)
must be more than the level in F1-10 to cause dEv [Speed Deviation].

When the speed deviation between the frequency reference and the actual motor speed is more than the value set
in F1-10 [Speed Deviation Detection Level] for longer than the time set in F1-11, the drive will detect dEv.
Note:
When A1-02 = 0 [Control Method Selection = V/f], set H6-01 = 3 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function = Speed Feedback (V/F Control)]
to enable this parameter.

■ F1-14: Encoder Open-Circuit Detect Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F1-14 Encoder Open-Circuit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 2.0 s

(038D) Detect Time Sets the length of time that the drive must not receive a pulse signal to cause PGo [Encoder (PG) (0.0 - 10.0 s)
Feedback Loss].

If the drive does not detect ouput pulses from the encoder for the time set in F1-14, it will trigger PGo.
Note:
• When A1-02 = 0 [Control Method Selection = V/f], set H6-01 = 3 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function = Speed Feedback (V/F
Control)] to enable this parameter.
• Motor speed and load conditions can cause ov [Overvoltage] and oC [Overcurrent] faults.

◆ F6, F7: Communication Options

F6 and F7 parameters are used to set the basic communication settings and method of fault detection for the
communication option card. The communication option card parameters include common option card parameters
and communication protocol-specific parameters.
The following table lists the parameters that need to be set for each communication option card.
Refer to the technical manual for each communication option card for more information on installing, wiring, and
configuring the details needed before starting communication.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Do test runs and examine the drive to make sure that the command references are
correct. If you set the command reference incorrectly, it can cause damage to the drive or serious injury or death.

582 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.7 F: Options

Table 12.47 Correspondence Between Communication Protocols and Parameters (SI-C3, SI-T3, SI-ET3, SI-P3, SI-S3,
and SI-ES3)
CC-Link MECHATROLINK-II MECHATROLINK-III PROFIBUS-DP CANopen EtherCAT
Parameter
SI-C3 SI-T3 SI-ET3 SI-P3 SI-S3 SI-ES3

F6-01 to F6-03 x x x x x x

F6-04 x - - - - -

F6-06 to F6-08 x x x x x x

F6-10, F6-11 x - - - - -

F6-14 x x x x x x

F6-16 x x x x x x

F6-20, F6-21 - x x - - -

F6-22 - x - - - -

F6-23 to F6-26 - x x - - -

F6-30 to F6-32 - - - x - -

F6-35, F6-36 - - - - x -

F6-50 to F6-71 - - - - - -

F7-01 to F7-15 - - - - - -

F7-16 - - - - - -

F7-17 to F7-42 - - - - - -

F7-60 to F7-79 - - - x - -

Table 12.48 Relation Between Communication Protocols and Parameters (SI-B3, SI-N3, SI-W3, SI-EM3, SI-EP3, and SI-
EN3)
DeviceNet LonWorks Modbus TCP/IP PROFINET EtherNet/IP
Parameter
SI-N3 SI-W3 SI-EM3 SI-EP3 SI-EN3

F6-01 to F6-03 x x x x x

F6-04 - - - - -

F6-06 to F6-08 x x x x x

F6-10, F6-11 - - - - -

F6-14 x x x x x

F6-16 x x x x x

F6-20, F6-21 - - - - -

F6-22 - - - - -

F6-23 to F6-26 - - - - -

F6-30 to F6-32 - - - - -

F6-35, F6-36 - - - - -

F6-50 to F6-71 x - - - -

F7-01 to F7-15 - - x x x

F7-16 - - x - -

F7-17 to F7-42 - - - x x

F7-60 to F7-79 - - - - -

■ Gateway Mode
Note:
When you use Gateway Mode, do not install the communication option in slave drives. If you install a communication option in a slave
drive, the drive commands and responses will not synchronize.
Parameter Details

In gateway mode, you can use one communication option to communicate with more than one drive.
You can use one communication option to connect a maximum of five drives to the field bus communications.
Refer to Figure 12.63 for more information.
When you install a communication option on the master drive, you can use the RS-485 communication terminals
to transmit data to slave drives that do not have a communication option.
12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 583

12.7 F: Options

Figure 12.63 Connection Examples in Gateway Mode

Table 12.49 Specification
Item Specification

Applicable options All options that support the MEMOBUS access function (for example, PROFIBUS-DP, PROFINET, EtherNet/IP, EtherCAT)

Compatible Products Drives that can set F6-16 [Gateway Mode] *1

Number of connected drives Maximum: 5 units

Communication specifications MEMOBUS/Modbus (RTUmode) communications

Commands/responses The controller can send this data to each drive (Drive 0 to Drive 4):
• Control commands: Run commands and frequency references
• Control responses: Output frequency and drive status (during run, faults)
• Read and write parameters
• Read monitors

Synchronous control Not supported

*1 Gateway Mode is not available with Yaskawa 1000-series drives or previous series drives.
Note:
• The communication speed in gateway mode is slower than the speed in fieldbus communications. Make sure that the speed is
acceptable for your system.
• Response speed with the communication option is slower than with point-to-point communications.
• Set H5-03 [Communication Parity Selection] to the same value on the master drive and slave drives.
WARNING! Injury to Personnel. Separately prepare safety protection equipment and systems, for example fast stop switches. If
the motor does not stop correctly from the disconnection of communications cable or electrical interference, it can cause serious
injury.
Setting Gateway Mode
Table 12.50shows sample settings to connect 4 slave drives:
Table 12.50 Sample Settings for Using Gateway Mode
H5-02
H5-01 [Communication H5-06 H5-09 b1-01 b1-02
F6-16 Speed Selection] [Frequency
[Drive Node [Drive Transmit [CE Detection [Run Command
[Gateway Mode] Address] *1 H5-03 Wait Time] Time] Reference Selection 1]
[Communication Selection 1]
Parity Selection]

Drive 0
1 - 4 *2 1F (Default) *5 5 ms (Default) *6 ≥ 2.0 s *7 3 [Option PCB] 3 [Option PCB]
(Master Drive)

2 [Memobus/ 2 [Memobus/
Drive 1 Modbus Modbus
0 01 *3 *4 *5 5 ms (Default) *6 ≥ 0.9 s *7
(Slave Drive) Communications] Communications]
*8 *8

2 [Memobus/ 2 [Memobus/
Drive 2 Modbus Modbus
0 02 *3 *4 *5 5 ms (Default) *6 ≥ 0.9 s *7 Communications] Communications]
(Slave Drive)
*8 *8

2 [Memobus/ 2 [Memobus/
Drive 3 Modbus Modbus
0 03 *3 *4 *5 5 ms (Default) *6 ≥ 0.9 s *7
(Slave Drive) Communications] Communications]
*8 *8

2 [Memobus/ 2 [Memobus/
Drive 4 Modbus Modbus
0 04 *3 *4 *5 5 ms (Default) *6 ≥ 0.9 s *7
(Slave Drive) Communications] Communications]
*8 *8

*1 Re-energize the drive to apply the new settings.

*2 Specify the number of slave drives you will connect.
*3 Setting 0 will not let the drive respond to MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.
*4 Set a slave address that is different from other slave devices.
*5 Enter the same value that you use for the master drive.
*6 To correctly detect the response timeout, do not change the value of H5-06 from the default value.

584 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.7 F: Options

*7 Set H5-09 ≥ 0.9. When H5-09 < 0.9, the drive will detect CE [Modbus Communication Error] before it detects a response timeout.
*8 On each slave drive, set b1-01 [Frequency Reference Selection 1] and b1-02 [Run Command Selection 1] to 2 [Memobus/Modbus
Communications].
An Overview of Gateway Mode
When in gateway mode, the drive will operate as shown in Table 12.51.

A - Controller C - Master Drive (Drive 0)

B - Communication Option D - Slave Drives (Drives 1 to 4)
Table 12.51 Operation in Gateway Mode
Master Drive (Drive 0) to Slave Drives (Drives 1 to
Controller to Communication Option Communication Option to Master Drive (Drive 0) 4)

• The controller and card communicate in the format of Field bus communication data is written to and read from • Uses MEMOBUS communications.
each field bus communications protocol. the special registers of Drive 0. • Drive 0 sends data from its special registers to Drives
• Drive 0 sends commands and monitors through normal 1 to 4.
field bus communications.
• The special registers of Drive 0 use read and write to
send commands to and monitor Drives 1 to 4.

Operations at the Time of Communication Error

Error
Communication Error Codes Operation

• Master drive
Detects bUS [Option Communication Error] and operates as specified by F6-01 [Communication Error Selection].
• Slave drive
Detects CE [Modbus Communication Error] and operates as specified by H5-04 [Communication Error Stop Method].
From controller to Note:
bUS
communication option • After error detection, each drive can continue the operation specified by the last received command if the F6-01 and H5-04 settings
agree. Because the controller cannot stop the operation, you must supply a stopping method, for example an emergency stop
switch.
• If you set H5-05 = 0 [Comm Fault Detection Selection = Disabled], the drive will not detect CE. The H5-04 setting does not have
an effect.

• Master drive
From communication Detects oFAxx and coasts to stop.
option to master drive oFAxx
• Slave drive
Detects hLCE [High Level Communication Errors] and coasts to stop.

The master drive stops communicating with the slave drive in these conditions: Reset the fault to restart communication.
The slave drive detects CE after H5-09 [CE Detection Time] is expired. Then it operates in as specified with H5-04 [Communication
From master drive to Error Stop Method].
CE
slave drive
• A message error occurred in the send data from the slave drive 10 consecutive times.
• Response from the slave drive timed out 10 consecutive times.

Parameter Details

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 585

12.7 F: Options

Gateway Special Register Specification

Table 12.52 Command Data
Register
No. (Hex.) Description

Command source update This flag enables command updates.

bit 0 Drive 1 Update Command Enabled To input the Run command and frequency reference at the same time, write all
commands, then change the bit value from 0 to 1.

bit 1 Drive 2 Update Command Enabled

15C5 bit 2 Drive 3 Update Command Enabled

bit 3 Drive 4 Update Command Enabled

bit 4 Update Register Access Command Enabled

bit 5 - F Reserved

Run Command (Drive 1)

H5-12 = 0: FWD/Stop
0 = Stop
1 = Forward run
bit 0
H5-12 = 1: Run/Stop
0 = Stop
1 = Run

H5-12 = 0: REV/Stop
0 = Stop
1 = Reverse run
15C6
bit 1
H5-12 = 1: FWD/REV
0 = Forward run
1 = Reverse run

bit 2 External fault

bit 3 Fault Reset

bit 4 ComRef

bit 5 ComCtrl

bit 6 - F Reserved

15C7 Frequency Reference (Drive 1) The unit of measure changes when o1-03 changes.

15C8 Run Command (Drive 2) Refer to “15C6: Run Command (Drive 1)” for more information.

15C9 Frequency Reference (Drive 2) The unit of measure changes when o1-03 changes.

15CA Run Command (Drive 3) Refer to “15C6: Run Command (Drive 1)” for more information.

15CB Frequency Reference (Drive 3) The unit of measure changes when o1-03 changes.

15CC Run Command (Drive 4) Refer to “15C6: Run Command (Drive 1)” for more information.

15CD Frequency Reference (Drive 4) The unit of measure changes when o1-03 changes.

Slave Address for Reg. Access + Read/Write

Slave address
0: Broadcast Messages (MEMOBUS)
bit 0 1: Drive 1
bit 1 When bit 0 to 3 = 0, access is enabled for broadcast messages only.
2: Drive 2
When bit 0 to 3 = 5, access is enabled for Run command and frequency reference
15CE bit 2 3: Drive 3 broadcast messages only. Drive 0 is excluded.
bit 3 4: Drive 4
5: Broadcast Messages (run command and frequency
reference)

bit 4 0: Read, 1: Write

bit 5 - F Reserved

15CF Register number

15D0 Data (write register)

586 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.7 F: Options

Table 12.53 Monitor Data

Register Description
No. (Hex.)

Drive Status (Drive 1)

bit 0 During Run

bit 1 During Reverse Run

bit 2 Drive ready

bit 3 Fault

bit 4 Frequency Reference Setting Fault 1: Upper/Lower Limit Fault

bit 5 No response from slave 1: Response has timed out.

15E7 bit 6 Communication Error 1: The drive detected a fault from a slave.

bit 7 No response from slave 10 consecutive attempts. 1: Timeout occurred 10 consecutive times.

bit 8 Communication fault occurred 10 consecutive times. 1: Fault has occurred from a slave 10 consecutive times.

bit 9 Receive broadcast command while drive is running 1: Drive operates as specified by the broadcast message command.

bit A Communication error with master drive 1: The slave cannot communicate with the master because of a communication error.

bit B - Reserved
D

bit E ComRef status

bit F ComCtrl status

The unit of measure changes when o1-03 changes.

Output frequency or frequency reference (Drive Status Bit 1: ON) Outputs when:
(Drive 1) • Normal operation: Output frequency
15E8
Drive Status Bit 4 = 0 [Output Frequency] • Drive detects Frequency Reference Setting Fault: Frequency reference when the error
Drive Status Bit 4 = 1 [Frequency Reference] occurs
Clears the value when the drive detects a communication error or communication stops.

15E9 Drive Status (Drive 2) Refer to "15E7: Drive Status (Drive 1)" for more information.

The unit of measure changes when o1-03 changes.

Outputs when:
15EA Output frequency or frequency reference (Drive Status Bit 4: ON) • Normal operation: Output frequency
(Drive 2) • Drive detects Frequency Reference Setting Fault: Frequency reference when the error
occurs
Clears the value when the drive detects a communication error or communication stops.

15EB Drive Status (Drive 3) Refer to "15E7: Drive Status (Drive 1)" for more information.

The unit of measure changes when o1-03 changes.

Outputs when:
Output frequency or frequency reference (Drive Status Bit 4: ON) • Normal operation: Output frequency
15EC (Drive 3) • Drive detects Frequency Reference Setting Fault: Frequency reference when the error
occurs
Clears the value when the drive detects a communication error or communication stops.

15ED Drive Status (Drive 4) Refer to "15E7: Drive Status (Drive 1)" for more information.

The unit of measure changes when o1-03 changes.

Outputs when:
Output frequency or frequency reference (Drive Status Bit 4: ON) • Normal operation: Output frequency
15EE (Drive 4) • Drive detects Frequency Reference Setting Fault: Frequency reference when the error
occurs
Clears the value when the drive detects a communication error or communication stops.
Parameter Details

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 587

12.7 F: Options

Register Description
No. (Hex.)

Slave Address for Reg. Access + During MEMOBUS process &

ErrCode

bit 0
00H: MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Complete
bit 1
02H: Register number not registered
bit 2
21H: Upper/Lower Limit Fault Note:
bit 3
22H: Write Mode Error If you change the access command before the MEMOBUS/Modbus access flag turns
bit 4 on, the drive will not do the command from before.
23H: Write performed during Uv
bit 5
24H: Write performed while writing parameter settings
bit 6
FFH: During MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication
bit 7
15EF
Slave address
0: Broadcast Messages (MEMOBUS)
bit 8 1: Drive 1
bit 9 2: Drive 2
bit A 3: Drive 3
4: Drive 4
5: Broadcast Messages (run command and frequency
reference)

bit B - Reserved
F

15F0 Register number

15F1 Data (write register)

■ F6-01: Communication Error Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-01 Communication Error V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1

(03A2) Selection Sets the method to stop the motor or let the motor continue operating when the drive detects bUS (0 - 5)
[Option Communication Error].

0 : Ramp to Stop
The drive ramps the motor to stop in the deceleration time. The output terminal set for Fault [H2-01 to H2-03 =
E] activates.
1 : Coast to Stop
The output turns off and the motor coasts to stop. The output terminal set for Fault [H2-01 to H2-03 = E]
activates.
2 : Fast Stop (Use C1-09)
The drive stops the motor in the deceleration time set in C1-09 [Fast Stop Time]. The output terminal set for Fault
[H2-01 to H2-03 = E] activates.
3 : Alarm Only
The keypad shows bUS and the drive continues operation at the current frequency reference.
Note:
Separately prepare safety protection equipment and systems, for example fast stop switches.
The output terminal set to Alarm [H2-01 to H2-03 = 10] activates.
4 : Alarm (Run at d1-04)
The keypad shows bUS and the drive continues operation at the speed set in d1-04 [Reference 4].
Note:
Separately prepare safety protection equipment and systems, for example fast stop switches.
5 : Alarm - Ramp Stop
The drive stops the motor during the deceleration time set in C1-02 [Deceleration Time 1].
After you remove the bUS alarm, the motor will accelerate to the previous frequency reference.

■ F6-02: Comm External Fault (EF0) Detect

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-02 Comm External Fault (EF0) V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0
(03A3) Detect Sets the conditions at which EF0 [Option Card External Fault] is detected. (0, 1)

588 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.7 F: Options

0 : Always Detected
1 : Detected during RUN Only

■ F6-03: Comm External Fault (EF0) Select

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-03 Comm External Fault (EF0) V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1
(03A4) Select Sets the method to stop the motor or let the motor continue operating when the drive detects EF0 (0 - 3)
[Option Card External Fault].

0 : Ramp to Stop
The drive ramps the motor to stop in the deceleration time. The output terminal set for Fault [H2-01 to H2-03 =
E] activates.
1 : Coast to Stop
The output turns off and the motor coasts to stop. The output terminal set for Fault [H2-01 to H2-03 = E]
activates.
2 : Fast Stop (Use C1-09)
The drive stops the motor in the deceleration time set in C1-09 [Fast Stop Time]. The output terminal set for Fault
[H2-01 to H2-03 = E] activates.
3 : Alarm Only
The keypad shows EF0 and the drive continues operation.
Note:
Separately prepare safety protection equipment and systems, for example fast stop switches.
The output terminal set to Alarm [H2-01 to H2-03 = 10] activates.

■ F6-04: bUS Error Detection Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-04 bUS Error Detection Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 2.0 s
(03A5) Sets the delay time for the drive to detect bUS [Option Communication Error]. (0.0 - 12.0 s)

Note:
When you install a CC-Link option (SI-C3) to the drive, the setting value changes to 0.0 s.

■ F6-06: Torque Reference/Limit by Comm

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-06 Torque Reference/Limit by V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(03A7) Comm Sets the function that enables and disables the torque reference and torque limit received from the (0, 1)
communication option.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

■ F6-07: Multi-Step Ref @ NetRef/ComRef

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-07 Multi-Step Ref @ NetRef/ V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1

(03A8) ComRef Sets the function that enables and disables the multi-step speed reference when the freqency (0, 1)
reference source is NetRef or ComRef (communication option card or MEMOBUS/Modbus
communications).

0 : Disable Multi-Step References

When NetRef or ComRef are the frequency reference source, the multi-step speed reference (2-step speed to 16-
Parameter Details

step speed references) and the Jog Frequency Reference (JOG command) are disabled.
1 : Enable Multi-Step References
When NetRef or ComRef are the frequency reference source, the multi-step speed reference (2-step speed through
16-step speed references) and the Jog Frequency Reference (JOG command) are enabled, and you can change the
frequency reference.
12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 589

12.7 F: Options

■ F6-08: Comm Parameter Reset @Initialize

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-08 Comm Parameter Reset V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(036A) @Initialize Sets the function to initialize F6-xx and F7-xx parameters when the drive is initialized with A1-03 (0, 1)
[Initialize Parameters].

0 : No Reset - Parameters Retained

1 : Reset Back to Factory Default
Note:
When you use A1-03 to initialize the drive, this setting will not change.

■ F6-10: CC-Link Node Address

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-10 CC-Link Node Address V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(03B6) Sets the node address for CC-Link communication. Restart the drive after you change the (0 - 64)
parameter setting.

Note:
Be sure to set a node address that is different than all other node addresses. Do not set this parameter to 0. Incorrect parameter settings
will cause AEr [Station Address Setting Error] errors and the L.ERR LED on the option will come on.
When the only drive is connected, you can connect a maximum of 42 nodes. Follow these rules to connect devices
that are not drives:
• {(1 × a) + (2 × b) + (3 × c) + (4 × d)} ≤ 64
(a: number of units that occupies 1 node, b: number of units that occupies 2 nodes, c: number of units that
occupies 3 nodes, d: number of units that occupies 4 nodes)
• {(16 × A) + (54 × B) + (88 × C)} ≤ 2304
(A: number of remote I/O nodes (64 max.), B: number of remote device nodes (42 max.), C: number of local
nodes (26 max.))

■ F6-11: CC-Link Communication Speed

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-11 CC-Link Communication V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(03B7) Speed Sets the communication speed for CC-Link communication. Restart the drive after you change the (0 - 4)
parameter setting.

0 : 156 kbps
1 : 625 kbps
2 : 2.5 Mbps
3 : 5 Mbps
4 : 10 Mbps

■ F6-14: BUS Error Auto Reset

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-14 BUS Error Auto Reset V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0
(03BB) Sets the automatic reset function for bUS [Option Communication Errors]. (0, 1)

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

■ F6-15: Comm. Option Parameters Reload

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-15 Comm. Option Parameters V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0B5B) Reload Sets the update method when you change F6-xx, F7-xx [Communication Options]. (0 - 2)

590 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.7 F: Options

Note:
• Set F6-15 = 0, 1 to reload F6-xx, F7-xx.
• Set F6-15 = 0, 1 to reset the display on the keypad to 0.
0 : Reload at Next Power Cycle
Restart the drive to update parameters.
1 : Reload Now
The changed parameters are updated without restarting the drive.
2 : Cancel Reload Request
Cancels CyPo [Cycle Power to Accept Changes].

■ F6-16: Gateway Mode

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-16 Gateway Mode V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0B8A) Sets the gateway mode operation and the number of connected slave drives. (0 to 4)

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled: 1 Slave Drives
2 : Enabled: 2 Slave Drives
3 : Enabled: 3 Slave Drives
4 : Enabled: 4 Slave Drives

■ F6-20: MECHATROLINK Station Address

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-20 MECHATROLINK Station V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0021h

(036B) Address Sets the station address for MECHATROLINK communication. Change the parameter then cycle (MECHATROLINK-II:
power on the drive. 0020h - 003Fh,
MECHATROLINK-III:
0003h - 00EFh)

Note:
• The setting range changes if using MECHATROLINK-II or MECHATROLINK-III:
–MECHATROLINK-II (SI-T3) range: 20 to 3F
–MECHATROLINK-III (SI-ET3) range: 03 to EF
• Be sure to set a node address that is different than all other node addresses. Incorrect parameter settings will cause AEr [Station
Address Setting Error] errors and the L.ERR LED on the option will come on.
• The drive detects AEr errors when the station address is 20 or 3F.

■ F6-21: MECHATROLINK Frame Size

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-21 MECHATROLINK Frame V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(036C) Size Sets the frame size for MECHATROLINK communication. Restart the drive after you change the (0, 1)
parameter setting.

0 : 32byte (M-2) / 64byte (M-3)

1 : 17byte (M-2) / 32byte (M-3)

■ F6-22: MECHATROLINK Link Speed

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-22 MECHATROLINK Link V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(036D) Speed Sets the communications speed for MECHATROLINK-II. Restart the drive after you change the (0, 1)
Parameter Details

parameter setting.

Note:
This parameter is only available with the MECHATROLINK-II option.
0 : 10 Mbps
1 : 4 Mbps
12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 591

12.7 F: Options

■ F6-23: MECHATROLINK Monitor Select (E)

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-23 MECHATROLINK V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0000h

(036E) Monitor Select (E) Sets the MEMOBUS register used for the monitor functions of INV_CTL (drive operation control (0000h - FFFFh)
command) and INV_I/O (drive I/O control command). Restart the drive after you change the
parameter setting.

To enable the MEMOBUS register set in F6-23, set SEL_MON2/1 to 0EH or set SEL_MON 3/4 and SEL_MON
5/6 to 0EH. Bytes of the response data enable the MEMOBUS register content that was set in F6-23.

■ F6-24: MECHATROLINK Monitor Select (F)

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-24 MECHATROLINK V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0000h

(036F) Monitor Select (F) Sets the MEMOBUS register used for the monitor functions of INV_CTL (drive operation control (0000h - FFFFh)
command) and INV_I/O (drive I/O control command). Restart the drive after you change the
parameter setting.

To enable the MEMOBUS register set in F6-24, set SEL_MON2/1 to 0FH or set SEL_MON3/4 and SEL_MON
5/6 to 0FH. Bytes of the response data enable the MEMOBUS register content that was set F6-24.

■ F6-25: MECHATROLINK Watchdog Error Sel

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-25 MECHATROLINK V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1

(03C9) Watchdog Error Sel Sets the method to stop the motor or let the motor continue operating when the drive detects E5 (0 - 3)
[MECHATROLINK Watchdog Timer Err].

0 : Ramp to Stop
The drive ramps the motor to stop in the deceleration time. The output terminal set for Fault [H2-01 to H2-03 =
E] activates.
1 : Coast to Stop
The output turns off and the motor coasts to stop. The output terminal set for Fault [H2-01 to H2-03 = E]
activates.
2 : Fast Stop (Use C1-09)
The drive stops the motor in the deceleration time set in C1-09 [Fast Stop Time]. The output terminal set for Fault
[H2-01 to H2-03 = E] activates.
3 : Alarm Only
The keypad shows E5, and the drive continues to operate.
Note:
Separately prepare safety protection equipment and systems, for example fast stop switches.
The output terminal set to Alarm [H2-01 to H2-03 = 10] activates.

■ F6-26: MECHATROLINK Allowable No of Err

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-26 MECHATROLINK V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 2

(03CA) Allowable No of Err Sets the number of times that the option must detect a bUS alarm to cause a bUS [Option (2 - 10 times)
Communication Error].

■ F6-30: PROFIBUS-DP Node Address

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-30 PROFIBUS-DP Node V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(03CB) Address Sets the node address for PROFIBUS-DP communication. Restart the drive after you change the (0 - 125)
parameter setting.

Note:
• Be sure to set a node address that is different than all other node addresses.
• Node addresses 0, 1, and 2 are usually reserved for control, maintenance, and device self-diagnosis.

592 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.7 F: Options

■ F6-31: PROFIBUS-DP Clear Mode Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-31 PROFIBUS-DP Clear V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(03CC) Mode Selection Sets what the drive will do after it receives the Clear Mode command. (0, 1)

0 : Reset
Resets drive settings, for example frequency reference and I/O settings.
1 : Hold Previous State
The drive keeps the same status as before it received the command.

■ F6-32: PROFIBUS-DP Data Format Select

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-32 PROFIBUS-DP Data V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(03CD) Format Select Sets the data format of PROFIBUS-DP communication. Restart the drive after you change the (0 - 5)
parameter setting.

Note:
The H5-11 [Comm ENTER Command Mode] setting makes the RAM enter command necessary or not necessary to write parameters
over network communication. When F6-32 = 0, 1, or 2, the H5-11 setting does not have an effect. The RAM enter command is always
necessary to write parameters.
0 : PPO Type
1 : Conventional
2 : PPO (bit0)
This function operates when bit 0 and bit 4 in the register STW have values of 1 (operate). Refer to the
PROFIBUS-DP communication manual for more information.
3 : PPO (Enter)
4 : Conventional (Enter)
5 : PPO (bit0, Enter)
This function operates when bit 0 and bit 4 in the register STW have values of 1 (operate). Refer to the
PROFIBUS-DP communication manual for more information.

■ F6-35: CANopen Node ID Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-35 CANopen Node ID V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(03D0) Selection Sets the node address for CANopen communication. Restart the drive after you change the (0 - 126)
parameter setting.

Note:
Be sure to set an address that is different than all other node addresses. Do not set this parameter to 0. Incorrect parameter settings will
cause AEr [Station Address Setting Error] errors and the L.ERR LED on the option will come on.

■ F6-36: CANopen Communication Speed

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-36 CANopen Communication V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(03D1) Speed Sets the CANopen communications speed. Restart the drive after you change the parameter (0 - 8)
setting.

0 : Auto-detection
The drive detects the network communication speed and automatically adjusts the communications speed.
Parameter Details

1 : 10 kbps
2 : 20 kbps
3 : 50 kbps
4 : 125 kbps
5 : 250 kbps
12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 593

12.7 F: Options

6 : 500 kbps
7 : 800 kbps
8 : 1 Mbps

■ F6-50: DeviceNet MAC Address

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-50 DeviceNet MAC Address V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(03C1) Sets the MAC address for DeviceNet communication. Restart the drive after you change the (0 - 64)
parameter setting.

Note:
Be sure to set a MAC address that is different than all other node addresses. Do not set this parameter to 0. Incorrect parameter settings
will cause AEr [Station Address Setting Error] errors and the MS LED on the option will flash.

■ F6-51: DeviceNet Baud Rate

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-51 DeviceNet Baud Rate V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(03C2) Sets the DeviceNet communications speed. Restart the drive after you change the parameter (0 - 4)
setting.

0 : 125 kbps
1 : 250 kbps
2 : 500 kbps
3 : Adjustable from Network
The controller sets the communications speed.
4 : Detect Automatically
The drive detects the network communication speed and automatically adjusts the communications speed.

■ F6-52: DeviceNet PCA Setting

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-52 DeviceNet PCA Setting V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 21

(03C3) Sets the format of data that the DeviceNet communication master sends to the drive. (0 - 255)

Note:
If F6-52 [DeviceNet PCA Setting] and F6-53 [DeviceNet PPA Setting] are not correct, the value is reset to default.

■ F6-53: DeviceNet PPA Setting

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-53 DeviceNet PPA Setting V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 71

(03C4) Sets the format of data that the drive sends to the DeviceNet communication master. (0 - 255)

Note:
If F6-52 [DeviceNet PCA Setting] and F6-53 [DeviceNet PPA Setting] are not correct, the value is reset to default.

■ F6-54: DeviceNet Idle Fault Detection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-54 DeviceNet Idle Fault V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(03C5) Detection Sets the function to detect EF0 [Option Card External Fault] when the drive does not receive (0 - 4)
data from the DeviceNet master.

0 : Enabled
1 : Disabled, No Fault Detection
Does not detect EF0 issues.
2 : Vendor Specific
3 : RUN Forward

594 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.7 F: Options

4 : RUN Reverse

■ F6-55: DeviceNet Baud Rate Monitor

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-55 DeviceNet Baud Rate V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(03C6) Monitor Sets the function to see the actual DeviceNet communications speed using the keypad. This (0 - 2)
parameter functions as a monitor only.

0 : 125 kbps
1 : 250 kbps
2 : 500 kbps

■ F6-56: DeviceNet Speed Scaling

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-56 DeviceNet Speed Scaling V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(03D7) Sets the speed scale for DeviceNet communication. (-15 - +15)

■ F6-57: DeviceNet Current Scaling

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-57 DeviceNet Current Scaling V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(03D8) Sets the current scale of the DeviceNet communication master. (-15 - +15)

■ F6-58: DeviceNet Torque Scaling

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-58 DeviceNet Torque Scaling V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(03D9) Sets the torque scale of the DeviceNet communication master. (-15 - +15)

■ F6-59: DeviceNet Power Scaling

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-59 DeviceNet Power Scaling V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(03DA) Sets the power scale of the DeviceNet communication master. (-15 - +15)

■ F6-60: DeviceNet Voltage Scaling

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-60 DeviceNet Voltage Scaling V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(03DB) Sets the voltage scale of the DeviceNet communication master. (-15 - +15)

■ F6-61: DeviceNet Time Scaling

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-61 DeviceNet Time Scaling V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(03DC) Sets the time scale of the DeviceNet communication master. (-15 - +15)

■ F6-62: DeviceNet Heartbeat Interval

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)
Parameter Details

F6-62 DeviceNet Heartbeat V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(03DD) Interval Sets the heartbeat for DeviceNet communication. Set this parameter to 0 to disable the heartbeat (0 - 10)
function.

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 595

12.7 F: Options

■ F6-63: DeviceNet Network MAC ID

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-63 DeviceNet Network MAC V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(03DE) ID Sets the function to see the actual DeviceNet MAC address using the keypad. This parameter (0 - 63)
functions as a monitor only.

■ F6-64 to F6-67: Dynamic Out Assembly 109 Param1 to 4

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-64 to F6-67 Dynamic Out Assembly V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0000h
(03DF - 03E2) 109 Param 1 to 4 Sets Configurable Outputs 1 to 4 written to the MEMOBUS register. (0000h - FFFFh)

■ F6-68 to F6-71: Dynamic In Assembly 159 Param 1 to 4

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-68 to F6-71 Dynamic In Assembly 159 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0000h
(03E3, 03E4, Param 1 to 4 Sets Configurable Inputs 1 to 4 read from the MEMOBUS register. (0000h - FFFFh)
03C7, and 03C8)

■ F6-72: PowerLink Node Address

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F6-72 PowerLink Node Address V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(081B) Sets the node ID for PowerLink communication. (0 - 255)

■ F7-01: IP Address 1
No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-01 IP Address 1 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 192

(03E5) Sets the first octet of the IP Address for the device that is connecting to the network. Restart the (0 - 255)
drive after you change this parameter.

Note:
When F7-13 = 0 [Address Mode at Startup = Static]:
• Use parameters F7-01 to F7-04 [IP Address 4] to set the IP Address. Be sure to set a different IP address for each drive on the network.
• Also set parameters F7-01 to F7-12.

■ F7-02: IP Address 2
No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-02 IP Address 2 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 168

(03E6) Sets the second octet of the IP Address for the device that is connecting to the network. Restart the (0 - 255)
drive after you change this parameter.

Note:
When F7-13 = 0 [Address Mode at Startup = Static]:
• Use parameters F7-01 to F7-04 [IP Address 4] to set the IP Address. Be sure to set a different IP address for each drive on the network.
• Also set parameters F7-01 to F7-12.

■ F7-03: IP Address 3
No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-03 IP Address 3 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1

(03E7) Sets the third octet of the IP Address for the device that is connecting to the network. Restart the (0 - 255)
drive after you change this parameter.

Note:
When F7-13 = 0 [Address Mode at Startup = Static]:
• Use parameters F7-01 to F7-04 [IP Address 4] to set the IP Address. Be sure to set a different IP address for each drive on the network.
• Also set parameters F7-01 to F7-12.

596 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.7 F: Options

■ F7-04: IP Address 4
No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-04 IP Address 4 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 20

(03E8) Sets the fourth octet of the IP Address for the device that is connecting to the network. Restart the (0 - 255)
drive after you change this parameter.

Note:
When F7-13 = 0 [Address Mode at Startup = Static]:
• Use parameters F7-01 to F7-04 [IP Address 4] to set the IP Address. Be sure to set a different IP address for each drive on the network.
• Also set parameters F7-01 to F7-12.

■ F7-05: Subnet Mask 1

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-05 Subnet Mask 1 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 255

(03E9) Sets the first octet of the subnet mask of the connected network. (0 - 255)

Note:
Set this parameter when F7-13 = 0 [Address Mode at Startup = Static].

■ F7-06: Subnet Mask 2

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-06 Subnet Mask 2 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 255

(03EA) Sets the second octet of the subnet mask of the connected network. (0 - 255)

Note:
Set this parameter when F7-13 = 0 [Address Mode at Startup = Static].

■ F7-07: Subnet Mask 3

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-07 Subnet Mask 3 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 255

(03EB) Sets the third octet of the subnet mask of the connected network. (0 - 255)

Note:
Set this parameter when F7-13 = 0 [Address Mode at Startup = Static].

■ F7-08: Subnet Mask 4

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-08 Subnet Mask 4 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(03EC) Sets the fourth octet of the subnet mask of the connected network. (0 - 255)

Note:
Set this parameter when F7-13 = 0 [Address Mode at Startup = Static].

■ F7-09: Gateway Address 1

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-09 Gateway Address 1 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 192

(03ED) Sets the first octet of the gateway address of the connected network. (0 - 255)

Note:
Set this parameter when F7-13 = 0 [Address Mode at Startup = Static].
Parameter Details

■ F7-10: Gateway Address 2

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-10 Gateway Address 2 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 168

(03EE) Sets the second octet of the gateway address of the connected network. (0 - 255)
12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 597

12.7 F: Options

Note:
Set this parameter when F7-13 = 0 [Address Mode at Startup = Static].

■ F7-11: Gateway Address 3

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-11 Gateway Address 3 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1

(03EF) Sets the third octet of the gateway address of the connected network. (0 - 255)

Note:
Set this parameter when F7-13 = 0 [Address Mode at Startup = Static].

■ F7-12: Gateway Address 4

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-12 Gateway Address 4 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1

(03F0) Sets the fourth octet of the gateway address of the connected network. (0 - 255)

Note:
Set this parameter when F7-13 = 0 [Address Mode at Startup = Static].

■ F7-13: Address Mode at Startup

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-13 Address Mode at Startup V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 2

(03F1) Sets the method to set option card IP addresses. (0 - 2)

0 : Static
1 : BOOTP
2 : DHCP
Note:
• The following setting values are available when using the PROFINET communication option card (SI-EP3).
–0: Static
–2: DCP
• When F7-13 = 0, set parameters F7-01 to F7-12 [IP Address 1 to Gateway Address 4] to set the IP Address. Be sure to set a different
IP address for each drive on the network.

■ F7-14: Duplex Mode Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-14 Duplex Mode Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1

(03F2) Sets the duplex mode setting method. (0 - 8)

0 : Half/Half
1 : Auto/Auto
2 : Full/Full
3 : Half/Auto
Port 1 is set to “Half” and port 2 is set to “Auto”.
4 : Half/Full
Port 1 is set to “Half” and port 2 is set to “Full”.
5 : Auto/Half
Port 1 is set to “Auto” and port 2 is set to “Half”.
6 : Auto/Full
Port 1 is set to “Auto” and port 2 is set to “Full”.
7 : Full/Half
Port 1 is set to “Full” and port 2 is set to “Half”.
8 : Full/Auto
Port 1 is set to “Full” and port 2 is set to “Auto”.

598 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.7 F: Options

■ F7-15: Communication Speed Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-15 Communication Speed V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10

(03F3) Selection Sets the communications speed. (10, 100 - 102)

10 : 10/10 Mbps
100 : 100/100 Mbps
101 : 10/100 Mbps
102 : 100/10 Mbps
Note:
Set this parameter when F7-14 = 0 or 2 [Duplex Mode Selection = Half/Half or Full/Full].

■ F7-16: Timeout Value

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-16 Timeout Value V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0 s

(03F4) Sets the detection time for a communications timeout. (0.0 - 30.0 s)

Note:
Set this parameter to 0.0 to disable the connection timeout function.

■ F7-17: EtherNet/IP Speed Scaling Factor

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-17 EtherNet/IP Speed Scaling V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(03F5) Factor Sets the scaling factor for the speed monitor in the EtherNet/IP Class ID 2AH Object. (-15 - +15)

■ F7-18: EtherNet/IP Current Scale Factor

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-18 EtherNet/IP Current Scale V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(03F6) Factor Sets the scaling factor for the output current monitor in the EtherNet/IP Class ID 2AH Object. (-15 - +15)

■ F7-19: EtherNet/IP Torque Scale Factor

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-19 EtherNet/IP Torque Scale V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(03F7) Factor Sets the scaling factor for the torque monitor in the EtherNet/IP Class ID 2AH Object. (-15 - +15)

■ F7-20: EtherNet/IP Power Scaling Factor

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-20 EtherNet/IP Power Scaling V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(03F8) Factor Sets the scaling factor for the power monitor in the EtherNet/IP Class ID 2AH Object. (-15 - +15)

■ F7-21: EtherNet/IP Voltage Scale Factor

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-21 EtherNet/IP Voltage Scale V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(03F9) Factor Sets the scaling factor for the voltage monitor in the EtherNet/IP Class ID 2AH Object. (-15 - +15)
Parameter Details

■ F7-22: EtherNet/IP Time Scaling

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-22 EtherNet/IP Time Scaling V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(03FA) Sets the scaling factor for the time monitor in the EtherNet/IP Class ID 2AH Object. (-15 - +15)
12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 599

12.7 F: Options

■ F7-23 to F7-32: Dynamic Out Param 1 to 10 for CommCard

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-23 to F7-27 Dynamic Out Param 1 to 10 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0
(03FB - 03FF) for CommCard When you use an Ethernet/IP option, sets Output Assembly 116. The drive writes the values from
F7-28 to F7-32 Output Assembly 116 to the MEMOBUS/Modbus address register that is stored for each
parameter. The drive will not write the values from Output Assembly 116 to the registers when
(0370 - 0374) the MEMOBUS/Modbus address is 0. When you use a ProfiNet option, set F7-23 to F7-27 to
configurable Output 1-5.

■ F7-33 to F7-42: Dynamic In Param 1 to 10 for CommCard

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-33 to F7-42 Dynamic In Param 1 to 10 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0375 - 037E) for CommCard When you use an Ethernet/IP option, sets Input Assembly 166. The drive sends the values from
the MEMOBUS/Modbus address registers stored for each parameter to Input Assembly 166. The
drive returns the default register value for the option card when the MEMOBUS/Modbus address
is 0 and the value sent to Input Assembly 166 is not defined. When you use a ProfiNet option, set
F7-33 to F7-37 to configurable inputs 1-5.

■ F7-60: PZD1 Write (Control Word)

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-60 PZD1 Write (Control Word) V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0
(0780) When you use a Profibus option, set the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD1 (PPO output).
PZD1 (PPO output) functions as the STW when F7-60 = 0 to 2.

■ F7-61: PZD2 Write (Frequency Reference)

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-61 PZD2 Write (Frequency V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0781) Reference) When you use a Profibus option, sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD2 (PPO output).
PZD2 (PPO output) functions as the HSW when F7-61 = 0 to 2.

■ F7-62: PZD3 Write

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-62 PZD3 Write V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0782) When you use a Profibus option, sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD3 (PPO output). A
value of 0, 1, or 2 will disable the PZD3 (PPO output) write operation to the MEMOBUS/Modbus
register.

■ F7-63: PZD4 Write

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-63 PZD4 Write V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0783) When you use a Profibus option, sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD4 (PPO output). A
value of 0, 1, or 2 will disable the PZD4 (PPO output) write operation to the MEMOBUS/Modbus
register.

■ F7-64: PZD5 Write

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-64 PZD5 Write V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0784) When you use a Profibus option, sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD5 (PPO output). A
value of 0, 1, or 2 will disable the PZD5 (PPO output) write operation to the MEMOBUS/Modbus
register.

■ F7-65: PZD6 Write

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-65 PZD6 Write V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0785) When you use a Profibus option, sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD6 (PPO output). A
value of 0, 1, or 2 will disable the PZD6 (PPO output) write operation to the MEMOBUS/Modbus
register.

600 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.7 F: Options

■ F7-66: PZD7 Write

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-66 PZD7 Write V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0786) When you use a Profibus option, sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD7 (PPO output). A
value of 0, 1, or 2 will disable the PZD7 (PPO output) write operation to the MEMOBUS/Modbus
register.

■ F7-67: PZD8 Write

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-67 PZD8 Write V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0787) When you use a Profibus option, sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD8 (PPO output). A
value of 0, 1, or 2 will disable the PZD8 (PPO output) write operation to the MEMOBUS/Modbus
register.

■ F7-68: PZD9 Write

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-68 PZD9 Write V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0788) When you use a Profibus option, sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD9 (PPO output). A
value of 0, 1, or 2 will disable the PZD9 (PPO output) write operation to the MEMOBUS/Modbus
register.

■ F7-69: PZD10 Write

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-69 PZD10 Write V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0789) When you use a Profibus option, sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD10 (PPO output).
A value of 0, 1, or 2 will disable the PZD10 (PPO output) write operation to the MEMOBUS/
Modbus register.

■ F7-70: PZD1 Read (Status Word)

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-70 PZD1 Read (Status Word) V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0
(078A) When you use a Profibus option, sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD1 (PPO input).
PZD1 (PPO input) functions as the ZSW when F7-70 = 0.

■ F7-71: PZD2 Read (Output Frequency)

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-71 PZD2 Read (Output V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(078B) Frequency) When you use a Profibus option, sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD2 (PPO input).
PZD2 (PPO input) functions as the HIW when F7-71 = 0.

■ F7-72: PZD3 Read

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-72 PZD3 Read V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(078C) When you use a Profibus option, sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD3 (PPO input). A
value of 0 will disable the PZD3 (PPO input) load operation from the MEMOBUS/Modbus
register.

■ F7-73: PZD4 Read

No. Default
Parameter Details

Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-73 PZD4 Read V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(078D) When you use a Profibus option, sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD4 (PPO input). A
value of 0 will disable the PZD4 (PPO input) load operation from the MEMOBUS/Modbus
register.

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 601

12.7 F: Options

■ F7-74: PZD5 Read

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-74 PZD5 Read V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(078E) When you use a Profibus option, sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD5 (PPO input). A
value of 0 will disable the PZD5 (PPO input) load operation from the MEMOBUS/Modbus
register.

■ F7-75: PZD6 Read

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-75 PZD6 Read V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(078F) When you use a Profibus option, sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD6 (PPO input). A
value of 0 will disable the PZD6 (PPO input) load operation from the MEMOBUS/Modbus
register.

■ F7-76: PZD7 Read

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-76 PZD7 Read V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0790) When you use a Profibus option, sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD7 (PPO input). A
value of 0 will disable the PZD7 (PPO input) load operation from the MEMOBUS/Modbus
register.

■ F7-77: PZD8 Read

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-77 PZD8 Read V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0791) When you use a Profibus option, sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD8 (PPO input). A
value of 0 will disable the PZD8 (PPO input) load operation from the MEMOBUS/Modbus
register.

■ F7-78: PZD9 Read

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-78 PZD9 Read V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0792) When you use a Profibus option, sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD9 (PPO input). A
value of 0 will disable the PZD9 (PPO input) load operation from the MEMOBUS/Modbus
register.

■ F7-79: PZD10 Read

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

F7-79 PZD10 Read V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0793) When you use a Profibus option, sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD10 (PPO input). A
value of 0 will disable the PZD10 (PPO input) load operation from the MEMOBUS/Modbus
register.

602 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

H parameters set functions for external input and output terminals.

◆ H1: Digital Inputs

H1 Parameters set the MFDI terminal functions.

■ H1-01 to H1-07 Terminal S1 to S7 Function Selection

The drive has 7 MFDI terminals. Refer to Table 12.54 for drive default settings and functions.
Table 12.54 MFDI Default Settings and Functions
No. Name Default Function

H1-01 Terminal S1 Function Selection 40 (F) *1 Forward RUN (2-Wire)

H1-02 Terminal S2 Function Selection 41 (F) *1 Reverse RUN (2-Wire)

H1-03 Terminal S3 Function Selection 24 External Fault (NO-Always-Coast)

H1-04 Terminal S4 Function Selection 14 Fault Reset

H1-05 Terminal S5 Function Selection 3 (0) *1 Multi-Step Speed Reference 1

H1-06 Terminal S6 Function Selection 4 (3) *1 Multi-Step Speed Reference 2

H1-07 Terminal S7 Function Selection 6 (4) *1 Jog Reference Selection

*1 The value in parentheses identifies the default setting when you set A1-03 = 3330 [Initialize Parameters = 3-Wire Initialization].
Refer to the and use H1-xx [MFDI Function Select] to set the function.
Refer to the Table 12.55 and use H1-xx [MFDI Function Select] to set the function.
Table 12.55 MFDI Setting Values
Setting Value Function Reference Setting Value Function Reference

0 *1 3-Wire Sequence 606 1A Accel/Decel Time Selection 2 614

1 LOCAL/REMOTE Selection 607 1B *2 Programming Lockout 614

2 External Reference 1/2 Selection 608 1E Reference Sample Hold 615

3 Multi-Step Speed Reference 1 608 20 to 2F *1 External fault 615

4 Multi-Step Speed Reference 2 608 30 PID Integrator Reset 616

5 Multi-Step Speed Reference 3 608 31 PID Integrator Hold 616

6 Jog Reference Selection 608 32 Multi-Step Speed Reference 4 616

7 Accel/Decel Time Selection 1 608 34 PID Soft Starter Disable 616

8 *1 Baseblock Command (N.O.) 608 35 PID Input (Error) Invert 617

9 *1 Baseblock Command (N.C.) 609 3E PID Setpoint Selection 1 617

A Accel/Decel Ramp Hold 609 3F PID Setpoint Selection 2 617

B Overheat Alarm (oH2) 609 40 *1 Forward RUN (2-Wire) 617

C Analog Terminal Enable Selection 609 41 *1 Reverse RUN (2-Wire) 617

E ASR Integral Reset 610 42 *1 Run Command (2-Wire Sequence 2) 618

F Through Mode 610 43 *1 FWD/REV (2-Wire Sequence 2) 618

10 Up Command 610 44 Add Offset Frequency 1 (d7-03) 618

11 Down Command 611 45 Add Offset Frequency 2 (d7-03) 618

12 *1 Forward Jog 612 46 Add Offset Frequency 3 (d7-03) 618

13 *1 Reverse Jog 612 47 Node Setup (CANopen) 618

14 Fault Reset 612 60 DC Injection Braking Command 619

Parameter Details

15 *1 Fast Stop (N.O.) 613 61 Speed Search from Fmax 619

16 Motor 2 Selection 613 62 Speed Search from Fref 619

17 *1 Fast Stop (N.C.) 614 63 Field Weakening 619

18 Timer Function 614 65 *1 KEB Ride-Thru 1 Activate (N.C.) 619

19 PID Disable 614 66 *1 KEB Ride-Thru 1 Activate (N.O.) 620 12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 603

12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

Setting Value Function Reference Setting Value Function Reference

67 Communications Test Mode 620 7D *1 Short Circuit Braking (N.C.) 623

68 High Slip Braking (HSB) Activate 620 7E Reverse Rotation Identifier 623

6A Drive Enable 620 7F PID Bi-Directional Enable 623

75 Up 2 Command 620 90 to 96 *1 DWEZ Digital Inputs 1 to 7 623

76 Down 2 Command 622 9F DWEZ Disable 623

77 ASR Gain (C5-03) Select 622 101 to 19F Inverse Inputs of 1 to 9F

Sets the function of the selected MFDI to operate 624
7A *1 KEB Ride-Thru 2 Activate (N.C.) 622 inversely. To select the function for inverse input,
enter two digits 01 to 9F for the “xx” in ”1xx”.
7B *1 KEB Ride-Thru 2 Activate (N.O.) 622

7C *1 Short Circuit Braking (N.O.) 622

*1 Inverse input is not available.

*2 You cannot use H7-01 to H7-04 [Virtual Multi-Function Input 1 to 4] to set this.

■ H1-01: Terminal S1 Function Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H1-01 Terminal S1 Function V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 40

(0438) Selection Sets the function for MFDI terminal S1. (1 - 1FF)

Note:
The default setting is F when you initialize the drive for 3-Wire Initialization [A1-03 = 3330].

■ H1-02: Terminal S2 Function Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H1-02 Terminal S2 Function V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 41

(0439) Selection Sets the function for MFDI terminal S2. (1 - 1FF)

Note:
The default setting is F when you initialize the drive for 3-Wire Initialization [A1-03 = 3330].

■ H1-03: Terminal S3 Function Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H1-03 Terminal S3 Function V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 24

(0400) Selection Sets the function for MFDI terminal S3. (0 - 1FF)

■ H1-04: Terminal S4 Function Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H1-04 Terminal S4 Function V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 14

(0401) Selection Sets the function for MFDI terminal S4. (0 - 1FF)

■ H1-05: Terminal S5 Function Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H1-05 Terminal S5 Function V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 3

(0402) Selection Sets the function for MFDI terminal S5. (0 - 1FF)

Note:
The default setting is 0 when the drive is initialized for 3-Wire Initialization [A1-03 = 3330].

■ H1-06: Terminal S6 Function Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H1-06 Terminal S6 Function V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 4

(0403) Selection Sets the function for MFDI terminal S6. (0 - 1FF)

604 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

Note:
The default setting is 3 when the drive is initialized for 3-Wire Initialization [A1-03 = 3330].

■ H1-07: Terminal S7 Function Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H1-07 Terminal S7 Function V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 6

(0404) Selection Sets the function for MFDI terminal S7. (0 - 1FF)

Note:
The default setting is 4 when the drive is initialized for 3-Wire Initialization [A1-03 = 3330].

■ H1-21: Terminal S1 Function Select 2

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H1-21 Terminal S1 Function V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV F

(0B70) Selection 2 Sets the second function for MFDI terminal S1. (1 - 19F)

When MFDI terminal S1 activates, it will operate the function set to H1-01 [Terminal S1 Function Selection] and
the function set to H1-21 at the same time.
When the setting value is F, the function is disabled.

■ H1-22: Terminal S2 Function Select 2

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H1-22 Terminal S2 Function V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV F

(0B71) Select 2 Sets the second function for MFDI terminal S2. (1 - 19F)

When MFDI terminal S2 activates, it will operate the function set to H1-02 [Terminal S2 Function Selection] and
the function set to H1-22 at the same time.
When the setting value is F, the function is disabled.

■ H1-23: Terminal S3 Function Select 2

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H1-23 Terminal S3 Function V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV F

(0B72) Selection 2 Sets the second function for MFDI terminal S3. (1 - 19F)

When MFDI terminal S3 activates, it will operate the function set to H1-03 [Terminal S3 Function Selection] and
the function set to H1-23 at the same time.
When the setting value is F, the function is disabled.

■ H1-24: Terminal S4 Function Selection 2

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H1-24 Terminal S4 Function V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV F

(0B73) Selection 2 Sets the second function for MFDI terminal S4. (1 - 19F)

When MFDI terminal S4 activates, it will operate the function set to H1-04 [Terminal S4 Function Selection] and
the function set to H1-24 at the same time.
When the setting value is F, the function is disabled.

■ H1-25: Terminal S5 Function Select 2

No. Default
Parameter Details

Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H1-25 Terminal S5 Function V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV F

(0B74) Selection 2 Sets the second function for MFDI terminal S5. (1 - 19F)

When MFDI terminal S5 activates, it will operate the function set to H1-05 [Terminal S5 Function Selection] and
the function set to H1-25 at the same time.
When the setting value is F, the function is disabled. 12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 605

12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

■ H1-26: Terminal S6 Function Select 2

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H1-26 Terminal S6 Function V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV F

(0B75) Selection 2 Sets the second function for MFDI terminal S6. (1 - 19F)

When MFDI terminal S6 activates, it will operate the function set to H1-06 [Terminal S6 Function Selection] and
the function set to H1-26 at the same time.
When the setting value is F, the function is disabled.

■ H1-27: Terminal S7 Function Select 2

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H1-27 Terminal S7 Function V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV F

(0B76) Selection 2 Sets the second function for MFDI terminal S7. (1 - 19F)

When MFDI terminal S7 activates, it will operate the function set to H1-07 [Terminal S7 Function Selection] and
the function set to H1-27 at the same time.
When the setting value is F, the function is disabled.

■ MEMOBUS/Modbus MFDI 1 to 3 Function Selection

You can set the function for the MFDI to MEMOBUS register bit 0 to 2 of [15C0(Hex.)]. Use H1-40 to H1-42
[Extend MFDI Function Selection] to select the bit function for each bit.
Note:
• Refer to MFDI Setting Values on page 606 for more information about MFDI setting values.
• You cannot set values 0 [3-Wire Sequence] and 20 to 2F [External Fault] for H1-40 to H1-42.
• When you will not use H1-40 to H1-42, set them to F [Through Mode].

■ H1-40: Mbus Reg 15C0h bit0 Input Func

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H1-40 Mbus Reg 15C0h bit0 Input V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV F
(0B54) Func Sets MFDI function to set to bit 0 of the MEMOBUS register 15C0 (Hex.). (1 - 19F)

■ H1-41: Mbus Reg 15C0h bit1 Input Func

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H1-41 Mbus Reg 15C0h bit1 Input V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV F
(0B55) Func Sets MFDI function to set to bit 1 of the MEMOBUS register 15C0 (Hex.). (1 - 19F)

■ H1-42: Mbus Reg 15C0h bit2 Input Func

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H1-42 Mbus Reg 15C0h bit2 Input V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV F
(0B56) Func Sets MFDI function to set to bit 2 of the MEMOBUS register 15C0 (Hex.). (1 - 19F)

◆ MFDI Setting Values

Selects a function set with H1-01 to H1-42.

■ 0: 3-Wire Sequence
Setting Value Function Description

0 3-Wire Sequence V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Sets the direction of motor rotation for 3-wire sequence.

If the 3-wire sequence is set to a terminal that is not MFDI terminals S1 and S2, these terminals will be the input
terminals for Forward run/Reverse run command. The drive will automatically set terminal S1 to Run command
(RUN) and terminal S2 to Stop command (STOP).

606 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

When terminal S1 (Run command) activates for 1 ms minimum, the drive rotates the motor. When terminal S2
(Stop command) deactivates, the drive stops. When terminal Sx that is set in 3-wire sequence deactivates, the
drive operates in the forward direction, and when it activates, the drive operates in the reverse direction.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Set the MFDI parameters before you close control circuit switches. Incorrect Run/Stop
circuit sequence settings can cause serious injury or death from moving equipment.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. When you use a 3-Wire sequence, set A1-03 = 3330 [Initialize Parameters = 3-Wire
Initialization] and make sure that b1-17 = 0 [Run Command at Power Up = Disregard Existing RUN Command] (default). If you
do not correctly set the drive parameters for 3-Wire operation before you energize the drive, the motor can suddenly rotate
when you energize the drive.

Figure 12.64 3-Wire Sequence Wiring Example

.

Figure 12.65 3-Wire Sequence Time Chart

Note:
• To input the Run command, activate the terminal for 1 ms minimum.
• The default setting for b1-17 [Run Command at Power Up] is 0 [Disregard existing RUN command]. If you enable the Run command

on an energized drive, the protective function activates and the flashes quickly. When the application will let an energized drive
Run, set b1-17 = 1 [Accept Existing RUN Command].

■ 1: LOCAL/REMOTE Selection
Setting Value Function Description

1 LOCAL/REMOTE V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Selection Sets drive control for the keypad (LOCAL) or an external source (REMOTE).

Note:
• When the MFDI terminal sets the LOCAL/REMOTE selection, on the keypad is disabled.

• When LOCAL Mode is selected, the green light for comes on.
• When the Run command is ON, you cannot switch between LOCAL Mode and REMOTE Mode.
ON : LOCAL
The keypad is the Frequency reference source and Run command source.
Parameter Details

OFF : REMOTE
The frequency reference and Run command settings are set in b1-01, b1-02 [Frequency Reference Selection 1/2]
or b1-15, b1-16 [Run Command Selection 1/2].

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 607

12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

■ 2: External Reference 1/2 Selection

Setting Value Function Description

2 External Reference 1/2 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Selection Sets the drive to use Run command source 1/2 or Reference command source 1/2 when in REMOTE Mode.

Note:
When the drive is receiving a Run command, you cannot switch between reference sources.
ON : b1-15 = [Frequency Reference Selection 2], b1-16 [Run Command Selection 2]
OFF : b1-01 = [Frequency Reference Selection 1], b1-02 [Run Command Selection 1]

■ 3: Multi-Step Speed Reference 1

Setting Value Function Description

3 Multi-Step Speed Reference V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

1 Uses speed references d1-01 to d1-16 to set a multi-step speed reference.

Note:
Refer to Setting Procedures for Multi-step Speed Operation on page 544 for more information.

■ 4: Multi-Step Speed Reference 2

Setting Value Function Description

4 Multi-Step Speed Reference V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

2 Uses speed references d1-01 to d1-16 to set a multi-step speed reference.

Note:
Refer to Setting Procedures for Multi-step Speed Operation on page 544 for more information.

■ 5: Multi-Step Speed Reference 3

Setting Value Function Description

5 Multi-Step Speed Reference V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

3 Uses speed references d1-01 to d1-16 to set a multi-step speed reference.

Note:
Refer to Setting Procedures for Multi-step Speed Operation on page 544 for more information.

■ 6: Jog Reference Selection

Setting Value Function Description

6 Jog Reference Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Sets the drive to use the JOG Frequency Reference (JOG command) set in d1-17. The JOG Frequency Reference (JOG
command) overrides Frequency References 1 to 16 (d1-01 to d1-16).

■ 7: Accel/Decel Time Selection 1

Setting Value Function Description

7 Accel/Decel Time Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

1 Sets the drive to use Acceleration/Deceleration Time 1 [C1-01, C1-02] or Acceleration/Deceleration Time 2 [C1-03, C1-04].

Note:
Refer to C1: Accel & Decel Time on page 524 for more information.

■ 8: Baseblock Command (N.O.)

Setting Value Function Description

8 Baseblock Command (N. V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

O.) Sets the command that stops drive output and coasts the motor to stop when the input is ON.

The keypad flashes bb [Baseblock]. If you cancel the baseblock command when the Run command is active, the
drive will restart the motor and use the speed search function.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. When you use a mechanical holding brake with the drive in a lifting application, you
must close the brake if an input terminal triggers the Baseblock command to stop drive output. If you enter the baseblock
command, the motor will suddenly coast and the load will slip, which can cause serious injury or death.

608 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

Figure 12.66 Baseblock Command Time Chart

ON : Baseblock (drive output stop)
OFF : Normal operation

■ 9: Baseblock Command (N.C.)

Setting Value Function Description

9 Baseblock Command (N. V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

C.) Sets the command that stops drive output and coasts the motor to stop when the input terminal is OFF.

The keypad flashes bb [Baseblock]. If you cancel the baseblock command when the Run command is active, the
drive will restart the motor and use the speed search function.
ON : Normal operation
OFF : Baseblock (drive output stop)
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. When you use a mechanical holding brake with the drive in a lifting application, you
must close the brake if an input terminal triggers the Baseblock command to stop drive output. If you enter the baseblock
command, the motor will suddenly coast and the load will slip, which can cause serious injury or death.

■ A: Accel/Decel Ramp Hold

Setting Value Function Description

A Accel/Decel Ramp Hold V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Momentarily pauses motor acceleration and deceleration when the terminal is turned ON, retains the output frequency that was
stored in the drive at the time of the pause, and restarts motor operation.

If the terminal is deactivated, the drive restarts acceleration and deceleration.

When the acceleration/deceleration ramp hold terminal is activated and d4-01 = 1 [Freq Reference Retention
Select = Enabled], the drive will store the output frequency in memory. While the acceleration/deceleration ramp
hold command is activated, the drive will always restart the motor at this output frequency.
Note:
Refer to d4-01: Freq Reference Hold Selection on page 552 for more information.

■ B: Overheat Alarm (oH2)

Setting Value Function Description

B Overheat Alarm (oH2) V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Sets the drive to display an oH2 [Drive Overheat Warning] alarm when the input terminal is ON. The alarm does not have an
effect on drive operation.

■ C: Analog Terminal Enable Selection

Setting Value Function Description

C Analog Terminal Enable V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Selection Sets the command that enables or disables the terminals selected in H3-14 [Analog Input Terminal Enable Sel].
Parameter Details

ON : Terminal selected with H3-14 is enabled

OFF : Terminal selected with H3-14 is disabled

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 609

12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

■ E: ASR Integral Reset

Setting Value Function Description

E ASR Integral Reset V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Sets the command to reset the integral value and use PI control or P control for the speed control loop.

ON : P control
OFF : PI control

■ F: Not Used
Setting Value Function Description

F Not Used V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Use this setting for unused terminals or to use terminals in through mode.

Through Mode uses the signal input to the terminal as a digital input for the upper sequence through a
communication option or MEMOBUS/Modbus communications. This input signal does not have an effect on
drive operation.

■ 10: Up Command
Setting Value Function Description

10 Up Command V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Sets the command to use a push button switch to increase the drive frequency reference. You must also set Setting 11 [Down
Command].

ON : Increases the frequency reference.

OFF : Holds the current frequency reference.
Note:
• If you set only the Up command or only the Down command, the drive will detect oPE03 [Multi-Function Input Setting Err].
• If you set two or more of these functions at the same time, the drive will detect oPE03:
–Up/Down command
–Accel/Decel Ramp Hold
–Reference Sample Hold
–Offset Frequency 1, 2, 3 addition
–Up/Down 2 Command
• The Up/Down command does not function in these conditions:
–b1-01 = 2, 3 [Frequency Reference Selection 1 = Memobus/Modbus Communications, Option PCB]
–b1-02 ≠ 1 [Run Command Selection 1 ≠ Control Circuit Terminal]
–Drive is in LOCAL mode
–Set to b1-15 [Frequency Reference Selection 2] by use of H1-xx = 2 [MFDI Function Select = External Reference 1/2 Selection]
When you enter the UP command, the frequency reference increases.
The Up and Down commands have priority over all other frequency references. When you enable the Up/Down
command, the drive will ignore these frequency references:
• Frequency reference from Keypad [b1-01 = 0]
• Frequency reference from Analog Input [b1-01 = 1]
• Frequency reference from Pulse Train Input [b1-01 = 4]
Table 12.56 shows the Up and Down commands with their operation.
Table 12.56 Up Command and Down Command
Command status
Drive operation
Up command (10) Down command (11)

OFF OFF Keeps the current frequency reference.

ON OFF Increases the frequency reference.

OFF ON Decreases the frequency reference.

ON ON Keeps the current frequency reference.

Combine Frequency Reference Hold Functions and Up/Down Commands

• When you clear the Run command or when d4-01 = 0 [Freq Reference Hold Selection = Disabled], and you
restart the drive, the Up/Down command resets to 0.

610 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

• When d4-01 = 1 [Enabled], the drive saves the frequency reference set during the Up/Down command. When
you cycle the Run command or restart the drive, the drive saves the frequency reference value and restarts the
motor at this frequency value. After you clear the Run command, activate the terminal set for the Up command
or Down command to set the saved reference value to 0.
Note:
Refer to d4-01: Freq Reference Hold Selection on page 552 for more information.
Combine Upper/Lower Limits of the Frequency Reference and the Up/Down Commands
Set the upper limit value of the frequency reference to d2-01 [Frequency Reference Upper Limit].
Use an analog input or d2-02 [Frequency Reference Lower Limit] to set the lower limit value of the frequency
reference. The configurable values change when the setting for d4-10 [Up/Down Freq Lower Limit Select]
changes. When you input a Run command, these are the lower limits of the frequency reference:
• When the lower limit of the frequency reference is set only for d2-02, the drive accelerates the motor to the
lower limit value of the frequency reference at the same time that you input the Run command.
• When the lower limit of the frequency reference is set only for analog input, the drive accelerates the motor to
the lower limit value of the frequency reference when the Run command, and Up command or Down command
for the drive is enabled. When only the Run command is enabled, the motor does not start.
• When these conditions occur, the drive accelerates the motor to the d2-02 setting value when the Run command
is input. When the motor accelerates to the setting value of d2-02, if the Up/Down command is enabled, the
motor accelerates to the lower limit value of the analog input.
– The lower limit value of the frequency reference is set for the analog input and d2-02
– The lower limit value of the analog input is higher than the setting value of d2-02
Note:
Refer to d4-01: Freq Reference Hold Selection on page 552 for more information.
Figure 12.67 shows an example of how Up/Down command operates. In this example, the lower limit value of the
frequency reference is set in d2-02. Figure 12.67 shows the time chart when Freq Reference Retention Select [d4-
01] is enabled and disabled.

Figure 12.67 Up/Down Command Time Chart

■ 11: Down Command

Setting Value Function Description

11 Down Command V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Sets the command to use a push button switch to decrease the drive frequency reference. You must also set Setting 10 [Up
Command].
Parameter Details

ON : Decreases the frequency reference.

OFF : Holds the current frequency reference.

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 611

12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

Note:
• If you set only the Up command or only the Down command, the drive will detect oPE03 [Multi-Function Input Setting Err].
• If you set two or more of these functions at the same time, the drive will detect oPE03:
–Up/Down command
–Accel/Decel Ramp Hold
–Reference Sample Hold
–Offset Frequency 1, 2, 3 addition
–Up/Down 2 Command
• The Up/Down command does not function in these conditions:
–b1-01 = 2, 3 [Frequency Reference Selection 1 = Memobus/Modbus Communications, Option PCB]
–b1-02 ≠ 1 [Run Command Selection 1 ≠ Control Circuit Terminal]
–Drive is in LOCAL mode
–Set to b1-15 [Frequency Reference Selection 2] by use of H1-xx = 2 [MFDI Function Select = External Reference 1/2 Selection]
When you enter the UP command, the frequency reference increases. When you enter the Down command, the
frequency reference decreases.
The Up and Down commands have priority over all other frequency references. When you enable the Up/Down
command, the drive will ignore these frequency references:
• Frequency reference from Keypad [b1-01 = 0]
• Frequency reference from Analog Input [b1-01 = 1]
• Frequency reference from Pulse Train Input [b1-01 = 4]

■ 12: Forward Jog

Setting Value Function Description

12 Forward Jog V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Sets the command to operate the motor in the forward direction at the Jog Frequency set in d1-17 [Jog Reference].

Note:
• It is not necessary to input the Run command.
• The Forward JOG command has priority over all other frequency references.
• When the Forward JOG and Reverse JOG commands are activated at the same time for 500 ms or longer, the drive will ramp to stop.

Figure 12.68 JOG Operation Pattern

■ 13: Reverse Jog

Setting Value Function Description

13 Reverse Jog V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Sets the command to operate the motor in reverse at the Jog Frequency set in d1-17 [Jog Reference].

Note:
• It is not necessary to input the Run command.
• The Reverse JOG command has priority over all other frequency references.
• When the Forward JOG and Reverse JOG commands are activated at the same time for 500 ms or longer, the drive will ramp to stop.

■ 14: Fault Reset

Setting Value Function Description

14 Fault Reset V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Sets the command to reset the current fault when the Run command is inactive.

If the drive detects a fault, the drive will activate the fault relay output, turn off the output, and the motor will
coast to stop.

612 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

If the drive detects a fault for which you can set the stopping method, apply the appropriate Stopping Method.
Then push (RESET) on the keypad to turn the Run command OFF, or activate the fault reset terminal to reset
the fault.
Note:
The drive ignores the fault reset command when the Run command is active. Remove the Run command before trying to reset a fault.

■ 15: Fast Stop (N.O.)

Setting Value Function Description

15 Fast Stop (N.O.) V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Sets the command to ramp to stop in the deceleration time set in C1-09 [Fast Stop Time] when the input terminal is activated
while the drive is operating.

If you cancel the fast stop input, the drive will not restart the motor until you meet these conditions:
• Fully stop the motor
• Cancel the Run command
• Cancel the fast stop command
Note:
• To use the N.C. switch to input the fast stop command, set 17 (Fast Stop (N.C.)).
• Refer to C1-09: Fast Stop Time on page 527 for more information.
• Set C1-09 [Fast Stop Time] to a correct deceleration time. If the deceleration time is too short, it can cause an overvoltage fault and
failure to stop the motor from coasting.

■ 16: Motor 2 Selection

Setting Value Function Description

16 Motor 2 Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Sets the command for the drive to operate motor 1 or motor 2. Stop the motors before switching.

You can use an external input to switch operation between two induction motors. The drive will save the control
methods, V/f patterns, and motor parameters for the two motors.
ON : Operate motor 2
OFF : Operate motor 1

When you select motor 2, the drive will switch to motor 2 parameters.
Table 12.57 Parameters that Switch between Motor 1 and Motor 2
Motor 2 Selection
Parameter
OFF (Motor 1) ON (Motor 2)

C1-xx [Accel & Decel Time] C1-01 to C1-04 C1-05 to C1-08

C3-xx [Slip Compensation] C3-01 to C3-04 C3-21 to C3-24

C4-xx [Torque Compensation] C4-01 C4-07

C5-xx [Automatic Speed Regulator C5-01 to C5-08, C5-12 -

(ASR)]

E1-xx, E3-xx [V/f Patterns] E1-xx, E2-xx E3-xx, E4-xx

E2-xx, E4-xx [Motor Parameters]
Parameter Details

Note:
• When you use 2 motors, the drive applies the protective function set in L1-01 [Motor Overload Protection Select] to motor 1 and motor
2.
• You cannot switch between motors 1 and 2 during run. If you try to switch motors when they are running, it will cause a rUn error.
• You must wait 200 ms minimum to input a Run command.

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 613

12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

■ 17: Fast Stop (N.C.)

Setting Value Function Description

17 Fast Stop (N.C.) V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Sets the command to ramp to stop in the deceleration time set in C1-09 [Fast Stop Time] when the input terminal is activated
while the drive is operating.

If you cancel the fast stop input, the drive will not restart the motor until you meet these conditions:
• Fully stop the motor
• Cancel the Run command
• Cancel the fast stop command
Note:
• To use the N.O. switch to input the fast stop command, set 15 (Fast Stop (N.O.)).
• Refer to C1-09: Fast Stop Time on page 527 for more information.
• Set C1-09 [Fast Stop Time] to a correct deceleration time. If the deceleration time is too short, it can cause an overvoltage fault and
failure to stop the motor from coasting.
Figure 12.69 shows an example of how fast stop operates.

Figure 12.69 Fast Stop Time Chart

■ 18: Timer Function

Setting Value Function Description

18 Timer Function V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Sets the command to start the timer function. Use this setting with Timer Output [H2-xx = 12].

Note:
Refer to b4: Timer Function on page 501 for more information.

■ 19: PID Disable

Setting Value Function Description

19 PID Disable V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Sets the command to disable PID control when b5-01 = 1 to 8 [PID Mode Setting = Enabled].

ON : PID control disabled

OFF : PID control enabled

■ 1A: Accel/Decel Time Selection 2

Setting Value Function Description

1A Accel/Decel Time Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

2 Set this function and H1-xx = 7[Accel/Decel Time Selection 1] together. Sets the drive to use Acceleration/Deceleration Time 3
[C1-05, C1-06] or Acceleration/Deceleration Time 4 [C1-07, C1-08].

Note:
Refer to C1: Accel & Decel Time on page 524 for more information.

■ 1B: Programming Lockout

Setting Value Function Description

1B Programming Lockout V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Sets the command to prevent parameter changes when the terminal is OFF.

614 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

You can continue to view parameter setting values when the terminal is OFF [Parameters Cannot be Edited].
ON : Program Lockout
OFF : Parameter Write Prohibit

■ 1E: Reference Sample Hold

Setting Value Function Description

1E Reference Sample Hold V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Sets the command to sample the frequency reference at terminal A1 or A2, and hold the frequency reference at that frequency.

When the terminal is active for 100 ms, this function reads a sample of the analog frequency reference and holds
that sample. When you input the sample/hold command again, the function again reads a sample of the analog
frequency reference and holds that sample. When you turn off the power, the drive erases the saved analog
frequency and resets the frequency reference to 0.
Figure 12.70 shows an example of how the function operates.

Figure 12.70 Reference Sample Hold

You cannot set the Reference Sample Hold function at the same time as these functions:
• H1-xx = A [Accel/Decel Ramp Hold]
• H1-xx = 10, 11 [Up Command, Down Command]
• H1-xx = 44 to 46 [Add Offset Frequency 1 to 3]
• H1-xx = 75, 76 [Up 2 Command, Down 2 Command]
If you set them at the same time, the drive will detect oPE03 [Multi-Function Input Setting Err].

■ 20 to 2F: External Fault

Setting Value Function Description

20 to 2F External fault V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Sets a command to stop the drive when a failure or fault occurs on an external device.

If an external fault is input to the drive, the keypad will show EFx [External Fault (Terminal Sx)], where x is the
number of the terminal (terminal Sx) to which the external fault signal is assigned. For example, when an external
fault signal is input to terminal S3, the keypad will show EF3.
Use these conditions to select the value to set in H1-xx:
• Signal input method from peripheral devices
• External fault detection method
• Motor stopping method (operation after external fault detection)
Table 12.58 shows the relation between the conditions and the value set to H1-xx.
Table 12.58 Stopping Methods for External Fault
Signal Input Method from External Fault Detection Method Stopping Method
Peripheral Devices *1 *2
Setting
Always Detected Ramp to Stop Coast to Stop Fast Stop Continuous
N.O. N.C. during RUN Operation
Detected (Fault) (Fault) (Fault)
Parameter Details

Only (Alarm Only)

20 x - x - x - - -

21 - x x - x - - -

22 x - - x x - - -

23 - x - x x - - -
12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 615

12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

Signal Input Method from External Fault Detection Method Stopping Method
Peripheral Devices *1 *2
Setting
Detected Continuous
N.O. N.C. Always during RUN Ramp to Stop Coast to Stop Fast Stop Operation
Detected (Fault) (Fault) (Fault)
Only (Alarm Only)

24 x - x - - x - -

25 - x x - - x - -

26 x - - x - x - -

27 - x - x - x - -

28 x - x - - - x -

29 - x x - - - x -

2A x - - x - - x -

2B - x - x - - x -

2C x - x - - - - x

2D - x x - - - - x

2E x - - x - - - x

2F - x - x - - - x

*1 Set the terminal to N.O. (detects external fault when switched ON) or N.C. (detects external fault when switched OFF).
*2 Set the drive to always detect each fault or to detect only during run.

■ 30: PID Integrator Reset

Setting Value Function Description

30 PID Integrator Reset V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Sets the command to reset and hold the PID control integral to 0 when the terminal is ON.

Note:
Refer to b5: PID control on page 502 for more information.

■ 31: PID Integrator Hold

Setting Value Function Description

31 PID Integrator Hold V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Sets the command to hold the integral value of the PID control while the terminal is activated.

When you turn off the input terminal, PID control restarts the integral.
Note:
Refer to b5: PID control on page 502 for more information.

■ 32: Multi-Step Speed Reference 4

Setting Value Function Description

32 Multi-Step Speed Reference V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

4 Uses speed references d1-01 to d1-16 to set a multi-step speed reference.

Note:
Refer to Setting Procedures for Multi-step Speed Operation on page 544 for more information.

■ 34: PID Soft Starter Disable

Setting Value Function Description

34 PID Soft Starter Disable V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Sets the PID soft starter function.

ON : Disable
Disables b5-17 [PID Accel/Decel Time].
OFF : Enabled
Enables b5-17 [PID Accel/Decel Time].
Note:
Refer to b5: PID control on page 502 for more information.

616 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

■ 35: PID Input (Error) Invert

Setting Value Function Description

35 PID Input (Error) Invert V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Sets the command to turn the terminal ON and OFF to switch the PID input level (polarity).

Note:
Refer to b5: PID control on page 502 for more information.

■ 3E: PID Setpoint Selection 1

Setting Value Function Description

3E PID Setpoint Selection 1 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Set this function and H1-xx = 3F [PID Setpoint Selection 2] together. Sets the function to switch the PID setpoint to b5-58 to
b5-60 [PID Setpoint 2 to 4].

Refer to b5-58 to b5-60: PID Setpoints 2 to 4 on page 516 for more information.

■ 3F: PID Setpoint Selection 2

Setting Value Function Description

3F PID Setpoint Selection 2 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Set this function and H1-xx = 3E [PID Setpoint Selection 1] at the same time. Sets the function to switch the PID setpoint to b5-
58 to b5-60 [PID Setpoint 2 to 4].

Refer to b5-58 to b5-60: PID Setpoints 2 to 4 on page 516 for more information.

■ 40: Forward RUN (2-Wire)

Setting Value Function Description

40 Forward RUN (2-Wire) V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Sets the Forward Run command for 2-wire sequence 1. Set this function and H1-xx = 41 [Reverse Run Command (2-Wire Seq)]
at the same time.

ON : Forward Run
OFF : Run Stop
Note:
• Turning ON the Forward Run command terminal and the Reverse Run command terminal will cause alarm EF [FWD/REV Run
Command Input Error] and the motor will ramp to stop.
• Initialize the drive with a 2-wire sequence to set the Forward Run command to terminal S1.
• This function will not operate at the same time as H1-xx = 42, 43 [Run Command/FWD/REV Command (2-Wire Seq 2)].

Figure 12.71 2-Wire Sequence Wiring Example

■ 41: Reverse RUN (2-Wire)

Setting Value Function Description

41 Reverse RUN (2-Wire) V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Parameter Details

Sets the Forward Run command for 2-wire sequence 1. Set this function and H1-xx = 40 [Forward Run Command (2-Wire
Seq)] at the same time.

ON : Reverse Run
OFF : Run Stop

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 617

12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

Note:
• Turning ON the Forward Run command terminal and the Reverse Run command terminal will cause alarm EF [FWD/REV Run
Command Input Error] and the motor will ramp to stop.
• Initialize the drive with a 2-wire sequence to set the Reverse Run command to terminal S2.
• This function will not operate at the same time as H1-xx = 42, 43 [Run Command/FWD/REV Command (2-Wire Seq 2)].

■ 42: Run Command (2-Wire Sequence 2)

Setting Value Function Description

42 Run Command (2-Wire V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Sequence 2) Sets the Run command for 2-wire sequence 2. Set this function and H1-xx = 43 [FWD/REV Command (2-Wire Seq 2)] at the
same time.

ON : Run
OFF : Stop
Note:
This function will not operate at the same time as H1-xx = 40, 41 [Forward/Reverse Run Command (2-Wire Seq)].

■ 43: FWD/REV (2-Wire Sequence 2)

Setting Value Function Description

43 FWD/REV (2-Wire V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Sequence 2) Sets the direction of motor rotation for 2-wire sequence 2. Set this function and H1-xx = 42 [Run Command (2-Wire Sequence
2)] together.

ON : Reverse
OFF : Forward
Note:
• You must input the Run command to rotate the motor.
• This function will not operate at the same time as H1-xx = 40, 41 [Forward/Reverse Run Command (2-Wire Seq)].

■ 44: Add Offset Frequency 1 (d7-01)

Setting Value Function Description

44 Add Offset Frequency 1 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

(d7-01) Sets the function to add the offset frequency set in d7-01 [Offset Frequency 1] to the frequency reference when the terminal
activates.

Note:
Refer to d7: Offset Frequency on page 558 for more information.

■ 45: Add Offset Frequency 2 (d7-02)

Setting Value Function Description

45 Add Offset Frequency 2 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

(d7-02) Sets the function to add the offset frequency set in d7-02 [Offset Frequency 2] to the frequency reference when the terminal
activates.

Note:
Refer to d7: Offset Frequency on page 558 for more information.

■ 46: Add Offset Frequency 3 (d7-03)

Setting Value Function Description

46 Add Offset Frequency 3 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

(d7-03) Sets the function to add the offset frequency set in d7-03 [Offset Frequency 3] to the frequency reference when the terminal
activates.

Note:
Refer to d7: Offset Frequency on page 558 for more information.

■ 47: Node Setup (CANopen)

Setting Value Function Description

47 Node Setup (CANopen) V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Sets the function in CANopen communications to start the Node Setup function to set the drive node address from the host
controller.

618 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

■ 60: DC Injection Braking Command

Setting Value Function Description

60 DC Injection Braking V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Command Sets the command to use DC Injection Braking to stop the motor.

If you input the Run command or JOG command, it will cancel DC Injection Braking.
Figure 12.72 shows the time chart of the DC Injection Braking function.

Figure 12.72 DC Injection Braking Time Chart

Note:
• When A1-02 = 8 [Control Method Selection = EZOLV], this function is available with a PM motor.
• Refer to b2: DC Injection Braking and Short Circuit Braking on page 490 for more information.

■ 61: Speed Search from Fmax

Setting Value Function Description

61 Speed Search from Fmax V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Sets the function to start speed search using an external reference although b3-01 = 0 [Speed Search Selection at Start =
Disabled].

When the terminal is activated for b3-24 = 2 [Speed Search Method Selection = Current Detection 2], the drive
starts speed search from the maximum output frequency.
Note:
• The drive will detect oPE03 [Multi-Function Input Setting Err] if you set H1-xx = 61 and 62 at the same time.
• Refer to b3: Speed Search on page 493 for more information.

■ 62: Speed Search from Fref

Setting Value Function Description

62 Speed Search from Fref V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Sets the function to use an external reference to start speed search although b3-01 = 0 [Speed Search Selection at Start =
Disabled].

When the terminal is activated for b3-24 = 2 [Speed Search Method Selection = Current Detection 2], the drive
starts speed search from the frequency reference.
Note:
• The drive will detect oPE03 [Multi-Function Input Setting Err] if you set H1-xx = 61 and 62 at the same time.
• Refer to b3: Speed Search on page 493 for more information.

■ 63: Field Weakening

Setting Value Function Description

63 Field Weakening V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Sets the function to send the Field Weakening Level and Field Weakening Frequency Limit commands set in d6-01[Field
Weakening Level] and d6-02 [Field Weakening Frequency Limit] when the input terminal is activated.

Note:
Refer to d6: Field Weakening /Forcing on page 558 for more information.
Parameter Details

■ 65: KEB Ride-Thru 1 Activate (N.C.)

Setting Value Function Description

65 KEB Ride-Thru 1 Activate V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

(N.C.) Sets operation of the KEB1 function through the KEB Ride-Thru 1 (N.C.).

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 619

12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

ON : Normal operation
OFF : Deceleration during momentary power loss
When you enable KEB Ride-Thru 1, set L2-29 [KEB Method Selection]. The drive operates with the selected
KEB method.
Note:
• If you set KEB Ride-Thru 1 [H1-xx = 65, 66] and KEB Ride-Thru 2 [H1-xx = 7A, 7B] at the same time, the drive will detect oPE03
[Multi-Function Input Setting Err].
• Refer to KEB Ride-Thru Function on page 675 for more information.

■ 66: KEB Ride-Thru 1 Activate (N.O.)

Setting Value Function Description

66 KEB Ride-Thru 1 Activate V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

(N.O.) Sets operation of the KEB1 function through the KEB Ride-Thru 1 (N.O.).

ON : Deceleration during momentary power loss

OFF : Normal operation
When you enable KEB Ride-Thru 1, set L2-29 [KEB Method Selection]. The drive operates with the selected
KEB method.
Note:
• If you set KEB Ride-Thru 1 [H1-xx = 65, 66] and KEB Ride-Thru 2 [H1-xx = 7A, 7B] at the same time, the drive will detect oPE03
[Multi-Function Input Setting Err].
• Refer to KEB Ride-Thru Function on page 675 for more information.

■ 67: Communications Test Mode

Setting Value Function Description

67 Communications Test Mode V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Set the function for the drive to self-test RS-485 serial communications operation.

The Self-Diagnostics function connects the transmission terminal of the control terminal block to the reception
terminal. The function transmits the data that the drive sent to make sure that the drive can communicate correctly.
Note:
Refer to Self-Diagnostics on page 216 for more information.

■ 68: High Slip Braking (HSB) Activate

Setting Value Function Description

68 High Slip Braking (HSB) V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Activate Sets the command to use high-slip braking to stop the motor.

Note:
• When you restart the drive after you use high-slip braking, make sure that the drive fully stops the motor, then clear the high-slip
braking input.
• Refer to High Slip Braking (HSB) on page 716 for more information.

■ 6A: Drive Enable

Setting Value Function Description

6A Drive Enable V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Sets the function to show dnE [Drive Enabled] on the keypad and ignore Run commands when the terminal is OFF.

If you input the Run command before you turn ON the Drive Enable terminal, you must input the Run command
again to operate the drive. When you deactivate the terminal set for Drive Enable while the drive is operating, the
drive will use the stopping method set in b1-03 [Stopping Method Selection] to stop the motor.
ON : Run command is accepted.
OFF : Run command is disabled. When the drive is running, it stops according to b1-03 setting.

■ 75: Up 2 Command
Setting Value Function Description

75 Up 2 Command V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Sets the function to increase the frequency reference bias value to accelerate the motor when the terminal is activated. Set this
function and H1-xx = 76 [Down 2 Command] together.

620 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

When you activate the terminal set for Up2 Command, the bias will increase. When you activate the terminal set
for Down 2 Command, the bias will decrease. When you activate or deactivate the two commands, the drive will
hold the frequency reference. Table 12.59 gives information about the relation between operation of the Up/Down
2 Command and d4-01, d4-03, and 4-05.
Note:
• When you use this function, set the optimal bias limit values with d4-08 and d4-09 [Up/Down 2 Bias Upper Limit/Lower Limit].
• Refer to d4: Frequency Ref Up/Down & Hold on page 552 for more information.
Table 12.59 Up 2 Command, Down 2 Command
Func Frequency d4-03 d4-05 d4-01 Operation Storing the Frequency Reference or
tion Reference Source Frequency Bias

1 0 • When the Up 2 Command is active, the drive Not stored.

accelerates the motor (increases the bias value).
• When the Down 2 Command is active, the When the bias value and frequency reference are
drive decelerates the motor (decreases the bias constant for 5 seconds after the frequency
value) reference hold starts, the drive will add the bias
value to the enabled frequency reference, then
• When the Up 2 Command and Down 2 reset.
0 Command are active or not active, the drive
2 1 holds the output frequency. (holds the bias
value).
Multi-step speed • When the frequency changes, it will reset the
0.00 bias.
reference
• For all other statuses, the drive will follow the
frequency reference.

• When the Up 2 Command is active, the drive Not stored.

accelerates the motor.
• When the Down 2 Command is active, the
3 1 - drive decelerates the motor.
• For all other statuses, the drive will follow the
frequency reference.

4 0 • When the Up 2 Command is active, the drive Not stored.

accelerates the motor to “Frequency Reference
+ d4-03” (the bias value will increase to the When the bias value and frequency reference are
value set in d4-03) constant for 5 seconds after the frequency
• When the Down 2 Command is active, the reference hold starts, the drive will add the bias
drive decelerates the motor to “Frequency value to the enabled frequency reference, then
Reference - d4-03” (the bias value will decrease reset.
Multi-step speed to the value set in d4-03).
>0 -
reference • When the Up 2 Command and Down 2
5 1 Command are active or not active, the drive
holds the output frequency. (holds the bias
value).
• When the frequency changes, it will reset the
bias.
• For all other statuses, the drive will follow the
frequency reference.

6 0 • When the Up 2 Command is active, the drive Not stored.

accelerates the motor (increases the bias value).
• When the Down 2 Command is active, the When the bias value is constant for 5 seconds after
drive decelerates the motor (decreases the bias the frequency reference hold starts, the drive will
value) store the bias value in d4-06. You cannot rewrite
the frequency reference is not possible. The drive
Others • When the Up 2 Command and Down 2 will store only the bias value.
0 0 Command are active or not active, the drive
(Analog input,
7 transmission) 1 holds the output frequency (holds the bias
value).
• During acceleration or deceleration, when the
frequency reference increases or decreases
more than d4-07, the drive holds the bias value
until the output frequency and the actual
frequency reference agree (speed agreement).

• When the Up 2 Command is active, the drive Not stored.

accelerates the motor (increases the bias value).
• When the Down 2 Command is active, the
8 0 1 - drive decelerates the motor (decreases the bias
value)
• For all other statuses, the drive will follow the
frequency reference.

9 0 • When the Up 2 Command is active, the drive Not stored.

Others accelerates the motor to “Frequency Reference
(Analog input, + d4-03” (the bias value will increase to the When the bias value is constant for 5 seconds after
transmission) value set in d4-03) the frequency reference hold starts, the drive will
• When the Down 2 Command is active, the store the bias value in d4-06. You cannot rewrite
drive decelerates the motor to “Frequency the frequency reference is not possible. The drive
>0 - Reference - d4-03” (the bias value will decrease will store only the bias value.
Parameter Details

10 1 to the value set in d4-03).

• During acceleration or deceleration, when the
frequency reference increases or decreases
more than d4-07, the drive holds the bias value
until the output frequency and the actual
frequency reference agree (speed agreement).

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 621

12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

■ 76: Down 2 Command

Setting Value Function Description

76 Down 2 Command V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Sets the function to decrease the frequency reference bias value to decelerate the motor when the terminal is activated. Set this
function and H1-xx = 75 [Up 2 Command] at the same time.

When you activate the terminal set for Up2 Command, the bias will increase. When you activate the terminal set
for Down 2 Command, the bias will decrease. When you activate or deactivate the two commands, the drive will
hold the frequency reference.
Note:
• When you use this function, set the optimal bias limit values with d4-08 and d4-09 [Up/Down 2 Bias Upper Limit/Lower Limit].
• Refer to d4: Frequency Ref Up/Down & Hold on page 552 for more information.

■ 77: ASR Gain (C5-03) Select

Setting Value Function Description

77 ASR Gain (C5-03) Select V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Sets the function to switch the ASR proportional gain set in C5-01 [ASR Proportional Gain 1] and C5-03 [ASR Proportional
Gain 1/2].

ON : C5-03
Switches the proportional gain to C5-03 [ASR Proportional Gain 2].
OFF : C5-01
Switches the proportional gain to C5-01 [ASR Proportional Gain 1].
Note:
Refer to C5: Auto Speed Regulator (ASR) on page 535 for more information.

■ 7A: KEB Ride-Thru 2 Activate (N.C.)

Setting Value Function Description

7A KEB Ride-Thru 2 Activate V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

(N.C.) Sets operation of the KEB2 function through the KEB Ride-Thru 2 (N.C.).

ON : Normal operation
OFF : Deceleration during momentary power loss
When KEB Ride-Thru 2 is input, the drive will use Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2 for KEB operation. The L2-29
[KEB Method Selection] setting will not have an effect.
Note:
• If you set KEB Ride-Thru 1 [H1-xx = 65, 66] and KEB Ride-Thru 2 [H1-xx = 7A, 7B] at the same time, the drive will detect oPE03
[Multi-Function Input Setting Err].
• Refer to KEB Ride-Thru Function on page 675 for more information.

■ 7B: KEB Ride-Thru 2 Activate (N.O.)

Setting Value Function Description

7B KEB Ride-Thru 2 Activate V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

(N.O.) Sets operation of the KEB2 function through the KEB Ride-Thru 2 (N.O.).

ON : Deceleration during momentary power loss

OFF : Normal operation
When KEB Ride-Thru 2 is input, the drive will use Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2 for KEB operation. The L2-29
[KEB Method Selection] setting will not have an effect.
Note:
• If you set KEB Ride-Thru 1 [H1-xx = 65, 66] and KEB Ride-Thru 2 [H1-xx = 7A, 7B] at the same time, the drive will detect oPE03
[Multi-Function Input Setting Err].
• Refer to KEB Ride-Thru Function on page 675 for more information.

■ 7C: Short Circuit Braking (N.O.)

Setting Value Function Description

7C Short Circuit Braking (N. V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

O.) Sets operation of Short Circuit Braking (N.O.).

622 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

The drive will short circuit the three phases of a PM motor to cause braking torque in the spinning motor.
Note:
• When A1-02 = 8 [Control Method Selection = EZOLV], this function is available only when you use a PM motor.
• Refer to b2: DC Injection Braking and Short Circuit Braking on page 490 for more information.
ON : Short Circuit Braking is enabled.
OFF : Normal operation

■ 7D: Short Circuit Braking (N.C.)

Setting Value Function Description

7D Short Circuit Braking (N. V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

C.) Sets operation of Short Circuit Braking (N.C.).

The drive will short circuit the three phases of a PM motor to cause braking torque in the spinning motor.
Note:
• When A1-02 = 8 [Control Method Selection = EZOLV], this function is available only when you use a PM motor.
• Refer to b2: DC Injection Braking and Short Circuit Braking on page 490 for more information.
ON : Normal operation
OFF : Short Circuit Braking is enabled.

■ 7E: Reverse Rotation Identifier

Setting Value Function Description

7E Reverse Rotation Identifier V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Set the motor rotation direction when you use Simple Closed Loop V/f Control method.

ON : Reverse run
The drive knows that the motor is rotating in the reverse direction.
OFF : Forward run
The drive knows that the motor is rotating in the forward direction.

■ 7F: PID Bi-Directional Enable

Setting Value Function Description

7F PID Bi-Directional Enable V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Sets operation of the PID Bi-Directional function.

ON : Enabled
OFF : Disabled

■ 90 to 96: DWEZ Digital Inputs 1 to 7

Setting Value Function Description

90 - 96 DWEZ Digital Inputs 1 to 7 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Sets digital inputs used with DriveWorksEZ. Refer to the DriveWorksEZ online manual for more information.

Note:
You cannot set values 90 to 96 for inverse output.

■ 9F: DWEZ Disable

Setting Value Function Description

9F DWEZ Disable V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Sets operation of the DriveWorksEZ program saved in the drive.

Note:
Set A1-07 = 2 [DriveWorksEZ Function Selection = Digital input] to use this function.
Parameter Details

ON : Disabled
OFF : Enabled

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 623

12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

■ 101 to 19F: Inverse Input of 1 to 9F

Setting Value Function Description

101 to 19F Inverse Input of 1 to 9F Sets the function of the selected MFDI to operate inversely. To select the function, enter “1xx”, where the “xx” is the function
setting value.

For example, to use the inverse input of E [ASR Integral Reset], set H1-xx = 10E.
Note:
You cannot use inverse input for all functions. Refer to Table 12.55 for more information.

◆ H2: Digital Outputs

H2 parameters set the MFDO terminal functions.

■ H2-01 to H2-03 Terminal MA/MB-MC, P1-C1, P2-C2 Function Selection

The drive has four MFDO terminals.Table 12.60 shows the default function settings for the terminals.
Table 12.60 MFDO Terminals Default Function Settings
No. Name Default Function

H2-01 Term MA/MB-MC Function Selection E Fault

(Contact)

H2-02 Term P1-C1 Function Selection 0 During Run

H2-03 Term P2-C2 Function Selection 2 Speed Agree 1

Refer to Table 12.61 to set H2-xx [MFDO Function Select].

Table 12.61 MFDO Setting Values
Setting Value Function Reference Setting Value Function Reference

0 During Run 633 1A During reverse 639

1 Zero Speed 633 1B During Baseblock (N.C.) 640

2 Speed Agree 1 633 1C Motor 2 Selection 640

3 User-Set Speed Agree 1 634 1E Executing Auto-Restart 640

4 Frequency Detection 1 634 1F Motor Overload Alarm (oL1) 640

5 Frequency Detection 2 635 20 Drive Overheat Pre-Alarm (oH) 640

6 Drive ready 635 21 Safety Monitor Output Status 641

7 DC Bus Undervoltage 635 22 Mechanical Weakening Detection 641

8 During Baseblock (N.O.) 636 2F Maintenance Notification 641

9 Frequency Reference from Keypad 636 30 During Torque Limit 641

A Run Command Source 636 37 During Frequency Output 641

B Torque Detection 1 (N.O.) 636 38 Drive Enabled 642

C Frequency Reference Loss 636 39 Watt Hour Pulse Output 642

D Braking Resistor Fault 636 3C LOCAL Control Selected 642

E Fault 637 3D During Speed Search 642

F *1 Not Used 637 3E PID Feedback Low 642

10 Alarm 637 3F PID Feedback High 643

11 Fault Reset Command Active 637 4A During KEB Ride-Thru 643

12 Timer Output 637 4B During Short Circuit Braking 643

13 Speed Agree 2 637 4C During Fast Stop 643

14 User-Set Speed Agree 2 637 4D oH Pre-Alarm Time Limit 643

15 Frequency Detection 3 638 4E Braking Transistor Fault (rr) 643

16 Frequency Detection 4 638 4F Braking Resistor Overheat (rH) 643

17 Torque Detection 1 (N.C.) 639 61 Pole Position Detection Complete 644

18 Torque Detection 2 (N.O.) 639 62 Modbus Reg 1 Status Satisfied 644

19 Torque Detection 2 (N.C.) 639 63 Modbus Reg 2 Status Satisfied 644

624 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

Setting Value Function Reference Setting Value Function Reference

66 Comparator1 644 90 to 92 DWEZ Digital Output 1 to 3 645

67 Comparator2 644 Inverse output of 0 to 92

Sets an inverse output of the function for
69 External Power 24V Supply 645 100 to 192 the MFDO. Put a 1 at the front of the 645
function setting to set inverse output. For
6A Data Logger Error 645 example, set 138 for inverse output of 38
[Drive Enabled].

*1 Inverse output is not available.

■ Extended MFDO1 to MFDO3 Function Selection

You can set MFDO functions to bit 0 to bit 2 [MEMOBUS MFDO1 to 3] of MEMOBUS register 15E0 (Hex.).
Use H2-40 to H2-42 [Mbus Reg 15E0h bit0 to bit2 Output Func] to select the function.

Figure 12.73 Functional Block Diagram of MEMOBUS Multi-function Output

Table 12.62 MEMOBUS MFDO Registers
Register number
Name
(Hex.)

bit0 MEMOBUS MFDO 1

15E0 bit1 MEMOBUS MFDO 2

bit2 MEMOBUS MFDO 3

Note:
• Refer to MFDO Setting Values on page 632 for more information about MFDO setting values.
• When you do not set functions to H2-40 to H2-42, set them to F.

■ Output of Logical Operation Results of MFDO

This enables the logical operation results of two MFDOs to be output to one MFDO terminal.
Use H2-60, H2-63, and H2-66 [Term MA,MB,MC Secondary Function, Terminal P1 Secondary Function, and
Terminal P2 Secondary Function] to set the function of the output signal for which you will perform logical
operations.
Use H2-61, H2-64, and H2-67 [Term MA,MB,MC Logical Operation, Terminal P1 Logical Operation, and
Terminal P2 Logical Operation] to set the logical operation.

Figure 12.74 Functional Block Diagram of Logical Operation Output for MFDO 1
Table 12.63 MFDO Logical Operation Table
Logical Operation Selection
Logical Operation Expression Logical Operation Notation
H2-61, H2-64, H2-67

0 A=B=1

1 A=1 or B=1
Parameter Details

2 A=0 or B=0

3 A=B=0

4 A=B A=B

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 625

12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

Logical Operation Selection

Logical Operation Expression Logical Operation Notation
H2-61, H2-64, H2-67

5 A != B

6 AND(A, )

7 OR(A, )

8 - On

Note:
• If you use the function to output logical calculation results, you cannot set H2-01 to H2-03 = 1xx [Inverse Output of xx]. If you do, the
drive will detect oPE33 [Digital Output Selection Error].
• When you do not use H2-60, H2-63, and H2-66, set them to F. The through mode function is not supported.

◆ H2 MFDO Parameters
■ H2-01: Term MA/MB-MC Function Selection
No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H2-01 Term MA/MB-MC V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV E

(040B) Function Selection Sets the function set for MFDO terminal MA-MC or MB-MC. (0 - 1FF)

Note:
Set this parameter to F when the terminal is not being used or to use the terminal in through mode.

■ H2-02: Term P1-C1 Function Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H2-02 Term P1-C1 Function V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(040C) Selection Sets the function for MFDO terminal P1-C1. (0 - 1FF)

Note:
Set this parameter to F when the terminal is not being used or to use the terminal in through mode.

■ H2-03: Term P2-C2 Function Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H2-03 Term P2-C2 Function V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 2

(040D) Selection Sets the function for MFDO terminal P2-C2. (0 - 1FF)

Note:
Set this parameter to F when the terminal is not being used or to use the terminal in through mode.

■ H2-06: Watt Hour Output Unit Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H2-06 Watt Hour Output Unit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0
(0437) Selection Sets the unit for the output signal when H2-01 to H2-03 = 39 [MFDO Function Selection = Watt (0 - 4)
Hour Pulse Output].

This output is input to the Watt hour meter or PLC through a 200 ms pulse signal. The drive triggers a 200 ms
pulse each time the KWh data is at the value set in H2-06. This parameter sets the kWh unit for each pulse output.

626 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

Figure 12.75 Example MFDO when Configured for Watt Hours

Note:
• When the power value is a negative value (regenerative state), the drive does not count Watt hours.
• When the control power supply to the drive is operating, the drive will keep the Watt hours. If a momentary power loss causes the drive
to lose control power, the Watt hour count will reset.
0 : 0.1 kWh units
1 : 1 kWh units
2 : 10 kWh units
3 : 100 kWh units
4 : 1000 kWh units

■ H2-07: Modbus Register 1 Address Select

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H2-07 Modbus Register 1 Address V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0001
(0B3A) Select Sets the address of the MEMOBUS/Modbus register output to the MFDO terminal. (0001 - 1FFF)

Sets the address of the register that is output to Modbus Reg 1 Status Satisfied [H2-01 to H2-03 = 62] and uses the
bit in H2-08 [Modbus Register 1 Bit Select].

■ H2-08: Modbus Register 1 Bit Select

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H2-08 Modbus Register 1 Bit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0000
(0B3B) Select Sets the bit of the MEMOBUS/Modbus register output to the MFDO terminal. (0000 - FFFF)

Sets the bit of the register that is output to Modbus Reg 1 Status Satisfied [H2-01 to H2-03 = 62] and uses the
address in H2-07 [Modbus Register 1 Address Select].

■ H2-09: Modbus Register 2 Address Select

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H2-09 Modbus Register 2 Address V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0001
(0B3C) Select Sets the address of the MEMOBUS/Modbus register output to the MFDO terminal. (0001 - 1FFF)

Sets the address of the register that is output to Modbus Reg 2 Status Satisfied [H2-01 to H2-03 = 63] and uses the
bit in H2-10 [Modbus Register 2 Bit Select].

■ H2-10: Modbus Register 2 Bit Select

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H2-10 Modbus Register 2 Bit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0000
(0B3D) Select Sets the bit of the MEMOBUS/Modbus register output to the MFDO terminal. (0000 - FFFF)
Parameter Details

Sets the bit of the register that is output to Modbus Reg 2 Status Satisfied [H2-01 to H2-03 = 63] and uses the
address in H2-09 [Modbus Register 2 Address Select].

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 627

12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

■ H2-20: Comparator 1 Monitor Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H2-20 Comparator 1 Monitor V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 102

(1540) Selection Sets the monitor number for comparator 1. Set the x-xx part of the Ux-xx [Monitor]. For example, (000 - 999)
set H2-20 = 102 to monitor U1-02 [Output Frequency].

Note:
• For information on the comparator function, refer to 66: Comparator1 on page 644 and 67: Comparator2 on page 644.
• The configurable monitor changes when the control method changes.

■ H2-21: Comparator 1 Lower Limit

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H2-21 Comparator 1 Lower Limit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0%
(1541) Sets the lower limit detection level for comparator 1 when the full scale analog output for the (0.0 - 300.0%)
monitor selected in H2-20 [Comparator 1 Monitor Selection] is the 100% value.

Note:
For information on the comparator function, refer to 66: Comparator1 on page 644 and 67: Comparator2 on page 644.

■ H2-22: Comparator 1 Upper Limit

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H2-22 Comparator 1 Upper Limit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0%
(1542) Sets the upper limit detection level for comparator 1 when the full scale analog output for the (0.0 - 300.0%)
monitor selected in H2-20 [Comparator 1 Monitor Selection] is the 100% value.

Note:
For information on the comparator function, refer to 66: Comparator1 on page 644 and 67: Comparator2 on page 644.

■ H2-23: Comparator 1 Hysteresis

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H2-23 Comparator 1 Hysteresis V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0%

(1543) Sets the hysteresis level for comparator 1 as a percentage of the full scale analog output for the (0.0 - 10.0%)
monitor selected in H2-20 [Comparator 1 Monitor Selection].

Note:
For information on the comparator function, refer to 66: Comparator1 on page 644 and 67: Comparator2 on page 644.

■ H2-24: Comparator 1 On-Delay Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H2-24 Comparator 1 On-Delay V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0 s

(1544) Time Sets the on-delay time for comparator 1. (0.0 - 600.0 s)

Note:
For information on the comparator function, refer to 66: Comparator1 on page 644 and 67: Comparator2 on page 644.

■ H2-25: Comparator 1 Off-Delay Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H2-25 Comparator 1 Off-Delay V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0 s

(1545) Time Sets the off-delay time for comparator 1. (0.0 - 600.0 s)

Note:
For information on the comparator function, refer to 66: Comparator1 on page 644 and 67: Comparator2 on page 644.

628 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

■ H2-26: Comparator 2 Monitor Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H2-26 Comparator 2 Monitor V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 103

(1546) Selection Sets the monitor number for comparator 2. Set the x-xx part of the Ux-xx [Monitor]. For example, (000 - 999)
set H2-26 = 103 to monitor U1-03 [Output Current].

Note:
• The configurable monitor changes when the control method changes.
• When you use the terminal in through mode, set this parameter to 000 or 031. You can set the terminal output level from the PLC
through MEMOBUS/Modbus communications or the communication option.
• For information on the comparator function, refer to 66: Comparator1 on page 644 and 67: Comparator2 on page 644.

■ H2-27: Comparator 2 Lower Limit

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H2-27 Comparator 2 Lower Limit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0%
(1547) Sets the lower limit detection level for comparator 2 as a percentage of the full scale analog output (0.0 - 300.0%)
for the monitor selected in H2-26 [Comparator 2 Monitor Selection].

Note:
For information on the comparator function, refer to 66: Comparator1 on page 644 and 67: Comparator2 on page 644.

■ H2-28: Comparator 2 Upper Limit

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H2-28 Comparator 2 Upper Limit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0%
(1548) Sets the upper limit detection level for comparator 2 as a percentage of the full scale analog output (0.0 - 300.0%)
for the monitor selected in H2-26 [Comparator 2 Monitor Selection].

Note:
For information on the comparator function, refer to 66: Comparator1 on page 644 and 67: Comparator2 on page 644.

■ H2-29: Comparator 2 Hysteresis

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H2-29 Comparator 2 Hysteresis V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0%

(1549) Sets the hysteresis level for comparator 2 as a percentage of the full scale analog output for the (0.0 - 10.0%)
monitor selected in H2-26 [Comparator 2 Monitor Selection].

Note:
For information on the comparator function, refer to 66: Comparator1 on page 644 and 67: Comparator2 on page 644.

■ H2-30: Comparator 2 On-Delay Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H2-30 Comparator 2 On-Delay V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0 s

(154A) Time Sets the on-delay time for comparator 2. (0.0 - 600.0 s)

Note:
For information on the comparator function, refer to 66: Comparator1 on page 644 and 67: Comparator2 on page 644.

■ H2-31: Comparator 2 Off-Delay Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H2-31 Comparator 2 Off-Delay V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0 s

(154B) Time Sets the off-delay time for comparator 2. (0.0 - 600.0 s)
Parameter Details

Note:
For information on the comparator function, refer to 66: Comparator1 on page 644 and 67: Comparator2 on page 644.

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 629

12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

■ H2-32: Comparator 1 Filter Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H2-32 Comparator 1 Filter Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0s
(159A) Sets the time constant that is applied to the primary delay filter used for the analog output of the (0.0 - 10.0 s)
monitor selected with H2-20 [Comparator 1 Monitor Selection].

Note:
For information on the comparator function, refer to 66: Comparator1 on page 644 and 67: Comparator2 on page 644.

■ H2-33: Comparator1 Protection Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H2-33 Comparator1 Protection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 4

(159B) Selection Sets drive operation when it detects CP1 [Comparator1 Limit Fault]. (0 - 4)

0 : Ramp to Stop
The drive ramps the motor to stop in the deceleration time. The output terminal set for Fault [H2-01 to H2-03 =
E] activates.
1 : Coast to Stop
The output turns off and the motor coasts to stop. The output terminal set for Fault [H2-01 to H2-03 = E]
activates.
2 : Fast Stop (Use C1-09)
The drive stops the motor in the deceleration time set in C1-09 [Fast Stop Time]. The output terminal set for Fault
[H2-01 to H2-03 = E] activates.
3 : Alarm Only
The keypad shows CP1 and the drive continues operation at the current frequency reference.
Note:
The output terminal set to Alarm [H2-01 to H2-03 = 10] activates.
4 : Digital Output Only

■ H2-34: Comparator 2 Filter Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H2-34 Comparator 2 Filter Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0s
(159C) Sets the time constant that is applied to the primary delay filter used for the analog output of the (0.0 - 10.0 s)
monitor selected with H2-26 [Comparator 2 Monitor Selection].

■ H2-35: Comparator2 Protection Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H2-35 Comparator2 Protection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 4

(159D) Selection Sets drive operation when it detects CP2 [Comparator2 Limit Fault]. (0 - 4)

0 : Ramp to Stop
The drive ramps the motor to stop in the deceleration time. The output terminal set for Fault [H2-01 to H2-03 =
E] activates.
1 : Coast to Stop
The output turns off and the motor coasts to stop. The output terminal set for Fault [H2-01 to H2-03 = E]
activates.
2 : Fast Stop (Use C1-09)
The drive stops the motor in the deceleration time set in C1-09 [Fast Stop Time]. The output terminal set for Fault
[H2-01 to H2-03 = E] activates.
3 : Alarm Only
The keypad shows CP2 and the drive continues operation at the current frequency reference.
Note:
The output terminal set to Alarm [H2-01 to H2-03 = 10] activates.

630 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

4 : Digital Output Only

■ H2-36: Comparator 1 Ineffective Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H2-36 Comparator 1 Ineffective V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0 s

(159E) Time Sets the length of time that CP1 [Comparator1 Limit Fault] is disabled. (0.0 - 1000.0 s)

Note:
• After you enter a Run command and wait for the time set in this parameter, the drive will monitor operation and make sure that it is in
the Comparator 1 range until you enter the Stop command.
• When CP1 detection is disabled, the drive will activate the output terminal set for Comparator 1 [H2-xx = 66].

■ H2-37: Comparator 2 Ineffective Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H2-37 Comparator 2 Ineffective V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0 s

(159F) Time Sets the length of time that CP2 [Comparator2 Limit Fault] is disabled. (0.0 - 1000.0 s)

Note:
• After you enter a Run command and wait for the time set in this parameter, the drive will monitor operation and make sure that it is in
the Comparator 2 range until you enter the Stop command.
• When CP2 detection is disabled, the drive will activate the output terminal set for Comparator 2 [H2-xx = 67].

■ H2-40: Mbus Reg 15E0h bit0 Output Func

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H2-40 Mbus Reg 15E0h bit0 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV F
(0B58) Output Func Sets the MFDO for bit 0 of MEMOBUS register 15E0 (Hex.). (0 - 1FF)

■ H2-41: Mbus Reg 15E0h bit1 Output Func

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H2-41 Mbus Reg 15E0h bit1 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV F
(0B59) Output Func Sets the MFDO for bit 1 of MEMOBUS register 15E0 (Hex.). (0 - 1FF)

■ H2-42: Mbus Reg 15E0h bit2 Output Func

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H2-42 Mbus Reg 15E0h bit2 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV F
(0B5A) Output Func Sets the MFDO for bit 2 of MEMOBUS register 15E0 (Hex.). (0 - 1FF)

■ H2-60: Term MA,MB,MC Secondary Function

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H2-60 Term MA,MB,MC V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV F

(1B46) Secondary Function Sets the second function for terminal MA/MB-MC. Outputs the logical calculation results of the (0 - FF)
Expert terminals set to functions by H2-01 [Term MA,MB,MC Function Selection].

■ H2-61: Term MA,MB,MC Logical Operation

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H2-61 Term MA,MB,MC Logical V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(1B47) Operation Sets the logical operation for the functions set in H2-01 [Term MA,MB,MC Function Selection] (0 - 8)
Parameter Details

Expert and H2-60 [Term MA,MB,MC Secondary Function].

Note:
Refer to Output of Logical Operation Results of MFDO on page 625 for more information about the relation between parameter settings
and logical operations.

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 631

12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

■ H2-62: Term MA,MB,MC Minimum ON Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H2-62 Term MA,MB,MC V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.1 s

(1B48) Minimum ON Time Sets the minimum ON time that the drive uses to output the logical calculation results from (0.0 - 25.0 s)
Expert terminal MA/MB-MC.

■ H2-63: Terminal P1 Secondary Function

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H2-63 Terminal P1 Secondary V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV F

(1B49) Function Sets the second function for terminal P1-C1. Outputs the logical calculation results of the (0 - FF)
Expert terminals set to functions by H2-02 [Term P1 Function Selection].

■ H2-64: Terminal P1 Logical Operation

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H2-64 Terminal P1 Logical V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(1B4A) Operation Sets the logical operation for the functions set in H2-02 [Term P1 Function Selection] and H2-63 (0 - 8)
Expert [Terminal P1 Secondary Function].

Note:
Refer to Output of Logical Operation Results of MFDO on page 625 for more information about the relation between parameter settings
and logical operations.

■ H2-65: Terminal P1 Minimum ON Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H2-65 Terminal P1 Minimum ON V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.1 s

(1B4B) Time Sets the minimum ON time used to output the logical calculation results from terminal P1-C1. (0.0 - 25.0 s)
Expert

■ H2-66: Terminal P2 Secondary Function

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H2-66 Terminal P2 Secondary V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV F

(1B4C) Function Sets the second function for terminal P2-C2. Outputs the logical calculation results of the (0 - FF)
Expert terminals assigned to functions by H2-03 [Term P2 Function Selection].

■ H2-67: Terminal P2 Logical Operation

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H2-67 Terminal P2 Logical V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(1B4D) Operation Sets the logical operation for the functions set in H2-03 [Term P2 Function Selection] and H2-66 (0 - 8)
Expert [Terminal P2 Secondary Function].

Note:
Refer to Output of Logical Operation Results of MFDO on page 625 for more information about the relation between parameter settings
and logical operations.

■ H2-68: Terminal P2 Minimum ON Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H2-68 Terminal P2 Minimum ON V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.1 s

(1B4E) Time Sets the minimum ON time used to output the logical calculation results from terminal P2-C2. (0.0 - 25.0 s)
Expert

◆ MFDO Setting Values

Selects the function configured to MFDO.

632 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

■ 0: During Run
Setting Value Function Description

0 During Run V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal activates when you input a Run command and when the drive is outputting voltage.

Figure 12.76 Drive Running Time Chart

ON : Drive is running
The drive is receiving a Run command or outputting voltage.
OFF : Drive is stopping

■ 1: Zero Speed
Setting Value Function Description

1 Zero Speed V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal turns on when the output frequency drops below the value of E1-09 [Minimum Output Frequency] or b2-01 [DC
Injection/Zero SpeedThreshold].

Note:
Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the reference.

A1-02 Setting Control Method Selection Parameter Used as the Reference

0 V/f E1-09

2 OLV b2-01

5 OLV/PM E1-09

6 AOLV/PM E1-09

8 EZOLV E1-09

Figure 12.77 Zero Speed Time Chart

ON : Output frequency < value of E1-09 or b2-01.
OFF : Output frequency ≥ value of E1-09 or b2-01.

■ 2: Speed Agree 1
Setting Value Function Description

2 Speed Agree 1 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal activates when the output frequency is in the range of the frequency reference ± L4-02 [Speed Agree Detection
Width].
Parameter Details

Note:
The detection function operates in the two motor rotation directions.

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 633

12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

Figure 12.78 Speed Agree 1 Time Chart

ON : The output frequency is in the range of “frequency reference ± L4-02”.
OFF : The output frequency does not align with the frequency reference although the drive is
running.

■ 3: User-Set Speed Agree 1

Setting Value Function Description

3 User-Set Speed Agree 1 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal activates when the output frequency is in the range of L4-01 [Speed Agree Detection Level] ± L4-02 [Speed Agree
Detection Width] and in the range of the frequency reference ± L4-02.

Note:
The detection function operates in the two motor rotation directions. The drive uses the L4-01 value as the forward/reverse detection
level.
ON : The output frequency is in the range of “L4-01 ± L4-02” and the range of frequency
reference ± L4-02.
OFF : The output frequency is not in the range of “L4-01 ± L4-02” nor the range of frequency
reference ± L4-02.

Figure 12.79 User-Defined Speed Agree 1 Time Chart

■ 4: Frequency Detection 1
Setting Value Function Description

4 Frequency Detection 1 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal deactivates when the output frequency is higher than the value of L4-01 [Speed Agree Detection Level] + L4-02
[Speed Agree Detection Width]. After the terminal turns off, the terminal continues to remain off until the output frequency
reaches the level set with L4-01.

Note:
The detection function operates in the two motor rotation directions. The drive uses the L4-01 value as the forward/reverse detection
level.
ON : The output frequency is less than the value of L4-01 or does not exceed the value of L4-01 +
L4-02.
OFF : The output frequency is higher than the value of L4-01 + L4-02.

634 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

Figure 12.80 Frequency Detection 1 Time Chart

Note:
Figure 12.80 shows the result of the configuration when L4-07 = 1 [Speed Agree Detection Selection = Detection Always Enabled]. The
default setting of L4-07 is 0 [No detection during baseblock]. When the speed agreement detection selection is “No Detection during
Baseblock”, the terminal is deactivated when the drive output stops.

■ 5: Frequency Detection 2
Setting Value Function Description

5 Frequency Detection 2 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal activates when the output frequency is higher than the value of L4-01 [Speed Agree Detection Level]. After the
terminal activates, the terminal stays activated until the output frequency is at the value of L4-01 - L4-02.

Note:
The detection function operates in the two motor rotation directions. The drive uses the L4-01 value as the forward/reverse detection
level.
ON : The output frequency is higher than the value of L4-01.
OFF : The output frequency is less than the value of “L4-01 - L4-02,” or it is not more than the
value of L4-01.

Figure 12.81 Frequency Detection 2 Time Chart

■ 6: Drive Ready
Setting Value Function Description

6 Drive Ready V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal activates when the drive is ready and running.

The terminal deactivates in these conditions:

• When the power supply is OFF
• During a fault
• When there is problem with the control power supply
• When there is a parameter setting error and the drive cannot operate although there is a Run command
• When you enter a Run command and it immediately triggers an overvoltage or undervoltage fault because the
drive has an overvoltage or undervoltage fault during stop
• When the drive is in Programming Mode and will not accept a Run command
• When the Safe Disable function is active
Parameter Details

■ 7: DC Bus Undervoltage
Setting Value Function Description

7 DC Bus Undervoltage V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal activates when the DC bus voltage or control circuit power supply is at the voltage set in L2-05 [Undervoltage
Detection Lvl (Uv1)] or less. The terminal also activates when there is a fault with the DC bus voltage. 12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 635

12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

ON : The DC bus voltage is less than the setting value of L2-05.

OFF : The DC bus voltage is more than the setting value of L2-05.

■ 8: During Baseblock (N.O.)

Setting Value Function Description

8 During Baseblock (N.O.) V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal activates during baseblock. When the drive is in baseblock, the drive output transistor stops switching and does not
make DC bus voltage.

ON : During baseblock
OFF : The drive is not in baseblock.

■ 9: Frequency Reference from Keypad

Setting Value Function Description

9 Frequency Reference from V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Keypad Shows the selected frequency reference source.

ON : The keypad is the frequency reference source.

OFF : b1-01 or b1-15 [Frequency Reference Selection 1 or 2] is the frequency reference source.

■ A: Run Command from Keypad

Setting Value Function Description

A Run Command Source V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Shows the selected Run command source.

ON : The keypad is the Run command source.

OFF : b1-02 or b1-16 [Run Command Selection 1 or 2] is the Run command source.

■ B: Torque Detection 1 (N.O.)

Setting Value Function Description

B Torque Detection 1 (N.O.) V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal activates when the drive detects overtorque or undertorque.

ON : The output current/torque is more than L6-02 [Torque Detection Level 1], or the level is less
than L6-02 for longer than L6-03 [Torque Detection Time 1].
Note:
• When L6-01 ≥ 5, the drive will detect when the output current/torque is less than L6-02 for longer than L6-03.
• Refer to L6: Torque Detection on page 699 for more information.

■ C: Frequency Reference Loss

Setting Value Function Description

C Frequency Reference Loss V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal activates when the drive detects a loss of frequency reference.

Note:
Refer to L4-05: Fref Loss Detection Selection on page 695 for more information.

■ D: Braking Resistor Fault

Setting Value Function Description

D Braking Resistor Fault V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal activates when the mounting-type braking resistor is overheating or when there is a braking transistor fault.

■ E: Fault
Setting Value Function Description

E Fault V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal activates when the drive detects a fault.

Note:
The terminal will not activate for CPF00 and CPF01 [Control Circuit Error] faults.

636 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

■ F: Not Used
Setting Value Function Description

F Not Used V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Use this setting for unused terminals or to use terminals in through mode. Also use this setting as the PLC contact output via
MEMOBUS/Modbus or the communication option. This signal does not function if signals from the PLC are not configured.

■ 10: Alarm
Setting Value Function Description

10 Alarm V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal activates when the drive detects a minor fault.

■ 11: Fault Reset Command Active

Setting Value Function Description

11 Fault Reset Command V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Active The terminal activates when the drive receives the Reset command from the control circuit terminal, serial communications, or
the communication option.

■ 12: Timer Output

Setting Value Function Description

12 Timer Output V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Use this setting when the drive uses the timer function as an output terminal.

Note:
Refer to Timer Function Operation on page 501 for more information.

■ 13: Speed Agree 2

Setting Value Function Description

13 Speed Agree 2 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal activates when the output frequency is in the range of the frequency reference ± L4-04 [Speed Agree Detection
Width(+/-)].

Note:
The detection function operates in the two motor rotation directions.
ON : The output frequency is in the range of “frequency reference ± L4-04”.
OFF : The output frequency is not in the range of “frequency reference ± L4-04”.

Figure 12.82 Speed Agree 2 Time Chart

■ 14: User-Set Speed Agree 2

Setting Value Function Description

14 User-Set Speed Agree 2 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal activates when the output frequency is in the range of L4-03 [Speed Agree Detection Level(+/-)] ± L4-04 [Speed
Agree Detection Width(+/-)] and in the range of the frequency reference ± L4-04.
Parameter Details

Note:
The detection level set with L4-03 is a signed value. The drive will only detect in one direction.
ON : The output frequency is in the range of “L4-03 ± L4-04” and the range of frequency
reference ± L4-04.
12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 637

12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

OFF : The output frequency is not in the range of “L4-03 ± L4-04” nor the range of frequency
reference ± L4-04.

Figure 12.83 Example of User-set Speed Agree 2 (L4-03 Is Positive)

■ 15: Frequency Detection 3

Setting Value Function Description

15 Frequency Detection 3 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal deactivates when the output frequency is higher than the value of “L4-03 [Speed Agree Detection Level(+/-)] + L4-
04 [Speed Agree Detection Width(+/-)]”. After the terminal deactivates, the terminal stays deactivated until the output frequency
is at the value of L4-03.

Note:
The detection level set with L4-03 is a signed value. The drive will only detect in one direction.
ON : The output frequency is less than the value of L4-03 or it is not more than the value of L4-03
+ L4-04.
OFF : The output frequency is higher than the value of L4-03 + L4-04.

Figure 12.84 Example of Frequency Detection 3 (value of L4-03 Is Positive)

Note:
Figure 12.84 shows the result of the configuration when L4-07 = 1 [Speed Agree Detection Selection = Detection Always Enabled]. The
default setting of L4-07 is 0 [No detection during baseblock]. When the speed agreement detection selection is “No Detection during
Baseblock”, the terminal is deactivated when the drive output stops.

■ 16: Frequency Detection 4

Setting Value Function Description

16 Frequency Detection 4 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal activates when the output frequency is higher than the value of L4-03 [Speed Agree Detection Level(+/-)]. After
the terminal activates, the terminal stays activated until the output frequency is at the value of L4-03 - L4-04.

Note:
The detection level set with L4-03 is a signed value. The drive will only detect in one direction.
ON : The output frequency is higher than the value of L4-03.
OFF : The output frequency is less than the value of “L4-03 - L4-04,” or it is not more than the
value of L4-03.

638 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

Figure 12.85 Example of Frequency Detection 4 (value of L4-03 Is Positive)

■ 17: Torque Detection 1 (N.C.)

Setting Value Function Description

17 Torque Detection 1 (N.C.) V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal deactivates when the drive detects overtorque or undertorque.

Use the L6 [Torque Detection] parameters to set torque detection.

OFF : The output current/torque is more than L6-02 [Torque Detection Level 1], or the level is less
than L6-02 for longer thanL6-03 [Torque Detection Time 1].
Note:
• When L6-01 ≥ 5, the drive will detect when the output current/torque is less than L6-02 for longer than L6-03.
• Refer to L6: Torque Detection on page 699 for more information.

■ 18: Torque Detection 2 (N.O.)

Setting Value Function Description

18 Torque Detection 2 (N.O.) V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal activates when the drive detects overtorque or undertorque.

Use the L6 [Torque Detection] parameters to set torque detection.

ON : The output current/torque is more than L6-05 [Torque Detection Level 2], or the level is less
than L6-05 for longer thanL6-06 [Torque Detection Time 2].
Note:
• When L6-04 ≥ 5, the drive will detect when the output current/torque is less than L6-05 for longer than L6-06.
• Refer to L6: Torque Detection on page 699 for more information.

■ 19: Torque Detection 2 (N.C.)

Setting Value Function Description

19 Torque Detection 2 (N.C.) V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal deactivates when the drive detects overtorque or undertorque.

Use the L6 [Torque Detection] parameters to set torque detection.

OFF : The output current/torque is more than L6-05 [Torque Detection Level 2], or the level is less
than L6-05 for longer than L6-06 [Torque Detection Time 2].
Note:
• When L6-04 ≥ 5, the drive will detect when the output current/torque is less than L6-05 for longer than L6-06.
• Refer to L6: Torque Detection on page 699 for more information.

■ 1A: During Reverse

Setting Value Function Description

1A During Reverse V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal activates when the motor operates in the reverse direction.
Parameter Details

ON : The motor is operating in the reverse direction.

OFF : The motor is operating in the forward direction or the motor stopped.

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 639

12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

Figure 12.86 Reverse Operation Output Time Chart

■ 1B: During Baseblock (N.C.)

Setting Value Function Description

1B During Baseblock (N.C.) V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal deactivates during baseblock. When the drive is in baseblock, the drive output transistor stops switching and does
not make DC bus voltage.

ON : The drive is not in baseblock.

OFF : During baseblock

■ 1C: Motor 2 Selected

Setting Value Function Description

1C Motor 2 Selected V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal activates when motor 2 is selected.

ON : Motor 2 Selection
OFF : Motor 1 Selection

■ 1E: Executing Auto-Restart

Setting Value Function Description

1E Executing Auto-Restart V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal activates when the Auto Restart function is trying to restart after a fault.

The terminal deactivates when the Auto Restart function automatically resets a fault. The terminal deactivates
when the Auto Restart function detects the fault again because there were too many restart attempts as specified
by L5-01 [Number of Auto Restart Attempts].
Note:
Refer to L5: Fault Restart on page 696 for more information.

■ 1F: Motor Overload Alarm (oL1)

Setting Value Function Description

1F Motor Overload Alarm V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

(oL1) The terminal activates when the electronic thermal protection value of the motor overload protective function is a minimum of
90% of the detection level.

Note:
Refer to L1-01: Motor Overload (oL1) Protection on page 670 for more information.

■ 20: Drive Overheat Pre-Alarm (oH)

Setting Value Function Description

20 Drive Overheat Pre-Alarm V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

(oH) The terminal activates when the drive heatsink temperature is at the level set with L8-02 [Overheat Alarm Level].

Note:
Refer to L8-02: Overheat Alarm Level on page 707 for more information.

640 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

■ 21: Safe Torque OFF

Setting Value Function Description

21 Safe Torque OFF V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal activates (safety stop state) when the safety circuit and safety diagnosis circuit are operating correctly and when
terminals H1-HC and H2-HC are OFF (Open).

Note:
EDM = External Device Monitor
ON : Safety stop state
Terminals H1-HC and H2-HC are OFF (Open) (safety stop state).
OFF : Safety circuit fault or RUN/READY
Terminal H1-HC or terminal H2-HC is OFF (Open) (safety circuit fault), or the two terminals are ON or have
short circuited (RUN/READY).

■ 22: Mechanical Weakening Detection

Setting Value Function Description

22 Mechanical Weakening V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Detection The terminal activates when the drive detects mechanical weakening.

Note:
Refer to Mechanical Weakening Detection on page 700 for more information.

■ 2F: Maintenance Notification

Setting Value Function Description

2F Maintenance Notification V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal activates when drive components are at their estimated maintenance period.

Tells you about the maintenance period for these items:

• IGBT
• Cooling Fan
• Capacitor
• Soft charge bypass relay
Note:
Refer to Maintenance on page 294 for more information.

■ 30: During Torque Limit

Setting Value Function Description

30 During Torque Limit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal activates when the torque reference is the torque limit set with L7 parameters or H3-02 or H3-10 [MFAI Function
Selection].

Note:
Refer to L7: Torque Limit on page 704 for more information.

■ 37: During Frequency Output

Setting Value Function Description

37 During Frequency Output V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal activates when the drive outputs frequency.

ON : The drive outputs frequency.

OFF : The drive does not output frequency.
Note:
Parameter Details

The terminal deactivates in these conditions:

• During Stop
• During baseblock
• During DC Injection Braking (initial excitation)
• During Short Circuit Braking

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 641

12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

Figure 12.87 Active Frequency Output Time Chart

■ 38: Drive Enabled

Setting Value Function Description

38 Drive Enabled V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

This terminal activates when the H1-xx = 6A [Drive Enable] terminal activates.

■ 39: Watt Hour Pulse Output

Setting Value Function Description

39 Watt Hour Pulse Output V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Outputs the pulse that shows the watt hours.

Note:
Refer to H2-06: Watt Hour Output Unit Selection on page 626 for more information.

■ 3D: During Speed Search

Setting Value Function Description

3D During Speed Search V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal activates when the drive is doing speed search.

Note:
Refer to b3: Speed Search on page 493 for more information.

■ 3C: LOCAL Control Selected

Setting Value Function Description

3C LOCAL Control Selected V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal activates when the Run command source or frequency reference source is LOCAL.

ON : LOCAL
The keypad is the Run command source or the frequency reference source.
OFF : REMOTE
The Run command source or frequency reference source is an external source set with b1-01 [Frequency
Reference Selection 1], b1-15 [Frequency Reference Selection 2], b1-02 [Run Command Selection 1], or b1-16
[Run Command Selection 2].

■ 3D: During Speed Search

Setting Value Function Description

3D During Speed Search V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal activates when the drive is doing speed search.

Note:
Refer to b3: Speed Search on page 493 for more information.

■ 3E: PID Feedback Low

Setting Value Function Description

3E PID Feedback Low V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal activates when the drive detects FbL [PID Feedback Loss].

642 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

The drive detects FbL [PID Feedback Loss] when the PID feedback value < b5-13 [PID Feedback Loss Detection
Lvl] for longer than b5-14 [PID Feedback Loss Detection Time].
Note:
Refer to PID Feedback Loss Detection on page 505 for more information.

■ 3F: PID Feedback High

Setting Value Function Description

3F PID Feedback High V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal activates when the drive detects FbH [Excessive PID Feedback].

The drive detects FbH [Excessive PID Feedback] when the PID feedback value > b5-36 [PID High Feedback
Detection Lvl] for longer than b5-37 [PID High Feedback Detection Time].
Note:
Refer to PID Feedback Loss Detection on page 505 for more information.

■ 4A: During KEB Ride-Thru

Setting Value Function Description

4A During KEB Ride-Thru V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The activates during KEB Ride-Thru.

Note:
Refer to KEB Ride-Thru Function on page 675 for more information.

■ 4B: During Short Circuit Braking

Setting Value Function Description

4B During Short Circuit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Braking The terminal activates during Short Circuit Braking.

Note:
• When A1-02 = 8 [Control Method Selection = EZOLV], this function is available only when you use a PM motor.
• Refer to b2: DC Injection Braking and Short Circuit Braking on page 490 for more information.

■ 4C: During Fast Stop

Setting Value Function Description

4C During Fast Stop V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal activates when the fast stop is in operation.

■ 4D: oH Pre-Alarm Time Limit

Setting Value Function Description

4D oH Pre-Alarm Time Limit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal activates when L8-03 = 4 [Overheat Pre-Alarm Selection = Operate at Reduced Speed (L8-19)] and oH [Heatsink
Overheat] does not clear after the drive decreases the frequency for 10 cycles.

Note:
Refer to L8-03: Overheat Pre-Alarm Selection on page 707 for more information.

■ 4E: Braking Transistor Fault (rr)

Setting Value Function Description

4E Braking Transistor Fault V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

(rr) The terminal activates when the internal braking transistor overheats and the drive detects an rr [Dynamic Braking Transistor
Fault] fault.

■ 4F: Braking Resistor Overheat (rH)

Parameter Details

Setting Value Function Description

4F Braking Resistor Overheat V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

(rH) The terminal activates when the braking resistor overheats and the drive detects an rH [Braking Resistor Overheat] fault.

The braking resistor overheats when the deceleration time is short and there is too much motor regeneration
energy.
12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 643

12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

■ 61: Pole Position Detection Complete

Setting Value Function Description

61 Pole Position Detection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Complete The terminal activates when drive receives a Run command and the drive detects the motor magnetic pole position of the PM
motor.

■ 62: Modbus Reg 1 Status Satisfied

Setting Value Function Description

62 Modbus Reg 1 Status V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Satisfied The terminal activates when the bit specified by H2-08 [Modbus Register 1 Bit Select] for the MEMOBUS register address set
with H2-07 [Modbus Register 1 Address Select] activates.

■ 63: Modbus Reg 2 Status Satisfied

Setting Value Function Description

63 Modbus Reg 2 Status V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Satisfied The terminal activates when the bit specified by H2-10 [Modbus Register 2 Bit Select] for the MEMOBUS register address set
with H2-09 [Modbus Register 2 Address Select] activates.

■ 66: Comparator1
Setting Value Function Description

66 Comparator1 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal activates if the monitor value set with H2-20 [Comparator 1 Monitor Selection] is in range of the values of H2-21
[Comparator 1 Lower Limit] and H2-22 [Comparator 1 Upper Limit] for the time set in H2-24 [Comparator 1 On-Delay
Time].

A - H2-24 B - H2-25
[Comparator 1 On-Delay Time] [Comparator 1 Off-Delay Time]

Figure 12.88 Comparator 1 Output Time Chart

Note:
The drive compares the monitors set with H2-20 as absolute values.

■ 67: Comparator2
Setting Value Function Description

67 Comparator2 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal activates if the monitor value set with H2-26 [Comparator 2 Monitor Selection] is not in the range of the values of
H2-27 [Comparator 2 Lower Limit] and H2-28 [Comparator 2 Upper Limit] for the time set in H2-30 [Comparator 2 On-
Delay Time].

644 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

A - H2-30 B - H2-31
[Comparator 2 On-Delay Time] [Comparator 2 Off-Delay Time]

Figure 12.89 Comparator 2 Output Time Chart

Note:
The drive compares the monitors set with H2-26 as absolute values.

■ 69: External Power 24V Supply

Setting Value Function Description

69 External Power 24V Supply V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal activates when there is an external 24V power supply between terminals PS-AC.

ON : An external 24V power supply supplies power.

OFF : An external 24V power supply does not supply power.

■ 6A: Data Logger Error

Setting Value Function Description

6A Data Logger Error V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The terminal activates when the drive detects LoG [Com Error / Abnormal SD card].

■ 90 to 92: DWEZ Digital Output 1 to 3

Setting Value Function Description

90 - 92 DWEZ Digital Output 1 to V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

3 Sets the DriveWorksEZ digital output. Refer to the DriveWorksEZ online manual for more information.

■ 100 to 192: Inverse output of 0 to 92

Setting Value Function Description

100 - 192 Inverse output of 0 to 92 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Causes inverse output of the function for the selected MFDO. Uses the last two digits of 1xx to select which function to
inversely output.

For example, set H2-xx = 10E for the inverse output of E [Fault].

◆ H3: Analog Inputs

WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Do test runs and examine the drive to make sure that the command references are
correct. If you set the command reference incorrectly, it can cause damage to the drive or serious injury or death.
Drives have two analog input terminals: terminals A1 and A2. Use H3 parameters to set the functions to these
analog input terminals and adjust signal levels.
Table 12.64shows the functions that you can set to analog input terminals. Use H3-02 and H3-10 [MFAI Function
Select] to set functions.
Parameter Details

Table 12.64 Multi-Function Analog Input Terminal Settings

Setting Setting
Function Reference Function Reference
Value Value

0 Frequency Reference 650 2 Auxiliary Frequency Reference 1 651

1 Frequency Gain 650 3 Auxiliary Frequency Reference 2 651

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 645

12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

Setting Function Reference Setting Function Reference

Value Value

4 Output Voltage Bias 651 10 Forward Torque Limit 654

5 Accel/Decel Time Gain 651 11 Reverse Torque Limit 655

6 DC Injection Braking Current 652 12 Regenerative Torque Limit 655

7 Torque Detection Level 652 13 Torque Reference / Torque Limit 655

8 Stall Prevent Level during Run 652 14 Torque Compensation 655

9 Output Frequency Lower Limit 653 15 General Torque Limit 655

B PID Feedback 653 16 PID DifferentialFdbk 655

C PID Setpoint 653 1F Through Mode 656

D Frequency Bias 653 30 DWEZ Analog Input 1 656

E Motor Temperature (PTC Input) 653 31 DWEZ Analog Input 2 656

F Through Mode 653

Note:
All analog input scaling uses gain and bias for adjustment. Set the gain and bias values correctly.

Example
Analog Input Terminal A1 Setting Frequency Reference
Settings

Frequency • H3-02 = 0 [Terminal A1 Function • When you input a 10 V signal, the frequency reference will be 200%.
Reference When Selection = Frequency Reference] • When you input a 5 V signal, the frequency reference will be 100%.
You Adjust the • H3-03 = 200.0 [Terminal A1 Gain
Gain Setting When you input a 5 V or more signal, E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency] will limit the drive output and the
Setting = 200%] frequency reference will be 100%.
• H3-04 = 0.0 [Terminal A1 Bias
Setting = 0.0%]

Frequency • H3-02 = 0 [Frequency Reference] • When you input a 0 V signal, the frequency reference will be -25%.
Reference When • H3-03 = 100.0 [100.0%] • When H3-01 = 0 [Terminal A1 Signal Level Select = 0 V to 10 V (Lower Limit at 0)]
You Set the Bias
to a Negative • H3-04 = -25.0 [-25.0%] – When you input a 0 V to 2 V signal, the frequency reference will be 0%.
Number
– When you input a 2 V to 10 V signal, the frequency reference will be 0% to 100%.
• When H3-01 = 1 [0 V to 10 V (Without Lower Limit)]
– When you input a 0 V to 2 V signal, it enables signals of positive and negative polarities and the motor
rotates in reverse.

■ MEMOBUS/Modbus MFAI 1 to 3 Function Selection

You can set the MFAI function to MEMOBUS/Modbus register15C1 to 15C3 (Hex.) [Mbus Reg 15C1h through
15C3h Input Function]. Use H3-40 to H3-42 [Mbus Reg 15C1h through 15C3h Input Function] to set the
function for each register and use H3-43 [Mbus Reg Inputs FilterTime Const] to set the input filter.

646 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

Table 12.65 MEMOBUS Multi-Function AI Command Register

Register number
Name Range *1 Parameter
(Hex.)

15C1 Mbus Reg 15C1h Input Function -32767 to +32767 H3-40

15C2 Mbus Reg 15C2h Input Function -32767 to +32767 H3-41

15C3 Mbus Reg 15C3h Input Function -32767 to +32767 H3-42

*1 Set as 100% = 4096.

Figure 12.90 Functional Block Diagram for MEMOBUS Multi-Function AI Command 1

Note:
• Refer to Multi-Function Analog Input Terminal Settings on page 650 for the analog input setting values.
• When you will not use the terminal, set H3-40 to H3-42 = F. Parameters H3-40 to H3-42 do not support the through mode.
• You cannot use H3-40 to H3-42 to set these MFAI functions:

H3-xx Setting Value Function

0 Frequency Reference

1 Frequency Gain

2 Auxiliary Frequency Reference 1

3 Auxiliary Frequency Reference 2

30 DWEZ Analog Input 1

31 DWEZ Analog Input 2

◆ H3: MFAI Parameters

■ H3-01: Terminal A1 Signal Level Select
No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H3-01 Terminal A1 Signal Level V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0410) Select Sets the input signal level for MFAI terminal A1. (0, 1)

0 : 0 to 10V (Lower Limit at 0)

The voltage signal is 0 Vdc to 10 Vdc. The minimum input level limit is 0%. The drive will read a negative input
signal caused by gain and bias settings as 0%.
1 : 0 V to 10 V (Without Lower Limit)
The voltage signal is 0 Vdc to 10 Vdc. When this setting is used as the frequency reference, the motor runs
reverse when the Forward run command is input, or runs forward when the Reverse run signal is input, while the
signal is a negative number due to gain and bias.

■ H3-02: Terminal A1 Function Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H3-02 Terminal A1 Function V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0434) Selection Sets the function for MFAI terminal A1. (0 - 32)

■ H3-03: Terminal A1 Gain Setting

Parameter Details

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H3-03 Terminal A1 Gain Setting V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 100.0%
(0411) Sets the gain of the analog signal input to MFAI terminal A1. (-999.9 - +999.9%)
RUN

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 647

12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

This parameter sets the quantity of reference for the function set for terminal A1 as a percentage when 10 V (or 20
mA) is input.
Use this parameter and H3-04 [Terminal A1 Bias Setting] to adjust the characteristics of the analog input signal to
terminal A1.

■ H3-04: Terminal A1 Bias Setting

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H3-04 Terminal A1 Bias Setting V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0%
(0412) Sets the bias of the analog signal input to MFAI terminal A1. (-999.9 - +999.9%)
RUN

This parameter sets the bias for the function set for terminal A1 as a percentage when 0 V (4 mA or 0 mA) is
input.
Use this parameter and H3-03 [Terminal A1 Gain Setting] to adjust the characteristics of the analog input signal to
terminal A1.

■ H3-09: Terminal A2 Signal Level Select

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H3-09 Terminal A2 Signal Level V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 2

(0417) Select Sets the input signal level for MFAI terminal A2. (0 - 3)

0 : 0-10V (LowLim=0)
The voltage signal is 0 Vdc to 10 Vdc. The minimum input level limit is 0%. The drive will read a negative input
signal caused by gain and bias settings as 0%.
1 : 0-10V (Without Lower Limit)
The voltage signal is 0 Vdc to 10 Vdc. When this setting is used as the frequency reference, the motor runs
reverse when the Forward run command is input, or runs forward when the Reverse run signal is input, while the
signal is a negative number due to gain and bias.
2 : 4 to 20 mA
The current signal is 4 mA to 20 mA. The minimum input level is limited to 0%, so that a negative input signal
due to gain and bias settings will be read as 0%.
3 : 0 to 20 mA
The current signal is 0 mA to 20 mA. The minimum input level is limited to 0%, so that a negative input signal
due to gain and bias settings will be read as 0%.
Note:
When H3-09 = 0, 1, set DIP switch S1 to the V side (voltage). When H3-09 = 2, 3, set DIP switch S1 to the I side (current). The default
setting is the I side (current).

■ H3-10: Terminal A2 Function Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H3-10 Terminal A2 Function V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0418) Selection Sets the function for MFAI terminal A2. (0 - 32)

■ H3-11: Terminal A2 Gain Setting

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H3-11 Terminal A2 Gain Setting V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 100.0%
(0419) Sets the gain of the analog signal input to MFAI terminal A2. (-999.9 - +999.9%)
RUN

When 10 V (or 20 mA) is input, this parameter sets the reference quantity for the function set for terminal A2 as a
percentage.
Use this parameter and H3-12 [Terminal A2 Bias Setting] to adjust the characteristics of the analog input signal to
terminal A2.

648 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

■ H3-12: Terminal A2 Bias Setting

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H3-12 Terminal A2 Bias Setting V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0%
(041A) Sets the bias of the analog signal input to MFAI terminal A2. (-999.9 - +999.9%)
RUN

When 0 V (4 mA or 0 mA) is input, this parameter sets the bias for the function set for terminal A2 as a
percentage.
Use this parameter and H3-11 [Terminal A2 Gain Setting] to adjust the characteristics of the analog input signal to
terminal A2.

■ H3-13: Analog Input FilterTime Constant

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H3-13 Analog Input FilterTime V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.03 s
(041B) Constant Sets the time constant for primary delay filters on MFAI terminals. (0.00 - 2.00 s)

Apply the primary delay filter to the analog input to enable an analog input signal without the use of high-
frequency noise components. An analog input filter prevents irregular drive control. Drive operation becomes
more stable as the programmed time becomes longer, but it also becomes less responsive to quickly changing
analog signals.

■ H3-14: Analog Input Terminal Enable Sel

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H3-14 Analog Input Terminal V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 7

(041C) Enable Sel Sets the enabled terminal or terminals when H1-xx = C [MFDI Function Select = Analog (1, 2, 7)
Terminal Enable Selection] is ON.

Input signals do not have an effect on terminals not set as targets.

1 : Terminal A1 only
2 : Terminal A2 only
7 : Terminals A1 and A2
Note:
• The ON/OFF operation of terminal Sx set in Analog Terminal Input Selection [H1-xx = C] has an effect on only the analog input
terminal selected with H3-14.
• When H1-xx ≠ C, the functions set to terminals A1 and A2 are always enabled.

■ H3-16: Terminal A1 Offset

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H3-16 Terminal A1 Offset V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(02F0) Sets the offset level for analog signals input to terminal A1. Usually it is not necessary to change (-500 - +500)
this setting.

Adds the offset value for the analog input value. For voltage input, this parameter will set the offset when a signal
of 0 V is input.

■ H3-17: Terminal A2 Offset

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H3-17 Terminal A2 Offset V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(02F1) Sets the offset level for analog signals input to terminal A2. Usually it is not necessary to change (-500 - +500)
this setting.
Parameter Details

Adds the offset value for the analog input value. For voltage input, this parameter will set the offset when a signal
of 0 V is input. For current input, this parameter will set the offset when a signal of 4 mA [H3-09 = 2] or 0 mA
[H3-09 = 3] is input.

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 649

12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

■ H3-40: Mbus Reg 15C1h Input Function

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H3-40 Mbus Reg 15C1h Input V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV F
(0B5C) Function Sets the MEMOBUS AI1 function. (4 - 2F)

You can use the MFAI function from MEMOBUS/Modbus communications. Use this parameter to set the
function. Sets the function for MEMOBUS/Modbus register 15C1h.
Refer to H3: Analog Inputs on page 645 for the setting values.

■ H3-41: Mbus Reg 15C2h Input Function

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H3-41 Mbus Reg 15C2h Input V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV F
(0B5F) Function Sets the MEMOBUS AI2 function. (4 - 2F)

You can use the MFAI function from MEMOBUS/Modbus communications. Use this parameter to set the
function. Sets the function for MEMOBUS/Modbus register 15C2h.
Refer to H3: Analog Inputs on page 645 for the setting values.

■ H3-42: Mbus Reg 15C3h Input Function

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H3-42 Mbus Reg 15C3h Input V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV F
(0B62) Function Sets the MEMOBUS AI3 function. (4 - 2F)

You can use the MFAI function from MEMOBUS/Modbus communications. Use this parameter to set the
function. Sets the function for MEMOBUS/Modbus register 15C3h.
Refer to H3: Analog Inputs on page 645 for the setting values.

■ H3-43: Mbus Reg Inputs FilterTime Const

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H3-43 Mbus Reg Inputs V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.00 s
(117F) FilterTime Const Sets the time constant to apply a primary delay filter to the MEMOBUS analog input register (0.00 - 2.00 s)
values.

◆ Multi-Function Analog Input Terminal Settings

This section gives information about the functions set with H3-02, H3-10, and H3-41 to H3-43.

■ 0: Frequency Reference
Setting Value Function Description

0 Frequency Reference V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The input value from the MFAI terminal set with this function becomes the master frequency reference.

• You can copy the configuration to more than one of the analog input terminals A1 and A2. When you set more
than one analog input terminal with the master frequency reference, the sum value becomes the frequency bias.
• If you use this function to set the analog input value as the master frequency reference, set b1-01 = 1
[Frequency Reference Selection 1 = Analog Input]. This setting value is the default value for terminals A1 and
A2.
• The frequency reference is the sum of the input values for terminals A1 and A2 when they are used at the same
time. For example, when a 20% bias is input to terminal A2 while a frequency reference of 50% is input from
terminal A1, the calculated frequency reference will be 70% of the maximum output frequency.

■ 1: Frequency Gain
Setting Value Function Description

1 Frequency Gain V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

The drive multiplies the analog frequency reference with the input value from the MFAI set with this function.

650 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

Example: When you set frequency gain for terminal A2

• H3-10 = 1 [Terminal A2 Function Selection = Frequency Gain]
• A 50% frequency gain is input to terminal A2
• A frequency reference of 80% is input from terminal A1
The calculated frequency reference is 40% of the maximum output frequency.

■ 2: Auxiliary Frequency Reference 1

Setting Value Function Description

2 Auxiliary Frequency V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Reference 1 Sets Reference 2 through multi-step speed reference to enable the command reference (Auxiliary Frequency Reference 1) from
the analog input terminal set here. This value is a percentage where the Maximum Output Frequency setting is a setting value of
100%.

■ 3: Auxiliary Frequency Reference 2

Setting Value Function Description

3 Auxiliary Frequency V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Reference 2 Sets Reference 3 through multi-step speed reference to enable the command reference (Auxiliary Frequency Reference 2) from
the analog input terminal set here. This value is a percentage where the Maximum Output Frequency setting is a setting value of
100%.

■ 4: Output Voltage Bias

Setting Value Function Description

4 Output Voltage Bias V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Set this parameter to input a bias signal to amplify the output voltage.

The gain (%) for the MFAI terminals A1 and A2 is 100% of the voltage class standard, which is 200 V for 200 V
class drives and 400 V for 400 V class drives. The bias (%) for MFAI terminals A1 and A2 is 100% of the voltage
configured for E1-05 [Maximum Output Voltage].
Note:
The gain for each terminal A1 and A2 is set independently with H3-03 [Terminal A1 Gain Setting] and H3-11 [Terminal A2 Gain
Setting]. The bias for each terminal A1 and A2 is set independently with H3-04 [Terminal A1 Bias Setting] and H3-12 [Terminal A2
Bias Setting].

Figure 12.91 Output Voltage Bias through Analog Input

■ 5: Accel/Decel Time Gain

Setting Value Function Description

5 Accel/Decel Time Gain V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Enters a signal to adjust the gain used for C1-01 to C1-08 [Acceleration/Deceleration Times 1 to 4] and C1-09 [Fast Stop Time]
when the full scale analog signal (10 V or 20 mA) is 100%.

When you enable C1-01 [Acceleration Time 1], the acceleration time is:
Acceleration Time 1 = Setting value of C1-01 × acceleration and deceleration time gain / 100
Parameter Details

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 651

12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

Figure 12.92 Acceleration/Deceleration Time Gain through Analog Input

■ 6: DC Injection Braking Current

Setting Value Function Description

6 DC Injection Braking V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Current Enters a signal to adjust the current level used for DC Injection Braking when the drive rated output current is 100%.

Note:
When you set this function, it will disable the setting value of b2-02 [DC Injection Braking Current].

Figure 12.93 DC Injection Braking Current through Analog Input

■ 7: Torque Detection Level

Setting Value Function Description

7 Torque Detection Level V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Enters a signal to adjust the overtorque/undertorque detection level.

When A1-02 = 0, 5 [Control Method Selection = V/f, OLV/PM], the drive rated current is 100%. When A1-02 = 2,
6, 8 [OLV, AOLV/PM, or EZOLV], the motor rated current is 100%.
Note:
Use this function with L6-01 [Torque Detection Selection 1]. This parameter functions as an alternative to L6-02 [Torque Detection
Level 1].

■ 8: Stall Prevent Level during Run

Setting Value Function Description

8 Stall Prevent Level during V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Run Enters a signal to adjust the stall prevention level during run if the drive rated current is 100%.

Note:
The drive will use the smaller value of these values for Stall Prevent Level during Run:
• Multi-function analog input terminal analog input value
• L3-06 [Stall Prevent Level during Run]

652 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

Figure 12.94 Stall Prevention Level during Run with Analog Input

■ 9: Output Frequency Lower Limit

Setting Value Function Description

9 Output Frequency Lower V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Limit Enters a signal to adjust the output frequency lower limit level as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.

■ B: PID Feedback
Setting Value Function Description

B PID Feedback V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Enter the PID feedback value as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.

When you use this function, set b5-01 = 1 to 8 [PID Mode Setting = Enabled].

■ C: PID Setpoint
Setting Value Function Description

C PID Setpoint V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Enters the PID setpoint as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.

When you use this function, set b5-01 = 1 to 8 [PID Mode Setting = Enabled].
Note:
Configuring this function disables the frequency reference set with b1-01 [Frequency Reference Selection 1].

■ D: Frequency Bias
Setting Value Function Description

D Frequency Bias V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Enters the bias value added to the frequency reference as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.

The drive adds the input value from the MFAI terminal set with this function to the frequency reference as the bias
value.
Note:
When you select d1-01 to d1-16 or d1-17 [Reference 1 to 16 or JOG Frequency Reference] as the frequency reference, it will disable
this function.

■ E: Motor Temperature (PTC Input)

Setting Value Function Description

E Motor Temperature (PTC V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Input) Uses the motor Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC) thermistor to prevent heat damage to the motor as a percentage of the
current value when the 10 V analog signal is input.

• You can use the Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC) thermistor as an auxiliary or alternative detection
function for oL1 [Motor Overload] problems to help prevent heat damage to motors. If the PTC input signal is
more than the overload alarm level, oH3 [Motor Overheat (PTC Input)] will flash on the keypad.
• When the drive detects oH3, the motor stops with the setting in L1-03. When the drive detects oH4, the motor
Parameter Details

stops with the setting in L1-04. When the drive incorrectly detects motor overheating problems, set L1-05.

■ F: Not Used
Setting Value Function Description

F Not Used V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Use this setting for unused terminals or to use terminals in through mode. 12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 653

12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

When you set a terminal that is not in use to F, you can use the signal input to the terminal as PLC analog signal
input through MEMOBUS/Modbus communications or the communication option. This input signal does not
have an effect on drive operation. This functions the same as setting 1F (Through Mode).

■ 10: Forward Torque Limit

Setting Value Function Description

10 Forward Torque Limit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Enters the forward torque limit if the motor rated torque is 100%.

WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Set correct torque limits for applications, for example elevator applications. If you set
torque limits incorrectly, motor torque that is not sufficient can cause damage to equipment and cause serious injury or death.
Torque Limit Configuration Method
Use one of these methods to set torque limits:
• Individually set the four torque limit quadrants using L7-01 to L7-04 [Torque Limit].
• Use MFAI to individually set the four torque limit quadrants. Set H3-02, H3-10 = 10, 11, 12 [MFAI Function
Select = Forward/Reverse/Regenerative Torque Limit].
• Use MFAI to set all four torque limit quadrants together. Set H3-02, H3-10 = 15 [General Torque Limit].
• Use a communication option to set all four torque limit quadrants together.
Figure 12.95 shows the configuration method for each quadrant.

Figure 12.95 Torque Limits and Analog Input Setting Parameters

Note:
• When L7-01 to L7-04 and analog inputs or communication option torque limits set torque limits for the same quadrant, the lower value
is enabled.
In this example of parameter settings, the torque limit for quadrant 1 is 130% and the torque limit for quadrants 2, 3, and 4 is 150%.
Settings: L7-01 = 130%, L7-02 to L7-04 = 200%, and MFAI torque limit = 150%
• The drive output current limits maximum output torque. The torque limit is 150% of the rated output current for HD and to 120% of
the rated output current for ND. The actual output torque is not more than the limits of the drive rated output current when you set the
torque limit to a high value.
If you use drives in applications where the vertical axis can fall, make sure that you know these items:
• Correctly configure drives and motors.
• Correctly set parameters.
• You can change parameter values after you do Auto-Tuning.
• Use a system that will not let the vertical axis fall if the drive fails.
Figure 12.96 shows the relation between torque limits from parameters and torque limits from analog input.

654 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

Figure 12.96 Torque Limits from Parameters and Analog Inputs

■ 11: Reverse Torque Limit

Setting Value Function Description

11 Reverse Torque Limit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Enters the load torque limit if the motor rated torque is 100%.

Note:
When you use L7-01 to L7-04 and analog inputs to set torque limits for the same quadrant, it will enable the lower torque limit.

■ 12: Regenerative Torque Limit

Setting Value Function Description

12 Regenerative Torque Limit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Enters the regenerative torque limit if the motor rated torque is 100%.

Note:
When you use L7-01 to L7-04 and analog inputs to set torque limits for the same quadrant, it will enable the lower torque limit.

■ 13: Torque Reference / Torque Limit

Setting Value Function Description

13 Torque Reference / Torque V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Limit Enters the torque reference if the motor rated torque is 100%. This setting is the torque limit for speed control.

Note:
When you use L7-01 to L7-04 and analog inputs to set torque limits for the same quadrant, it will enable the lower torque limit.

■ 14: Torque Compensation

Setting Value Function Description

14 Torque Compensation V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Enters the torque compensation value if the motor rated torque is 100%.

■ 15: General Torque Limit

Setting Value Function Description

15 General Torque Limit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Enters the torque limit that is the same for all quadrants for forward, reverse, and regenerative operation if the motor rated
torque is 100%.

■ 16: Differential PID Feedback

Parameter Details

Setting Value Function Description

16 Differential PID Feedback V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Enters the PID differential feedback value if the full scale analog signal (10 V or 20 mA) is 100%.

The drive uses the deviation between the PID feedback and the differential feedback value signals to calculate the
PID input. 12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 655

12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

■ 1F: Not Used

Setting Value Function Description

1F Not Used V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Use this setting for unused terminals or to use terminals in through mode.

When you set a terminal that you do not use to 1F, you can use the signal that is input to that terminal as the PLC
analog signal input from MEMOBUS/Modbus communications or the communication option. This input signal
does not have an effect on drive operation. This signal functions the same as F (Through Mode).

■ 30: DWEZ Analog Input 1

Setting Value Function Description

30 DWEZ Analog Input 1 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Use with DriveWorksEZ. Refer to the DriveWorksEZ online manual for more information.

■ 31: DWEZ Analog Input 2

Setting Value Function Description

31 DWEZ Analog Input 2 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV

Use with DriveWorksEZ. Refer to the DriveWorksEZ online manual for more information.

◆ H4: Analog Outputs

H4 parameters set the drive analog monitors. These parameters select monitor parameters, adjust gain and bias,
and select output signal levels.

■ Calibrate Meters Connected to MFAO Terminal AM

Use these parameters to calibrate meters connected to terminal AM:
• H4-02 [Terminal AM Analog Output Gain]
• H4-03 [Terminal AM Analog Output Bias]
Set these parameters where the output voltage of 10 V and output current of 20 mA are 100% of the signal level.
Use jumper switch S5 and parameter H4-07 [Terminal AM Signal Level Select] to set the voltage output and
current output.
No. Name Range Default

H4-02 Terminal AM Analog Output Gain -999.9 - +999.9% 100.0%

H4-03 Terminal AM Analog Output Bias -999.9 - +999.9% 0.0%

0: 0 +10 VDC
H4-07 Terminal AM Signal Level Select 0
2: 4-20 mA

Figure 12.97 and Figure 12.98 show the gain and bias.

Figure 12.97 Analog Output Gain/Bias Configuration Example 1

For example, when the parameter value set to analog output is 0, and a 3 V signal is to be output to terminal AM,
set H4-03 [AM Analog Output Bias] = 30%.

656 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

Figure 12.98 Analog Output Gain/Bias Configuration Example 2

Calibrate Terminal AM
Stop the drive to calibrate meters. Use this procedure to calibrate:
1. Show H4-02 [Terminal AM Analog Output Gain] on the keypad.
Terminal AM outputs the analog signal when the monitor item that you set in H4-01 [Terminal AM Analog
Output Select] is 100%.
2. Adjust H4-02 while referencing the meter scale connected to terminal AM.
3. Show H4-03 [Terminal AM Analog Output Bias] on the keypad.
The analog signal at the time when the monitor item selected with H4-01 is 0% is output from terminal AM.
4. Adjust H4-03 while referencing the meter scale connected to terminal AM.

■ H4-01: Terminal AM Analog Output Select

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H4-01 Terminal AM Analog V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 102

(041D) Output Select Sets the monitoring number to be output from the MFAO terminal AM. (000 - 999)

Set the x-xx part of the Ux-xx [Monitor]. For example, set H4-01 = 102 to monitor U1-02 [Output Frequency].
Note:
• You cannot use all of the monitors in all of the control methods.
• When you use the terminal in through mode, set this parameter to 000 or 031. You can set the terminal AM output level from the PLC
through MEMOBUS/Modbus communications or the communication option.

■ H4-02: Terminal AM Analog Output Gain

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H4-02 Terminal AM Analog V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 100.0%

(041E) Output Gain Sets the gain of the monitor signal that is sent from MFAO terminal AM. (-999.9 - +999.9%)
RUN

The analog signal output from the AM terminal is a maximum of 10 V (or 20 mA). Use H4-07 [Terminal AM
Signal Level Select] to set the signal level.

■ H4-03: Terminal AM Analog Output Bias

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H4-03 Terminal AM Analog V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0%

(041F) Output Bias Sets the bias of the monitor signal that is sent from MFAO terminal AM. (-999.9 - +999.9%)
RUN

The analog signal output from the AM terminal is a maximum of 10 V (or 20 mA). Use H4-07 [Terminal AM
Signal Level Select] to set the signal level.
Parameter Details

■ H4-07: Terminal AM Signal Level Select

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H4-07 Terminal AM Signal Level V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0423) Select Sets the MFAO terminal AM output signal level. (0, 2)
12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 657

12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

Note:
Set jumper S5 on the control circuit terminal block accordingly when changing these parameters.
0 : 0-10V
2 : 4 to 20 mA

■ H4-20: Analog Power Monitor 100% Level

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H4-20 Analog Power Monitor V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.00 kW
(0B53) 100% Level Sets the level at 10 V when U1-08 [Output Power] is set for analog output. (0.00 - 650.00 kW)

Note:
• When H4-20 = 0.00 kW, the output power monitor 10 V level = motor rated power (kW). The setting changes when the A1-02 [Control
Method Selection] value changes:
–A1-02 = 0 [V/f]: E2-11 [Motor Rated Power]
–A1-02 = 2 [OLV]: E2-11 [Motor Rated Power]
–A1-02 = 5, 6 [OLV/PM, AOLV/PM]: E5-02 [PM Motor Rated Power]
–A1-02 = 8 [EZOLV]: E9-07 [Motor Rated Power]

◆ H5: Memobus/Modbus Communication

H5 parameters configure the drive to use MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.
You can use the MEMOBUS/Modbus protocol over the RS-485 port (terminals D+ and D-) in the drive to use
serial communication with programmable controllers (PLC).

■ H5-01: Drive Node Address

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H5-01 Drive Node Address V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1FH
(0425) Sets the communication slave address for drives. (0 - FFH)

Note:
• Re-energize the drive or set H5-10 = 1 [Modbus Register 0025H Unit Sel= 1 V units] after you change the parameter setting.
• Setting 0 will not let the drive respond to MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.
To enable the drive to communicate with the controller (master) over MEMOBUS/Modbus communications, you
must set the drive with a slave address. Set H5-01 ≠ 0.
Set a node address that is different from the master and other slave devices.

■ H5-02: Communication Speed Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H5-02 Communication Speed V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 3

(0426) Selection Sets the communications speed for MEMOBUS/Modbus communications. (0 - 8)

Note:
Re-energize the drive or set H5-20 = 1 [Communication Parameters Reload = Reload Now] after you change the parameter setting.
0 : 1200 bps
1 : 2400 bps
2 : 4800 bps
3 : 9600 bps
4 : 19.2 kbps
5 : 38.4 kbps
6 : 57.6 kbps
7 : 76.8 kbps
8 : 115.2 kbps

658 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

■ H5-03: Communication Parity Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H5-03 Communication Parity V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0427) Selection Sets the communications parity used for MEMOBUS/Modbus communications. (0 - 2)

Note:
Re-energize the drive or set H5-20 = 1 [Communication Parameters Reload = Reload Now] after you change the parameter setting.
0 : No parity
1 : Even parity
2 : Odd parity

■ H5-04: Communication Error Stop Method

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H5-04 Communication Error Stop V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 3

(0428) Method Sets the motor Stopping Method when the drive detects CE [MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication (0 - 3)
Err] issues.

0 : Ramp to Stop
The drive ramps the motor to stop in the deceleration time. The output terminal set for Fault [H2-01 to H2-03 =
E] activates.
1 : Coast to Stop
The output turns off and the motor coasts to stop. The output terminal set for Fault [H2-01 to H2-03 = E]
activates.
2 : Fast Stop (Use C1-09)
The drive stops the motor in the deceleration time set in C1-09 [Fast Stop Time]. The output terminal set for Fault
[H2-01 to H2-03 = E] activates.
3 : Alarm Only
The keypad shows CE and the drive continues operation. The output terminal set for Alarm [H2-01 to H2-03 =
10] activates.

■ H5-05: Comm Fault Detection Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H5-05 Comm Fault Detection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1

(0429) Selection Sets the function that detects CE [Modbus Communication Error] issues during MEMOBUS/ (0, 1)
Modbus communications.

If the drive does not receive data from the master during the time set in H5-09 [CE Detection Time], it will detect
a CE error.
0 : Disabled
Does not detect CE. The drive continues operation.
1 : Enabled
Detects CE. If the drive detects CE, it will operate as specified by the setting of H5-04 [Communication Error
Stop Method].

■ H5-06: Drive Transmit Wait Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H5-06 Drive Transmit Wait Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 5 ms
Parameter Details

(042A) Sets the time to wait to send a response message after the drive receives a command message (0 - 65 ms)
from the master.

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 659

12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

Figure 12.99 Drive Transmit Wait Time

■ H5-09: CE Detection Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H5-09 CE Detection Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 2.0 s

(0435) Sets the detection time for CE [Modbus Communication Error] issues when communication (0.0 - 25.0 s)
stops.

■ H5-10: Modbus Register 0025H Unit Sel

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H5-10 Modbus Register 0025H V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0436) Unit Sel Sets the unit of measure used for the MEMOBUS/Modbus communications monitor register (0, 1)
0025H (output voltage reference monitor).

0 : 0.1 V units
1 : 1 V units

■ H5-11: Comm ENTER Command Mode

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H5-11 Comm ENTER Command V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(043C) Mode Sets the function to make the Enter command necessary to change parameters through (0, 1)
RUN MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.

0 : ENTER Command Required

Make all parameter changes then input the Enter command. You must use the Enter command to enable changes
to parameters.
1 : ENTER Command Not Required
It is not necessary to input the Enter command to change parameters.

■ H5-12: Run Command Method Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H5-12 Run Command Method V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(043D) Selection Sets the input method for the Run command when b1-02 = 2 [Run Command Selection 1 = (0, 1)
Memobus/Modbus Communications] or b1-16 = 2 [Run Command Selection 2 = Memobus/
Modbus Communications].

0 : FWD/Stop, REV/Stop
The drive uses bit 0 in command data 0001H of the MEMOBUS register in the motor forward Run command (bit
0 = 1) and the stop command (bit 0 = 0). The drive uses bit 1 in the motor reverse Run command (bit 1 = 1) and
the stop command (bit 1 = 0).
1 : Run/Stop, FWD/REV
The drive uses bit 0 in command data 0001H of the MEMOBUS register in the motor Run command (bit 0 = 1)
and the stop command (bit 0 = 0). The drive uses bit 1 in the direction of motor rotation command (Forward run
(bit1 = 0) or Reverse run (bit 1 = 1)).

660 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

■ H5-17: ENTER command response @CPU BUSY

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H5-17 ENTER command response V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(11A1) @CPU BUSY Sets operation when the EEPROM write command is sent without EEPROM write available. (0, 1)
Expert Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

0 : Ignore Command(No ROM/RAM Write)

1 : Write to RAM Only

■ H5-18: Motor Speed Filter over Comms

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H5-18 Motor Speed Filter over V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 ms
(11A2) Comms Sets the filter time constant used when monitoring motor speed during MEMOBUS/Modbus (0 - 100 ms)
communications or with a communication option.

Sets the filter time constant when you monitor the output frequency or motor speed during MEMOBUS/Modbus
communications or use of the communication option.
These are the MEMOBUS registers:
• 003EH (Output Frequency)
• 003FH (Output Frequency)
• 0044H (U1-05: Motor Speed)
• 00ACH (U1-05: Motor Speed)
• 00ADH (U1-05: Motor Speed)

■ H5-20: Communication Parameters Reload

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H5-20 Communication Parameters V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0B57) Reload Sets the function to immediately enable updated MEMOBUS/Modbus communications (0, 1)
parameters.

0 : Reload at Next Power Cycle

1 : Reload Now
Note:
• The setting value automatically returns to H5-20 = 0 after you enable MEMOBUS/Modbus communications parameter changes.
• The setting values of these parameters are enabled:
–H5-01 [Drive Node Address]
–H5-02 [Communication Speed Selection]
–H5-03 [Communication Parity Selection]
–H5-06 [Drive Transmit Wait Time]

■ H5-22: Speed Search from MODBUS

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H5-22 Speed Search from V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(11CF) MODBUS Enables the MEMOBUS/Modbus communication register Speed Search function (bit0 of (0, 1)
15DFH).

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled
If you set H5-22 = 1 and H1-xx = 62 [Speed Search from Fref] at the same time, the drive will detect oPE03
[Multi-Function Input Setting Err].
Parameter Details

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 661

12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

■ H5-25: Function 5A Register 1 Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H5-25 Function 5A Register 1 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0044H (U1-05)
(1589) Selection Returns the contents of the specified MEMOBUS/Modbus communications register when (0000H - FFFFH)
RUN responding to the master device.

Note:
Refer to Writing to More than One Holding Register/Reading the Indicated Register on page 213 for more information.

■ H5-26: Function 5A Register 2 Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H5-26 Function 5A Register 2 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0045H (U1-06)
(158A) Selection Returns the contents of the specified MEMOBUS/Modbus communications register when (0000H - FFFFH)
RUN responding to the master device.

Note:
Refer to Writing to More than One Holding Register/Reading the Indicated Register on page 213 for more information.

■ H5-27: Function 5A Register 3 Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H5-27 Function 5A Register 3 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0042H (U1-03)
(158B) Selection Returns the contents of the specified MEMOBUS/Modbus communications register when (0000H - FFFFH)
RUN responding to the master device.

Note:
Refer to Writing to More than One Holding Register/Reading the Indicated Register on page 213 for more information.

■ H5-28: Function 5A Register 4 Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H5-28 Function 5A Register 4 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0049H (U1-10)
(158C) Selection Returns the contents of the specified MEMOBUS/Modbus communications register when (0000H - FFFFH)
RUN responding to the master device.

Note:
Refer to Writing to More than One Holding Register/Reading the Indicated Register on page 213 for more information.

◆ H6: Pulse Train Input/Output

H6 parameters set the drive pulse train input and pulse train monitor. These parameters select input and monitor
parameters and adjust the pulse train frequency.
A pulse train signal with a maximum single pulse of 32 kHz can be input to the drive input terminal RP. You can
use the pulse train signal as the frequency reference, PID feedback value, PID setpoint value, and speed feedback
for V/f Control mode.
A pulse train signal with a maximum frequency of 32 kHz can be output from the drive output terminal MP as the
monitor value. Sinking mode and sourcing mode are supported.

Figure 12.100 Pulse Train Input Block Diagram

662 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

■ H6-01: Terminal RP Pulse Train Function

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H6-01 Terminal RP Pulse Train V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(042C) Function Sets the function for pulse train input terminal RP. (0 - 3)

0 : Frequency Reference
When b1-01 [Frequency Reference Selection 1] or b1-15 [Frequency Reference Selection 2] = 4 [Pulse Train
Input], the drive inputs the frequency reference received from terminal RP.
1 : PID Feedback Value
The drive inputs the PID control feedback value received from terminal RP.
2 : PID Setpoint Value
The drive inputs the PID control target value received from terminal RP.
3 : Speed Feedback (V/F Control)
Select V/f Control method to enable simple encoder feedback.
Use motor speed feedback for better speed control precision. The drive compares the frequency reference to the
motor speed feedback received from the encoder, and uses the ASR function to compensates for motor slip. You
cannot use input terminal RP used for the simple encoder to detect the direction of motor rotation. Use a different
method to detect motor rotation.
Use these methods to detect the direction of motor rotation.
• Use MFDI
Set MFDI H1-xx = 7E [Reverse Rotation Identifier]. When the configured terminal is activated, the motor
operates in Reverse run. When the terminal is deactivated, the motor operates in Forward run.
Use an encoder that outputs 2-tracks (phase A, B) to detect the direction of motor rotation.
• Use the frequency reference
When the you do not use the MFDI, the Forward/Reverse run command is the same as the direction of motor
rotation.
Figure 12.101 shows speed control in Simple Closed Loop V/f Mode.

Figure 12.101 Simple Closed Loop Speed Control Block Diagram

Enable Simple Closed Loop V/f Mode
1. Connect the encoder output pulse wiring to terminal RP.
2. Set A1-02 = 0 [Control Method Selection = V/f Control].
3. Set H6-01 = 3.
4. Set H6-02 [Terminal RP Frequency Scaling] to the speed feedback (pulse train input signal) frequency at the
Parameter Details

time when the frequency reference is 100%.

Make sure that H6-04 [Terminal RP Function Bias] = 0% and H6-03 [Terminal RP Function Gain] = 100%.
5. Select the detection method for the direction of motor rotation.
When you use an MFDI, set H1-xx = 7E.
6. Set C5 parameters related to ASR gain and integral time to adjust responsiveness.
12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 663

12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

Note:
• Set A1-02 = 0 and H6-01 = 3 to show C5 parameters.
• You cannot use Closed Loop V/f Control mode with the Motor Switch function.

■ H6-02: Terminal RP Frequency Scaling

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H6-02 Terminal RP Frequency V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1440 Hz

(042D) Scaling Sets the frequency of the pulse train input signal used when the item selected with H6-01 (100 - 32000 Hz)
RUN [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function] is input at 100%.

■ H6-03: Terminal RP Function Gain

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H6-03 Terminal RP Function Gain V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 100.0%
(042E) Sets the gain used when the function in H6-01 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function] is input to (0.0 - 1000.0%)
RUN terminal RP.

■ H6-04: Terminal RP Function Bias

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H6-04 Terminal RP Function Bias V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0%
(042F) Sets the bias used when the function in H6-01 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function] is input to (-100.0 - 100.0%)
RUN terminal RP. Sets a value at the time when the pulse train is 0 Hz.

■ H6-05: Terminal RP Filter Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H6-05 Terminal RP Filter Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.10 s
(0430) Sets the time constant for the pulse train input primary delay filters. (0.00 - 2.00 s)
RUN

■ H6-06: Terminal MP Monitor Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H6-06 Terminal MP Monitor V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 102

(0431) Selection Sets a function for pulse train monitor output terminal MP. Sets the “x-xx” part of the Ux-xx (000, 031, 101, 102, 105,
RUN monitor. 116, 501, 502, 801 - 809,
821 - 825, 831 - 839, 851 -
855)

Note:
To use in through mode or when terminal MP is not used, set this parameter to 000 or 031.
When you use the pulse train monitor, make sure that you connect peripheral devices as specified by these load
conditions:
Incorrect connections can make the characteristics not sufficient or cause mechanical damage.
• Use the pulse train monitor as the sourcing output.
Output Voltage
Load Impedance (kΩ)
VRL(V)

5 V or more 1.5 kΩ or more

8 V or more 4.0 kΩ or more

10 V or more 10 kΩ or more

664 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

Figure 12.102 Circuit Diagram When Used as the Sourcing Output

• Use the pulse train monitor as the sinking input
External Power Supply (V) 12 VDC ± 10%, 15 VDC ± 10%

Sinking current (mA) 16 mA or less

Figure 12.103 Circuit Diagram When Used as the Sinking Input

■ H6-07: Terminal MP Frequency Scaling

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H6-07 Terminal MP Frequency V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1440 Hz

(0432) Scaling Sets the frequency of the pulse train output signal used when the monitor set with H6-06 (0 - 32000 Hz)
RUN [Terminal MP Monitor Selection] is 100%.

When H6-06 = 102 [Terminal MP Monitor Selection = Output Frequency] and H6-07 = 0, the pulse train output
terminal MP outputs the same frequency as the drive output frequency.

■ H6-08: Terminal RP Minimum Frequency

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H6-08 Terminal RP Minimum V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.5 Hz

(043F) Frequency Sets the minimum frequency of the pulse train signal that terminal RP can detect. (0.1 - 1000.0 Hz)

• When you input a pulse train frequency that is less than the value of H6-08, the pulse train input is 0.0 Hz.
• Set H6-01 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function] = 0 [Frequency Reference], 1 [PID Feedback Value], or 2 [PID
Setpoint Value] to enable this parameter.
• When H6-01 = 3 [Speed Feedback (V/F Control)], the drive applies the setting of F1-14 [Encoder Open-Circuit
Detect Time] to the minimum frequency.

◆ H7: Virtual MFIO Selection

The virtual I/O function performs the following.
• Inputs the result of the output from the MFDO terminal to the MFDI terminal without external wiring.
• Inputs the result of the output from the MFAO terminal to the MFAI terminal without external wiring.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Before you do a test run, make sure that the setting values for virtual input and output
function parameters are correct. Virtual input and output functions can have different default settings and operation than wired
input and output functions. Incorrect function settings can cause serious injury or death.
Parameter Details

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 665

12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

Figure 12.104 Virtual Analog I/O Functional Block Diagram

H7-10 H7-11 H7-01

[Virtual Multi-Function [Virtual Output [Virtual Multi-Function
Output 1] 1 Delay Time] Input 1]

Figure 12.105 Virtual Digital I/O Functional Block Diagram

Note:
• Refer to MFDI Setting Values on page 606 for more information on the virtual digital input functions.
• Refer to MFDO Setting Values on page 632 for more information on the virtual digital output functions.
• Refer to Multi-Function Analog Input Terminal Settings on page 650 for more information on the virtual analog input functions.
• Refer to H4: Analog Outputs on page 656 for more information on the virtual analog output functions.
• You cannot set 0 [3-Wire Sequence] and 20 or 2F [External Fault] to H7-01 to H7-04 [Virtual Multi-Function Input 1 to 4].
• If you do not use virtual I/O, set H7-01 to H7-04 = F. This does not support the through mode.

■ H7-00: Virtual MFIO selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H7-00 Virtual MFIO selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(116F) Sets the function to enable and disable the virtual I/O function. Set this parameter to 1 to operate (0, 1)
Expert the virtual I/O function.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

■ H7-01: Virtual Multi-Function Input 1

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H7-01 Virtual Multi-Function V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV F

(1185) Input 1 Sets the function that enters the virtual input set in H7-10 [Virtual Multi-Function Output 1]. (1 - 19F)
Expert

■ H7-02: Virtual Multi-Function Input 2

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H7-02 Virtual Multi-Function V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV F

(1186) Input 2 Sets the function that enters the virtual input set in H7-12 [Virtual Multi-Function Output 2]. (1 - 19F)
Expert

■ H7-03: Virtual Multi-Function Input 3

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H7-03 Virtual Multi-Function V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV F

(1187) Input 3 Sets the function that enters the virtual input set in H7-14 [Virtual Multi-Function Output 3]. (1 - 19F)
Expert

666 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

■ H7-04: Virtual Multi-Function Input 4

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H7-04 Virtual Multi-Function V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV F

(1188) Input 4 Sets the function that enters the virtual input set in H7-16 [Virtual Multi-Function Output 4]. (1 - 19F)
Expert

■ H7-10: Virtual Multi-Function Output 1

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H7-10 Virtual Multi-Function V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV F

(11A4) Output 1 Sets the function for virtual digital output 1. (0 - 1A7)
Expert

■ H7-11: Virtual Output 1 Delay Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H7-11 Virtual Output 1 Delay V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.1 s
(11A5) Time Sets the minimum ON time for virtual digital output 1. (0.0 - 25.0 s)
Expert

■ H7-12: Virtual Multi-Function Output 2

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H7-12 Virtual Multi-Function V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV F

(11A6) Output 2 Sets the function for virtual digital output 2. (0 - 1A7)
Expert

■ H7-13: Virtual Output 2 Delay Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H7-13 Virtual Output 2 Delay V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.1 s
(11A7) Time Sets the minimum ON time for virtual digital output 2. (0.0 - 25.0 s)
Expert

■ H7-14: Virtual Multi-Function Output 3

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H7-14 Virtual Multi-Function V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV F

(11A8) Output 3 Sets the function for virtual digital output 3. (0 - 1A7)
Expert

■ H7-15: Virtual Output 3 Delay Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H7-15 Virtual Output 3 Delay V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.1 s
(11A9) Time Sets the minimum ON time for virtual digital output 3. (0.0 - 25.0 s)
Expert

■ H7-16: Virtual Multi-Function Output 4

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)
Parameter Details

H7-16 Virtual Multi-Function V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV F

(11AA) Output 4 Sets the function for virtual digital output 4. (0 - 1A7)
Expert

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 667

12.8 H: Terminal Function Selection

■ H7-17: Virtual Output 4 Delay Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H7-17 Virtual Output 4 Delay V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.1 s
(11AB) Time Sets the minimum ON time for virtual digital output 4. (0.0 - 25.0 s)
Expert

■ H7-30: Virtual Analog Input Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H7-30 Virtual Analog Input V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV F

(1177) Selection Sets the virtual analog input function. (0 - 32)
Expert

■ H7-31: Virtual Analog Input Gain

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H7-31 Virtual Analog Input Gain V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 100.0%
(1178) Sets the virtual analog input gain. (-999.9 - 999.9%)
RUN
Expert

■ H7-32: Virtual Analog Input Bias

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H7-32 Virtual Analog Input Bias V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0%
(1179) Sets the virtual analog input bias. (-999.9 - 999.9%)
RUN
Expert

■ H7-40: Virtual Analog Out Signal Select

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H7-40 Virtual Analog Out Signal V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0
(1163) Select Sets the signal level of the virtual analog output. (0 - 2)

0 : 0 to 100% (Absolute Value)

1 : -100 to 100%
2 : 0 to 100% (Lower Limit at 0)

■ H7-41: Virtual Analog Output Function

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H7-41 Virtual Analog Output V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 102
(1164) Function Sets the monitor to be output from the virtual analog output. (0 - 999)

Set the x-xx part of the Ux-xx [Monitor]. For example, set H7-41 = 102 to monitor U1-02 [Output Frequency].

■ H7-42: Virtual Analog Output FilterTime

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

H7-42 Virtual Analog Output V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.00 s
(1165) FilterTime Sets the time constant for a primary filter of the virtual analog output. (0.00 - 2.00 s)

668 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.9 L: Protection Functions

12.9 L: Protection Functions

L parameters set the following functions.
• Motor Overload Protection
• Operation During Momentary Power Loss
• Stall Prevention
• Speed Detection
• Auto Restart
• Detection of Overtorque/Undertorque
• Torque Limit
• Hardware Protection

◆ L1: Motor Protection

L1 parameters set the motor overload protection function.

■ Motor Protection Using Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC) Thermistors

The temperature resistance characteristics of three PTC thermistors in the motor stator winding protect the motor
from overheat.
A PTC thermistor must have the characteristics shown in Figure 12.106 for each motor phase.

Figure 12.106 PTC Thermistor Temperature and Resistance

If the PTC input signal input to the drive is more than the overload alarm level, the drive detects oH3 [Motor
Overheat (PTC Input)]. The drive continues the operation set in L1-03 [Motor Thermistor oH Alarm Select]. By
default, the keypad shows oH3 and the drive continues operation.
The overheat fault level triggers an oH4 [Motor Overheat Fault (PTC Input)] fault, and outputs a fault signal. The
drive outputs a fault signal and uses the stop method set in L1-04 [Motor Thermistor oH Fault Select] to stop the
motor.
Note:
PTC is an acronym for Positive Temperature Coefficient.
Figure 12.107 shows the setting procedure when you use terminal A2.
1. Connect the PTC thermistor input from the motor to analog input terminal A2 on the drive.
Parameter Details

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 669

12.9 L: Protection Functions

Figure 12.107 Connect Motor to PTC Thermistor Input

2. Set drive DIP switch S1-3 to V (voltage).
3. Set these MFAI terminals:
• H3-09 = 0 [Terminal A2 Signal Level Select = 0-10V (LowLim=0)].
• H3-10 = E [Terminal A2 Function Selection = Motor Temperature (PTC input)].
4. Set these L1 parameters:
• L1-03 [Motor Thermistor oH Alarm Select]
• L1-04 [Motor Thermistor oH Fault Select]
• L1-05 [Motor Thermistor Filter Time]

■ L1-01: Motor Overload (oL1) Protection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L1-01 Motor Overload (oL1) V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(0480) Protection Sets the motor overload protection with electronic thermal protectors. (0 - 6)

This parameter enables and disables the motor overload protection with electronic thermal protectors.
The cooling capability of the motor changes when the speed control range of the motor changes. Use an electronic
thermal protector that aligns with the permitted load characteristics of the motor to select motor protection.
The electronic thermal protector of the drive uses these items to calculate motor overload tolerance and supply
overload protection for the motor:
• Output Current
• Output Frequency
• Motor thermal characteristics
• Time characteristics
If the drive detects motor overload, the drive will trigger an oL1 [Motor Overload] and stop the drive output.
Set H2-01 = 1F [Term MA/MB-MC Function Selection = Motor Overload Alarm (oL1)] to set a motor overload
alarm. If the motor overload level is more than 90% of the oL1 detection level, the output terminal activates and
triggers an overload alarm.
0 : Disabled
Disable motor protection when motor overload protection is not necessary or when the drive is operating more
than one motor.
Refer to Figure 12.108 for an example of the circuit configuration to connect more than one motor to one drive.

670 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.9 L: Protection Functions

Figure 12.108 Protection Circuit Configuration to Connect More than One Motor to One Drive
NOTICE: When you connect more than one motor to one drive or when the motor amp rating is higher than the drive amp
rating, set L1-01 =0 [Motor Overload (oL1) Protection = Disabled] and install thermal overload relays for each motor. The
electronic thermal protection of the drive will not function and it can cause damage to the motor.
1 : Variable Torque
Use this setting for general-purpose motors with a 60 Hz base frequency.
The overload tolerance decreases as motor speed decreases because the cooling fan speed decreases and the ability
of the motor to cool decreases in the low speed range.
The overload tolerance characteristics of the motor change the trigger point for the electronic thermal protector.
This provides motor overheat protection from low speed to high speed across the full speed range.
Overload Characteristics
Load Tolerance Cooling Capability
(at 100% motor load)

This motor is designed to operate with commercial line If the motor operates at frequencies less than 60 Hz, the
power. Operate at a 60 Hz base frequency to maximize drive will detect oL1. The drive triggers a fault relay
the motor cooling ability. output and the motor coasts to stop.

2 : Constant Torque 10:1 Speed Range

Use this setting for drive-dedicated motors with a speed range for constant torque of 1:10.
The speed control for this motor is 10% to 100% when at 100% load. Operating slower than 10% speed at 100%
load will cause motor overload.
Overload Characteristics
Load Tolerance Cooling Capability
(at 100% motor load)

This motor is designed to withstand increased The motor operates continuously at 10% to 100% base
temperatures during continuous operation in the low frequency. Operating slower than 10% speed at 100%
speed range (10% base frequency). load will cause motor overload.
Parameter Details

3 : Constant Torque 100:1 SpeedRange

Use this setting for vector motors with a speed range for constant torque of 1:100.
12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 671

12.9 L: Protection Functions

The speed control for this motor is 1% to 100% when at 100% load. Operating slower than 1% speed at 100%
load will cause motor overload.
Overload Characteristics
Load Tolerance Cooling Capability
(at 100% motor load)

This motor is designed to withstand increased The motor operates continuously at 1% to 100% base
temperatures during continuous operation in the low frequency. Operating slower than 1% speed at 100% load
speed range (1% base frequency). will cause motor overload.

4 : PM Variable Torque
Use this setting for PM motors with derated torque characteristics.
The overload tolerance decreases as motor speed decreases because the cooling fan speed decreases and the ability
of the motor to cool decreases in the low speed range.
The overload tolerance characteristics of the motor change the trigger point for the electronic thermal protector.
This provides motor overheat protection from low speed to high speed across the full speed range.
Overload Characteristics
Load Tolerance Cooling Capability
(at 100% motor load)

This motor is designed to withstand increased If the motor operates continuously at lower speed than
temperatures during continuous operation at rated speed rated rotation speed at more than 100% torque, the drive
and rated torque. will detect oL1. The drive triggers a fault relay output and
the motor coasts to stop.

5 : PM Constant Torque
Use this setting with a PM motor for constant torque that has a speed range for constant torque of 1:500.
The speed control for this motor is 0.2% to 100% when at 100% load. Operating slower than 0.2% speed at 100%
load will cause motor overload.
Overload Characteristics
Load Tolerance Cooling Capability
(at 100% motor load)

This motor is designed to withstand increased The motor operates continuously at 0.2% to 100% rated
temperatures during continuous operation in the low speed. Operating slower than 0.2% speed at 100% load
speed range (0.2% base frequency). will cause motor overload.

6 : Variable Torque (50Hz)

Use this setting for general-purpose motors with a 50 Hz base frequency.
The overload tolerance decreases as motor speed decreases because the cooling fan speed decreases and the ability
of the motor to cool decreases in the low speed range.
The overload tolerance characteristics of the motor change the trigger point for the electronic thermal protector.
This provides motor overheat protection from low speed to high speed across the full speed range.

672 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.9 L: Protection Functions

Overload Characteristics
Load Tolerance Cooling Capability
(at 100% motor load)

This motor is designed to operate with commercial line If the motor operates at frequencies less than commercial
power. Operate at a 50 Hz base frequency to maximize line power, the drive will detect oL1. The drive triggers a
the motor cooling ability. fault relay output and the motor coasts to stop.

■ L1-02: Motor Overload Protection Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L1-02 Motor Overload Protection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.0 min
(0481) Time Sets the operation time for the electronic thermal protector of the drive to prevent damage to the (0.1 - 5.0 min)
motor. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Set the overload tolerance time to the length of time that the motor can operate at 150% load from continuous
operation at 100% load.
When the motor operates at 150% load continuously for 1 minute after continuous operation at 100% load (hot
start), the default setting triggers the electronic thermal protector.
Figure 12.109 shows an example of the electronic thermal protector operation time. Motor overload protection
operates in the range between a cold start and a hot start.
This example shows a general-purpose motor operating at the base frequency with L1-02 set to 1.0 min.
• Cold start
Shows the motor protection operation time characteristics when the overload occurs immediately after starting
operation from a complete stop.
• Hot start
Shows the motor protection operation time characteristics when overload occurs from continuous operation
below the motor rated current.

Figure 12.109 Protection Operation Time for a General-purpose Motor at Rated Output Frequency

■ L1-03: Motor Thermistor oH Alarm Select

No. Default
Name Description
Parameter Details

(Hex.) (Range)

L1-03 Motor Thermistor oH V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 3

(0482) Alarm Select Sets drive operation when the PTC input signal entered into the drive is at the oH3 [Motor (0 - 3)
Overheat Alarm] detection level.

0 : Ramp to Stop

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 673

12.9 L: Protection Functions

The drive ramps the motor to stop in the deceleration time. The output terminal set for Fault [H2-01 to H2-03 =
E] activates.
1 : Coast to Stop
The output turns off and the motor coasts to stop. The output terminal set for Fault [H2-01 to H2-03 = E]
activates.
2 : Fast Stop
The drive stops the motor in the deceleration time set in C1-09 [Fast Stop Time]. The output terminal set for Fault
[H2-01 to H2-03 = E] activates.
3 : Alarm Only
The keypad shows oH3 and the drive continues operation. The output terminal set for Alarm [H2-01 to H2-03 =
10] activates.

■ L1-04: Motor Thermistor oH Fault Select

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L1-04 Motor Thermistor oH Fault V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1

(0483) Select Sets the drive operation when the PTC input signal to the drive is at the oH4 [Motor Overheat (0 - 2)
Fault (PTC Input)] detection level.

0 : Ramp to Stop
The drive ramps the motor to stop in the deceleration time. The output terminal set for Fault [H2-01 to H2-03 =
E] activates.
1 : Coast to Stop
The output turns off and the motor coasts to stop. The output terminal set for Fault [H2-01 to H2-03 = E]
activates.
2 : Fast Stop
The drive stops the motor in the deceleration time set in C1-09 [Fast Stop Time]. The output terminal set for Fault
[H2-01 to H2-03 = E] activates.

■ L1-05: Motor Thermistor Filter Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L1-05 Motor Thermistor Filter V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.20 s
(0484) Time Sets the primary delay time constant for the PTC input signal entered to the drive. This parameter (0.00 - 10.00 s)
prevents accidental motor overheat faults.

■ L1-08: oL1 Current Level

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L1-08 oL1 Current Level V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0 A
(1103) Sets the reference current for the motor 1 thermal overload detection. When the current level > 0.0 (0.0 A or 10% to 150% of
A, you cannot set this value < 10% of drive rated current. the drive rated current)

When L1-08 = 0.0 A, the drive uses E2-01 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)] to detect the motor overload protection.
In PM control mode, the drive uses E5-03 [PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)] to detect the motor overload
protection.
When L1-08 ≠ 0.0 A, the set value is the reference for motor overload protection.
Note:
• Display is in these units:
–0.01 A: B001 to B018, 2001 to 2042, 4001 to 4023
–0.1 A: 2056 to 2082, 4031 to 4060
• When the current level > 0.0 A, you cannot set this value < 10% of drive rated current.

■ L1-09: oL1 Current Level for Motor 2

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L1-09 oL1 Current Level for V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0 A
(1104) Motor 2 Sets the reference current for the motor 2 thermal overload detection. When the current level > 0.0 (0.0 A or 10 to150% of the
A, you cannot set this value < 10% of drive rated current. drive rated current)

674 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.9 L: Protection Functions

When L1-09 = 0.0 A, the drive uses E4-01 [Motor 2 Rated Current] to detect the motor overload protection.
When L1-09 ≠ 0.0 A, the set value is the reference for motor overload protection.
Note:
• Display is in these units:
–0.01 A: B001 to B018, 2001 to 2042, 4001 to 4023
–0.1 A: 2056 to 2082, 4031 to 4060
• When the current level > 0.0 A, you cannot set this value < 10% of drive rated current.

■ L1-13: Motor Overload Memory Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L1-13 Motor Overload Memory V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1

(046D) Selection Sets the function that keeps the current electronic thermal protector value when the drive stops (0, 1)
receiving power.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled
Sets if the drive will calculate the motor again when the drive is energized again.

■ L1-22: Leakage Current Filter Time1

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L1-22 Leakage Current Filter V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by C6-02
(0768) Time1 Sets the leakage current detection reduction filter time constant during constant speed run. (0.0 - 60.0 s)
RUN

Note:
You can set this parameter when C6-02 = B [Carrier Frequency Selection = Leakage Current Detection Reduction Rate PWM].
If incorrect detection of alarms, for example oL1 [Motor Overload], occur or errors occur in the values on the
current monitor because of a leakage current, increase the setting value.

■ L1-23: Leakage Current Filter Time2

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L1-23 Leakage Current Filter V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by C6-02
(0769) Time2 Sets the leakage current detection reduction filter time constant during acceleration/deceleration. (0.0 - 60.0 s)
RUN

Note:
• You can set this parameter when C6-02 = B [Carrier Frequency Selection = Leakage Current Detection Reduction Rate PWM].
• When the setting value increases, the current monitor will start up slowly. Examine the relevant sequence for problems.
If errors occur in the values on the current monitor during acceleration/deceleration, increase the setting value.

◆ L2: Power Loss Ride Through

L2 parameters set the drive operation during momentary power loss and the KEB Ride-Thru function method of
operation.

■ KEB Ride-Thru Function

KEB is an acronym for Kinetic Energy Backup. If the drive detects a power loss or momentary power loss, it will
quickly decelerate the motor. The drive uses regenerative energy from the motor to keep the main circuit
operating. When you return power during motor deceleration, the drive returns operation to the status before the
power loss. The KEB Ride-Thru function is different than other functions for continuous operation. If the drive
detects momentary power loss, the motor will ramp to stop. It will not coast to stop. This function is applicable for
Parameter Details

applications in which it is necessary to prevent materials from running out, for example control for film and fiber
lines.
The KEB Ride-Thru function has 4 methods of operation. Parameter L2-29 [Kinetic Energy Backup Method] sets
the method.
When you use the KEB Ride-Thru function with one drive, set L2-29 = 0, 1 [Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 1,
Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2]. 12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 675

12.9 L: Protection Functions

If deceleration in coordination with more than one drive is necessary, for example textile machinery line systems,
set L2-29 = 2, 3 [System KEB Ride-Thru 1, System KEB Ride-Thru 2].
Table 12.66 KEB Ride-Thru Function Operation Method
Kinetic Energy
L2-29 Backup Method Operation Configuration Precautions

0 Single Drive KEB The drive uses regenerative energy from the motor to keep the DC bus • Set C1-09 correctly to prevent Uv1 [DC Bus Undervoltage] and ov
Ride-Thru 1 voltage at the level set in L2-11 [KEB DC Bus Voltage Setpoint] while [Overvoltage].
it adjusts the rate of deceleration. • If the drive detects Uv1 during the KEB operation, decrease the
The KEB operation continues while the drive adjusts the deceleration value set in C1-09.
rate with the setting of C1-09 [Fast Stop Time]. • If the drive detects ov during the KEB operation, increase the value
set in C1-09.

1 Single Drive KEB The drive uses information about the inertia of the connected • If the drive detects Uv1 during the KEB operation, increase the
Ride-Thru 2 machinery to find the deceleration rate necessary to keep the DC bus setting value of L3-20 [DC Bus Voltage Adjustment Gain] and L3-
voltage at the level set in parameter L2-11. 21 [OVSuppression Accel/Decel P Gain].
The drive uses system inertia to calculate the deceleration time. You • If the drive detects ov during the KEB operation, decrease the
cannot adjust this value. setting values of L3-20 and L3-21.

2 System KEB Ride- The drive does not monitor the DC bus voltage. The drive decelerates Use the dynamic braking option with System KEB Ride-Thru 1.
Thru 1 at the KEB deceleration time set in L2-06.
Use L2-06 to set the time necessary to decelerate from the current
frequency reference to 0 Hz. More than one drive can decelerate and
keep a constant speed ratio between drives.

3 System KEB Ride- The drive uses the KEB deceleration time set in L2-06 to decelerate If you cannot use the dynamic braking option, use System KEB Ride-
Thru 2 and it also monitors the DC bus voltage. Thru 2.
If the voltage level increases, the drive momentarily holds the
frequency to prevent an ov before it continues to decelerate.

■ KEB Ride Thru Start

When L2-01 = 3, 4, 5 [Power Loss Ride Through Select = Kinetic Energy Backup: L2-02, Kinetic Energy
Backup: CPU Power, Kinetic Energy Backup: DecelStop], the drive starts the KEB operation immediately after it
detects a momentary power loss. When one of these conditions occur, the drive will activate KEB Ride-Thru:
• KEB Ride-Thru 1 set for the MFDI terminal becomes enabled (terminal is deactivated when H1-xx = 65 or
terminal is activated when H1-xx = 66).
The drive uses the mode selected L2-29 [Kinetic Energy Backup Method] to start KEB operation.
• KEB Ride-Thru 2 set for the MFDI terminal becomes enabled (terminal is deactivated when H1-xx = 7A or
terminal is activated when H1-xx = 7B).
The drive automatically starts Single KEB Ride-Thru 2 and it ignores the setting of L2-29.
• The DC bus voltage is less than the level set in L2-05 [Undervoltage Detection Lvl (Uv1)].
The KEB operation will start as specified in L2-29.
Note:
If you try to set KEB Ride-Thru 1 and 2 to the MFDI terminals at the same time, it will trigger oPE03 [Multi-Function Input Setting
Err].
n this example, the drive detects that the DC bus voltage is less than the level set in L2-05 and starts the KEB
operation. When you return power during KEB operation, the drive will continue KEB operation when the KEB
Ride-Thru is input, although the time set in L2-10 [Minimum KEB Time] expired. The motor accelerates again
after you cancel the KEB Ride-Thru.

Figure 12.110 KEB Operation through KEB Ride-Thru Input

676 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.9 L: Protection Functions

■ KEB Ride-Thru End Detection

Parameter L2-01 [Power Loss Ride Through Select] and a digital input programmed for KEB set the KEB
function end detection.
Use the Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time to Cancel KEB Operation
shows an example with this configuration:
• L2-01 = 3 [Kinetic Energy Backup: L2-02] is set.
• KEB Ride-Thru is not used.
The drive starts deceleration through KEB operation. When the time set in L2-10 [Minimum KEB Time] expires,
the drive stops the KEB operation and then it accelerates the motor again until it is at the frequency reference
value used before the power loss.
If you do not return the DC bus voltage in the time set in L2-02 [Power Loss Ride Through Time], the drive
detects Uv1 [DC Bus Undervoltage] and the drive turns off its output.

Figure 12.111 Cancel the KEB Operation after the Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time Is Expired without KEB
Ride-Thru
*1 When L2-07 = 0.00 [Kinetic Energy Backup Accel Time = 0.00 s], the drive accelerates again as specified by
the applicable Acceleration Time [C1-01, C1-03, C1-05, C1-07], and usual operation continues.
Use the Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time and KEB Ride-Thru to Cancel KEB Operation
shows an example with this configuration:
• L2-01 = 3.
• Use KEB Ride-Thru 1 [H1-xx = 65, 66] or KEB Ride-Thru 2 [H1-xx = 7A, 7B].
The drive starts deceleration through KEB operation. The drive decelerates for the time set in parameter L2-10,
then it measures the DC bus voltage and the status of the digital input terminal set for KEB Ride-Thru. When the
DC bus voltage is less than the level set in L2-11 [KEB DC Bus Voltage Setpoint], or if the KEB digital input is
active, KEB deceleration continues. When the DC bus voltage is more than the level set in L2-11, the drive ends
KEB operation. The drive accelerates the motor to the frequency reference value before the power loss, and usual
operation continues. If the time set in L2-02 is expired, the drive detects Uv1. When you cancel the KEB Ride-
Thru, the motor accelerates again, and usual operation continues.
Parameter Details

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 677

12.9 L: Protection Functions

Figure 12.112 Use the Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time and KEB Ride-Thru to Cancel KEB Operation
*1 When L2-07 = 0.00, the drive accelerates again as specified by the applicable Acceleration Time [C1-01, C1-
03, C1-05, C1-07], and usual operation continues.
Cancel KEB Operation When Restoration of Power Occurs while the Control Power (Power Supply to the
Control Board) is Maintained
shows an example with this configuration:
• L2-01 = 4 [Kinetic Energy Backup: CPU Power] is set.
• KEB Ride-Thru is not used.
The drive starts deceleration through KEB operation. The drive decelerates for the time set in parameter L2-10,
and then measures the DC bus voltage level. When the DC bus voltage is lower than the level set in L2-11, the
drive uses the KEB Ride-Thru function to continue deceleration. When the DC bus voltage is more than the level
set in L2-11, usual operation continues. The drive accelerates the motor to the frequency reference value before
the power loss, and usual operation continues.

Figure 12.113 Cancel KEB Operation without Using the KEB Ride-Thru if Restoration of Power Occurs while the
Control Power (Power Supply to the Control Board) is Maintained
*1 When L2-07 = 0.00 s, the drive accelerates again as specified by the applicable Acceleration Time [C1-01,
C1-03, C1-05, C1-07], and usual operation continues.
Use the KEB Ride-Thru to Cancel KEB Operation when Restoration of Power Occurs while the Control
Power (Power Supply to the Control Board) is Maintained
shows an example with this configuration:
• L2-01 = 4.
• Use KEB Ride-Thru 1 [H1-xx = 65, 66] or KEB Ride-Thru 2 [H1-xx = 7A, 7B].
The drive starts deceleration through KEB operation. When the motor decelerates for the time set in L2-10, the
drive measures the DC bus voltage and the status of the digital input set for KEB Ride-Thru. When the DC bus
voltage is less than the level set in L2-11, or if the digital input set to KEB Ride-Thru is active, deceleration
continues. When the DC bus voltage is more than the level set in L2-11, the drive ends KEB operation. The drive
accelerates the motor to the frequency reference value before the power loss, and usual operation continues. When
the KEB Ride-Thru continues to be input after the time set in L2-02 is expired, the drive uses the KEB Ride-Thru

678 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.9 L: Protection Functions

function to continue to decelerate. When you cancel the KEB Ride-Thru, the motor accelerates again, and usual
operation continues.

Figure 12.114 Use the KEB Ride-Thru to Cancel KEB Operation when Restoration of Power Occurs while the Control
Power (Power Supply to the Control Board) is Maintained
*1 When L2-07 = 0.00 s, the drive accelerates again as specified by the applicable Acceleration Time [C1-01,
C1-03, C1-05, C1-07], and usual operation continues.
KEB Operation when L2-01 = 5 [Kinetic Energy Backup: DecelStop]
The drive starts deceleration through KEB operation. If you do not input the Run command, the motor cannot
restart. The drive will continue to decelerate until the motor comes to the minimum output frequency or a
complete stop. If you return power during deceleration, the drive continues to decelerate.

■ KEB Operation Wiring Example

Figure 12.115 shows an example that uses an undervoltage relay to trigger the KEB Ride-Thru at power loss.
When a power loss occurs, the undervoltage relay triggers KEB Ride-Thru [H1-06 = 65, 66, 7A, 7B] at terminal
S6.
Note:
• Configure the drive to turn ON the Run command while the KEB function is operating. If you turn off the Run command, the drive will
not accelerate back to speed when you return power.
• A dynamic braking option is necessary for System KEB Ride-Thru 1 [L2-29 = 2]..

Parameter Details

Figure 12.115 KEB Function Wiring Example

■ Parameters for KEB Ride-Thru

Table 12.67 shows the parameters that adjust the KEB Ride-Thru function. Parameter settings are different for the
different KEB methods set in L2-29 [Kinetic Energy Backup Method].
12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 679

12.9 L: Protection Functions

Table 12.67 Parameters for KEB Ride-Thru

L2-29 [Kinetic Energy Backup Method]
No. Name Configuring Settings
0 1 2 3

C1-09 Fast Stop Time • If ov [Overvoltage] occurs during KEB deceleration, increase the setting value.
• If Uv1 [DC Bus Undervoltage] occurs during KEB deceleration, decrease the x *1 - - -
setting value.

C2-03 S-Curve Time @ Start of • If ov occurs immediately after you start KEB deceleration, increase the setting
Decel value.
x - x x
• If Uv1 occurs immediately after you start KEB deceleration, decrease the
setting value.

L2-05 Undervoltage Detection Lvl If Uv1 occurs immediately after you start KEB deceleration, increase the setting
(Uv1) value to detect power loss more quickly. x x x x

L2-06 Does KEB Tuning. • Kinetic Energy Backup Decel Time

• If ov or Uv1 occur during KEB deceleration after KEB Tuning, set L2-06 in
these conditions:
- - x *2 x *2
– If ov occurs, increase the setting value
– If Uv1 occurs, decrease the setting value.

L2-07 Kinetic Energy Backup Accel Sets the acceleration time to return to the frequency reference value before a
Time power loss, after you cancel the KEB operation. When L2-07 = 0, the drive uses
the standard acceleration times set in C1-01, C1-03, C1-05, and C1-07 x x x x
[Acceleration Time].

L2-08 Frequency Gain at KEB Start • If ov occurs immediately after you start operation, decrease the setting value.
x - x x
• If Uv1 occurs immediately after you start operation, increase the setting value.

L2-10 Minimum KEB Time • With KEB Ride-Thru

There is Uv1 because you set a digital input for KEB Ride-Thru and the device
that controls the input operated too slowly after power loss.
x x x x
• Without KEB Ride-Thru
If the DC bus voltage overshoots immediately after KEB Ride-Thru starts,
increase L2-10 to longer than the overshoot.

L2-11 KEB DC Bus Voltage Setpoint • Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2

Set to approximately 1.22 x input voltage.
• Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 1, System KEB Ride-Thru 1, or System KEB x x x x
Ride-Thru 2
Set to approximately 1.4 x input voltage.

L3-20 DC Bus Voltage Adjustment • If ov or Uv1 occurs at the start of deceleration when you use KEB operation,
Gain increase this value in 0.1-unit increments.
- x - -
• If there is torque ripple during deceleration when you use KEB Ride-Thru,
decrease the value.

L3-21 OVSuppression Accel/Decel P If there is large speed or current ripple, decrease the value in 0.05 unit increments.
Gain Note:
- x - -
If the setting value is too low, then the drive will have unsatisfactory DC bus
voltage control response. The drive can detect ov or Uv1.

L3-24 Motor Accel Time @ Rated Set the motor acceleration time to the maximum frequency at the motor rated
- x - -
Torque torque.

L3-25 Load Inertia Ratio Sets the ratio between motor inertia and machine inertia. - x *3 - -

*1 When L2-29 = 0 [Kinetic Energy Backup Method = Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 1] and you do KEB Auto-Tuning, the drive will
automatically set C1-09. If you must not change the Fast Stop time, do not do KEB Tuning.
*2 If you do KEB Tuning when L2-29 = 1, 2, or 3 [Kinetic Energy Backup Method = Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2, System KEB Ride-
Thru 1, or System KEB Ride-Thru 2], the drive will automatically set L2-06 [Kinetic Energy Backup Decel Time].
*3 The drive sets this value automatically when KEB Tuning completes correctly.

■ L2-01: Power Loss Ride Through Select

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L2-01 Power Loss Ride Through V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0
(0485) Select Sets the drive operation after a momentary power loss. (0 - 5)

The drive detects momentary power loss when the drive DC bus voltage is less than the value set in L2-05
[Undervoltage Detection Lvl (Uv1)].
0 : Disabled
A momentary power loss triggers Uv1 [DC Bus Undervoltage].
If you do not restore power in 15 ms, a Uv1 is triggered and the drive shuts off the output. The motor coasts to
stop.
1 : Enabled for L2-02 Time
When power returns in the time set in L2-02 [Power Loss Ride Through Time], the drive will restart. If power
does not return in the time set in L2-02, the drive will detect Uv1.

680 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.9 L: Protection Functions

The drive momentarily turns OFF its output after a power loss. If the power returns in the time set to L2-02, the
drive will do Speed Search and try to continue operation.
If the DC bus voltage is less than or equal to the Uv1 detection level for the time set in L2-02, the drive will detect
Uv1 and output a fault signal.
Note:
• The necessary time for the drive to restart after power returns is different for different drive capacities.
• The upper limit of the possible momentary power loss Ride-Thru time is different for different drive models.
2 : Enabled while CPU Power Active
When power returns and the drive control circuit has power, the drive will restart. This will not trigger Uv1.
When there is a momentary power loss, the drive output will turn OFF. If the power returns and the drive control
circuit has power, the drive will do Speed Search and try to continue operation. This will not trigger a Uv1. This
function lets the drive lose power for longer than when L2-01 = 1.
3 : Kinetic Energy Backup: L2-02
If power does not return in the time set in L2-02, the drive will detect Uv1.
If the drive detects momentary power loss, the drive will use regenerative energy from the motor and ramp to
stop. When you return power in the time set in L2-02, the drive will accelerate to the frequency reference value
that the drive used before the power loss. If you do not return power in the time set to L2-02, the drive will detect
Uv1 and the drive output will turn OFF. L2-29 [Kinetic Energy Backup Method] sets the type of KEB operation.
4 : Kinetic Energy Backup: CPU Power
When power returns and the drive control circuit has power, the drive will restart.
The drive decelerates using regenerative energy from the motor until the power returns and then restarts when a
momentary power loss is detected. When power is restored during deceleration, the drive accelerates the motor
again to the frequency reference value used before the power loss. If the motor comes to a stop before the power
returns, the drive loses control power and the drive output shuts off. A Uv1 is not triggered when power is restored
while power to the CPU in the drive is maintained. L2-29 sets the type of KEB operation.
5 : Kinetic Energy Backup: DecelStop
When power returns, the drive will continue to decelerate until the motor fully stops.
If the drive detects momentary power loss, the drive will use regenerative energy from the motor and ramp to
stop. When you return power to the drive, the drive will continue to decelerate until the motor comes to a full
stop. After you return power, the drive will ramp to stop in the set deceleration time. L2-29 sets the type of KEB
operation.
Note:
When you set L2-01, make sure that you know these items:
• You can use a Momentary Power Loss Unit on models 2001 to 2042 and 4001 to 4023 for a longer momentary power loss ride through
time. A Momentary Power Loss Unit makes it possible to continue operation of the drive after a maximum of 2 seconds of power loss.
• When you set L2-01 = 1 to 4, keep the magnetic contactor on the drive input side ON and keep the control signal while the drive does
KEB operation.
• When L2-01 = 1 to 5, Uv [DC Bus Undervoltage] will flash on the keypad while the drive is attempting to recover from a momentary
power loss. The drive will not output a fault signal at this time.
• When you use a magnetic contactor between the motor and the drive, keep the magnetic contactor closed while the drive does KEB
operation or tries to restart with Speed Search.
• Keep the Run command active during KEB operation. The drive cannot accelerate back to the frequency reference when the power
returns.
• When L2-01 = 3 to 5, if the control power supply voltage is less than the CPU operation level during KEB Ride-Thru, it will trigger
Uv1.

■ L2-02: Power Loss Ride Through Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L2-02 Power Loss Ride Through V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04, C6-
(0486) Time Sets the maximum time that the drive will wait until trying to restart after power loss. 01
Parameter Details

(0.0 - 25.5 s)

This function is applicable when L2-01 = 1, 3 [Power Loss Ride Through Select = Enabled for L2-02 Time,
Kinetic Energy Backup: L2-02]. If power loss operation is longer than the time set in this parameter, the drive will
detect Uv1 [DC Bus Undervoltage], turn OFF output, and the motor will coast to stop.

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 681

12.9 L: Protection Functions

Note:
• The length of time that the drive can recover after a power loss changes when drive capacity changes.
• The upper limit of the possible momentary power loss Ride-Thru time changes when drive capacity changes.

■ L2-03: Minimum Baseblock Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L2-03 Minimum Baseblock Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04, C6-
(0487) Sets the minimum time to continue the drive output block (baseblock) after a baseblock. 01
(0.1 - 5.0 s)

Sets the length of time that the drive will wait for the residual voltage in the motor to dissipate in estimation to the
secondary circuit time constant of the motor. If oC [Overcurrent] or ov [DC Bus Overvoltage] occur at the start of
Speed Search, after power returns, or during DC Injection Braking, increase this setting.

■ L2-04: Powerloss V/f Recovery Ramp Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L2-04 Powerloss V/f Recovery V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04, C6-
(0488) Ramp Time Sets the time for the drive output voltage to go back to correct voltage after completing speed 01
searches. (0.0 - 5.0 s)

Sets the time for voltage to recover from 0 V to the value set in E1-05 [Maximum Output Voltage].

■ L2-05: Undervoltage Detection Lvl (Uv1)

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L2-05 Undervoltage Detection Lvl V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04 and
(0489) (Uv1) Sets the voltage at which a Uv1 [DC Bus Undervoltage] fault is triggered or at which the KEB E1-01
function is activated. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting. (200 V Class: 150 - 210 V,
400 V Class: 300 - 420 V)

NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. When you set this parameter to a value lower than the default, you must install an AC reactor
on the input side of the power supply. If you do not install an AC reactor, it will cause damage to the drive circuitry.
Note:
If the low voltage detection level is near the lower limit value of L2-05, the drive will detect Uv1 during KEB Ride-Thru operation. Do
not set the value too low when you use the KEB Ride-Thru function.

■ L2-06: Kinetic Energy Backup Decel Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L2-06 Kinetic Energy Backup V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0 s
(048A) Decel Time Sets the deceleration time during KEB operation used to decrease the maximum output frequency (0.0 - 6000.0 s)
Expert to 0.

Set L2-29 = 2 or 3 [Kinetic Energy Backup Method = System KEB Ride-Thru 1 or System KEB Ride-Thru 2] to
enable this function. When L2-29 = 1, 2 , 3 [Kinetic Energy Backup Method = Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2,
System KEB Ride-Thru 1, System KEB Ride-Thru 2] and you do KEB Auto-Tuning, the drive will automatically
set this value.
Sets the deceleration time necessary to decelerate from the frequency reference to 0 Hz when the drive detects a
momentary power loss. If a Uv1 [DC Bus Undervoltage] fault occurs during KEB operation, decrease the
deceleration time. If an ov [Overvoltage] fault occurs, increase the deceleration time.
• L2-06 = 0
The drive automatically decreases C1-09 [Fast Stop Time] to the base value to keep the DC bus voltage above
the low voltage detection level. The drive ignores L2-02 [Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time] in this
condition.
• L2-06 ≠ 0
As shown in Figure 12.116, the frequency reference decelerates to the KEB frequency level as specified by the
deceleration rate set in L2-06 and then returns to the initial frequency reference as specified by C1-01
[Acceleration Time 1]. The drive uses the setting value of the KEB frequency rate as shown in the this formula
to set the KEB frequency level:
KEB frequency level = Output frequency before power loss × (1 - (L2-02)/ (L2-06))

682 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.9 L: Protection Functions

Figure 12.116 Kinetic Energy Backup Decel Time

■ L2-07: Kinetic Energy Backup Accel Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L2-07 Kinetic Energy Backup V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0 s
(048B) Accel Time Sets the acceleration time to return the frequency to the frequency reference before a power loss (0.0 - 6000.0 s)
Expert after canceling KEB operation.

Set this parameter to 0.0 to disable the function. The drive uses the acceleration time in C1-01, C1-03, C1-05, and
C1-07 to accelerate again after KEB operation completes.

■ L2-08: Frequency Gain at KEB Start

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L2-08 Frequency Gain at KEB V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 100%
(048C) Start Sets the quantity of output frequency reduction used when KEB operation starts as a percentage (0 - 300%)
Expert of the motor rated slip before starting KEB operation.

Decreases the output frequency in steps to quickly set the motor to a regenerative condition. Use this formula to
calculate the value:
Output frequency reduction = Motor rated slip before KEB operation × (L2-08/100) × 2

■ L2-09: KEB Minimum Frequency Level

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L2-09 KEB Minimum Frequency V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 20%
(048D) Level Sets the quantity of output frequency reduction used as a percentage of E2-02 [Motor Rated Slip] (0 - 100%)
Expert when KEB operation starts.

These conditions set the quantity of decrease:

• Motor rated slip × (L2-09/100)
• The larger value between the value calculated with L2-08 and the value calculated with L2-09

■ L2-10: Minimum KEB Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L2-10 Minimum KEB Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 50 ms

(048E) Sets the minimum length of time to operate the KEB after the drive detects a momentary power (0 - 25500 ms)
Expert loss.

When you return power while KEB is operating, the drive continues KEB operation until the time set in L2-10 is
expired. When the DC bus voltage is less than the level of L2-05 [Undervoltage Detection Lvl (Uv1)] in one of
these conditions, KEB operation continues until the time set in L2-10 is expired:
Parameter Details

• L2-01 = 3 [Power Loss Ride Through Select = Kinetic Energy Backup: L2-02]
• L2-01 = 4 [Kinetic Energy Backup: CPU Power]
• L2-01 = 5 [Kinetic Energy Backup: DecelStop]
• KEB Ride-Thru 1/2 [H1-xx = 65, 66, 7A, or 7B] is input into the drive.
When you input KEB Ride-Thru, KEB operation continues after the time set in L2-10 is expired. When you
cancel KEB Ride-Thru, the motor accelerates again. When you do not input KEB Ride-Thru during the time set in 12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 683

12.9 L: Protection Functions

L2-10, the drive accelerates to the frequency reference that the drive had before power loss in the applicable
acceleration time.
When L2-01 = 3, 4, or 5, and the DC bus voltage is a minimum of the value of L2-11 [KEB DC Bus Voltage
Setpoint], the drive accelerates again after the time set in L2-10 is expired. When the DC bus voltage is less than
the L2-11 value, KEB operation continues after the time set in L2-10 is expired.
Note:
• When L2-01 = 0, 1, or 2 [Disabled, Enabled for L2-02 Time, or Enabled while CPU Power Active], increase the value of L2-10. Set
L2-10 to cancel KEB operation if the KEB Ride-Thru is not input.
• Setting L2-10 to 0 ms disables the function of L2-10.

■ L2-11: KEB DC Bus Voltage Setpoint

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L2-11 KEB DC Bus Voltage V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by E1-01
(0461) Setpoint Sets the target value that controls the DC bus voltage to a constant level in Single Drive KEB (Determined by E1-01)
Expert Ride-Thru 2. Sets the DC bus voltage level that completes the KEB operation for all other KEB
methods.

■ L2-29: Kinetic Energy Backup Method

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L2-29 Kinetic Energy Backup V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0475) Method Sets the KEB function operation mode. (0 - 3)
Expert

Set L2-01 = 3, 4, or 5 [Momentary Power Loss Ope Select = KEB Mode, KEB Stop Mode, or KEB Decel to Stp]
or KEB Ride-Thru 1/2 [H1-xx = 65, 66, 7A, or 7B], to enable the KEB function.
0 : Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 1
The drive monitors the DC bus voltage and uses regenerative energy from the motor to hold the DC bus voltage at
the level set in L2-11 [KEB DC Bus Voltage Setpoint].
The KEB operation continues and the deceleration rate changes as specified by C1-09 [Fast Stop Time].
Note:
• If the drive detects Uv1 [DC Bus Undervoltage] during KEB operation, decrease the value of C1-09.
• If the drive detects ov [Overvoltage] during KEB operation, increase the value of C1-09.
1 : Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2
The drive does KEB operation and automatically calculates the deceleration rate to make sure that the main circuit
electrical energy and main current voltage from motor regenerative energy is equal to L2-11 [DC Bus Vol Setpoint
during KEB].
2 : System KEB Ride-Thru 1
The drive does not monitor the DC bus voltage and decelerates as specified by the KEB deceleration time set in
L2-06.
Set L2-06 to the time necessary to decelerate from the frequency reference to 0 Hz when the drive detects a
momentary power loss. The drive can decelerate and keep constant deceleration rates for more than one drive.
Note:
If you keep constant deceleration rates for more than one drive, it can trigger ov faults. Use the dynamic braking option with System
KEB Ride-Thru 1 to prevent ov faults.
3 : System KEB Ride-Thru 2
The drive monitors the DC bus voltage and decelerates for the deceleration time set in L2-06.
If the DC bus voltage increases, the drive momentarily holds the frequency to prevent ov while deceleration
continues.
Note:
When you cannot use a dynamic braking option, use System KEB Ride-Thru.

684 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.9 L: Protection Functions

■ L2-30: KEB Zero Speed Operation

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L2-30 KEB Zero Speed Operation V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0
(045E) Sets the operation when the output frequency decreases below the zero level (DC braking (0, 1)
Expert injection starting frequency) during KEB deceleration when L2-01 = 3 to 5 [Power Loss Ride
Through Select = Kinetic Energy Backup: L2-02, Kinetic Energy Backup: CPU Power, or Kinetic
Energy Backup: DecelStop].

0 : Baseblock
1 : DC/SC Braking
Does DC injection braking and short circuit braking as specified by b2-04 [DC Inject Braking Time at Stop] and
b2-13 [Short Circuit Brake Time @ Stop].

■ L2-31: KEB Start Voltage Offset Level

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L2-31 KEB Start Voltage Offset V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(045D) Level Sets the KEB start voltage offset. (200 V Class: 0 - 100 V,400
Expert V Class: 0 - 200 V)

The drive uses this formula to calculate the KEB start voltage:
KEB start voltage = L2-05 [Undervoltage Detect Level (Uv1)] + L2-31

◆ L3: Stall Prevention

L3 parameters set the Stall Prevention function and overvoltage suppression function.

■ Stall Prevention
If the load is too heavy or the acceleration and deceleration times are too short, the motor can slip too much
because it cannot work at the same rate as the frequency reference. If the motor stalls during acceleration, current
increases as the slip increases to cause an oC [Overcurrent], oL2 [Drive Overload], or oL1 [Motor Overload] and
the drive will stop. If the motor stalls during deceleration, too much regenerative power will flow back into the
DC bus capacitors, and cause the drive to fault out from ov [Overvoltage] and the drive will stop.
The stall prevention function will let the motor get to the set speed without stalling and it is not necessary for you
to change the acceleration or deceleration time settings. You can set a separate stall prevention functions for
acceleration, operating at constant speeds, and deceleration.

■ Overvoltage Suppression Function

Decreases the regenerative torque limit and increases the output frequency when the DC bus voltage increases to
prevent ov. This function can drive loads with cyclic regenerative operation, for example punch presses or other
applications with repeated crank movements. When you use this function, set L3-11 = 1 [Overvoltage Suppression
Select = Enabled].
The drive adjusts the regenerative torque limit and the output frequency during overvoltage suppression to make
sure that the DC bus voltage is not more than the level set in L3-17 [DC Bus Regulation Level].
Set these parameters as necessary when you use the overvoltage suppression function:
• L3-20 [DC Bus Voltage Adjustment Gain]
• L3-21 [OVSuppression Accel/Decel P Gain]
• L3-24 [Motor Accel Time @ Rated Torque]
• L3-25 [Load Inertia Ratio]
Note:
• When overvoltage suppression is triggered, the motor speed is more than the frequency reference. Do not use overvoltage suppression
for applications where the frequency reference and the motor speed must align.
Parameter Details

• When you use a braking resistor, set L3-11 = 0 [Disabled].

• The overvoltage suppression function is enabled only when you operate immediately below the maximum frequency. Overvoltage
suppression does not increase the output frequency to more than the maximum frequency. Make sure that the motor and machine
specifications are correct for the application, then increase the maximum frequency.
• If there is a sudden increase to a regenerative load, ov can occur.

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 685

12.9 L: Protection Functions

■ L3-01: Stall Prevention during Accel

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L3-01 Stall Prevention during V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1

(048F) Accel Sets the method of the Stall Prevention During Acceleration. (0 - 3)

Note:
When A1-02 = 5 [Control Method Selection = OLV/PM], the setting range is 0 and 1.
Stall prevention during acceleration prevents the stalling and stopping of motors when the drive detects oC
[Overcurrent], oL2 [Drive Overloaded], or oL1 [Motor Overload] when you apply a large load during
acceleration or when you set sudden acceleration times related to load inertia.
0 : Disable
The Stall Prevention function does not operate during acceleration, and acceleration occurs for the set acceleration
time. If the acceleration time is too short, the motor does not fully accelerate during the set time, which causes the
drive to detect oL1 or oL2 and the motor to stop.
1 : Enabled
Enables the Stall Prevention During Acceleration function. Operation is different for different control methods.
• V/f Control, Open Loop Vector Control, or EZ Open Loop Vector Control
When the output current is more than the value set in L3-02 [Stall Prevent Level during Accel], the drive stops
acceleration. The drive stops deceleration when the output current is less than L3-02 - 15%. The Stall
Prevention function level automatically decreases for constant output ranges.

Figure 12.117 Stall Prevention During Acceleration when Using Induction Motors
• Open Loop Vector Control for PM
When the output current is more than L3-02, the drive stops acceleration. When the time set in L3-27 [Stall
Prevention Detection Time] is expired and the output current = L3-02, the drive will start deceleration as
specified by the value set in L3-22 [PM Stall Prevention Decel Time]. The drive starts acceleration again when
the output current is less than L3-02 - 15%. When the time set in L3-27 is expired, the drive starts acceleration
again.

686 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.9 L: Protection Functions

Figure 12.118 Stall Prevention During Acceleration Function in OLV/PM

2 : Intelligent (Ignore Accel Ramp)
The drive ignores the acceleration time setting and the drive starts to accelerate in the minimum length of time.
The drive automatically adjusts the acceleration rate to make sure that the output current is not more than L3-02.
3 : Current Limit Acceleration
This function uses the L3-02 value to limit the output current and automatically adjust the acceleration rate. When
the load (output current) increases to more than the current limit level during acceleration, the drive automatically
adjusts the acceleration rate.

Figure 12.119 Current Limit Acceleration

■ L3-02: Stall Prevent Level during Accel

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L3-02 Stall Prevent Level during V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by C6-01
(0490) Accel Sets the output current level at which the Stall Prevention function operates during acceleration (0 - 150%)
where the drive rated output current is 100%.

Note:
• If you use a motor that is small compared to the drive and the motor stalls, decrease the setting value.
• When you operate the motor in the constant power range, set L3-03 [Stall Prevent Limit during Accel].
• The upper limit to the setting range changes when the setting for C6-01 [Normal / Heavy Duty Selection] changes.
–150% when C6-01 = 0 [Heavy Duty Rating]
–120% when C6-01 = 1 [Normal Duty Rating]

■ L3-03: Stall Prevent Limit during Accel

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)
Parameter Details

L3-03 Stall Prevent Limit during V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 50%
(0491) Accel Sets the lower limit for the stall prevention level used in the constant output range as a percentage (0 - 100%)
of the drive rated output current.

The stall prevention level set in L3-02 [Stall Prevent Level during Accel] is automatically reduced when the motor
is running within the constant output range. Parameter L3-03 is the limit value used to prevent the stall prevention
level during constant output ranges to fall below the minimum required level.
12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 687

12.9 L: Protection Functions

Note:
The function to automatically reduce the stall prevention level does not operate when L3-01 = 3 [Stall Prevention during Accel =
Current Limit Method].

Figure 12.120 Stall Prevent Level during Accel/Limit

■ L3-04: Stall Prevention during Decel

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L3-04 Stall Prevention during V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1

(0492) Decel Sets the method that the drive will use to prevent overvoltage faults when decelerating. (Determined by A1-02)

Note:
1. To connect a dynamic braking option (braking resistor or braking resistor unit) to the drive, set this parameter to 0 or 3. Parameter
settings 1, 2, 4, 5, and 7 will enable Stall Prevention function during deceleration, and the dynamic braking option will not function.
2. The setting range changes when the A1-02 [Control Method Selection] value changes:
• When A1-02 = 5 [OLV/PM], the setting range is 0 to 2.
• When A1-02 = 6 or 8 [AOLV/PM or EZOLV], the setting range is 0 or 1.
Stall Prevention during deceleration controls the deceleration as specified by the DC bus voltage and does not let
high inertia or fast deceleration cause ov [Overvoltage] faults.
0 : Disable
The drive decelerates as specified by the deceleration time. If the deceleration time is too short, the drive can
detect an ov fault.
Note:
If an ov fault occurs, connect a dynamic braking option to the drive. If an ov fault occurs when you connect a dynamic braking option
and A1-02 = 0 or 2 [Control Method Selection = V/f or OLV] and L3-04 = 0, set L3-04 = 3.
1 : General Purpose
The drive decelerates as specified by the deceleration time. When the DC bus voltage is more than the Stall
Prevention level, the drive stops deceleration until the DC bus voltage is less than the Stall Prevention Level. The
drive then starts to decelerate at the set deceleration time. Frequent use of Stall Prevention will help prevent ov
faults when the deceleration time is shorter than the drive can usually accept.
Note:
The Decel Stall Prevention function will increase the deceleration time to stop and the deceleration time will be longer than the setting.
This function is not applicable for conveyor applications because the precision of the stop position is very important. As an alternative,
use a dynamic braking option in these applications.
The input voltage setting of E1-01 [Input AC Supply Voltage] sets the DC bus voltage level for Stall Prevention.
Table 12.68 Stall Prevention Level during Deceleration
Drive Input Voltage Stall Prevention Level during Deceleration

200 V Class 377 V

400 V Class 754 V

Figure 12.121 shows the Stall Prevention during deceleration function.

688 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.9 L: Protection Functions

Figure 12.121 Stall Prevention Operation during Deceleration

2 : Intelligent (Ignore Accel Ramp)
The drive adjusts the deceleration rate to keep the DC bus voltage at the L3-17 [DC Bus Regulation Level] level.
This makes the shortest possible deceleration time and will not let the motor stall. The drive ignores the selected
deceleration time and the possible deceleration time cannot be less than 1/10 of the set deceleration time.
This function uses these parameters to adjust the deceleration rate:
• L3-20 [DC Bus Voltage Adjustment Gain]
• L3-21 [OVSuppression Accel/Decel P Gain]
• L3-24 [Motor Accel Time @ Rated Torque]
• L3-25 [Load Inertia Ratio]
Note:
The deceleration time is not constant. For applications where the precision of the stop position is very important, use a dynamic braking
option and set L3-04 = 0. If an ov occurs, set L3-04 = 3.
3 : General Purpose w/ DB resistor
A braking resistor is necessary for this setting. The braking resistor and the drive work together for the Stall
Prevention during deceleration function.
4 : Overexcitation/High Flux 1
Enables Overexcitation/High Flux and enables a shorter deceleration time than when L3-04 = 0.
Note:
• If the overexcitation time is long and you decelerate frequently, the drive can detect oL1 [Motor Overload] faults. If the drive detects
oL1, decrease the deceleration time or install a braking resistor to the drive.
• The deceleration time during Overexcitation Deceleration changes when the motor characteristics and machine inertia change. Adjust
the n3-13 [OverexcitationBraking (OEB) Gain] and n3-23 [Overexcitation Braking Operation] levels. Refer to Overexcitation
Deceleration on page 717 for more information.
5 : Overexcitation/High Flux 2
Enables Overexcitation/High Flux 2. This function decreases the possible deceleration time more than
Overexcitation/High Flux.
The drive decreases motor speed and tries to keep the DC bus voltage at the L3-17 level.
If the drive detects oL1, decrease the values set in n3-13 and n3-21. If the drive detects ov, increase the values set
in C1-02, C1-04, C1-06, and C1-08 [Deceleration Times].
Note:
• During Overexcitation/High Flux 2, the drive disables Hunting Prevention in V/f Control and also disables Speed Control that uses
torque limit in OLV Control.
• Refer to Overexcitation Deceleration on page 717 for more information.
7 : Overexcitation/High Flux 3
If you set L3-04 = 7 [Overexcitation Braking 3], the overexcitation increases compared with 4 [Overexcitation/
High Flux]. This can decrease the deceleration time.
Note:
When L3-04 = 7, the overexcitation current increases as compared with 4. Motor load becomes larger, and it can cause oL1 [Motor
Overload]. When you can use L3-04 = 4 to operate the drive, set L3-04 = 4.
Parameter Details

■ L3-05: Stall Prevention during RUN

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L3-05 Stall Prevention during V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(0493) RUN Sets the function to enable and disable Stall Prevention During Run. (0 - Determined by A1-02)
12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 689

12.9 L: Protection Functions

Stall Prevention function during run prevents the motor from stalling by automatically reducing the speed when
an oL1 [Motor Overload] occurs while the motor is running at constant speed.
Note:
• An output frequency less than 6 Hz disables Stall Prevention during Run. The setting values of L3-05 and L3-06 [Stall Prevent Level
during Run] do not have an effect.
• The setting range changes when the A1-02 [Control Method Selection] value changes:
–A1-02 = 0, 5 [V/f, OLV/PM] : 0 to 2
–A1-02 =8 [EZOLV] : 0, 3
0 : No
The drive runs at the set frequency reference. A heavy load can cause the motor to stall and trip the drive with oC
[Overcurrent] or oL1.
1 : Deceleration Time 1 (C1-02)
The drive will decelerate for the time set in C1-02 [Deceleration Time 1] when the current is more than the Stall
Prevention level set in L3-06. When the current level is less than the “L3-06 setting value - 2%” for 100 ms, the
drive accelerates again for the acceleration time applicable at that time until it is at the set frequency.
2 : Deceleration Time 2 (C1-04)
This setting functions the same as Setting 1 [Deceleration Time 1 (C1-02)]. When you enable the Stall Prevention
function, the drive decelerates in the time set in C1-04 [Deceleration Time 2].
3 : Intelligent (Ignore Decel Ramp)
Enabled when A1-02 = 8 [EZOLV]. The drive operates with the largest possible output current to prevent motor
stalling.

■ L3-06: Stall Prevent Level during Run

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L3-06 Stall Prevent Level during V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by C6-01
(0494) Run Sets the output current level at which the Stall Prevention function is enabled during run when the (5 - 150%)
drive rated output current is 100%.

Note:
• This parameter is applicable when L3-05 = 1, 2 [Stall Prevention during RUN = Deceleration Time 1 (C1-02), Deceleration Time 2
(C1-04)].
• When L3-23 = 1 [Stall P Reduction at Constant HP = Automatic Reduction @ CHP Region], the drive will automatically decrease the
level in the constant output range.
• The upper limit to the setting range changes when the setting for C6-01 [Normal / Heavy Duty Selection] changes.
–150% when C6-01 = 0 [Heavy Duty Rating]
–120% when C6-01 = 1 [Normal Duty Rating]
Use an Analog Input to Change the Stall Prevent Level during Run
When H3-xx = 8 [MFAI Function Select = Stall Prevent Level During Run], you can use the input gain and bias
settings for terminals A1 and A2 to change the stall prevention level during run.
If you set the input level for terminals A1 and A2 [H3-xx = 8] and L3-06, the drive will use the smaller value for
Stall Prevent Level during Run.

Figure 12.122 Stall Prevention Level during Run with Analog Input

■ L3-11: Overvoltage Suppression Select

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L3-11 Overvoltage Suppression V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(04C7) Select Sets the overvoltage suppression function. (0, 1)

690 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.9 L: Protection Functions

0 : Disabled
The drive does not adjust the regenerative torque limit or the output frequency. If you apply a regenerative load,
the drive can detect an ov [Overvoltage] fault. Use this setting with a dynamic braking option.
1 : Enabled
When a regenerative load increases the DC bus voltage, the drive decreases the regenerative torque limit and
increases the output frequency to prevent ov

■ L3-17: DC Bus Regulation Level

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L3-17 DC Bus Regulation Level V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 200 V Class: 375 V, 400 V:
(0462) Sets the target value for the DC bus voltage when the overvoltage suppression function and the 750 V
Decel Stall Prevention function (Intelligent Stall Prevention) are active. (200 V Class: 150 to 400 V,
400 V Class: 300 to 800 V)

Note:
This value is initialized when E1-01 [Input AC Supply Voltage] is changed.
Sets this parameter for any of the following circumstances.
• L3-11 = 1 [OV Suppression Function Select = Enabled].
• L3-04 = 2 [Decel Stall Prevention Selection = Automatic Decel Reduction].

■ L3-20: DC Bus Voltage Adjustment Gain

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L3-20 DC Bus Voltage V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(0465) Adjustment Gain Sets the proportional gain used to control the DC bus voltage. (0.00 - 5.00)
Expert

Set one of these parameters to enable L3-20:

• L2-29 = 1 [KEB Method Selection = Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2]
• L3-04 = 2 [Decel Stall Prevention Selection = Automatic Decel Reduction]
• L3-11 = 1 [OV Suppression Function Select = Enabled]
• H1-xx = 7A or 7B [MFDI Function Select = KEB Ride-Thru 2 (N.O./N.C.)]
Note:
• If stall prevention during deceleration function causes ov [Overvoltage] and Uv1 [DC Bus Undervoltage] faults when you start
deceleration and L2-29 = 1, H1-xx = 7A or 7B, or L3-04 = 2, gradually increase this parameter in 0.1-unit increments. If the setting
value is too high, it can cause large speed or current ripples.
• If sudden increases in the regenerative load cause ov faults and L3-11 = 1, gradually increase this parameter in 0.1-unit increments. If
the setting value is too high, it can cause large speed or current ripples.

■ L3-21: OVSuppression Accel/Decel P Gain

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L3-21 OVSuppression Accel/ V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(0466) Decel P Gain Sets the proportional gain to calculate acceleration and deceleration rates. (0.10 - 10.00)
Expert

Set one of these parameters to enable L3-21:

• L2-29 = 1 [KEB Method Selection = Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2]
• L3-04 = 2 [Decel Stall Prevention Selection = Automatic Decel Reduction]
• L3-11 = 1 [OV Suppression Function Select = Enabled]
• H1-xx = 7A or 7B [MFDI Function Select = KEB Ride-Thru 2 (N.O./N.C.)]
Note:
Parameter Details

• If stall prevention during deceleration function causes large speed or current ripples and L2-29 = 1, H1-xx = 7A or 7B, or L3-04 = 2,
gradually decrease this parameter in 0.05-unit increments. If the drive detects ov [Overvoltage] or oC [Overcurrent], decrease this
parameter. If you decrease the gain too much, it can cause a delay in control in the DC bus voltage or the deceleration time could be
longer than the best deceleration time.
• If sudden increases in the regenerative load cause ov faults and L3-11 = 1, gradually increase this parameter in 0.1-unit increments. If
there are large speed ripples, gradually decrease this parameter in 0.05-unit increments.

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 691

12.9 L: Protection Functions

■ L3-22: PM Stall Prevention Decel Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L3-22 PM Stall Prevention Decel V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0 s
(04F9) Time Sets the momentary deceleration time that the drive will use when it tries to accelerate a PM (0.0 - 6000.0 s)
motor and detected motor stalls. This function is applicable when L3-01 = 1 [Stall Prevent Select
duringAccel = General Purpose].

Set this parameter to 0.0 s to disable this function. The drive will decelerates in the deceleration time applicable at
the time when a motor stall occurs.

■ L3-23: Stall P Reduction at Constant HP

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L3-23 Stall P Reduction at V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(04FD) Constant HP Sets the function to automatically decrease the Stall Prevention Level during Run for constant (0, 1)
output ranges.

0 : Use L3-06 for Entire Speed Range

The drive uses the level set in L3-06 [Stall Prevent Level during Run] through the full speed range.
1 : Automatic Reduction @ CHP Region
The drive decreases the Stall Prevention level during run in the constant power range. The lower limit is 40% of
L3-06 value.

■ L3-24: Motor Accel Time @ Rated Torque

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L3-24 Motor Accel Time @ Rated V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04, C6-
(046E) Torque Sets the motor acceleration time to reach the maximum frequency at the motor rated torque for 01, E2-11, and E5-01
Expert stopped single-drive motors. (0.001 - 10.000 s)

Set one of these parameters to enable L3-20:

• L2-29 = 1 [Kinetic Energy Backup Method = Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2]
• L3-04 = 2 [Stall Prevention during Decel = Intelligent (Ignore Decel Ramp)]
• L3-11 = 1 [Overvoltage Suppression Select = Enabled]
• H1-xx = 7A or 7B [MFDI Function Select = KEB Ride-Thru 2 Activate (N.O./N.C.)]
Note:
When Auto-Tuning changes the value of E2-11 [Motor Rated Power (kW)], the drive will automatically set this parameter to the value
for a Yaskawa standard motor (4 poles). When you use a PM motor, the drive uses the value in E5-01 [PM Motor Code Selection] to
change L3-24.

■ L3-25: Load Inertia Ratio

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L3-25 Load Inertia Ratio V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.0
(046F) Sets the ratio between motor inertia and machine inertia. (0.1 - 1000.0)
Expert

Set one of these parameters to enable L3-20:

• L2-29 = 1 [Kinetic Energy Backup Method = Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2]
• L3-04 = 2 [Stall Prevention during Decel = Intelligent (Ignore Decel Ramp)]
• L3-11 = 1 [Overvoltage Suppression Select = Enabled]
• H1-xx = 7A or 7B [MFDI Function Select = KEB Ride-Thru 2 Activate (N.O./N.C.)]
Note:
• If you set this value incorrectly when L2-29 = 1, H1-xx = 7A or 7B, or L3-11 = 1, it can cause large current ripples and ov
[Overvoltage], Uv1 [DC Bus Undervoltage], or oC [Overcurrent] faults.
• KEB Tuning will automatically set this value.

692 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.9 L: Protection Functions

■ L3-26: Additional DC Bus Capacitors

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L3-26 Additional DC Bus V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 μF

(0455) Capacitors Sets the capacity for external main circuit capacitors. Usually it is not necessary to change this (0 to 65000 μF)
Expert setting. Sets this parameter when you use the KEB Ride-Thru function.

■ L3-27: Stall Prevention Detection Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L3-27 Stall Prevention Detection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 60 ms

(0456) Time Sets a delay time between reaching the Stall Prevention level and starting the Stall Prevention (0 - 5000 ms)
function.

■ L3-34: Torque Limit Delay Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L3-34 Torque Limit Delay Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(016F) Sets the filter time constant that returns the torque limit to its initial value when KEB operation (0.000 - 1.000 s)
Expert operates in Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru mode.

When vibration occurs during operation of Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2, increase this parameter in 0.010-unit
increments.
Note:
The Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2 mode operates when L2-29 = 1 [KEB Method Selection = Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2] and H1-
xx = 7A or 7B [Terminal Sx Function Selection = KEB Ride-Thru 2 (N.C./N.O.)].

■ L3-35: Speed Agree Width for Auto Decel

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L3-35 Speed Agree Width for V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.00 Hz
(0747) Auto Decel Sets the width for speed agreement when L3-04 = 2 [Decel Stall Prevention Selection = (0.00 - 1.00 Hz)
Expert Automatic Decel Reduction]. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Set this parameter when hunting occurs while you use a frequency reference through an analog input.

■ L3-36: Current Suppression Gain@Accel

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L3-36 Current Suppression V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(11D0) Gain@Accel Sets the gain to suppress current and motor speed hunting during operation when L3-01 = 3 [Stall (0.0 - 100.0)
Prevention during Accel = Current Limit Method]. Usually it is not necessary to change this
setting.

If there is vibration in the output current during acceleration, increase the setting value.
Note:
Set L3-01 = 3 [Stall Prevention during Accel = Current Limit Method] to enable this function.

■ L3-37: Current Limit P Gain @ Accel

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L3-37 Current Limit P Gain @ V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 5 ms

(11D1) Accel Suppresses current hunting during acceleration. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting. (0 - 100 ms)
Expert

Note:
Parameter Details

Set L3-01 = 3 [Stall Prevention during Accel = Current Limit Method] to enable this function.

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 693

12.9 L: Protection Functions

■ L3-38: Current Limit I Time @ Accel

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L3-38 Current Limit I Time @ V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10.0
(11D2) Accel Suppresses current hunting and overshooting that occurs when the drive stalls during acceleration. (0.0 - 100.0)
Expert Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Note:
Set L3-01 = 3 [Stall Prevention during Accel = Current Limit Method] to enable this function.

■ L3-39: Current Limit Filter Time @Accel

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L3-39 Current Limit Filter Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 100.0 ms
(11D3) @Accel Sets the time constant to adjust the acceleration rate when L3-01 = 3 [Stall Prevention during (1.0 - 1000.0 ms)
Accel = Current Limit Method]. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Note:
Set L3-01 = 3 [Stall Prevention during Accel = Current Limit Method] to enable this function.

■ L3-40: Current Limit S-Curve @ Acc/Dec

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L3-40 Current Limit S-Curve @ V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(11D4) Acc/Dec Sets the function to enable and disable the best S-curve characteristic used for current-limited (0, 1)
acceleration.

Makes the best motor acceleration rate for start up. If you set this parameter to 1, it will make acceleration
smoother, but it can also increase the acceleration time to be longer than the set time. If the drive detects oC
[Overcurrent] faults immediately after acceleration starts, set this parameter.
0 : No
1 : Yes
Note:
Set L3-01 = 3 [Stall Prevention during Accel = Current Limit Method] to enable this function.

◆ L4: Speed Detection

L4 parameters set the output of signals to the MFDO terminals, for example frequency agree and speed detection.

■ L4-01: Speed Agree Detection Level

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L4-01 Speed Agree Detection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(0499) Level Sets the level to detect speed agree or motor speed. (Determined by A1-02)

Sets the level to detect speed agree or motor speed when H2-01 to H2-03 = 2, 3, 4, 5 [MFDO Function Selection
= Speed Agree 1, User-set Speed Agree 1, Frequency Detection 1, Frequency Detection 2].

■ L4-02: Speed Agree Detection Width

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L4-02 Speed Agree Detection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(049A) Width Sets the width to detect speed agree or motor speed. (Determined by A1-02)

Sets the width to detect speed agree or motor speed when H2-01 to H2-03 = 2, 3, 4, 5 [MFDO Function Selection
= Speed Agree 1, User-set Speed Agree 1, Frequency Detection 1, Frequency Detection 2].

694 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.9 L: Protection Functions

■ L4-03: Speed Agree Detection Level(+/-)

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L4-03 Speed Agree Detection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(049B) Level(+/-) Sets the level to detect speed agree or motor speed. (Determined by A1-02)

Sets the level to detect speed agree or motor speed when H2-01 to H2-03 = 13, 14, 15, 16 [MFDO Function
Selection = Speed Agree 2, User-set Speed Agree 2, Frequency Detection 3, Frequency Detection 4].

■ L4-04: Speed Agree Detection Width(+/-)

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L4-04 Speed Agree Detection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(049C) Width(+/-) Sets the width to detect speed agree or motor speed. (Determined by A1-02)

Sets the width to detect speed agree or motor speed when H2-01 to H2-03 = 13, 14, 15, 16 [MFDO Function
Selection = Speed Agree 2, User-set Speed Agree 2, Frequency Detection 3, Frequency Detection 4].

■ L4-05: Fref Loss Detection Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L4-05 Fref Loss Detection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(049D) Selection Sets the operation when the drive detects a loss of frequency reference. (0, 1)

Enables the detection of a loss of an analog frequency reference when MFAI terminals (A1 and A2) input the
frequency reference. Set H2-01 to H2-03 = C [MFDO Function Selection = Frequency Reference Loss] to enable
this function.
If the frequency reference is less than 10% in 400 ms, the drive detects frequency reference loss.

Figure 12.123 Detection of Frequency Reference Loss

0 : Stop
The drive follows the frequency reference and stops the motor.
1 : Run at (L4-06 x Last Reference)
The drive continues to operate at the frequency reference value set in L4-06 [FreqReference at Reference Loss].
When you return the external frequency reference value, the drive continues to operate with the frequency
reference.

■ L4-06: Frequency Reference @Loss of Ref

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L4-06 Frequency Reference V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 80.0%

(04C2) @Loss of Ref Sets the frequency reference as a percentage to continue drive operation after it detects a (0.0 - 100.0%)
frequency reference loss. The value is a percentage of the frequency reference before the drive
detected the loss.

Set L4-05 = 1 [FreqReference Loss Detect Select = Run@L4-06PrevRef] to enable this parameter.

■ L4-07: Speed Agree Detection Selection

Parameter Details

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L4-07 Speed Agree Detection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0470) Selection Sets the condition that activates speed detection. (0, 1)

0 : No Detection during Baseblock

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 695

12.9 L: Protection Functions

Detects the frequency while the drive is operating. When the drive turns off its output, it will not detect frequency.
1 : Detection Always Enabled

■ L4-08: Speed Agree Source Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L4-08 Speed Agree Source V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1

(047F) Selection Sets the drive to use the soft starter output frequency or the motor speed (estimation value) for (0, 1)
speed detection.

0 : Softstarter Output (Reference)

1 : Motor Speed (Actual Speed)
The setting for L4-08 has an effect:
• When you set detection conditions for oL3 [Overtorque 1], oL3 [Overtorque Detection 1], oL4 [Overtorque 2],
and oL4 [Overtorque Detection 2]:
– L6-01 = 1, 3, 5, 7 [Torque Detection Selection 1 = UL @ Speed Agree]
– L6-04 = 1, 3, 5, 7 [Torque Detection Selection 2 = UL @ Speed Agree]
• When you use speed agreement with DriveWorksEZ.
• When the MFDI terminals set for H1-xx = 75, 76 [Up/Down 2 command] activate.
• When you set H2-xx [MFDO Function Select] to these functions:

Setting Value Function Setting Value Function

2 Speed Agree 1 13 Speed Agree 2

3 User-Set Speed Agree 1 14 User-Set Speed Agree 2

4 Frequency Detection 1 15 Frequency Detection 3

5 Frequency Detection 2 16 Frequency Detection 4

• When you use these functions for MEMOBUS monitor data:

Register No. Description

Drive Status 2

Speed agreement
bit2
1: During agreement

User-defined speed agreement

bit3
002CH 1: During agreement

Frequency Detection 1
bit4
1: Output frequency ≤ L4-01

Frequency Detection 2
bit5
1: Output frequency ≥ L4-01

U1-12 [Drive Status]

004BH
bit4 1: During speed agreement

• When you use these functions for monitor parameters:

No.
Name Description
(Hex.)

U1-12 Drive Status bit 4: During speed agreement

(004B)

◆ L5: Fault Restart

The Auto Restart function tries to keep machines operating when the drive detects a transient fault.
The drive can do a self-diagnostic check and continue the operation after a fault. If the cause of the fault goes
away, the drive does speed search and restarts. It will not stop and the drive will not record a fault history. Use L5-
02 [Fault Contact at Restart Select] to select the operation of fault relay signals during Auto Restart operation.

696 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.9 L: Protection Functions

Sets if the drive will do Auto Restart and the number of times the drive will try to do Auto Restart in a set time. If
the number of Auto Restart tries is more than the set value during the set time, drive output shuts off and operation
stops. If this happens, remove the cause of the fault and manually restart the drive.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Do not use the fault restart function in hoist or lifting applications. Failure to obey can
cause death or serious injury.
The drive can do Auto Restart when these faults occur:
Note:
You can disable Auto Restart for some faults if you must not restart the machine after the fault with parameters L5-07 and L5-08.

Table 12.69 List of Faults during which Auto Restart is Available

Parameters to Disable Parameters to Disable
Fault Name Fault Name
Auto Restart Auto Restart

GF Ground Fault L5-08 ov Overvoltage L5-08

LF Output Phase Loss - PF Input Phase Loss -

oC Overcurrent - rH Braking Resistor Overheat -

oH1 Heatsink Overheat L5-08 rr Dynamic Braking -

Transistor Fault
oL1 Motor Overload L5-07
STPo Motor Step-Out Detected -
oL2 Drive Overload L5-07
Uv1 DC Bus Undervoltage *1 L5-08
oL3 Overtorque Detection 1 L5-07

oL4 Overtorque Detection 2 L5-07

*1 Uv1 is the target for the auto restart process when L2-01 = 1, 2, 3, or 4 [Power Loss Ride Through Select = Enabled for L2-02 Time,
Enabled while CPU Power Active, Kinetic Energy Backup: L2-02, or Kinetic Energy Backup: CPU Power].

■ L5-01: Number of Auto-Restart Attempts

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L5-01 Number of Auto-Restart V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(049E) Attempts Sets the number of times that the drive will try to restart. (0 - 10 times)

The drive resets the number of Auto Restart attempts to 0 in these conditions:
• The drive operates correctly for 10 minutes after a fault restart.
• When you manually clear a fault after the drive triggers protective functions.
• When you re-energize the drive.

■ L5-02: Fault Contact at Restart Select

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L5-02 Fault Contact at Restart V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(049F) Select Sets the function that sends signals to the MFDO terminal set for Fault [H2-xx = E] while the (0, 1)
drive is automatically restarting.

0 : Active Only when Not Restarting

1 : Always Active

■ L5-04: Interval Method Restart Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L5-04 Interval Method Restart V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10.0 s
(046C) Time Sets the time interval between each Auto Restart attempt. This function is enabled when L5-05 = (0.5 - 600.0 s)
1 [Auto Restart Operation Selection = Use L5-04 Time].

■ L5-05: Auto-Restart Method

Parameter Details

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L5-05 Auto-Restart Method V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0467) Sets the count method for the Auto Restart operation. (0, 1)

0 : Continuous/Immediate Attempts
12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 697

12.9 L: Protection Functions

Counts the number of successful fault resets through Auto Restart.

When this value > L5-01, the drive will send a fault signal and fault code to the keypad and the motor will coast to
stop.
1 : Interval/Attempt after L5-04 sec
Counts the number of all fault resets (successful and unsuccessful) through Auto Restart. The drive repeats the
Auto Restart process in the intervals set in L5-04 [Interval Method Restart Time].
When this value > L5-01, the drive will send a fault signal and fault code to the keypad and the motor will coast to
stop.

■ L5-07: Fault Reset Enable Select Grp1

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L5-07 Fault Reset Enable Select V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1111
(0B2A) Grp1 Use these 4 digits to set the Auto Restart function for oL1 to oL4. From left to right, the digits set (0000 - 1111)
oL1, oL2, oL3, and oL4, in order.

0000 : Disabled
0001 : Enabled (—/—/—/oL4)
0010 : Enabled (—/—/oL3/—)
0011 : Enabled (—/—/oL3/oL4)
0100 : Enabled (—/oL2/—/—)
0101 : Enabled (—/oL2/—/oL4)
0110 : Enabled (—/oL2/oL3/—)
0111 : Enabled (—/oL2/oL3/oL4)
1000 : Enabled (oL1/—/—/—)
1001 : Enabled (oL1/—/—/oL4)
1010 : Enabled (oL1/—/oL3/—)
1011 : Enabled (oL1/—/oL3/oL4)
1100 : Enabled (oL1/oL2/—/—)
1101 : Enabled (oL1/oL2/—/oL4)
1110 : Enabled (oL1/oL2/oL3/—)
1111 : Enabled (oL1/oL2/oL3/oL4)

Figure 12.124 Setting Digits and Fault Code

■ L5-08: Fault Reset Enable Select Grp2

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L5-08 Fault Reset Enable Select V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1111
(0B2B) Grp2 Use these 4 digits to set the Auto Restart function for Uv1, ov, oH1, and GF. From left to right, (0000 - 1111)
the digits set Uv1, ov, oH1, and GF, in order.

0000 : Disabled
0001 : Enabled (—/–/—/GF)
0010 : Enabled (—/–/oH1/–)
0011 : Enabled (—/–/oH1/GF)
0100 : Enabled (—/ov/—/–)
0101 : Enabled (—/ov/—/GF)
0110 : Enabled (—/ov/oH1/–)
0111 : Enabled (—/ov/oH1/GF)
1000 : Enabled (Uv1/–/—/–)
1001 : Enabled (Uv1/–/—/GF)

698 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.9 L: Protection Functions

1010 : Enabled (Uv1/–/oH1/–)

1011 : Enabled (Uv1/–/oH1/GF)
1100 : Enabled (Uv1/ov/—/–)
1101 : Enabled (Uv1/ov/—/GF)
1110 : Enabled (Uv1/ov/oH1/–)
1111 : Enabled (Uv1/ov/oH1/GF)

Figure 12.125 Setting Digits and Fault Code

◆ L6: Torque Detection

The overtorque/undertorque detection function prevents damage to machinery and loads.
Overtorque is when there is too much load on the machine. If the motor current or output torque is at the
overtorque detection level for the overtorque detection time, the drive will output an alarm and turn off the output.
Undertorque is when a load suddenly decreases. When the motor current or output torque is at the undertorque
detection level for the undertorque detection time, the drive will output an alarm and turn off the output.
You can use the undertorque detection function to detect these conditions, for example:
• Machine belt cuts
• Unusual operation of the electromagnetic contactor on the drive output side
• Clogged output side air filters in fans and blowers
• Damage to blade tips and broken string
Note:
If there is oC [Overcurrent] or oL1 [Motor Overload], the drive can stop during overtorque conditions. Use torque detection to identify
overload conditions before the drive detects oC or oL1 and stops. Use this function to detect issues that occur in the application.

■ Parameter Settings
You can individually set the two overtorque/undertorque detection functions with the drive. Use the information in
Table 12.70 to set the parameters.
Table 12.70 Overtorque/Undertorque Detection Parameters
Configuration Parameter Overtorque/Undertorque Detection 1 Overtorque/Undertorque Detection 2

MFDO Function Select H2-01, H2-02, and H2-03 = B H2-01, H2-02, and H2-03 = 18
• Terminal MA-MC N.O.: Activated when detected N.O.: Activated when detected
• Terminal P1-C1
H2-01, H2-02, and H2-03 = 17 H2-01, H2-02, and H2-03 = 19
• Terminal P2-C2
N.C.: Disactivated when detected N.C.: Disactivated when detected

Detection conditions and selection of operation after L6-01 L6-04

detection

Detection Level L6-02 L6-05

Analog Input Terminal *1 -

H3-xx = 7

Detection Time L6-03 L6-06

*1 You can also use an analog input terminal to supply the torque detection level. To enable this function, set H3-xx = 7 [MFAI Function
Selection = Overtorque/Undertorque DetectLvl]. If both L6-02 and H3-xx = 7 are set, the analog input has priority and the setting of
L6-02 is disabled.
You cannot use Overtorque/Undertorque Detection 2 to set the detection level for the analog input terminals.
Note:
In V/f Control, the drive uses the current level (100% of the drive rated output current) to detect overtorque/undertorque. In vector
control, the drive uses the motor torque (100% of the motor rated torque)to detect overtorque/undertorque. When you enable the
mechanical weakening detection function, the overtorque/undertorque detection level for all control modes is the current level (100% of
Parameter Details

the drive rated output current).

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 699

12.9 L: Protection Functions

■ Time Chart for Detection of Overtorque/Undertorque

Overtorque Detection Time Chart
When you use Overtorque/Undertorque Detection 1, the drive detects overtorque if the motor current or motor
torque is at the detection level set in L6-02 [Torque Detection Level 1] for the time set in L6-03 [Torque Detection
Time 1]. Parameter L6-01 [Torque Detection Selection 1] sets the operation after detection.
When you use Overtorque/Undertorque Detection 2, set L6-04 [Torque Detection Selection 2], L6-05 [Torque
Detection Level 2], and L6-06 [Torque Detection Time 2].
Set the terminal that outputs the alarm in H2-01 to H2-03 [MFDO Function Select].

Figure 12.126 Overtorque Detection Time Chart

Note:
The drive applies a hysteresis of approximately 10% of the drive rated output current or the motor rated torque to the overtorque/
undertorque detection function.
Undertorque Detection Time Chart
When you use Overtorque/Undertorque Detection 1, the drive detects undertorque if the motor current or motor
torque is less than or equal to the detection level set in L6-02 for the time set in L6-03. Parameter L6-01 sets the
operation after detection.
When you use Overtorque/Undertorque Detection 2, set the operation in L6-04, L6-05, and L6-06.
Set the terminal that outputs an alarm in H2-01 to H2-03.

Figure 12.127 Undertorque Detection Time Chart

Note:
The drive applies a hysteresis of approximately 10% of the drive rated output current or the motor rated torque to the overtorque/
undertorque detection function.

■ Mechanical Weakening Detection

The Mechanical Weakening Detection function detects the mechanical weakening of a machine that can cause
overtorque or undertorque because of motor speed and total drive operation time.
The drive activates the function if the drive total operation time is longer than the time set in L6-11 [Mech Fatigue
Hold Off Time]. You can use U4-01 [Cumulative Ope Time] to monitor the total operation time.
Parameter Settings
If overtorque or undertorque occur during the speed range set in L6-08 [Mechanical Fatigue Detect Select] and
L6-09 [Mech Fatigue Detect Speed Level] for the length of time set in L6-10 [Mech Fatigue Detect Delay Time],
the drive will detect Mechanical Weakening. The drive uses L6-01 to L6-03 [Torque Detection 1 Setting
Parameter] to detect oL5 [Mechanical Weakening Detection 1] or UL5 [Mechanical Weakening Detection 2].
Parameter L6-08 sets the operation after detection.
Set the terminal that outputs the fault in H2-01 to H2-03 [MFDO Function Selection].

700 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.9 L: Protection Functions

Table 12.71 Mechanical Weakening Detection Settings Parameters

Configuration Parameter Mechanical Deterioration Detection

MFDO Function Select

• Terminal MA-MC
H2-01, H2-02, and H2-03 = 22
• Terminal P1-C1
• Terminal P2-C2

Operation Selection after Detection L6-08

Detection Start Time L6-11

Detection Criteria L6-08

Speed Range Detection Level L6-09

Detection Time L6-10

Detection Criteria L6-01

Overtorque Detection Level L6-02

Detection Time L6-03

■ L6-01: Torque Detection Selection 1

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L6-01 Torque Detection Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(04A1) 1 Sets the speed range that detects overtorque and undertorque and the operation of drives (0 - 8)
(operation status) after detection.

The drive detects overtorque if the motor current or output torque is more than the level set in L6-02 [Torque
Detection Level 1] for the length of time set in L6-03 [Torque Detection Time 1]. The drive detects undertorque if
the motor current or output torque is less than the level set in L6-02 for the length the time set in L6-03.
0 : Disabled
The drive will not detect overtorque or undertorque.
1 : oL @ Speed Agree - Alarm only
The drive detects overtorque when the output frequency aligns with the frequency reference. Detection does not
occur during acceleration/deceleration. The drive outputs an oL3 [Overtorque Detection 1] and operation
continues.
2 : oL @ RUN - Alarm only
When the Run command is enabled, the drive constantly detects overtorque. The drive outputs an oL3 and
operation continues.
3 : oL @ Speed Agree - Fault
The drive detects overtorque when the output frequency aligns with the frequency reference. Detection does not
occur during acceleration/deceleration. The drive outputs an oL3 [Overtorque Detection 1] and operation stops.
4 : oL @ RUN - Fault
When the Run command is enabled, the drive constantly detects overtorque. The drive outputs an oL3 and
operation stops.
5 : UL @ Speed Agree - Alarm only
The drive detects undertorque when the output frequency aligns with the frequency reference. Detection does not
occur during acceleration/deceleration. The drive outputs a UL3 [Undertorque Detection 1] and operation
continues.
6 : UL @ RUN - Alarm only
When the Run command is enabled, the drive constantly detects undertorque. The drive outputs a UL3 and
operation continues.
7 : UL @ Speed Agree - Fault
The drive detects undertorque when the output frequency aligns with the frequency reference. Detection does not
Parameter Details

occur during acceleration/deceleration. The drive outputs a UL3 and operation stops.
8 : UL @ RUN - Fault
When the Run command is enabled, the drive constantly detects undertorque. The drive outputs a UL3 and
operation stops
12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 701

12.9 L: Protection Functions

■ L6-02: Torque Detection Level 1

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L6-02 Torque Detection Level 1 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 150%
(04A2) Sets the detection level for Overtorque/Undertorque Detection 1. In V/f control, drive rated output (0 - 300%)
current = 100% value. In vector control, motor rated torque = 100% value.

Note:
• Set the torque detection level as a percentage of the drive rated output current in all control methods to set the mechanical weakening
detection level.
• You can also use an analog input terminal to supply the torque detection level. To enable this function, set H3-xx = 7 [MFAI Function
Select = Overtorque/Undertorque DetectLvl]. If you set L6-02 and H3-x = 7, the analog input is most important and the drive disables
L6-02.

■ L6-03: Torque Detection Time 1

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L6-03 Torque Detection Time 1 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.1 s
(04A3) Sets the detection time for Overtorque/Undertorque Detection 1. (0.0 - 10.0 s)

■ L6-04: Torque Detection Selection 2

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L6-04 Torque Detection Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(04A4) 2 Sets the speed range that detects overtorque and undertorque and the operation of drives (0 - 8)
(operation status) after detection.

The drive detects overtorque if the motor current or output torque is more than the level set in L6-05 [Torque
Detection Level 2] for the length of time set in L6-06 [Torque Detection Time 2]. The drive detects undertorque if
the motor current or output torque is less than the level set in L6-05 for the length the time set in L6-06.
0 : Disabled
The drive will not detect overtorque or undertorque.
1 : oL @ Speed Agree - Alarm only
The drive detects overtorque when the output frequency aligns with the frequency reference. Detection does not
occur during acceleration/deceleration. The drive outputs an oL4 [Overtorque Detection 2] and operation
continues.
2 : oL @ RUN - Alarm only
When the Run command is enabled, the drive constantly detects overtorque. The drive outputs an oL4 and
operation continues.
3 : oL @ Speed Agree - Fault
The drive detects overtorque when the output frequency aligns with the frequency reference. Detection does not
occur during acceleration/deceleration. The drive outputs an oL4 [Overtorque Detection 2] and operation stops.
4 : oL @ RUN - Fault
When the Run command is enabled, the drive constantly detects overtorque. The drive outputs an oL4 and
operation stops.
5 : UL @ Speed Agree - Alarm only
The drive detects undertorque when the output frequency aligns with the frequency reference. Detection does not
occur during acceleration/deceleration. The drive outputs a UL4 [Undertorque Detection 2] and operation
continues.
6 : UL @ RUN - Alarm only
When the Run command is enabled, the drive constantly detects undertorque. The drive outputs a UL4 and
operation continues.
7 : UL @ Speed Agree - Fault
The drive detects undertorque when the output frequency aligns with the frequency reference. Detection does not
occur during acceleration/deceleration. The drive outputs a UL4 and operation stops.
8 : UL @ RUN - Fault

702 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.9 L: Protection Functions

When the Run command is enabled, the drive constantly detects undertorque. The drive outputs a UL4 and
operation stops

■ L6-05: Torque Detection Level 2

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L6-05 Torque Detection Level 2 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 150%
(04A5) Sets the detection level for Overtorque/Undertorque Detection 2. In V/f control, drive rated output (0 - 300%)
current = 100% value. In vector control, motor rated torque = 100% value.

Note:
Overtorque/Undertorque Detection 2 cannot set the detection level for the analog input terminal.

■ L6-06: Torque Detection Time 2

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L6-06 Torque Detection Time 2 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.1 s
(04A6) Sets the detection time for Overtorque/Undertorque Detection 2. (0.0 - 10.0 s)

■ L6-07: Torque Detection Filter Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L6-07 Torque Detection Filter V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0 ms

(04E5) Time Sets the time constant for a primary filter to the torque reference or to the output current used to (0 - 1000 ms)
detect overtorque/undertorque.

■ L6-08: Mechanical Fatigue Detect Select

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L6-08 Mechanical Fatigue Detect V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0468) Select Sets the speed where the drive detects mechanical deterioration and how the drive operates (0 - 8)
(operation status) after detection.

The drive detects mechanical weakening through overtorque or undertorque as specified by the conditions set in
L6-08 to L6-11 [Mechanical Deterioration Detection Settings Parameters]. Set overtorque/undertorque detection
conditions in L6-01 to L6-03 [Torque Detection 1 Settings Parameters]. The drive disables the operation selection
set in L6-01 [Torque Detection Selection 1].
0 : Disabled
The drive does not detect mechanical weakening.
1 : oL5 @ Speed > L6-09 - Alarm
When the speed (signed) ≥ L6-09 [Mech Fatigue Detect Speed Level], the drive detects mechanical weakening.
The drive will detect oL5 [Mechanical Weakening Detection 1] and continue operation.
2 : oL5 @ |Speed| > L6-09 - Alarm
When the speed (absolute value) ≥ L6-09, the drive detects mechanical weakening. The drive will detect oL5 and
continue operation.
3 : oL5 @ Speed > L6-09 - Fault
When the speed (signed) ≥ L6-09, the drive detects mechanical weakening. The drive will detect oL5 and stop
operation.
4 : oL5 @ |Speed| > L6-09 - Fault
When the speed (absolute value) ≥ L6-09, the drive detects mechanical weakening. The drive will detect oL5 and
stop operation.
5 : UL5 @ Speed < L6-09 - Alarm
Parameter Details

When the speed (signed) ≤ L6-09, the drive detects mechanical weakening. The drive will detect UL5
[Mechanical Weakening Detection 2] and continue operation.
6 : UL5 @ |Speed| < L6-09 - Alarm
When the speed (absolute value) ≤ L6-09, the drive detects mechanical weakening. The drive will detect UL5 and
continue operation.
7 : UL5 @ Speed < L6-09 - Fault 12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 703

12.9 L: Protection Functions

When the speed (signed) ≤ L6-09, the drive detects mechanical weakening. The drive will detect UL5 and stop
operation.
8 : UL5 @ |Speed| < L6-09 - Fault
When the speed (absolute value) ≤ L6-09, the drive detects mechanical weakening. The drive will detect UL5 and
stop operation.

■ L6-09: Mech Fatigue Detect Speed Level

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L6-09 Mech Fatigue Detect Speed V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 110.0%
(0469) Level Sets the speed level where the drive will operate the mechanical deterioration detection function, (-110.0 - 110.0%)
as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency.

Parameters L6-01 to L6-03 [Torque Detection 1 Settings Parameters] set the overtorque/undertorque detection
conditions.
When L6-08 = 2, 4, 6, 8 [Mechanical Fatigue Detect Select = Speed : unsigned], the setting value of L6-09 is the
absolute value. When L6-09 is set to a negative number, the drive processes this value as a positive number.

■ L6-10: Mech Fatigue Detect Delay Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L6-10 Mech Fatigue Detect Delay V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.1 s
(046A) Time Sets the time for mechanical deterioration detection. (0.0 - 10.0 s)

When the detection conditions set in L6-08 [Mechanical Weakening Detect Ope] continue for the time set in L6-
10, the drive will detect mechanical weakening.

■ L6-11: Mech Fatigue Hold Off Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L6-11 Mech Fatigue Hold Off V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0h
(046B) Time Sets the time that the drive will start mechanical deterioration detection triggered by the (0 - 65535 h)
cumulative operation time of the drive.

When the total operation time of the drive is more than the value set in L6-11, the drive will detect mechanical
weakening. Use U4-01 [Cumulative Ope Time] to monitor the drive total operation time.

◆ L7: Torque Limit

The torque limit function limits the internal torque reference for the drive to and keeps the torque from the motor
constant. This function limits the torque applied to loads and regenerative torque to a value less than a set
quantity. This function also prevents damage to machinery and increases the reliability of continuous operation.
You can set torque limits individually for the four quadrants, which include torque direction (motoring/
regeneration) and direction of motor rotation (forward/reverse). When the torque reference value is at the set
torque limit, the MFDO terminal set for During Torque Limit [H2-xx = 30] activates.
Note:
• The drive output current limits maximum output torque. The drive limits torque to 150% of the rated output current for Heavy Duty
Rating (HD) and to 110% of the rated output current for Normal Duty Rating (ND). The actual output torque is not more than the limits
of the drive rated output current when you set the torque limit to a high value.
• When you use torque limits for lifting applications, do not lower the torque limit value too much. When the torque limit function is
triggered, falls and rollbacks can occur because of sudden acceleration stops and stalls of the motor.

■ Configuring Settings
Use one of these methods to set torque limits:
• Individually set the four torque limit quadrants using L7-01 to L7-04 [Torque Limit].
• Use MFAI to individually set the four torque limit quadrants. Set H3-02, H3-10 = 10, 11, 12 [MFAI Function
Select = Forward Torque Limit, Reverse Torque Limit, Regenerative Torque Limit].
• Use MFAI to set all four torque limit quadrants together. Set H3-02, H3-10 = 15 [General Torque Limit].
• Use a communication option to set all four torque limit quadrants together.
Figure 12.128 shows the configuration method for each quadrant.

704 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.9 L: Protection Functions

Figure 12.128 Torque Limits and Analog Input Setting Parameters

Note:
• When L7-01 to L7-04 and analog inputs or communication option torque limits set torque limits for the same quadrant, the drive
enables the lowest value.
In this example of parameter settings, the torque limit for quadrant 1 is 130% and the torque limit for quadrants 2, 3, and 4 is 150%.
Settings: L7-01 = 130%, L7-02 to L7-04 = 200%, and MFAI torque limit = 150%
• The drive output current limits maximum output torque. The torque limit is 150% of the rated output current for HD and to 120% of
the rated output current for ND. The actual output torque is not more than the limits of the drive rated output current when you set the
torque limit to a high value.

■ L7-01: Forward Torque Limit

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L7-01 Forward Torque Limit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 200%
(04A7) Sets the torque limit value for forward motoring as a percentage, where motor rated torque is the (0 - 300%)
RUN 100% value.

Note:
• The lower torque limit is enabled when you set the torque limit by the following method.
–Set H3-02 or H3-10 = 10, 15 [MFAI Function Select = Forward Torque Limit, General Torque Limit].
–Use a communication option to set the torque limits
• You must think about drive capacity when a large quantity of torque is necessary. If you set the value too high, the drive can detect oC
[Overcurrent].
• If you set the value too low with large loads, the motor can stall.

■ L7-02: Reverse Torque Limit

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L7-02 Reverse Torque Limit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 200%
(04A8) Sets the torque limit value for reversed motoring as a percentage, where motor rated torque is the (0 - 300%)
RUN 100% value.

Note:
• The lower torque limit is enabled when you set the torque limit by the following method.
–Set H3-02 or H3-10 = 10, 15 [MFAI Function Select = Forward, Reverse/Regenerative Torque Limit].
–Use a communication option to set the torque limits
• You must think about drive capacity when a large quantity of torque is necessary. If you set the value too high, the drive can detect oC
[Overcurrent].
• If you set the value too low with large loads, the motor can stall.

■ L7-03: Forward Regenerative Trq Limit

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L7-03 Forward Regenerative Trq V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 200%
Parameter Details

(04A9) Limit Sets the torque limit value for forward regenerative conditions as a percentage of the motor rated (0 - 300%)
RUN torque.

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 705

12.9 L: Protection Functions

Note:
• The lower torque limit is enabled when you set the torque limit by the following method.
–Set H3-02 or H3-10 = 10, 15 [MFAI Function Select = Forward, Reverse/Regenerative Torque Limit].
–Use a communication option to set the torque limits
• You must think about drive capacity when a large quantity of torque is necessary. If you set the value too high, the drive can detect oC
[Overcurrent].
• If you set the value too low with large loads, the motor can stall.

■ L7-04: Reverse Regenerative Trq Limit

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L7-04 Reverse Regenerative Trq V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 200%
(04AA) Limit Sets the torque limit value for reversed regenerative conditions as a percentage of the motor rated (0 - 300%)
RUN torque.

Note:
• Use this method to set the torque limit and enable the lower torque limit:
–Set H3-02 or H3-10 = 10, 15 [MFAI Function Select = Forward, Reverse/Regenerative Torque Limit].
–Use a communication option to set the torque limits
• You must think about drive capacity when a large quantity of torque is necessary. If you set the value too high, the drive can detect oC
[Overcurrent].
• If you set the value too low with large loads, the motor can stall.

■ L7-06: Torque Limit Integral Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L7-06 Torque Limit Integral Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 200 ms
(04AC) Sets the integral time constant for the torque limit function. (5 - 10000 ms)

Decrease the setting value to increase torque limit responsiveness when you use torque limits and L7-07 = 1
[Torque Limit during Accel/Decel = Proportional & Integral control].
If there is hunting when torque limits are active, increase the setting value.

■ L7-07: Torque Limit during Accel/Decel

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L7-07 Torque Limit during Accel/ V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0
(04C9) Decel Sets the torque limit function during acceleration and deceleration. (0, 1)

0 : Proportional only
The torque limit function works with proportional control during acceleration and deceleration, and switches to
integral control at constant speed. Use this setting when quickly reaching the target speed is more important than
the torque limit during speed changes.
1 : Proportional & Integral control
The torque limit function always uses integral control. Use this setting when a very accurate torque limit is
necessary during speed changes, for example in winding machine applications.
If you make the torque limit the most important, it can:
• Increase the acceleration and deceleration times.
• Not let the motor speed reach the frequency reference value during run at constant speed.

■ L7-16: Torque Limit Process at Start

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L7-16 Torque Limit Process at V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1

(044D) Start Assigns a time filter to allow the torque limit to build at start. (0, 1)

0 : Disabled
There is torque limit at start without a delay time.
Use this setting to maximize the response time when sudden acceleration or deceleration at start is necessary.
1 : Enabled

706 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.9 L: Protection Functions

There is a delay time of 64 ms at start to build the torque limit.

◆ L8: Drive Protection

L8 parameters set protective functions that prevent faults such as overheating, phase loss, and ground faults.

■ L8-01: 3% ERF DB Resistor Protection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L8-01 3% ERF DB Resistor V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(04AD) Protection Sets the function to enable braking resistor protection with a Yaskawa ERF series braking resistor (0, 1)
(3% ED) installed on the heatsink.

0 : No
Disables braking resistor protection. Use this setting for dynamic braking options that are not Yaskawa ERF series
braking resistors.
1 : Yes
Enables protection for Yaskawa ERF series braking resistors.
Note:
Set L8-01 = 1 and H2-01 to H2-03 = D [MFDO Function Select = Braking Resistor Fault]. Use a sequence to turn OFF power with
MFDO.

■ L8-02: Overheat Alarm Level

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L8-02 Overheat Alarm Level V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04, C6-
(04AE) Sets the oH detection level in temperature. 01
(50 - 150 °C)

If the heatsink temperature is more than the temperature set in this parameter, the drive detects an overheat pre-
alarm. To enable this function, set one of H2-01 to H2-03 [MFDO Function Select] to 20 [Drive Overheat Pre-
Alarm (oH)].
If the temperature increases to the overheat fault level, the drive will trigger an oH1 [Heatsink Overheat] fault and
stop operation.

■ L8-03: Overheat Pre-Alarm Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L8-03 Overheat Pre-Alarm V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 3

(04AF) Selection Sets the operation of drives when an oH alarm is detected. (0 - 4)

0 : Ramp to Stop
The drive ramps the motor to stop in the deceleration time. The output terminal set for Fault [H2-01 to H2-03 =
E] activates.
1 : Coast to Stop
The output turns off and the motor coasts to stop. The output terminal set for Fault [H2-01 to H2-03 = E]
activates.
2 : Fast Stop (Use C1-09)
The drive stops the motor in the deceleration time set in C1-09 [Fast Stop Time]. The output terminal set for Fault
[H2-01 to H2-03 = E] activates.
3 : Alarm Only
The keypad shows oH and the drive continues operation. The output terminal set for Alarm [H2-01 to H2-03 =
10] activates.
Parameter Details

4 : Operate at Reduced Speed (L8-19)

The drive decelerates to the level set in L8-19 [Freq Reduction @ oH Pre-Alarm] and continues operation. oH
flashes on the keypad.
oH flashes on the keypad. When the alarm is output, the drive decelerates each 10 seconds. If the drive decelerates
10 times and the alarm continues to be output, the output terminal set for oH Pre-Alarm Reduction Limit [H2-01
12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 707

12.9 L: Protection Functions

to H2-03 = 4D] activates. When the alarm is not output during deceleration, the drive accelerates until it is at the
frequency reference that was applicable before the alarm was turned off. Figure 12.129 shows the output of the
alarm and the drive operation at a decreased output frequency.

Figure 12.129 Drive Operation at a Decreased Output Frequency when the Overheat Alarm is Output

■ L8-05: Input Phase Loss Protection Sel

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L8-05 Input Phase Loss Protection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1
(04B1) Sel Sets the function to enable and disable input phase loss detection. (0, 1)

0 : Disable
1 : Enabled
The drive measures ripples in DC bus voltage to detect input phase loss.
The drive detects phase loss when power supply phase loss occurs or the main circuit capacitor becomes unusable,
which causes PF [Input Phase Loss] to show on the keypad.
Disable the detection of the input power supply phase loss function in these conditions:
• During deceleration
• The run command is not input
• The output current is less than 30% of the drive rated current.

■ L8-07: Output Phase Loss Protection Sel

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L8-07 Output Phase Loss V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(04B3) Protection Sel Sets the function to enable and disable output phase loss detection. The drive starts output phase (0 - 2)
loss detection when the output current decreases to less than 5% of the drive rated current.

Note:
The drive can incorrectly start output phase loss detection in these conditions:
• The motor rated current is very small compared to the drive rating.
• The drive is operating a PM motor with a small load.
0 : Disabled
1 : Fault when one phase is lost
If the drive loses one output phase, it will trigger LF [Output Phase Loss].
The output turns off and the motor coasts to stop.
2 : Fault when two phases are lost
If the drive loses more than one output phase, it will trigger LF [Output Phase Loss].
The output turns off and the motor coasts to stop.

708 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.9 L: Protection Functions

■ L8-09: Output Ground Fault Detection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L8-09 Output Ground Fault V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04
(04B5) Detection Sets the function to enable and disable ground fault protection. (0, 1)

0 : Disable
The drive will not detect ground faults.
1 : Enabled
If there is high leakage current or a ground short circuit in one or two output phases, the drive will detect GF
[Ground Fault].
Note:
If the ground path impedance is low, the drive can detect oC [Overcurrent], SC [Out Short Circuit or IGBT Fault], or ov [DC Bus
Overvoltage] instead of GF.

■ L8-10: Heatsink Fan Operation Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L8-10 Heatsink Fan Operation V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(04B6) Selection Sets operation of the heatsink cooling fan. (0 - 2)

0 : During Run, w/ L8-11 Off-Delay

The drive turns on the fan when a Run command is active.
1 : Always On
The fan turns on when you supply power to the drive. When you release the Run command and the delay time set
in L8-11 [HeatsinkCoolingFan Off DelayTime] is expired, the fan stops. his setting extends the fan lifetime.
2 : On when Drive Temp Reaches L8-64
The fan turns on when the drive detects that the main circuit is overheating.

■ L8-11: Heatsink Fan Off-Delay Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L8-11 Heatsink Fan Off-Delay V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 60 s

(04B7) Time Sets the length of time that the drive will wait before it stops the cooling fan after it cancels the (0 - 300 s)
Run command when L8-10 = 0 [Heatsink Cooling Fan Ope Select = Dur Run (OffDly)].

■ L8-12: Ambient Temperature Setting

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L8-12 Ambient Temperature V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 40 °C

(04B8) Setting Sets the ambient temperature of the drive installation area. (-10 °C - +60 °C)

Note:
The setting range changes when the L8-35 [Installation Method Selection] value changes:
• 0 [IP20/UL Open Type]: -10 °C to +60 °C
• 1 [Side-by-Side Mounting]: -10 °C to +50 °C
• 2 [IP20/UL Type 1]: -10 °C to +50 °C
• 3 [External Heatsink]: -10 °C to +50 °C
The drive automatically adjusts the drive rated current to the best value as specified by the set temperature. Set the
ambient temperature of the area where you install the drive to a value that is more than the drive rating.
Refer to Derating Depending on Ambient Temperature on page 326 for information about derating as specified by
ambient temperature.
Parameter Details

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 709

12.9 L: Protection Functions

■ L8-15: Drive oL2 @ Low Speed Protection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L8-15 Drive oL2 @ Low Speed V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1
(04BB) Protection Sets the function to decrease drive overload at low speeds to prevent damage to the main circuit (0, 1)
transistor during low speed operation (at 6 Hz or slower) to prevent oL2 [Drive Overloaded].

Note:
Contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative for consultation before disabling this function at low speeds. Frequent operation of
drives under conditions of high output current in low speed ranges may shorten the service life of the drive IGBT due to heat stress.
0 : Disabled (No Additional Derate)
The drive does not decrease the overload protection level.
1 : Enabled (Reduced oL2 Level)
When the drive detects oL2 during low speed operation, it automatically decreases the overload detection level.
At zero speed, the drive derates the overload by 50%.

■ L8-18: Software Current Limit Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L8-18 Software Current Limit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(04BE) Selection Set the software current limit selection function to prevent damage to the main circuit transistor (0, 1)
caused by too much current.

0 : Disabled
When the output current is at the software current limit value, the drive does not restrict the output voltage.
Note:
The drive may detect an oC [Overcurrent] when loads are particularly heavy or the acceleration time is particularly short.
1 : Enabled
When the output current is at the software current limit value, the drive decreases output voltage to decrease
output current.
When the output current decreases to the software current limit level, the drive starts usual operation.

■ L8-19: Freq Reduction @ oH Pre-Alarm

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L8-19 Freq Reduction @ oH Pre- V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.8
(04BF) Alarm Sets the ratio at which the drive derates the frequency reference during an oH alarm. (0.1 - 0.9)

When these two conditions are correct, this function is enabled:

• L8-03 = 4 [Overheat Pre-Alarm Ope Selection = Run@L8-19 Rate]
• oH alarm is output

■ L8-27: Overcurrent Detection Gain

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L8-27 Overcurrent Detection Gain V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 300.0%
(04DD) Sets the PM motor overcurrent detection level as a percentage of the motor rated current value. (0.0 - 1000.0%)

Note:
• If the setting value for L8-27 is the same or almost the same as the setting value for L7-xx [Torque Limit], the drive can detect oC2
[Overcurrent2].
• On drives with software versions PRG:1022 and later, this function is disabled when you set L8-27 = 0.0. Under usual circumstances,
do not set L8-27 = 0.0. The “PRG” column on the nameplate on the right side of the drive identifies the software version. You can also
use U1-25 [Software Number] to identify the software version.
• If the drive rated current is much higher than the motor rated current, PM motor magnets can demagnetize when current flows at the
drive overcurrent detection level. When you set a low overcurrent detection level to prevent PM motor demagnetization, make sure that
you adjust L8-27.

710 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.9 L: Protection Functions

■ L8-29: Output Unbalance Detection Sel

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L8-29 Output Unbalance V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1

(04DF) Detection Sel Sets the function to detect LF2. (0, 1)

This function prevents damage to PM motors. Current unbalance can heat a PM motor and demagnetize the
magnets. When the current is unbalanced, the drive will detect LF2 to stop the motor and prevent damage to the
motor.
0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

■ L8-31: LF2 Detection Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L8-31 LF2 Detection Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 3

(04E1) Sets the LF2 [Output Current Imbalance] detection time. (1 – 100)

When the output current is unbalanced for longer than the time set in L8-31, the drive detects LF2.
Note:
• Set L8-29 = 1 [Output Unbalance Detection Sel = Enabled] to enable L8-31.
• If the drive incorrectly detects LF2, increase L8-31 in 5-unit increments.
• The keypad shows L8-31 when E9-01 = 1 [Motor Type Selection = Permanent Magnet (PM)] in EZ Vector Control.

■ L8-35: Installation Method Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L8-35 Installation Method V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(04EC) Selection Sets the type of drive installation. (0 - 3)

Note:
• Parameter A1-03 [Initialize Parameters] does not initialize this parameter.
• This parameter is set to the correct value when the drive is shipped. Change the value only in these conditions:
–Side-by-Side installation
–When you install a UL Type 1 kit on an IP20/UL Open Type drive to convert the drive to an IP20/UL Type 1 drive.
–Mounting a standard drive with the heatsink outside the enclosure panel.
The overload protection detection level for the drive is automatically adjusted to the optimal value in accordance
with the setting value. Refer to Derating Depending on Ambient Temperature on page 326 for information about
derating as specified by ambient temperature.
0 : IP20/UL Open Type
Use this setting to install IP20/UL Open Type drives.
Make sure that there is 30 mm (1.18 in) minimum of space between drives or between the drive and side of the
enclosure panel.
1 : Side-by-Side Mounting
Use this setting to install more than one drive side-by-side.
2 : IP20/UL Type 1
Use this setting to install IP20/UL Type 1 or IP55 drives.
3 : External Heatsink
Use this setting when the heatsink (cooling fin) is outside the control panel.

■ L8-40: Carrier Freq Reduction Off-Delay

Parameter Details

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L8-40 Carrier Freq Reduction Off- V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(04F1) Delay Sets the length of time until the automatically reduced carrier frequency returns to the condition (0.00 - 2.00 s)
before the reduction.

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 711

12.9 L: Protection Functions

Set L8-40 ≠ 0.00 to enable the carrier frequency reduction function during start-up. When operation starts, the
drive automatically decreases the carrier frequency. When the time set in L8-40 is expired, the carrier frequency
returns to the value set in C6-02 [Carrier Frequency Selection].

■ L8-41: High Current Alarm Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L8-41 High Current Alarm V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(04F2) Selection Sets the function to cause an HCA [Current Alarm] when the output current is more than 150% of (0, 1)
the drive rated current.

0 : No
The drive will not detect HCA.
1 : Yes
If the output current is more than 150% of the drive rated current, the drive will detect HCA.
The MFDO terminal set for an Alarm [H2-01 to H2-03 = 10] activates.

■ L8-51: STPo I Detection Level

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L8-51 STPo I Detection Level V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.0%
(0471) Sets the STPo [Motor Step-Out Detected] detection level as a percentage of the motor rated (0.0 - 300.0%)
Expert current.

Note:
The detection level is automatically calculated when L8-51 = 0.

■ L8-52: STPo Integration Level

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L8-52 STPo Integration Level V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.0
(0472) Sets the detection level for STPo [Motor Step-Out Detected] related to the ACR integral value. (0.1 - 2.0)
Expert

■ L8-53: STPo Integration Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L8-53 STPo Integration Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.0 s
(0473) Sets the length of time until the drive detects STPo after it is more than the value of L8-51 [STPo I (1.0 - 10.0 s)
Expert Detection Level].

■ L8-54: STPo Id Diff Detection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L8-54 STPo Id Diff Detection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1

(0474) Sets the Id deviation detection function for STPo [Motor Step-Out Detected]. (0, 1)
Expert

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

■ L8-55: Internal DB TransistorProtection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L8-55 Internal DB V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1

(045F) TransistorProtection Sets the protection function for the internal braking transistor. (0, 1)

0 : Disable
Disables braking transistor protection.
Use this setting, if enabling the braking transistor can cause an rF [Braking Resistor Fault] in these conditions:

712 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.9 L: Protection Functions

• With a regenerative converter, for example D1000.

• With a regenerative unit, for example R1000.
• When connecting braking resistor options to the drive, for example CDBR units.
• Without an internal braking transistor.
1 : Protection Enabled
Protects internal braking transistor when using a braking transistor or optional braking resistors.

■ L8-56: Stall P @ Accel Activation Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L8-56 Stall P @ Accel Activation V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 5000 ms
(047D) Time Sets the length time that the acceleration stall prevention function can continue to operate before (100 - 5000 ms)
Expert the drive detects an STPo [Motor Step-Out Detected].

Note:
If this value is too small, it can cause incorrect detection of STPo. If this value is too large, the drive will not detect STPo.

■ L8-57: Stall Prevention Retry Counts

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L8-57 Stall Prevention Retry V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10

(047E) Counts Sets the number of times the acceleration stall prevention function can operate until speeds agree (1 - 10 times)
Expert before the drive detects an STPo [Motor Step-Out Detected].

Note:
If this value is too small, it can cause incorrect detection of STPo. If this value is too large, the drive will not detect STPo.

■ L8-90: STPo Detection Level (Low Speed)

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L8-90 STPo Detection Level (Low V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(0175) Speed) Sets the detection level that the control fault must be equal to or more than to cause an STPo (0 - 5000 times)
Expert [Motor Step-Out Detected].

This function detects when PM motors are not synchronized.

The drive cannot detect when motors are not synchronized because the frequency reference is low during start up
and the motor is locked. If fault detection is necessary in these conditions, set the control fault detection level to
enable detection of desynchronization because of motor locking. Increase the setting in 5-unit increments.

■ L8-93: Low Speed Pull-out DetectionTime

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L8-93 Low Speed Pull-out V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.0 s
(073C) DetectionTime Sets the length of time the drive will wait to start baseblock after detecting LSo [Low Speed Motor (0.0 - 10.0 s)
Expert Step-Out].

Set this parameter to 0.0 to disable the function.

■ L8-94: Low Speed Pull-out Detect Level

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L8-94 Low Speed Pull-out Detect V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 3%
(073D) Level Sets the detection level for LSo [Low Speed Motor Step-Out] as a percentage of E1-04 [Maximum (0 - 10%)
Expert Output Frequency].
Parameter Details

■ L8-95: Low Speed Pull-out Amount

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

L8-95 Low Speed Pull-out V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10

(077F) Amount Sets the average count of LSo [Low Speed Motor Step-Out] detections. (1 - 50 times)
Expert 12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 713

12.10 n: Special Adjustment

12.10 n: Special Adjustment

n parameters set these functions:
• Function to prevent hunting
• High-slip braking
• Motor line-to-line resistance online tuning
• Fine-tune the parameters that adjust motor control

◆ n1: Hunting Prevention

The Hunting Prevention function will not let low inertia or operation with a light load cause hunting. Hunting
frequently occurs when you have a high carrier frequency and an output frequency less than 30 Hz.

■ n1-01: Hunting Prevention Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n1-01 Hunting Prevention V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0580) Selection Sets the function to prevent hunting. ( 0, 1 )

Note:
When you replace a V1000-series drive with a GA500 drive, set n1-01 = 1 [Hunting Prevention Selection = Enabled].
When drive response is more important than the decrease of motor vibration, disable this function.
0 : Disable
1 : Enabled

■ n1-02: Hunting Prevention Gain Setting

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n1-02 Hunting Prevention Gain V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.00
(0581) Setting Sets the performance of the hunting prevention function. Usually it is not necessary to change this (0.00 - 2.50)
Expert parameter.

Adjust this parameter in these conditions:

• When n1-01 = 1 [Hunting Prevention Selection = Enabled (Normal)], if oscillation occurs when you operate a
motor with a light load, increase the setting value in 0.1-unit increments.
• When n1-01 = 2, if the motor stalls, decrease the setting value in 0.1-unit increments.

■ n1-03: Hunting Prevention Time Constant

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n1-03 Hunting Prevention Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04
(0582) Constant Sets the primary delay time constant of the hunting prevention function. Usually it is not (0 - 500 ms)
Expert necessary to change this parameter.

Adjust this parameter in these conditions:

• Load inertia is large: Increase the setting value. If the setting value is too high, response will be slower. Also,
there will be oscillation when the frequency is low.
• Oscillation occurs at low frequencies: Decrease the setting value.

■ n1-05: Hunting Prevent Gain in Reverse

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n1-05 Hunting Prevent Gain in V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.00
(0530) Reverse Sets the performance of the hunting prevention function. This parameter adjusts Reverse run. (0.00 - 2.50)
Expert Usually it is not necessary to change this parameter.

Note:
When you set n1-05 = 0, the value set in n1-02 [Hunting Prevention Gain Setting] is effective when the motor rotates in reverse.
Adjust this parameter in these conditions:

714 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.10 n: Special Adjustment

• When n1-01 = 1 [Hunting Prevention Selection = Enabled (Normal), if oscillation occurs when you operate a
motor with a light load, increase the setting value in 0.1-unit increments.
• When n1-01 = 2, if the motor stalls, decrease the setting value in 0.1-unit increments.

■ n1-13: DC Bus Stabilization Control

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n1-13 DC Bus Stabilization V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(1B59) Control Sets the oscillation suppression function for the DC bus voltage. (0, 1)
Expert

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled
Note:
If the DC bus voltage does not become stable with light loads and the drive detects ov [Overvoltage], set this parameter to 1.

■ n1-14: DC Bus Stabilization Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n1-14 DC Bus Stabilization Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 100.0 ms
(1B5A) Adjusts the responsiveness of the oscillation suppression function for the DC bus voltage. Set n1- (50.0 - 500.0 ms)
Expert 13 = 1 [DC Bus Stabilization Control = Enabled] to enable this parameter.

Note:
Adjust this parameter in 100 ms increments.

◆ n2: Auto Freq Regulator (AFR)

The speed feedback detection reduction function (or AFR: Automatic Frequency Regulator) helps the speed
become stable when you suddenly apply or remove a load.
Note:
Before you change n2-xx parameters, do one of these procedures:
• Set the motor parameters and V/f pattern correctly.
• Do Rotational Auto-Tuning.

■ n2-01: Automatic Freq Regulator Gain

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n2-01 Automatic Freq Regulator V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.00
(0584) Gain Sets the gain of the AFR function as a magnification value. Usually it is not necessary to change (0.00 - 10.00)
this setting.

Adjust this parameter in these conditions:

• If hunting or oscillation occurs with light loads, increase the setting value in 0.05-unit increments and examine
the response.
• When torque is not sufficient with heavy loads or to make the torque or speed response better, decrease the
setting value in 0.05-unit increments and examine the response.

■ n2-02: Automatic Freq Regulator Time 1

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n2-02 Automatic Freq Regulator V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 50 ms

(0585) Time 1 Sets the time constant that sets the rate of change for the AFR function. Usually it is not necessary (0 - 2000 ms)
to change this setting.
Parameter Details

Adjust this parameter in these conditions:

• If there is hunting or oscillation with a light load, increase the setting value in 50 ms increments and examine
the response. If the load inertia is large, increase the setting value in 50 ms increments and examine the
response.
• If torque is not sufficient with a heavy load or if you must increase torque or speed responsiveness, decrease the
setting value in 10 ms increments and examine the response.
12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 715

12.10 n: Special Adjustment

Note:
• Set n2-02 ≤ n2-03 [Automatic Freq Regulator Time 2]. If n2-02 > n2-03, the drive will detect oPE08 [Parameter Selection Error].
• When you change the value in n2-02, also change the value in C4-02 [Torque Compensation Delay Time] by the same ratio.

■ n2-03: Automatic Freq Regulator Time 2

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n2-03 Automatic Freq Regulator V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 750 ms
(0586) Time 2 Sets the time constant that sets the speed difference of the AFR function. Use this parameter for (0 - 2000 ms)
speed searches or regeneration. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Adjust this parameter in these conditions:

• If the drive detects ov [Overvoltage] when acceleration stops under high-inertia loads, increase the setting value
in 50 ms increments.
If the drive detects ov when the load changes suddenly, increase the setting value in 50 ms increments.
• To increase the responsiveness of torque and speed, decrease the setting value in 10 ms increments and examine
the response.
Note:
• Set n2-02 ≤ n2-03 [Automatic Freq Regulator Time 2]. If n2-02 > n2-03, the drive will detect oPE08 [Parameter Selection Error].
• When you change the value in n2-03, also change the value in C4-06 [Motor 2 Torque Comp Delay Time] by the same ratio.

◆ n3: High Slip Braking (HSB) and Overexcitation Braking

n3 parameters configure High Slip Braking and Overexcitation Deceleration.

■ High Slip Braking (HSB)

High slip braking quickly decelerates motors without braking resistors.
This lets you stop a motor more quickly than with the ramp to stop processes. This function is best for
applications that do not frequently stop the motor, for example the fast stop function for high-inertia loads.
Braking starts when the MFDI for High Slip Braking (HSB) Activate [H1-xx = 68] activates.

Figure 12.130 High Slip Braking Time Chart

An induction motor is necessary to use high slip braking. Set A1-02 = 0 [Control Method Selection = V/f Control]
to enable high slip braking:
Principles of Operation
HSB increases motor slip by significantly decreasing the frequency supplied to the motor at the same time that
deceleration starts. A large quantity of current flows through the motor to increase the motor loss, and the motor
decelerates while the motor windings consume the regenerative energy.
The drive keeps the motor current at a constant level during deceleration to prevent overvoltage and do automatic
braking and it also keeps a slip level that causes the maximum quantity of deceleration torque.
High Slip Braking Precautions
• Do not use the high slip braking function in these applications:
– Frequent deceleration
– Deceleration time differences
– Continuous regenerative loads
– It is necessary to accelerate again during deceleration
• Motor loss increases during high slip braking. Use this function when the duty time factor is 5% ED or less and
the braking time is 90 seconds or less. The load inertia and motor characteristics have an effect on the braking
time.

716 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.10 n: Special Adjustment

• The drive ignores the configured deceleration time during high slip braking. To stop motors in the configured
deceleration time, set L3-04 = 4 [Stall Prevention during Decel = Overexcitation/High Flux].
• You cannot use high slip braking to decelerate deceleration at user-defined speeds. To decelerate at user-defined
speeds, use the overexcitation deceleration function.
• You cannot accelerate the motor again during high slip braking until you fully stop the motor and input the Run
command again.
• You cannot use high slip braking and the KEB Ride-Thru function at the same time. If you enable those two
functions, the drive will detect oPE03 [Multi-Function Input Setting Err].

■ Overexcitation Deceleration
Overexcitation deceleration quickly decelerates motors without braking resistors.
This lets you stop a motor more quickly than with the ramp to stop processes.
Overexcitation deceleration increases excitation current during deceleration to cause a large quantity of braking
torque through motor overexcitation.
You can set the deceleration speed to adjust the deceleration time for overexcitation deceleration. Overexcitation
deceleration lets you accelerate the motor again during deceleration. Enter the Run command during
overexcitation deceleration to cancel overexcitation deceleration and accelerate the drive to the specified speed.
To enable this function, set L3-04 = 4, 5 [Stall Prevention during Decel = Overexcitation/High Flux,
Overexcitation/High Flux 2].
When L3-04 = 4, the motor will decelerate for the Deceleration Times [C1-02, C1-04, C1-06, or C1-08]. If the
drive detects ov [Overvoltage], increase the deceleration time.
When L3-04 = 5, the drive uses the value in C1-02, C1-04, C1-06, or C1-08 to decelerate and it adjusts the
deceleration rate to keep the DC bus voltage at the level set in L3-17 [DC Bus Regulation Level]. The load inertia
and motor characteristics have an effect on the braking time.
Notes on Overexcitation Deceleration
• Do not use Overexcitation Deceleration with a braking resistor.
• Do not use Overexcitation Deceleration for these applications. Connect a braking resistor to the drive as an
alternative to Overexcitation Deceleration.
– Frequent sudden decelerations
– Continuous regenerative loads
– Low inertia machines
– Machines that have no tolerance for torque ripples
• Motor loss increases during overexcitation deceleration. Use this function when the duty time factor is 5% ED
or less and the braking time is 90 seconds or less. The load inertia and motor characteristics have an effect on
the braking time.
• You can use overexcitation deceleration in OLV control, but this control method decreases the precision of
torque control and braking efficiency. Use V/f control for the best results.
• The drive disables these functions during braking with Overexcitation Deceleration 2:
– Hunting Prevention Function (V/f Control)
– Torque Limit Speed Control (OLV Control)

■ n3-01: HSB Deceleration Frequency Width

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n3-01 HSB Deceleration V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 5%

(0588) Frequency Width Sets the amount by which the output frequency is to be lowered during high-slip braking, as a (1 - 20%)
Expert percentage of E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency], which represents the 100% value.

When you must detect ov [DC Bus Overvoltage] during high-slip braking, set this parameter to a large value.
Parameter Details

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 717

12.10 n: Special Adjustment

■ n3-02: HSB Current Limit Level

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n3-02 HSB Current Limit Level V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by C6-01
(0589) Sets the maximum current output during high-slip braking as a percentage, where E2-01 [Motor (0 - 150%)
Expert Rated Current (FLA)] is 100%. Also set the current suppression to prevent exceeding drive
overload tolerance.

Note:
The upper limit to the setting range changes when the setting for C6-01 [Normal / Heavy Duty Selection] changes.
• 150% when C6-01 = 0 [Heavy Duty Rating]
• 120% when C6-01 = 1 [Normal Duty Rating]
When you decrease the setting value for current suppression, it will make the deceleration time longer.
• When you must detect ov [DC Bus Overvoltage] during high-slip braking, set this parameter to a low value.
• If the motor current increases during high-slip braking, decrease the setting value to prevent burn damage in the
motor.
• The overload tolerance for the drive is 150% for Heavy Duty Rating (HD) and 110% for Normal Duty Rating
(ND).

■ n3-03: HSB Dwell Time at Stop

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n3-03 HSB Dwell Time at Stop V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.0 s
(058A) Sets the dwell time, a length of time when high-slip braking is ending and during which the motor (0.0 - 10.0 s)
Expert speed decreases and runs at a stable speed. For a set length of time, the drive will hold the actual
output frequency at the minimum output frequency set in E1-09.

If there is too much inertia or when the motor is coasting to a stop after high-slip braking is complete, increase the
setting value. If the setting value is too low, machine inertia can cause the motor to rotate after high-slip braking is
complete.

■ n3-04: HSB Overload Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n3-04 HSB Overload Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 40 s

(058B) Sets the time used to detect oL7 [High Slip Braking Overload], which occurs when the output (30 - 1200 s)
Expert frequency does not change during high-slip braking. Usually it is not necessary to change this
parameter.

If a force on the load side is rotating the motor or if there is too much load inertia connected to the motor, the
drive will detect oL7.
The current flowing to the motor from the load can overheat the motor and cause burn damage to the motor. Set
this parameter to prevent burn damage to the motor.

■ n3-13: OverexcitationBraking (OEB) Gain

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n3-13 OverexcitationBraking V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.10

(0531) (OEB) Gain Sets the gain value that the drive multiplies by the V/f pattern output value during overexcitation (1.00 - 1.40)
deceleration to calculate the overexcitation level.

The V/f pattern output value goes back to its usual level after the motor stops or accelerates again to the frequency
reference speed.
The best value of this parameter changes when the flux saturation characteristics of the motor change.
• Gradually increase the value of n3-13 to 1.25 or 1.30 to increase the braking power of Overexcitation
Deceleration. If the gain is too much, the motor can have flux saturation and cause a large quantity of current to
flow.
• This can increase the deceleration time. Decrease the setting value if flux saturation causes overcurrent. If you
increase the setting value, the drive can detect oC [Overcurrent], oL1 [Motor Overload], and oL2 [Drive
Overload]. Decrease the value of n3-21 [HSB Current Suppression Level] to prevent oC and oL.
• If you use overexcitation deceleration frequently or if you use overexcitation deceleration for an extended
period of time, it can increase motor temperature. Decrease the setting value in these conditions.

718 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.10 n: Special Adjustment

• If ov [Overvoltage] occurs, increase the deceleration time.

■ n3-14: OEB High Frequency Injection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n3-14 OEB High Frequency V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0532) Injection Sets the function that injects harmonic signals during overexcitation deceleration. (0, 1)
Expert

Enable this parameter to set a shorter deceleration time.

Note:
• If you frequently use overexcitation deceleration on a motor, the motor loss will increase the risk of burn damage.
• When you set this parameter to 1, the motor can make a loud excitation sound during overexcitation deceleration. If the excitation
sound is unwanted, set this parameter to 0 to disable the function.
0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled
The drive injects harmonic signals at the time of overexcitation deceleration. You can decrease the deceleration
time because motor loss increases.

■ n3-21: HSB Current Suppression Level

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n3-21 HSB Current Suppression V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 100%
(0579) Level Sets the upper limit of the current that is suppressed at the time of overexcitation deceleration as a (0 - 150%)
percentage of the drive rated current.

If flux saturation during Overexcitation Deceleration makes the motor current become more than the value set in
this parameter, the drive will automatically decrease the overexcitation gain. If oC [Overcurrent], oL1 [Motor
Overload], or oL2 [Drive Overloaded] occur during overexcitation deceleration, decrease the setting value.
If repetitive or long overexcitation deceleration cause the motor to overheat, decrease the setting value.

■ n3-23: Overexcitation Braking Operation

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n3-23 Overexcitation Braking V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(057B) Operation Sets the direction of motor rotation where the drive will enable overexcitation. (0 - 2)

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled Only when Rotating FWD
2 : Enabled Only when Rotating REV
Note:
When n3-23 = 1, 2, the drive enables overexcitation only in the direction of motor rotation in which a regenerative load is applied.
Increased motor loss can decrease ov [Overvoltage] faults.

◆ n5: Feed Forward Control

Feed forward control increases the responsiveness of acceleration and deceleration as specified by the speed
reference.
Increase the values set in C5-01 and C5-03 [ASR Proportional Gain] to apply feed forward control to machines
that have low rigidity and are possible to have hunting and vibration or to machines that have a large quantity of
inertia. Refer to Figure 12.131 for more information about parameters related to feed forward control.
Set A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = Advanced Open Loop Vector Control for PM] to enable feed forward
control.
Parameter Details

Note:
• You cannot use feed forward control to increase responsiveness in applications where you apply loads externally during run at constant
speed.
• You cannot use feed forward control with motor 2.

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 719

12.10 n: Special Adjustment

Figure 12.131 Configure Feed Forward Control

■ Before You Use Feed Forward Control

Do one of these procedures before you use feed forward control.
• Run Auto-Tuning to set motor parameters.
When you cannot do Auto-Tuning, manually set motor parameters with the information on the motor nameplate
or test reports. Set the E2 parameters for induction motors. Set the E5 parameters for PM motors.
• Set C5 parameters [Automatic Speed Regulator (ASR)] individually to adjust the speed control loop (ASR).
• If you can connect a motor to a machine and rotate it during Auto-Tuning, do Inertia Tuning.
The drive automatically adjusts feed forward parameters during Inertia Tuning.
• If you cannot do Inertia Tuning, refer to Figure 12.131 and set the parameters related to feed forward control
individually.

■ n5-01: Feed Forward Control Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n5-01 Feed Forward Control V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(05B0) Selection Sets the feed forward function. (0, 1)

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

■ n5-02: Motor Inertia Acceleration Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n5-02 Motor Inertia Acceleration V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by C6-01, E5-
(05B1) Time Sets the length of time for the motor to accelerate from the stopped to the maximum frequency 01, and o2-04
with a single motor at the rated torque. Inertia Tuning automatically sets the motor acceleration (0.001 - 10.000 s)
time.

If you cannot do Inertia Tuning, calculate the motor acceleration time as shown here or measure the motor
acceleration time and set n5-02 to this value.
Calculate the Motor Acceleration Time
Use this formula to find the motor acceleration time:

• JMotor = Moment of inertia of motor (kg m2)

• nrated = Motor rated speed (min-1, r/min)
• Trated = Motor rated torque (N m)
You can also use this formula to find the motor acceleration time:

• frated = Motor rated frequency (Hz)

• P = Number of motor poles

720 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.10 n: Special Adjustment

Calculate the Motor Acceleration Time

Use this procedure to calculate the motor acceleration time:
1. Use A1-02 [Control Method Selection] to set the control method.
2. Disconnect the motor and load.
3. Run Auto-Tuning to set motor parameters.
When you cannot do Auto-Tuning, manually set motor parameters with the information on the motor
nameplate or test reports. Set the E2 parameters for induction motors. Set the E5 parameters for PM motors.
4. Set C5 parameters [Automatic Speed Regulator (ASR)].
5. Set C1-01 [Acceleration Time 1] = 0.
6. Set L7-01 [Forward Torque Limit] to 100%.
7. Set the frequency reference to the same value as the motor rated speed.
8. Measure the length of time for the motor to reach the rated speed.
Show U1-05 [Motor Speed] on the keypad and enter the Run command (forward run).
9. Stop the motor.
10. Set n5-02 to the measured motor acceleration time value.
Reset all of the parameters that you changed to the previous setting values.

■ n5-03: Feed Forward Control Gain

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n5-03 Feed Forward Control Gain V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.00
(05B2) Sets the ratio between load inertia and motor inertia. Inertia Tuning automatically sets the (0.00 - 100.00)
Feedforward Control Gain value.

When you cannot do Inertia Tuning, use this procedure to set n5-03:
Set n5-02 [Motor Inertia Acceleration Time].
1. Connect the motor and load.
2. Set C1-01 [Acceleration Time 1] = 0.
3. Use L7-01 to L7-04 [Torque Limit] to set the expected test run torque limit levels.
4. Set the frequency reference as specified by the high speed range of the machine.
5. Measure the length of time for the motor to reach the command reference speed.
Show U1-05 [Motor Speed] on the keypad and enter the Run command.
6. Stop the motor.
7. Replace the values in the this formula and set n5-03 to the value of the formula.

• taccel = Acceleration time (s)

• frated = Motor rated frequency (Hz)
• TLim_Test = Test run torque limit (%)
• fref_Test = Test run frequency reference (Hz)
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Machinery can accelerate suddenly. Do not use this function with machinery that must
not accelerate suddenly. Sudden starts can cause serious injury or death.
Reset all of the parameters that you changed to the previous setting values.
Note:
• If response to the speed reference is slow, increase the value set in n5-03.
• Increase the value set in n5-03 when response to the speed reference is slow.
–The speed is overshooting.
–A negative torque reference is output when acceleration ends.

■ n5-04: Speed Response Frequency

Parameter Details

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n5-04 Speed Response Frequency V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(05B3) Sets the response frequency for the speed reference. Usually it is not necessary to change this (0.00 - 500.00 Hz)
RUN parameter.
Expert 12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 721

12.10 n: Special Adjustment

If you set n5-03 [Feed Forward Control Gain] too high, the motor speed will momentarily increase to more than
the set frequency.

◆ n6: Online Tuning

n6 parameters are used to set the online tuning function for motor line-to-line resistance.
The Online Tuning for motor line-to-line resistance is used to prevent degradation of speed control accuracy due
to motor temperature fluctuation and motor stalls due to insufficient torque.

■ n6-01: Online Tuning Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n6-01 Online Tuning Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0570) Sets the type of motor data that Online Tuning uses for OLV control. (0 - 2)

0 : Disabled
1 : Line-to-Line Resistance Tuning
The drive adjusts the motor line-to-line resistance during run. This procedure is applicable for speed values 6 Hz
and less. It also adjusts the motor resistance value to increase the overload capacity in the low speed range.
2 : Voltage Correction Tuning
The drive adjusts the output voltage during run to increase overload tolerance and minimize the effects of high
temperatures on speed precision.
Note:
Setting 2 is enabled only when b8-01 = 0 [Energy Saving Control Selection = Disabled].

■ n6-05: Online Tuning Gain

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n6-05 Online Tuning Gain V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.0
(05C7) Sets the compensation gain when n6-01 = 2 [Online Tuning Selection = Voltage Correction (0.1 - 50.0)
Expert Tuning]. Usually it is not necessary to change this parameter.

When you use a motor that has a large secondary circuit time constant, decrease the setting value.
If the drive detects oL1 [Motor Overload], increase the setting value in 0.1-unit increments.

◆ n7: EZ Drive
The n7 parameters provide special adjustments for EZ Vector Control.

■ n7-01: Damping Gain for Low Frequency

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n7-01 Damping Gain for Low V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.0
(3111) Frequency Sets the oscillation suppression gain for the low speed range. (0.1 - 10.0)
Expert

Note:
• If oscillation occurs in the low speed range, increase the acceleration time or increase the setting value in 0.5-unit increments.
• To get starting torque with the setting for C4-01 [Torque Compensation Gain], decrease the setting value in 0.3-unit increments.

■ n7-05: Response Gain for Load Changes

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n7-05 Response Gain for Load V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 50
(3115) Changes Sets the response gain related to changes in the load. (10 - 1000)
Expert

Note:
To make tracking related to load changes better, increase the setting value in 5-unit increments. If oscillation occurs during load
changes, decrease the setting value in 5-unit increments.

722 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.10 n: Special Adjustment

■ n7-07: Speed Calculation Gain1

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n7-07 Speed Calculation Gain1 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 15.0 Hz
(3117) Sets the speed calculation gain during usual operation. Usually it is not necessary to change this (1.0 - 50.0 Hz)
Expert setting.

■ n7-08: Speed Calculation Gain2

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n7-08 Speed Calculation Gain2 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 25.0 Hz
(3118) Sets the speed calculation gain during a speed search. (1.0 - 50.0 Hz)
Expert

Note:
When you increase the setting value, you can do a speed search of a motor rotating at a high frequency. If the setting value is too high,
the calculated speed will oscillate and a restart will fail. Decrease the setting value in these conditions.

■ n7-10: Pull-in Current Switching Speed

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n7-10 Pull-in Current Switching V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 10.0%
(311A) Speed Sets the speed range to operate with the pull-in current command. Drive rated frequency = 100% (0.0 - 100.0%)
Expert value. If there is a large quantity of oscillation when you operate in the low speed range, increase
the setting value.

Note:
• When the drive accelerates, it enables these settings:
–Motor speed ≤ n7-10 + n7-11 [Drv Mode Switch Hysteresis Band]: n8-51 [Pull-in Current @ Acceleration]
–Motor speed > n7-10 + n7-11: b8-01 [Energy Saving Control Selection]
• When the drive decelerates, it enables these settings:
–Motor speed ≤ n7-10: n8-51 [Pull-in Current @ Acceleration]
–Motor speed > n7-10: b8-01 [Energy Saving Control Selection]
• If there is a large quantity of oscillation when you operate in the low speed range, increase the setting value.
• When it is most important to save energy in the low speed range, decrease the setting value.

■ n7-17: Resistance TemperatureCorrection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n7-17 Resistance V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1

(3122) TemperatureCorrection Sets the function to adjust for changes in the motor resistance value caused by changes in the (0 to 2)
temperature.

0 : Invalid
1 : Valid (Only 1 time)
2 : Valid (Every time)
Note:
• For settings 1 and 2, the adjustment time can cause a delay before startup.
• For settings 1 and 2, the drive can set the line-to-line resistance value of E9-10 [Motor Line-to-Line Resistance].
• When the temperature will change at startup, use setting 2.
• To decrease the startup time, set this parameter to 0, then do line-to-line resistance tuning.
• If you will start from coasting, set this parameter to 0, then do line-to-line resistance tuning.

■ n7-19: Flux Error Compensation Gain

No. Default
Name Description
Parameter Details

(Hex.) (Range)

n7-19 Flux Error Compensation V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 5000%
(3128) Gain Sets the gain for magnetic flux compensation. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting. (0 - 50000%)
Expert

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 723

12.10 n: Special Adjustment

◆ n8: PM Motor Control Tuning

n8 parameters are used to make adjustments when controlling PM motors.

■ n8-01: Pole Position Detection Current

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-01 Pole Position Detection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 50%
(0540) Current Sets, as a percentage, the Initial Rotor Position Estimated Current, taking the E5-03 [Motor Rated (0 - 100%)
Expert Current (FLA)] as the 100% value. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

The drive uses the Initial Rotor Position Estimated Current to detect the initial position of rotors.
Use the "Si" value on the motor nameplate, if available.

■ n8-02: Pole Alignment Current Level

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-02 Pole Alignment Current V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 80%
(0541) Level Sets the current at the time of polar attraction as a percentage where E5-03 [motor rated current] (0 - 150%)
Expert is 100%. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

The drive uses the polar pull-in current to attract the rotor after it detects the initial rotor position. When you
increase the value of n8-02, the starting torque also increases.
• If the motor does not track correctly at the time of the polar attraction, increase the value in 10% increments.
• If the motor oscillates at the time of the polar attraction, decrease the value in 10% increments.

■ n8-11: Observer Calculation Gain 2

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-11 Observer Calculation Gain V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by n8-72
(054A) 2 Sets the gain for speed estimation. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting. (0.0 - 1000.0)

Note:
When n8-72 = 0 [Speed Estimation Method Select = Method 1], the default value is 50.0. When n8-72 = 1 [Method 2], the default value
is 150.0.

■ n8-14: Polarity Compensation Gain 3

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-14 Polarity Compensation V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.000

(054D) Gain 3 Sets the gain for speed estimation. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting. (0.000 - 10.000)
Expert

■ n8-15: Polarity Compensation Gain 4

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-15 Polarity Compensation V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.500

(054E) Gain 4 Sets the gain for speed estimation. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting. (0.000 - 10.000)
Expert

■ n8-21: Motor Back-EMF (Ke) Gain

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-21 Motor Back-EMF (Ke) V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.90
(0554) Gain Sets the gain for speed estimation. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting. (0.80 - 1.00)
Expert

724 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.10 n: Special Adjustment

■ n8-35: Initial Pole Detection Method

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-35 Initial Pole Detection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(0562) Method Sets how the drive detects the position of the rotor when the motor starts. (0 - 2)

Note:
• When you use an SPM motor, set n8-35 = 0. When you use an IPM motor, set n8-35 = 0 to 2.
• When you set n8-35 = 1, do High Frequency Injection Auto-Tuning.
• When you set n8-35 = 0 or 2, always evaluate the drive with the equipment being used for the application. If the drive incorrectly
detects the polarity, the motor can rotate in the direction opposite of the Run command.
0 : Pull-in
Starts the rotor with pull-in current.
1 : High Frequency Injection
Injects high frequency to detect the rotor position. This setting can cause a loud excitation sound when the motor
starts.
Note:
When you set 1, do High Frequency Injection Auto-Tuning.
2 : Pulse Injection
Inputs the pulse signal to the motor to detect the rotor position.

■ n8-36: HFI Frequency Level for L Tuning

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-36 HFI Frequency Level for L V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 500 Hz
(0563) Tuning Sets the injection frequency for high frequency injection. (200 - 1000 Hz)

Note:
• Set n8-35 = 1 [Initial Pole Detection Method = High Frequency Injection] or n8-57 = 1 [HFI Overlap Selection = Enabled] to enable
this parameter.
• The drive automatically calculates this value when High Frequency Injection Auto-Tuning completes successfully.

■ n8-37: HFI Voltage Amplitude Level

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-37 HFI Voltage Amplitude V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 20.0%
(0564) Level Sets the high frequency injection amplitude as a percentage where 200 V = 100% for 200 V class (0.0 - 50.0%)
Expert drives and 400 V = 100% for a 400 V class drives. Usually it is not necessary to change this
setting.

Note:
• Set n8-35 = 1 [Initial Pole Detection Method = High Frequency Injection] or n8-57 = 1 [HFI Overlap Selection = Enabled] to enable
this parameter.
• The drive automatically calculates this value when High Frequency Injection Auto-Tuning completes successfully.

■ n8-39: HFI LPF Cutoff Freq

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-39 HFI LPF Cutoff Freq V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 250 Hz
(0566) Sets the low-pass filter shut-off frequency for high frequency injection. (0 - 1000 Hz)

Note:
• Set n8-35 = 1 [Initial Pole Detection Method = High Frequency Injection] or n8-57 = 1 [HFI Overlap Selection = Enabled] to enable
this parameter.
• The drive automatically calculates this value when High Frequency Injection Auto-Tuning completes successfully.
Parameter Details

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 725

12.10 n: Special Adjustment

■ n8-41: HFI P Gain

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-41 HFI P Gain V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 2.5

(0568) Sets the response gain for the high frequency injection speed estimation. (-10.0 - +10.0)
Expert

Note:
• Set n8-35 = 1 [Initial Pole Detection Method = High Frequency Injection] or n8-57 = 1 [HFI Overlap Selection = Enabled] to enable
this parameter.
• When A1-02= 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM] and you do High Frequency Injection Auto-Tuning, the drive automatically
sets this parameter .
• Set n8-41 > 0.0 for IPM motors.
Set this parameter as follows.
• If there is oscillation or hunting, decrease the setting in units of 0.5.
• When it is necessary to track load changes, increase the setting in units of 0.5.

■ n8-42: HFI I Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-42 HFI I Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.10 s

(0569) Sets the integral time constant for the high frequency injection speed estimation. Usually it is not (0.00 - 9.99 s)
Expert necessary to change this setting.

Note:
Set n8-35 = 1 [Initial Pole Detection Method = High Frequency Injection] or n8-57 = 1 [HFI Overlap Selection = Enabled] to enable
this parameter.

■ n8-45: Speed Feedback Detection Gain

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-45 Speed Feedback Detection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0.80
(0538) Gain Sets the internal speed feedback detection reduction unit gain as a magnification value. Usually it (0.00 - 10.00)
is not necessary to change this setting.

Adjust this parameter in these conditions:

• If vibration or hunting occur, increase the setting value in 0.05 unit increments.
• If the responsiveness of torque and speed is unsatisfactory, decrease the setting value 0.05 unit increments and
examine the response.

■ n8-47: Pull-in Current Comp Filter Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-47 Pull-in Current Comp Filter V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 5.0 s
(053A) Time Sets the time constant the drive uses to align the pull-in current reference value with the actual (0.0 - 100.0 s)
current value. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Adjust this parameter in these conditions:

• If the time for the reference value of the pull-in current to align with the target value is too long, increase the
setting value.
• If vibration or hunting occur, decrease the setting value in 0.2 unit increments.
• If the motor stalls during run at constant speed, decrease the setting value in 0.2 unit increments.

■ n8-48: Pull-in/Light Load Id Current

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-48 Pull-in/Light Load Id V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 30%

(053B) Current On the basis that parameter E5-03 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)] is the 100% value, this (0 - 200%)
RUN parameter sets the d-axis current that flows to the motor during run at constant speed as a
percentage.

Adjust in the following situations.

726 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.10 n: Special Adjustment

• Slightly reduce this value if there is too much current when driving a light load at a constant speed.
• Increase the setting value in steps of 5% when hunting or vibration occurs during run at constant speed.
• Increase the setting value in steps of 5% if the motor stalls during run at constant speed.

■ n8-49: Heavy Load Id Current

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-49 Heavy Load Id Current V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by E5-01
(053C) Sets the d-axis current to that the drive will supply to the motor to run it at a constant speed with a (-200.0 - +200.0%)
RUN heavy load. Considers E5-03 [PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)] to be 100%. Usually it is not
necessary to change this setting.
Expert

When you use an IPM motor, you can use the reluctance torque of the motor to make the motor more efficient and
help conserve energy.
When you operate an SPN motor, set this parameter to 0.
Adjust in the following situations.
• If the load is large and motor rotation is not stable, decrease the setting value.
• When you change the E5 parameters [PM Motor Settings], set n8-49 = 0, then adjust this parameter.

■ n8-50: Medium Load Iq Level (High)

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-50 Medium Load Iq Level V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 80%
(053D) (High) Sets the load current level at which heavy load control starts where E5-03 [Motor Rated Current (50 - 255)
Expert (FLA)] is 100%. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

■ n8-51: Pull-in Current @ Acceleration

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-51 Pull-in Current @ V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(053E) Acceleration Sets the pull-in current allowed to flow during acceleration/deceleration as a percentage of the (0 - 200%)
motor rated current.

Adjust in the following situations.

• When the motor does not smoothly because of large loads, increase the setting value in 5% increments.
• If too much current flows during acceleration, decrease the setting value.
Note:
When A1-02 = 8 [Control Method Selection = EZOLV], this parameter will always be in effect for speed ranges less than n7-10 [Pull-in
Current Switching Speed].

■ n8-54: Voltage Error Compensation Time

Parameter Details

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-54 Voltage Error V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.00 s

(056D) Compensation Time Sets the time constant that the drive uses when adjusting for voltage errors. (0.00 - 10.00 s)
Expert

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 727

12.10 n: Special Adjustment

Adjust this parameter in these conditions:

• If oscillation occurs at the time of start up, increase the setting value.
• If hunting occurs when operating at low speed, increase the setting value.
• If fast changes in the load cause hunting, increase the setting value in 0.1-unit increments. If you cannot stop
hunting, set n8-51 [Pull-in Current @ Acceleration] to 0% and set n8-54 to 0.00 s, and disable compensation
for voltage errors.

■ n8-55: Motor to Load Inertia Ratio

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-55 Motor to Load Inertia Ratio V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0
(056E) Sets the ratio between motor inertia and machine inertia. (0 - 3)

Sets the ratio between motor inertia and machine inertia to adjust the ACR.
Adjust in the following situations.
• If torque and speed response are unsatisfactory, gradually increase the setting from 0.
• If the motor does not run smoothly, gradually increase the setting from 0.
• If the motor stalls during run at constant speed, gradually increase the setting from 0.
• If there is vibration or hunting, decrease the setting.
Note:
• If the value too low, the drive will detect STPo [Motor Step-Out Detected].
• If you use one motor or more than motor at low inertia and the value is too high, there can be vibration in the motor.
0 : Below 1:10
Use this setting in these conditions:
• The ratio between the motor inertia and machine inertia is less than 1:10
• There are large current ripples
1 : Between 1:10 and 1:30
Use this setting in these conditions:
• The ratio between the motor inertia and machine inertia is approximately 1:10 to 1:30
• Parameter n8-55 = 0 and the drive detects STPo because of an impact load or sudden acceleration/deceleration.
2 : Between 1:30 and 1:50
Use this setting in these conditions:
• The ratio between the motor inertia and machine inertia is approximately 1:30 to 1:50
• Parameter n8-55 = 1 and the drive detects STPo because of an impact load or sudden acceleration/deceleration.
3 : Beyond 1:50
Adjust this parameter in these conditions:
• The ratio between the motor inertia and machine inertia is more than 1:50
• Parameter n8-55 = 2 and the drive detects STPo because of an impact load or sudden acceleration/deceleration.

■ n8-57: HFI Overlap Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-57 HFI Overlap Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0574) Sets the function that detects motor speed with high frequency injection. (0, 1)

Note:
• When you set n8-57 = 1, do High Frequency Injection Auto-Tuning.
• When there is high frequency injection, the motor will make an excitation sound.
• When you use Zero Speed Control, set E1-09 = 0.0 [Minimum Output Frequency = 0.0 Hz].
0 : Disabled
Use this setting with SPM motors. The speed control range is approximately 1:20.
When n8-57 = 0, you cannot set E1-09 [Minimum Output Frequency] ≤ 1/20 of the value of E1-06 [Base
Frequency].
1 : Enabled

728 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.10 n: Special Adjustment

The speed control range is 1:100. It gives sufficient speed detection at low speeds.
Note:
• It is not available with an SPM motor.
• The speed control range 1:100 is the momentary operation area. When you operate the motor continuously, make sure that the drive
capacity and motor capacity are acceptable.

■ n8-62: Output Voltage Limit Level

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-62 Output Voltage Limit Level V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 200 V Class: 200.0 V, 400
(057D) Sets the output voltage limit to prevent saturation of the output voltage. Usually it is not necessary V: 400.0 V
Expert to change this parameter. (200 V Class: 0.0 to 230.0
V, 400 V Class: 0.0 to 460.0
V)

Set this parameter lower than the input power supply voltage.

■ n8-63: Output Voltage Limit P Gain

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-63 Output Voltage Limit P V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.00
(057E) Gain Sets the proportional gain for output voltage control. Usually it is not necessary to change this (0.00 - 100.00)
Expert setting.

■ n8-65: Speed Fdbk Gain @ oV Suppression

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-65 Speed Fdbk Gain @ oV V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.50
(065C) Suppression Sets the gain of internal speed feedback detection suppression while the overvoltage suppression (0.00 - 10.00)
Expert function is operating as a magnification value. Usually it is not necessary to change this
parameter.

Adjust this parameter in these conditions:

• If there is resonance or hunting when you use the overvoltage suppression function, increase the setting value.
• If motor response is low when you use the overvoltage suppression function, decrease the setting value in 0.05-
unit increments.

■ n8-69: Speed Observer Control P Gain

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-69 Speed Observer Control P V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1.00
(065D) Gain Usually it is not necessary to change this setting. Sets the Proportional gain that the drive uses for (0.00 - 20.00)
Expert speed estimation.

■ n8-72: Speed Estimation Method Select

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-72 Speed Estimation Method V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1

(0655) Select Selects the speed estimation method. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting. (0, 1)
Expert

0 : Method 1
1 : Method 2

■ n8-74: Light Load Iq Level

No. Default
Parameter Details

Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-74 Light Load Iq Level V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 30%
(05C3) Set n8-48 [Pull-in/Light Load Id Current] to the percentage of load current (q-axis current) that (0 - 255%)
Expert you will apply, where E5-03 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)] = a setting value of 100%.

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 729

12.10 n: Special Adjustment

Note:
• If n8-74 > n8-75 [Medium Load Iq Level (low)], the drive will detect oPE08 [Parameter Selection Error].
• The change is linear between n8-74 and n8-75 and the level of the pull-in current from n8-48 to n8-78 [Medium Load Id Current].

■ n8-75: Medium Load Iq Level (low)

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-75 Medium Load Iq Level V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 50%
(05C4) (low) Set n8-78 [Medium Load Id Current] to the percentage of load current (q-axis current) that you (0 - 255%)
Expert will apply, where E5-03 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)] = a setting value of 100%.

Note:
• If n8-74 [Light Load Iq Level] > n8-75, the drive will detect oPE08 [Parameter Selection Error].
• The change is linear between n8-74 and n8-75 and the level of the pull-in current from n8-48 to n8-78 [Medium Load Id Current].

■ n8-76: Id Switching Filter Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-76 Id Switching Filter Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 200 ms
(05CD) Sets the filter time constant for the d-axis current reference. Usually it is not necessary to change (0 - 5000)
Expert this setting.

■ n8-77: Heavy Load Iq Level

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-77 Heavy Load Iq Level V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 90%
(05CE) Set n8-49 [Heavy Load Id Current] to the percentage of load current (q-axis current) that you will (0 - 255%)
Expert apply, where E5-03 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)] = a setting value of 100%.

Note:
The change is linear between n8-75 [Medium Load Iq Level (low)] and n8-77 and the level of the pull-in current from n8-78 [Medium
Load Id Current] to n8-49 [Heavy Load Id Current].

■ n8-78: Medium Load Id Current

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-78 Medium Load Id Current V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0%

(05F4) Sets the level of the pull-in current as a percentage, where E5-03 [PM Motor Rated Current (0 - 255%)
RUN (FLA)] = 100%.
Expert

■ n8-79: Pull-in Current @ Deceleration

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-79 Pull-in Current @ V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 50%

(05FE) Deceleration Sets the pull-in current that can flow during deceleration as a percentage of the E5-03 [PM Motor (0 - 200%)
Rated Current (FLA)].

If overcurrent occurs during deceleration, slowly decrease the setting in 5% increments.

Note:
When n8-79 = 0, the drive will use the value set in n8-51 [Pull-in Current @ Acceleration].

■ n8-84: Polarity Detection Current

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-84 Polarity Detection Current V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 100%
(02D3) Sets the current that the drive uses to estimate the initial motor magnetic pole as a percentage (0 - 150%)
Expert where E5-03 [PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)] = 100%.

WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Make sure that the polarity is correct before you send a Run command. If the drive
incorrectly detects the polarity, the drive can rotate in the direction opposite of the Run command and cause serious injury or
death.

730 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.10 n: Special Adjustment

When you use a Yaskawa motor, check the motor nameplate for an “Si” value and set this parameter ≥ "Si × 2".
Consult the motor manufacturer for information about maximum setting values.
Find the Polarity of Magnetic Poles
When you start operation, the drive estimates the magnetic poles and finds the polarity of the magnetic poles.
Use U6-57 [PolePolarityDeterVal] to make sure that the magnetic pole estimate was correct.
When you do High Frequency Injection Auto-Tuning, the drive automatically sets n8-84.

■ n8-87: Output Voltage Limit Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-87 Output Voltage Limit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(02BC) Method Sets the method of output voltage limit. If there is vibration in the constant output range, set (0, 1)
Feedforward Method. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

0 : Feedback Method
1 : Feedforward Method

■ n8-88: Vout Limit Switching Level

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-88 Vout Limit Switching Level V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 400%
(02BD) Sets the current level at which output voltage limit sequence selection occurs as a percentage (0 - 400%)
where the motor rated current is 100%. Normally there is no need to change this setting.

■ n8-89: Vout Limit Switching Hysteresis

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-89 Vout Limit Switching V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 3%

(02BE) Hysteresis Sets the hysteresis width of the current level at which output voltage limit sequence selection (0 - 400%)
occurs as a percentage where the motor rated current is 100%. Normally there is no need to
change this setting.

■ n8-90: Output Control Speed Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-90 Vout Limit Switching Speed V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 200%
(02BF) Sets the speed level at which output voltage limit sequence selection occurs as a percentage where (0 - 200%)
the maximum output frequency is 100%. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

■ n8-91: Id Limit at Voltage Saturation

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-91 Id Limit at Voltage V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV -50%

(02F7) Saturation Sets the limit value of feedback output voltage limit Id operation. Enabled when n8-87 = 0 (-200 - 0%)
[Output Voltage Control Selection = Speed Feedback Form]. Usually it is not necessary to change
this setting.

■ n8-94: Flux Position Estimation Method

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-94 Flux Position Estimation V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1

(012D) Method Sets the criteria that the drive uses to find changes in speed or load. Usually it is not necessary to (0, 1)
Expert change this setting.

0 : Softstarter
Parameter Details

1 : Speed Feedback
Set n8-57 = 1 [HFI Overlap Selection = Enabled] to enable this parameter. Increases the stability when the speed
or load suddenly change, for example with rapid acceleration/deceleration or impact loads.

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 731

12.10 n: Special Adjustment

■ n8-95: Flux Position Est Filter Time

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

n8-95 Flux Position Est Filter V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 30 ms
(012E) Time Sets the time constant of the filter used for the recognition criteria value for speed and load (0 - 100 ms)
Expert changes. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Note:
Enabled when n8-94 = 1 [Flux Position Estimation Method = Speed Feedback].

◆ nA: PM Motor Control Tuning

nA parameters make adjustments for controlling PM motors.

■ nA-01: Observer Calc Gain 3

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

nA-01 Observer Calc Gain 3 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 30.0
(3129) Sets the gain for speed estimation. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting. (0.0 - 1000.0)
Expert

732 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings

12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings

o parameters set keypad functions.
Note:
You cannot use the optional LED keypad to set these parameters.

Table 12.72 Parameters You Cannot Set with the LED Keypad
No. Name No. Name

o1-05 LCD Contrast Adjustment o3-04 Select Backup/Restore Location

o1-24 to o1-35 Custom Monitor 1 to 12 o3-05 Select Items to Backup/Restore

o1-36 LCD Backlight Brightness o3-06 Auto Parameter Backup Selection

o1-37 LCD Backlight ON/OFF Selection o3-07 Auto Parameter Backup Interval

o1-38 LCD Backlight Off-Delay o4-22 Time Format

o1-39 Show Initial Setup Screen o4-23 Date Format

o1-40 Home Screen Display Selection o4-24 bAT Detection Selection

o1-41 to o1-46 1st to 3rd Monitor Area Selections/Settings o5-01 Log Start/Stop Selection

o1-47 to o1-51 Trend Plot 1 or 2 Scale Settings o5-02 Log Sampling Interval

o1-55 to o1-56 Analog Gauge Area Selection/Setting o5-03 to o5-12 Log Monitor Data 1 to 10

o2-27 bCE Detection Selection

◆ o1: Keypad Display Selection

o1 parameters select the parameters shown on the initial keypad screen and to configure the parameter setting
units and display units. These parameters also adjust the backlight and contrast of the LCD display.

■ Home Screen Display Format

o1-40 [Home Screen Display Selection] changes the display of the monitor shown on the Home screen. You can
show numerical values or one of these three displays on the Home screen monitor:

A - Set Ux-xx [Monitors] to o1-24, o1-25, and o1-26. C - Set display ranges to o1-42, o1-44, and o1-46.
B - Set display regions to o1-41, o1-43, and o1-45.

Figure 12.132 Bar Graph Display

A - Set Ux-xx [Monitors] to o1-24. C - Set display ranges to o1-55.

B - Set display regions to o1-56.

Figure 12.133 Analog Gauge Display

Parameter Details

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 733

12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings

A- Set Ux-xx [Monitors] (Monitor 1) to o1-24. E - Set the time scale to o1-51.
B- Set Ux-xx [Monitors] (Monitor 2) to o1-25. F - Set the minimum value of Monitor 1 to o1-47.
C- Set the maximum value of Monitor 2 to o1-50. G - Set the maximum value of Monitor 1 to o1-48.
D- Set the minimum value of Monitor 2 to o1-49.

Figure 12.134 Trend Plot Display

■ o1-01: User Monitor Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o1-01 User Monitor Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 106
(0500) Sets the U monitor for the Drive Mode. This parameter is only available when you use an LED (104 - 855)
RUN keypad.

When the drive is in Drive Mode, push on the keypad to cycle through this data: frequency reference →
rotational direction → output frequency → output current → o1-01 selection.
Set the x-xx part of Ux-xx that is shown in the fifth position in Drive Mode. For example, to show U1-05 [Motor
Speed], set o1-01 = 105.
Note:
The monitors that you can select are different for different control methods.

■ o1-02: Monitor Selection at Power-up

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o1-02 Monitor Selection at Power- V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1

(0501) up Sets the monitor item that the keypad screen shows after energizing the drive. Refer to “U: (1 - 5)
RUN Monitors” for information about the monitor items that the keypad screen can show. This
parameter is only available when you use an LED keypad.

1 : Frequency Reference (U1-01)

2 : Direction
3 : Output Frequency (U1-02)
4 : Output Current (U1-03)
5 : User Monitor (o1-01)
Shows the monitor item selected in o1-01 [User Monitor Selection].

■ o1-03: Frequency Display Unit Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Setting Range)

o1-03 Frequency Display Unit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(0502) Selection Sets the display units for the frequency reference and output frequency. (0 - 3)

Note:
• Select the setting unit of these parameters:
–d1-01 to d1-17 [Reference 1 to 17]
–U1-01 [Frequency Reference]
–U1-02 [Output Frequency]
–U1-05 [Motor Speed]
–U1-16 [SFS Output Frequency]
–U4-14 [PeakHold Output Freq]
• For monitor 2, the setting value is always 0 [Hz Unit].

734 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings

0 : 0.01Hz units
1 : 0.01% units
The maximum output frequency is 100%.
2 : Revolutions Per Minute (RPM)
The drive uses the maximum output frequency and number of motor poles calculate this value automatically.
Note:
When you set o1-03 = 2 [r/min], make sure that you set the number of motor poles in these parameters:
• E2-04 [Motor Pole Count]
• E4-04 [Motor 2 Motor Poles]
• E5-04 [PM Motor Pole Count]
• E9-08 [Number of Poles]
3 : User Units
Uses o1-10 and o1-11 to set the unit of measure. The value of parameter o1-10 is the value when you remove the
decimal point from the maximum output frequency. Parameter o1-11 is to the number of digits after the decimal
point in the maximum output frequency.
To display a maximum output frequency of 100.00, set parameters to these values:
• o1-10 = 10000
• o1-11 = 2 [User Units Decimal Position = 2 Dec (XXX.XX)]

■ o1-04: V/f Pattern Display Unit

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o1-04 V/f Pattern Display Unit V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(0503) Sets the setting unit for parameters that set the V/f pattern frequency. (0, 1)

Note:
• Select the units for these parameters:
–E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]
–E1-06 [Base Frequency]
–E1-07 [Mid Point A Frequency]
–E1-09 [Minimum Output Frequency]
–E1-11 [Mid Point B Frequency]
–E9-02 [Maximum Speed]
–E9-04 [Base Frequency]
• For motor 2, the settings are always 0 [in Hz unit].
0 : Hz
1 : min-1 (r/min) unit
When you set o1-04 = 1 [min-1(r/min) unit], you must also use these parameters to set the motor pole count:
• E2-04 [Motor Pole Count]
• E5-04 [PM Motor Pole Count]
• E9-08 [Motor Pole Count]

■ o1-05: LCD Contrast Adjustment

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o1-05 LCD Contrast Adjustment V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 5

(0504) Sets the contrast of the LCD display on the keypad. (0 - 10)
RUN

When you decrease the setting value, the contrast of the LCD display decreases. When you increase the setting
value, the contrast increases.
Parameter Details

■ o1-10: User Units Maximum Value

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o1-10 User Units Maximum Value V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o1-03
(0520) Sets the value that the drive shows as the maximum output frequency. (1 - 60000) 12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 735

12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings

To display a maximum output frequency of 100.00, set parameters to these values:

• o1-10 = 10000
• o1-11 = 2 [User Units Decimal Position = 2 Dec (XXX.XX)]
Note:
Set o1-03 = 3 [Frequency Display Unit Selection = User Units (o1-10 & o1-11)] before you set o1-10 and o1-11.

■ o1-11: User Units Decimal Position

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o1-11 User Units Decimal V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o1-03
(0521) Position Sets the number of decimal places for frequency reference and monitor values. (0 - 3)

0 : No Decimal Places (XXXXX)

1 : One Decimal Places (XXXX.X)
2 : Two Decimal Places (XXX.XX)
3 : Three Decimal Places (XX.XXX)
Note:
Set o1-03 = 3 [Frequency Display Unit Selection = User Units (o1-10 & o1-11)] before you set o1-10 [User Units Maximum Value] and
o1-11.

■ o1-24 to o1-35: Custom Monitor 1 to 12

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o1-24 to o1-35: Custom Monitor 1 to 12 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV o1-24: 101
(11AD - 11B8) Sets a maximum of 12 monitors as user monitors. This parameter is only available when using an o1-25: 102
RUN LCD keypad. o1-26: 103
o1-27 to o1-35: 0
(0, 101 - 999)

These parameters save the monitor items selected by the LCD keypad [Custom Monitor].
Note:
• You can show a maximum of three selected monitors on one LCD keypad screen.
–When you select only one monitor, the text size of this monitor increases. For example, when o1-25 to o1-35 = 0, the text size of the
monitor saved in o1-24 increases.
–When you select two monitors, the text size of these monitors increase.
–When you select four or more monitors, the fourth monitor and all additional monitors are shown on the next screens.
• Monitors selected with o1-24 to o1-26 can be displayed as a bar graph, analog gauge, or trend plot.
–Bar graph display: 3 monitors maximum
Select with o1-24, o1-25, and o1-26.
–Analog gauge display: 1 monitor
Select with o1-24.
–Trend plot display: 2 monitors
Select with o1-24 and o1-25.
• You can only set parameters o1-24 to o1-26 with analog output monitors.
• You can set all monitors to parameters o1-27 to o1-35.

■ o1-36: LCD Backlight Brightness

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o1-36 LCD Backlight Brightness V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 3

(11B9) Sets the intensity of the LCD keypad backlight. (1 - 5)
RUN

When you decrease the setting value, the intensity of the backlight decreases.

■ o1-37: LCD Backlight ON/OFF Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o1-37 LCD Backlight ON/OFF V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1

(11BA) Selection Sets the automatic shut off function for the LCD backlight. (0, 1)
RUN

736 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings

Note:
Use o1-36 [LCD Backlight Brightness] to adjust the intensity of the LCD backlight.
0 : OFF
1 : ON
Enables the automatic shut off function. The backlight will automatically turn off after the time set in o1-38 [LCD
Backlight Off-Delay] is expired.
Note:

When o1-37 = 1 and the backlight is OFF, the drive disables the keys other than .
When the backlight is off, push a key on the keypad to temporarily turn the backlight on. Push any key to start keypad operation, Push
to turn the backlight on, then push again to enter a Run command to the drive.

■ o1-38: LCD Backlight Off-Delay

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o1-38 LCD Backlight Off-Delay V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 60 s

(11BB) Sets the time until the LCD backlight automatically turns off. (10 - 300 s)
RUN

When o1-37 = 0 [LCD Backlight ON/OFF Selection= OFF], the backlight will automatically turn off after the
time set in o1-38 expires.
When the backlight is off, push a key on the keypad to temporarily turn the backlight on. After the backlight turns
on, it will turn off automatically after the time set in o1-38 is expired.

■ o1-39: Show Initial Setup Screen

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o1-39 Show Initial Setup Screen V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1
(11BC) Sets the function to show the LCD keypad initial setup screen each time the drive is energized. (0, 1)
RUN This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

The initial setup screen shows a menu where you can select the display language, set the date, time, and other
basic settings. When you set this parameter to 0, the drive will not show this screen each time you energize the
drive.
0 : No
The drive will not show the initial setup display screen each time you energize the drive. The drive will show the
Home screen.
1 : Yes
When you input the Run command before you energize the drive or when the you turn on the Run command while
the drive shows the initial setup screen, the drive will replace the initial setup screen with the Home screen.

■ o1-40: Home Screen Display Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o1-40 Home Screen Display V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(11BD) Selection Sets the monitor display mode for the Home screen. This parameter is only available when using (0 - 3)
RUN an LCD keypad.

0 : Custom Monitor
1 : Bar Graph
2 : Analog Gauge
3 : Trend Plot
Parameter Details

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 737

12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings

■ o1-41: 1st Monitor Area Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o1-41 1st Monitor Area Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0
(11C1) Sets the horizontal range used to display the monitor set in o1-24 [Custom Monitor 1] as a bar (0 - 2)
RUN graph. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

0 : +/- Area ( - o1-42 ~ o1-42 )

1 : + Area ( 0 ~ o1-42 )
2 : - Area ( - o1-42 ~ 0 )

■ o1-42: 1st Monitor Area Setting

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o1-42 1st Monitor Area Setting V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 100.0%
(11C2) Sets the horizontal axis value used to display the monitor set in o1-24 [Custom Monitor 1] as a (0.0 - 100.0%)
RUN bar graph. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

■ o1-43: 2nd Monitor Area Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o1-43 2nd Monitor Area Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0
(11C3) Selects the horizontal range used to display the monitor set in o1-25 [Custom Monitor 2] as a bar (0 - 2)
RUN graph. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

0 : +/- Area ( - o1-44 ~ o1-44 )

1 : + Area ( 0 ~ o1-44 )
2 : - Area ( - o1-44 ~ 0 )

■ o1-44: 2nd Monitor Area Setting

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o1-44 2nd Monitor Area Setting V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 100.0%
(11C4) Sets the horizontal axis value used to display the monitor set in o1-25 [Custom Monitor 2] as a (0.0 - 100.0%)
RUN bar graph. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

■ o1-45: 3rd Monitor Area Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o1-45 3rd Monitor Area Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0
(11C5) Sets the horizontal range used to display the monitor set in o1-26 [Custom Monitor 3] as a bar (0 - 2)
RUN graph. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

0 : +/- Area ( - o1-46 ~ o1-46 )

1 : + Area ( 0 ~ o1-46 )
2 : - Area ( - o1-46 ~ 0 )

■ o1-46: 3rd Monitor Area Setting

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o1-46 3rd Monitor Area Setting V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 100.0%
(11C6) Sets the horizontal axis value used to display the monitor set in o1-26 [Custom Monitor 3] as a (0.0 - 100.0%)
RUN bar graph. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

738 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings

■ o1-47: Trend Plot 1 Scale Minimum Value

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o1-47 Trend Plot 1 Scale V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV -100.0%
(11C7) Minimum Value Sets the horizontal axis minimum value used to display the monitor set in o1-24 [Custom Monitor (-300.0 - +300.0%)
RUN 1] as a trend plot. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

■ o1-48: Trend Plot 1 Scale Maximum Value

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o1-48 Trend Plot 1 Scale V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 100.0%
(11C8) Maximum Value Sets the horizontal axis maximum value used to display the monitor set in o1-24 [Custom Monitor (-300.0 - +300.0%)
RUN 1] as a trend plot. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

■ o1-49: Trend Plot 2 Scale Minimum Value

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o1-49 Trend Plot 2 Scale V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV -100.0%
(11C9) Minimum Value Sets the horizontal axis minimum value used to display the monitor set in o1-25 [Custom Monitor (-300.0 - +300.0%)
RUN 2] as a trend plot. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

■ o1-50: Trend Plot 2 Scale Maximum Value

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o1-50 Trend Plot 2 Scale V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 100.0%
(11CA) Maximum Value Sets the horizontal axis maximum value used to display the monitor set in o1-25 [Custom Monitor (-300.0 - +300.0%)
RUN 2] as a trend plot. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

■ o1-51: Trend Plot Time Scale Setting

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o1-51 Trend Plot Time Scale V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 300 s
(11CB) Setting Sets the time scale (horizontal axis) to display the trend plot. When you change this setting, the (1 - 3600 s)
RUN drive automatically adjusts the data sampling time. This parameter is only available when using
an LCD keypad.

■ o1-55: Analog Gauge Area Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o1-55 Analog Gauge Area V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1

(11EE) Selection Sets the range used to display the monitor set in o1-24 [Custom Monitor 1] as an analog gauge. (0, 1)
RUN This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

0 : +/- Area ( - o1-56 ~ o1-56 )

1 : + Area ( 0 ~ o1-56 )

■ o1-56: Analog Gauge Area Setting

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o1-56 Analog Gauge Area Setting V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 100.0%
(11EF) Sets the value used to display the monitor set in o1-24 [Custom Monitor 1] as an analog meter. (0.0 - 100.0%)
RUN This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

■ o1-58: Motor Power Unit Selection

Parameter Details

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o1-58 Motor Power Unit Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0
(3125) Sets the setting unit for parameters that set the motor rated power. (0, 1)

The drive shows these parameter values in the set units: 12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 739

12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings

• E2-11 [Motor Rated Power]

• E4-11 [Motor 2 Rated Power]
• E5-02 [PM Motor Rated Power]
• E9-07 [Motor Rated Power]
• T1-02 [Motor Rated Power]
• T2-04 [PM Motor Rated Power]
• T4-08 [Motor Rated Capacity]
0 : kW
Shows the motor output in kW units.
1 : HP
Shows the motor output in HP units.

◆ o2: Keypad Operation

■ o2-01: LO/RE Key Function Selection
No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o2-01 LO/RE Key Function V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1

(0505) Selection (0, 1)
Sets the function that lets you use to switch between LOCAL and REMOTE Modes.

0 : Disabled
You cannot use to switch between LOCAL and REMOTE Modes.
1 : Enabled
You can use to switch between LOCAL and REMOTE Modes when the drive is stopped. When LOCAL
Mode is selected, on the keypad will come on.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. If you change the control source when b1-07 = 1 [LOCAL/REMOTE Run Selection =
Accept Existing RUN Command], the drive can start suddenly. Before you change the control source, remove all personnel from
the area around the drive, motor, and load. Sudden starts can cause serious injury or death.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Fully examine all mechanical and electrical connections before you change o2-01 [LO/
RE Key Function Selection] or b1-07 [LOCAL/REMOTE Run Selection]. Sudden starts can cause serious injury or death. If b1-
07 = 1 [Accept Existing RUN Command] and there is an active Run command when you switch from LOCAL to REMOTE Mode,
the drive can start suddenly.
Table 12.73 Function Settings with o2-01 and b1-07

LOCAL/REMOTE Run Selection Switching from LOCAL Mode to Switching from REMOTE Mode to
Function Selection REMOTE Mode LOCAL Mode

o2-01 = 0 [Disabled] b1-07 = 0 [Disregard Existing RUN The drive will not switch modes. The drive will not switch modes.
Command]

b1-07 = 1 [Accept Existing RUN

Command]

o2-01 = 1 [Enabled] b1-07 = 0 [Disregard Existing RUN The drive will not start operating although The drive cannot operate because the Run
Command] the Run command is active. When you set command is not enabled.
Run command to active again, the drive
will start to run.

b1-07 = 1 [Accept Existing RUN When the Run command is active, the The drive cannot operate because the Run
Command] drive will start to run immediately when command is not enabled.
the mode switches from LOCAL to
REMOTE.

■ o2-02: STOP Key Function Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Setting Range)

o2-02 STOP Key Function V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1

(0506) Selection (0, 1)
Sets the function to use on the keypad to stop the drive when the Run command source
for the drive is REMOTE (external) and not assigned to the keypad.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled
stays enabled when the Run command source has not been assigned to the keypad.

740 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings

To start the drive again after you push to stop operation, turn the external Run command OFF and ON
again.

■ o2-03: User Parameter Default Value

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o2-03 User Parameter Default V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0507) Value Sets the function to keep the settings of changed parameters as user parameter defaults to use (0 - 2)
during initialization.

When you set o2-03 = 1 [Set defaults], the drive saves changed parameter settings as user parameter setting
values in a part of the memory that is isolated from drive parameters.
When you set A1-03 = 1110 [Initialize Parameters = User Initialization] to initialize the drive, the drive resets the
internal parameter setting values to those user parameter setting values.
0 : No change
1 : Set defaults
Saves changed parameter setting values as user default settings.
Set o2-03 = 1 then push to save the user parameter setting values. After the drive saves the setting value, o2-
03 automatically resets to 0.
2 : Clear all
Deletes all of the saved user parameter setting values.
Set o2-03 = 2 then push to clear the user parameter setting values. The drive will automatically reset o2-03 to
0. If you delete the user parameter setting values, you cannot set A1-03 = 1110 to initialize parameters.

■ o2-04: Drive Model (KVA) Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Setting Range)

o2-04 Drive Model (KVA) V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by the drive
(0508) Selection Sets the Drive Model code. Set this parameter after replacing the control board. (-)

NOTICE: Set o2-04 [Drive Model Selection] correctly. If you set this parameter incorrectly, it will decrease drive performance,
cause the protection function to operate incorrectly, and cause damage to the drive.
Note:
When the setting value of o2-04 changes, related parameter setting values also change. Refer to Defaults by Drive Model and Duty
Rating ND/HD on page 436 for more information.
Table 12.74 lists the relation between o2-04 setting values and drive models.
Table 12.74 Drive Models and o2-04 Settings
Drive Model o2-04 Setting Drive Model o2-04 Setting

B001 30 2021 68

B002 31 2030 91

B004 32 2042 92

B006 33 2056 93

B010 34 2070 94

B012 35 2082 95

B018 37 4001 96

2001 60 4002 97

2002 61 4004 99

2004 62 4005 6A
Parameter Details

2006 63 4007 6B

2008 64 4009 6D

2010 65 4012 6E

2012 66 4018 6F

2018 67 4023 9A 12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 741

12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings

Drive Model o2-04 Setting Drive Model o2-04 Setting

4031 9C 4044 9E

4038 9D 4060 9F

■ o2-05: Home Mode Freq Ref Entry Mode

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Setting Range)

o2-05 Home Mode Freq Ref Entry V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0
(0509) Mode (0, 1)
Sets the function that makes it necessary to push to use the keypad to change the frequency
reference value while in Drive Mode.

0 : ENTER Key Required

You must push to use the keypad to change the frequency reference value.
1 : Immediate / MOP-style
The frequency reference changes when you enter it with the keypad. This then changes the output frequency. It is
not necessary to push . The drive keeps the frequency reference for 5 seconds after you use and on
the keypad to change the frequency reference value.

■ o2-06: Keypad Disconnect Detection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o2-06 Keypad Disconnect V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(050A) Detection Sets the function that stops the drive if you disconnect the keypad connection cable from the drive (0, 1)
or if you damage the cable while the keypad is the Run command source.

This parameter continues to operate if the keypad installed to the drive becomes disconnected.
This parameter is enabled in these conditions:
• When b1-02 = 0 [Run Command Selection 1 = Keypad] or b1-16 = 0 [Run Command Selection 2 = Keypad]
• In LOCAL Mode
0 : Disabled
The drive continues operation when it detects a keypad disconnection.
1 : Enabled
The drive stops operation, detects oPr [Keypad Connection Fault], and the motor coasts to stop when the drive
detects a keypad disconnection.

■ o2-07: Keypad RUN Direction @ Power-up

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o2-07 Keypad RUN Direction @ V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0527) Power-up Sets the direction of motor rotation when the drive is energized and the keypad is the Run (0, 1)
command source.

This parameter is enabled in these conditions:

• When b1-02 = 0 [Run Command Selection 1 = Keypad] or b1-16 = 0 [Run Command Selection 2 = Keypad]
• In LOCAL Mode
0 : Forward
1 : Reverse

■ o2-09: Region Code

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o2-09 Reserved - -
(050D)

742 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings

■ o2-19: Parameter Write during Uv

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o2-19 Parameter Write during Uv V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(061F) Lets you change parameters during Uv [Undervoltage]. ( 0, 1 )
Expert

0 : Disable
1 : Enabled

■ o2-23: External 24V Powerloss Detection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Setting Range)

o2-23 External 24V Powerloss V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(11F8) Detection Sets the function to give a warning if the backup external 24 V power supply turns off when the (0, 1)
RUN main circuit power supply is in operation.

Note:
The drive will not run when it is operating from one 24-V external power supply.
0 : Disable
The drive does not detect the loss of the 24-V external power supply.
1 : Enabled
The keypad shows the L24v [Loss of External Power 24 Supply] indicator if the drive detects the loss of the 24-V
external power supply.
Note:
A minor fault signal is not output from H2-xx = 10 [MFDO Function Selection = Minor Fault].

■ o2-26: Alarm display at ext. 24V power

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o2-26 Alarm display at ext. 24V V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0
(1563) power When you connect a backup external 24 V power supply, this parameter sets the function to (0, 1)
trigger an alarm when the main circuit power supply voltage decreases.

0 : Disable
The drive will not detect EP24v [External Power 24V Supply] if the main circuit power supply voltage decreases.
The [Ready] light on the LED Status Ring flashes quickly to identify that drive operation is not possible.
1 : Enabled
The drive detects EP24v when the main circuit power supply voltage decreases.
Note:
A minor fault signal is not output from H2-xx = 10 [MFDO Function Selection = Minor Fault].

■ o2-27: bCE Detection Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o2-27 bCE Detection Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 3

(1565) Sets drive operation if the Bluetooth device is disconnected when you operate the drive in (0 - 4)
Bluetooth Mode.

0 : Ramp to Stop
1 : Coast to Stop
2 : Fast Stop (Use C1-09)
3 : Alarm Only
Parameter Details

4 : No Alarm Display

◆ o3: Copy Function

o3 parameters set the operation of the parameter backup function.
12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 743

12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings

■ o3-01: Copy Keypad Function Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o3-01 Copy Keypad Function V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0515) Selection Sets the function that saves and copies drive parameters to a different drive with the keypad. (0 - 4)

0 : Copy Select
1 : Backup (drive → keypad)
The parameter setting values are read from the drive and saved in the keypad.
2 : Restore (keypad → drive)
Copies the parameter setting values saved in the keypad to a different drive.
3 : Verify (check for mismatch)
Makes sure that the parameter setting values in the drive agree with the parameters saved in the keypad.
4 : Erase (backup data of keypad)
Deletes the parameter setting values saved in the keypad.

■ o3-02: Copy Allowed Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o3-02 Copy Allowed Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0516) Sets the copy function when o3-01 = 1 [Copy Keypad Function Selection = Backup (drive → (0, 1)
keypad)].

Note:
When you select [Parameter Backup] on the keypad menu screen to do the backup function, the drive automatically sets o3-02 = 1.
0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

■ o3-04: Select Backup/Restore Location

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o3-04 Select Backup/Restore V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0B3E) Location Sets the storage location for drive parameters when you back up and restore parameters. This (0 - 3)
parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

You can use the LCD keypad to make a maximum of 4 parameter backup sets.
0 : Memory Location 1
1 : Memory Location 2
2 : Memory Location 3
3 : Memory Location 4

■ o3-05: Select Items to Backup/Restore

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o3-05 Select Items to Backup/ V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0BDA) Restore Sets which parameters are backed up, restored, and referenced. This parameter is only available (0, 1)
when using an LCD keypad.

0 : Standard Parameters
1 : Standard + DWEZ Parameters
Note:
• Parameters qx-xx [DriveWorksEZ Parameters] and rx-xx [DriveWorksEZ Connections] show when A1-07 = 1 or 2 [DriveWorksEZ
Function Selection = DWEZ Enabled or Enabled/Disabled wDigital Input].
• The password for DriveWorksEZ PC software is necessary to back up qx-xx and rx-xx. If you enter an incorrect password, the drive
detects PWEr [DWEZ Password Mismatch].

744 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings

■ o3-06: Auto Parameter Backup Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o3-06 Auto Parameter Backup V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1

(0BDE) Selection Sets the function that automatically backs up parameters. This parameter is only available when (0, 1)
using an LCD keypad.

When you connect the drive and keypad, parameters set to the drive are automatically backed up to the keypad as
specified by the setting of parameters o3-06 and o3-07.
0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled
Note:
When you replace the LCD keypad then energize the drive, the keypad shows the restore operation screen automatically to restore the
drive configuration with the parameters backed up to the LCD keypad. If you connect an LCD keypad that does not have parameter
backup data, the keypad will not show the restore operation screen.

■ o3-07: Auto Parameter Backup Interval

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o3-07 Auto Parameter Backup V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1

(0BDF) Interval Sets the interval at which the automatic parameter backup function saves parameters from the (0 - 3)
drive to the keypad.

The drive saves parameter settings to the keypad at these times:

1. After you energize the drive and the auto backup period passes.
2. When you use ROM enter or the keypad to change parameters, the drive saves those changes in the drive,
waits for the auto backup period to pass, then saves those parameters in the keypad.
Note:
The drive can write data to the keypad a maximum of 100,000 times. If you write data to the keypad more than 100,000 times, you must
replace the keypad.
0 : Every 10 minutes
1 : Every 30 minutes
2 : Every 60 minutes
3 : Every 12 hours

◆ o4: Maintenance Mon Settings

o4 parameters set the expected service life to help you know when to replace parts. The drive will show an alarm
to tell you when the replacement part interval is near.

■ o4-01: Elapsed Operating Time Setting

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o4-01 Elapsed Operating Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0h

(050B) Setting Sets the initial value of the cumulative drive operation time in 10-hour units. (0 - 9999 h)

When you select o4-01 on the keypad, it will show the current value of U4-01 in units of 10 hours (h). When you
change the setting of o4-01 through the monitor, the U4-01 count starts again as specified by the setting of o4-01.
Note:
Set this parameter in 10-hour (h) units. When o4-01 = 30, U4-01 [Cumulative Ope Time] = 300 h.

■ o4-02: Elapsed Operating Time Selection

Parameter Details

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o4-02 Elapsed Operating Time V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(050C) Selection Sets the condition that counts the cumulative operation time. (0, 1)

0 : U4-01 Shows Total Power-up Time

Counts the time from when the drive is energized to when it is de-energized.
12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 745

12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings

1 : U4-01 Shows Total RUN Time

Counts the time that the drive outputs voltage.

■ o4-03: Fan Operation Time Setting

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o4-03 Fan Operation Time Setting V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0h
(050E) Sets the value from which to start the cumulative drive cooling fan operation time in 10-hour (0 - 9999 h)
units.

Use monitor U4-03 [Cooling Fan Ope Time] to view the total operation time of the cooling fan. When you
replace a cooling fan, set o4-03 = 0 to reset U4-03. Select o4-03 on the keypad to show the current value of U4-03
in 10-hour (h) units. If you use the monitor to change o4-03, the recount of U4-03 starts with the o4-03 setting.
Note:
The drive sets o4-03 in 10-hour (h) units. When o4-03 = 30, U4-03 [Cooling Fan Ope Time] will show “300 h”.

■ o4-05: Capacitor Maintenance Setting

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o4-05 Capacitor Maintenance V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0%

(051D) Setting Sets the U4-05 [CapacitorMaintenance] monitor value. (0 - 150%)

When you replace a drive, set o4-05 = 0 to reset U4-05. When the o4-05 setting changes, the count of U4-05
starts again as specified by the setting of o4-05. After you complete the configuration, o4-05 automatically resets
to 0.
Note:
The maintenance period changes for different operating environments.

■ o4-07: Softcharge Relay Maintenance Set

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o4-07 Softcharge Relay V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0%

(0523) Maintenance Set Sets the U4-06 [PreChargeRelayMainte] monitor value. (0 - 150%)

When you replace a drive, set o4-07 = 0 to reset U4-06. When the o4-07 setting changes, the count of U4-06
starts again as specified by the setting of o4-07. After you complete the configuration, o4-07 automatically resets
to 0.
Note:
The maintenance period changes for different operating environments.

■ o4-09: IGBT Maintenance Setting

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o4-09 IGBT Maintenance Setting V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0%

(0525) Sets the U4-07 [IGBT Maintenance] monitor value. (0 - 150%)

When you replace a drive, set o4-09 = 0 to reset U4-07. When the o4-09 setting changes, the count of U4-07
starts again as specified by the setting of o4-09. After you complete the configuration, o4-09 automatically resets
to 0.
Note:
The maintenance period changes for different operating environments.

■ o4-11: Fault Trace/History Init (U2/U3)

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o4-11 Fault Trace/History Init V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0510) (U2/U3) Resets the records of Monitors U2-xx [Fault Trace] and U3-xx [Fault History]. (0, 1)

Note:
When you initialize the drive with A1-03 [Initialize Parameters], the drive will not reset the records for U2-xx and U3-xx.

746 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings

0 : Disabled
Keeps the records of Monitors U2-xx and U3-xx.
1 : Enabled
Resets the records for Monitors U2-xx and U3-xx. After the reset, the drive automatically resets o4-11 to 0.

■ o4-12: kWh Monitor Initialization

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o4-12 kWh Monitor Initialization V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0512) Resets the monitor values for U4-10 [kWh, Lower 4 Digits] and U4-11 [kWh, Upper 5 Digits]. (0, 1)

Note:
When you initialize the drive with A1-03 [Initialize Parameters], the drive will not reset U4-10 and U4-11.
0 : No Reset
Keeps the monitor values for U4-10 and U4-11.
1 : Reset
Resets the values of U4-10 and U4-11. After the reset, the drive automatically resets o4-12 to 0.

■ o4-13: RUN Command Counter @ Initialize

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o4-13 RUN Command Counter @ V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0528) Initialize Resets the monitor values for U4-02 [Num of Run Commands], U4-24 [Number of Runs (Low)], (0, 1)
and U4-25 [Number of Runs (High)].

0 : No Reset
Keeps the monitor values for U4-02, U4-24, and U4-25.
1 : Reset
Resets the values of U4-02, U4-24, and U4-25. After the reset, the drive automatically resets o4-13 to 0.

■ o4-22: Time Format

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o4-22 Time Format V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(154F) Sets the time display format. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad. (0 - 2)
RUN

Sets the display of the time shown in the upper-left of the LCD keypad screen.
0 : 24 Hour Clock
1 : 12 Hour Clock
2 : 12 Hour JP Clock

■ o4-23: Date Format

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o4-23 Date Format V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(1550) Sets the date display format. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad. (0 - 2)
RUN

Sets the date format that the drive uses for the fault history and other records.
0 : YYYY/MM/DD
1 : DD/MM/YYYY
Parameter Details

2 : MM/DD/YYYY

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 747

12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings

■ o4-24: bAT Detection Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o4-24 bAT Detection Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(310F) Sets the operation when the drive detects bAT [Keypad Battery Low Voltage] and TiM [Keypad (0 - 2)
RUN Time Not Set]. This parameter is only available when you use an LCD keypad.

0 : Disable
The drive will not detect bAT or TiM.
1 : Enable (Alarm Detected)
The keypad shows bAT or TiM and the drive continues operation. The output terminal set to Alarm [H2-01 to H2-
03 = 10] activates.
2 : Enable (Fault Detected)
The output turns off and the motor coasts to stop. The output terminal set for Fault [H2-01 to H2-03 = E]
activates.

◆ o5: Log Function

The data log function saves drive status information as a CSV file in the micro SD memory card in the keypad.
Monitors Ux-xx are the source of data log information. You can record a maximum of 10 monitors.
Change the LCD keypad screen from the main menu to the Diagnostic Tools screen and select the data log
function. Set the number of the monitor to record and the sampling time, then start to record the data log.
Table 12.75 Setting Parameters for Data Log Items
No. Name Default Data Log Monitors

o5-03 Log Monitor Data 1 101 U1-01 [Frequency Reference]

o5-04 Log Monitor Data 2 102 U1-02 [Output Frequency]

o5-05 Log Monitor Data 3 103 U1-03 [Output Current]

o5-06 Log Monitor Data 4 107 U1-07 [DC Bus Voltage]

o5-07 Log Monitor Data 5 108 U1-08 [Output Power]

o5-08 Log Monitor Data 6 000 Not selected

o5-09 Log Monitor Data 7 000 Not selected

o5-10 Log Monitor Data 8 000 Not selected

o5-11 Log Monitor Data 9 000 Not selected

o5-12 Log Monitor Data 10 000 Not selected

Note:
• Failure to obey can cause the log function to fail after you restore power or connect the keypad. Do not de-energize the drive or
disconnect the keypad from the drive during log transfer communication.
• You can use a Micro SDHC card a maximum of 32 GB capacity.

■ Log File Specifications

Item Specification

File storage location A folder called [Log_File] is created in the root directory of the micro SD card.

Filename GLOG0xxx.csv
Note:
[xxx] identifies a 3-digit decimal number
Maximum number of files 999 (GLOG0001.csv to GLOG0999.csv)

Character code ASCII code

Line break code <CR><LF>

Separating character [ , ] (Commas)

Header Rows First Row: Drive information including Drive Model, software version, control method, and sampling time
Second Row: Log data information including the monitor number, number decimal points, and unit code

748 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings

■ Log File Configuration

The [Log_Files] folder is created in the root directory of the micro SD card. This is where the log data is stored as
CSV files. Log data files are created in this configuration. The number of rows changes when the number of
selected monitors change.
First Row Drive information

Second Row Log data information

Third Row Log data 1

: Log data 2

: Log data 3

: :

Last Row Log data n

First Row: Drive Information

This example shows the data text strings and data generated for the first row of log data.
Example of generated data: 00,0012,160107111230,GA500,VSVA01010,2,62,1000,000001
Number
No. Item of Example Description
Charac
ters

1 Attribute 2 00 [00] shows that the record is a drive information record.

2 File number 4 0012 Generates the [xxx] part (a 3-digit decimal number) of the [GLOG0xxx.csv] filename of the log data
in hexadecimal format.
Example filename of [GLOG0018.csv]: 018 (Dec.) = 0012 (Hex.)

3 Time stamp *1 12 160107111230 Date file was generated

• Date: 20YY/MM/DD
• Time in 24-hour format: HH:MM:SS
Example data of [160107111230]: 11:12:30 on January 7, 2016

4 Model 5 GA500 Drive model information

5 Software number 9 VSVA01011 Drive software number

6 Control Method Selection 1 2 Setting value (Hex.) of A1-02 [Control Method Selection]

7 Drive capacity 2 62 Setting value (Hex.) of o2-04 [Drive Model (KVA) Selection]

8 Sampling time 5 1000 Setting value (Dec.) of o5-02 [Log Sampling Interval]
(Maximum) Unit: ms

9 Row number 6 000001 Row number (Hex.) in the data log file

*1 If you do not set the time in the keypad, the text string of [000000000000] is generated to show the time.
Second Row: Log Data Information
This example shows the data text strings and data generated for the second row of log data.
Example of generated data:
01,0012,160107111230,0101,0201,0102,0201,0103,0206,0107,0005,0108,0209,0000,0000,0000,0000,0000,0
000,0000,0000,0000,0000,0000,0000,0000,0000,000002
Number of
No. Item Description
Characters

1 Attribute 2 [01] shows that the record is a log data information record.

2 File number 4 Generates the [xxx] part (a 3-digit decimal number) of the [GLOG0xxx.csv] filename of the log data in hexadecimal
format.

3 Time stamp 12 Date file was generated

4 Monitor Number 1 *1 4 Monitor number selected by o5-03 [Log Monitor Data 1]

Ex.: 0101 (Dec.) for U1-01

5 Monitor Unit 1 *2 4 Unit code and number of decimal places used for the monitor selected with o5-03
Parameter Details

Example when U1-01 = 30.00 Hz:

Number of decimal places = 2, Hz unit code = 01, monitor unit 1 = 0201 (Hex.)

6 Monitor number 2 4 Monitor number (Dec.) selected by o5-04 [Log Monitor Data 2]

7 Monitor Unit 2 4 Unit code and number of decimal places used for the monitor selected with o5-04

: : : :
12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 749

12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings

No. Item Number of Description

Characters

22 Monitor number 10 4 Monitor number (Dec.) selected by o5-12 [Log Monitor Data10]

23 Monitor Unit 10 4 Unit code and number of decimal places used for the monitor selected with o5-12

24 to 27 Reserved 4 -

28 Row number 6 Row number (Hex.) in the data log file

*1 If there is no data log monitor selected, the text string of [0000] is generated.
*2 Refer to Table 12.76 for information about unit codes.
Table 12.76 Unit Codes
Unit Code (Hex.) Unit Unit Code (Hex.) Unit Unit Code (Hex.) Unit Unit Code (Hex.) Unit

00 – 08 PPR 10 H 18 0H

01 Hz 09 kW 11 V 19 –

02 RPM 0A Ω 12 us 1A –

03 % 0B ms 13 min 1B –

04 VAC 0C kHz 14 °C 1C –

05 VDC 0D PSI 15 W 1D –

06 A 0E MPM 16 kWH 1E –

07 sec 0F FPM 17 MWH 1F –

Third and Subsequent Rows: Log Data

This example shows the data text strings and data generated for the third row of log data.
Example of generated data:
02,0012,160107111239,1770,1770,00BE,0118,0028,0000,0000,0000,0000,0000,0000,0000,00000C
Number of
No. Item Description
Characters

1 Attribute 2 [02] shows that the record is a monitor data record.

2 File number 4 Generates the [xxx] part (a 3-digit decimal number) of the [GLOG0xxx.csv] filename of the log data in hexadecimal
format.

3 Time stamp 12 Data log data was retrieved (YYMMDDHHMMSS)

4 Log Monitor Data 1 4 Log monitor data (Hex.) of the monitor selected with o5-03 [Log Monitor Data 1]

5 Log Monitor Data 2 4 Log monitor data (Hex.) of the monitor selected with o5-04 [Log Monitor Data 2]

: : : :

13 Log Monitor Data 10 4 Log monitor data (Hex.) of the monitor selected with o5-12 [Log Monitor Data 10]

14 Reserved 4 -

15 Encoding data 4 Log Monitor Data 1 to 10 Code Data (Hex.)

Bits 0 through 9 show the encoding of log monitor data 1 1 through 10. A bit value of 1 shows that the data represents
a negative value. (Log monitor data 1 through 10 is absolute value data without encoding)
Example when log monitor data 2, 5, and 8 show negative values: Bits 1, 4, and 7 have values of 1, and the encoding
data = 0010010010 (Bin.) = 0092 (Hex.)

16 Row number 6 Row number (Hex.) in the data log file

■ o5-01: Log Start/Stop Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o5-01 Log Start/Stop Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(1551) Sets the data log function. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad. (0 - 1)
RUN

0 : OFF
Stops the data log.
1 : ON
Starts the data log as specified by the sampling cycle set in o5-02 [Log Sampling Interval].

750 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings

■ o5-02: Log Sampling Interval

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o5-02 Log Sampling Interval V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1000 ms
(1552) Sets the data log sampling cycle. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad. (100 - 60000 ms)
RUN

■ o5-03: Log Monitor Data 1

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o5-03 Log Monitor Data 1 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 101
(1553) Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad. (000, 101 - 999)
RUN

Note:
Set the number of the U monitor to record the data log.
For example, to show U1-01 [Frequency Reference], set o5-03 = 101. When it is not necessary to set data log monitors, set this
parameter to 000. You cannot set U2 monitor [Fault Trace] or U3 Monitor [Fault History].

■ o5-04: Log Monitor Data 2

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o5-04 Log Monitor Data 2 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 102
(1554) Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad. (000, 101 - 999)
RUN

Note:
Set the U monitor number you will log.
For example, to show U1-02 [Output Frequency], set o5-04 = 102. When it is not necessary to set data log monitor, set this parameter to
000.

■ o5-05: Log Monitor Data 3

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o5-05 Log Monitor Data 3 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 103
(1555) Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad. (000, 101 - 999)
RUN

Note:
Sets the number of the U monitor you will log.
For example, to show U1-03 [Output Current], set o5-05 = 103. When it is not necessary to set data log monitors, set this parameter to
000. You cannot select U2 monitor [Fault Trace] or U3 Monitor [Fault History].

■ o5-06: Log Monitor Data 4

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o5-06 Log Monitor Data 4 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 107
(1556) Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad. (000, 101 - 999)
RUN

Note:
Sets the number of the U monitor you will log.
For example, to show U1-07 [DC Bus Voltage], set o5-06 = 107. When it is not necessary to set data log monitors, set this parameter to
000. You cannot select U2 monitor [Fault Trace] or U3 Monitor [Fault History].

■ o5-07: Log Monitor Data 5

Parameter Details

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o5-07 Log Monitor Data 5 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 108
(1557) Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad. (000, 101 - 999)
RUN

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 751

12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings

Note:
Sets the number of the U monitor you will log.
For example, to show U1-08 [Output Power], set o5-07 = 108. When it is not necessary to set data log monitors, set this parameter to
000. You cannot select U2 monitor [Fault Trace] or U3 Monitor [Fault History].

■ o5-08: Log Monitor Data 6

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Setting Range)

o5-08 Log Monitor Data 6 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 000
(1558) Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad. (000, 101 - 999)
RUN

Note:
Set the U monitor number you want to log.
For example, to display U1-01 [Frequency Reference], set o5-08 = 101. When it is not necessary to set a data log monitor, set this
parameter to 000. You cannot set U2 Monitors [Fault Trace] or U3 Monitors [Fault History].

■ o5-09: Log Monitor Data 7

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o5-09 Log Monitor Data 7 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 000
(1559) Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad. (000, 101 - 999)
RUN

Note:
Set the U monitor number you will log.
For example, to show U1-01 [Frequency Reference], set o5-09 = 101. When it is not necessary to set data log monitor, set this
parameter to 000.

■ o5-10: Log Monitor Data 8

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o5-10 Log Monitor Data 8 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 000
(155A) Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad. (000, 101 - 999)
RUN

Note:
Sets the number of the U monitor you will log.
For example, to show U1-01 [Frequency Reference], set o5-10 = 101. When it is not necessary to set data log monitors, set this
parameter to 000. You cannot select U2 monitor [Fault Trace] or U3 Monitor [Fault History].

■ o5-11: Log Monitor Data 9

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o5-11 Log Monitor Data 9 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 000
(155B) Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad. (000, 101 - 999)
RUN

Note:
Sets the number of the U monitor you will log.
For example, to show U1-01 [Frequency Reference], set o5-11 = 101. When it is not necessary to set data log monitors, set this
parameter to 000. You cannot select U2 monitor [Fault Trace] or U3 Monitor [Fault History].

■ o5-12: Log Monitor Data 10

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

o5-12 Log Monitor Data 10 V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 000
(155C) Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad. (000, 101 - 999)
RUN

Note:
Sets the number of the U monitor you will log.
For example, to show U1-01 [Frequency Reference], set o5-12 = 101. When it is not necessary to set data log monitors, set this
parameter to 000. You cannot select U2 monitor [Fault Trace] or U3 Monitor [Fault History].

752 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.12 T: Auto-Tuning

12.12 T: Auto-Tuning
Numbers identifying the T parameters are displayed when an LED keypad is used. The names of the parameters
are displayed on the LCD screen of the LCD keypad. Set the following.
• Induction Motor Auto-Tuning
• PM Motor Auto-Tuning
• ASR and Inertia Tuning

◆ T0: Tuning Mode Selection

■ T0-00: Tuning Mode Selection
No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

T0-00 Tuning Mode Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(1197) Sets the type of Auto-Tuning. (0, 1)

When your control method supports Control Tuning, use the Setup Wizard to set the parameters in this order.
1. T0-00 to set the tuning mode.
2. T1-00 [Motor 1/Motor 2 Selection] to set the motor you will tune.
3. T2-01 [PM Auto-Tuning Selection] or T3-00 [Control Loop Tuning Selection] to set the tuning mode.
Note:
The available tuning modes are different for different control methods.
0 : Motor Parameter Tuning
1 : Control Tuning

◆ T1: Induction Motor Auto-Tuning

T1 parameters set the Auto-Tuning input data for induction motor tuning.
Note:
• The base frequency of drive dedicated motors and special motors for use with vector control may be lower than the base frequency of
general-purpose motors, which is 50 Hz or 60 Hz. In such cases, this lower frequency is used as the value for E1-06 [Base Frequency]
and E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency] after Auto-Tuning completes. If the maximum output frequency is too low and causes
problems, change the setting of E1-04 after Auto-Tuning completes.
• The following induction motor parameters are set automatically.
–E1-xx [V/f Pattern for Motor 1]
–E2-xx [Motor Parameters]
–E3-xx [V/f Pattern for Motor 2]
–E4-xx [Motor 2 Parameters]

■ T1-00: Motor 1/Motor 2 Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

T1-00 Motor 1/Motor 2 Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1

(0700) Sets which motor to tune when motor 1/2 switching is enabled. (1, 2)

Note:
SetH1-xx = 16 [Motor 2 Selection] to enable this parameter. When H1-xx ≠ 16 the keypad will not show this parameter.
1 : Motor 1
Auto-Tuning automatically sets parameters E1-xx and E2-xx for motor 1.
2 : Motor 2
Auto-Tuning automatically sets parameters E3-xx and E4-xx for motor 2. Make sure that you connect motor 2 to
Parameter Details

the drive for Auto-Tuning.

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 753

12.12 T: Auto-Tuning

■ T1-01: Auto-Tuning Mode Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

T1-01 Tuning Mode Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02
(0701) Sets the type of Auto-Tuning. (Determined by A1-02)

0 : Rotational Auto-Tuning
1 : Stationary Auto-Tuning 1
2 : Stationary Line-Line Resistance

■ T1-02: Motor Rated Power

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

T1-02 Motor Rated Power V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04, C6-
(0702) Uses the units set in o1-58 [Motor Power Unit Selection] to set the motor rated output power. 01
(0.00 - 650.00 kW)

■ T1-03: Motor Rated Voltage

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

T1-03 Motor Rated Voltage V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04, C6-
(0703) Sets the rated voltage (V) of the motor. Enter the base speed voltage for constant output motors. 01
(200 V Class: 0.0 - 255.5 V,
400 V Class: 0.0 - 511.0 V)

If you do Auto-Tuning on a drive-dedicated motor or a specialized motor for vector control, the voltage or
frequency can be lower than that of a general-purpose motor. Always compare the data from the nameplate or test
report with the Auto-Tuning results and check for differences. Enter the voltage necessary to operate the motor in
no-load conditions at rated speed for better control precision around rated speed. If the motor test report or the
motor nameplate is not available, enter approximately 90% of the motor rated voltage.
If the drive input power supply voltage is low, enter approximately 90% of the input voltage. When the input
power supply voltage is low, the current will increase. Make sure that the main power supply capacity is correct
and use a molded-case circuit breaker for the drive.

■ T1-04: Motor Rated Current

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

T1-04 Motor Rated Current V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04
(0704) Sets the rated current (A) of the motor. (10% to 200% of the drive
rated current)

Set the motor rated current between 50% and 100% of the drive rated current for the best performance. Enter the
current at the motor base speed.

■ T1-05: Motor Base Frequency

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

T1-05 Motor Base Frequency V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 50.0 Hz
(0705) Sets the base frequency (Hz) of the motor. (0.0 - 590.0 Hz)

When Auto-Tuning is carried out, the value of T1-05 is set to E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]. If T1-05 < 40
Hz, E1-04 = 40 Hz. If you operate the drive at a speed that is higher than the base frequency, or if you operate in
the field weakening range, set E1-04 (E3-04 for motor 2) to the maximum output frequency after you complete
Auto-Tuning.

■ T1-06: Number of Motor Poles

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

T1-06 Number of Motor Poles V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 4

(0706) Sets the number of motor poles. (2 to 120)

754 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.12 T: Auto-Tuning

■ T1-07: Motor Base Speed

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

T1-07 Motor Base Speed V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1450 min-1 (r/min)
(0707) Sets the motor base speed for Auto-Tuning (min-1 (r/min)). (0 - 35400 min-1 (r/min))

■ T1-09: Motor No-Load Current

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

T1-09 Motor No-Load Current V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV -

(0709) Sets the no-load current of the motor. (0A - T1-04; max. of
2999.9)

Note:
The display units are different for different models:
• 0.01 A: B001 - B018, 2001 - 2042, 4001 - 4023
• 0.1 A: 2056 - 2082, 4031 - 4060
The value shown is the no-load current that the drive automatically calculates from the values set in T1-02 [Motor
Rated Power] and T1-04 [Motor Rated Current]. Set the no-load current shown on the motor test report. If the
motor test report is not available, do not change this parameter.

■ T1-10: Motor Rated Slip Frequency

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

T1-10 Motor Rated Slip V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV -

(070A) Frequency Sets motor rated slip. (0.000 - 20.000 Hz)

Shows 0.000 Hz as the default value. Set the rated slip shown on the motor test report. If the motor test report is
not available, do not change this parameter.

■ T1-11: Motor Iron Loss

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

T1-11 Motor Iron Loss V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by E2-11 or
(070B) Sets the iron loss for calculating the energy-saving coefficient. E4-11
(0 - 65535 W)

Note:
The default setting is different for different motor codes and motor parameter settings.
The value shown is the E2-10 [Motor Iron Loss] or E4-10 [Motor 2 Iron Loss] for the motor output set in T1-02
[Motor Rated Power]. If the motor test report is available, enter the motor iron loss value to T1-11.

■ T1-12: Test Mode Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

T1-12 Test Mode Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0BDB) Sets the function to enable Test Mode after Stationary Auto-Tuning. When you can operate the (0, 1)
motor with a light load attached after Stationary Auto-Tuning is complete, enable this parameter.

0 : No
1 : Yes
After Auto-Tuning, the drive automatically sets E2-02 [Motor Rated Slip] and E2-03 [Motor No-Load Current]
when you operate the motor for the first time in Drive Mode.
Note:
Parameter Details

After Auto-Tuning is complete and you set the drive to Drive Mode, operate the motor in these conditions:
• Make sure that you connect all wiring between the drive and motor
• Make sure that a mechanical brake on the motor shaft is not locked
• Keep the motor-load ratio at 30%
• Hold constant speed for longer than 1 second at a minimum of 30% of the speed set in E1-06 [Base Frequency] (the default setting is
the same as the maximum frequency).
12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 755

12.12 T: Auto-Tuning

■ T1-13: No-load voltage

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

T1-13 No-load voltage V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV T1-03 × 0.9
(0BDC) Sets the no-load voltage of the motor. When the no-load voltage at rated speed is available, for (200 V Class: 0.0 - 255.0 V,
example on the motor test report, set the voltage in this parameter. If the no-load voltage is not 400 V Class: 0.0 - 510.0 V)
available, do not change this parameter.

Note:
To get the same qualities as a Yaskawa 1000-series drive or previous series drive, set this parameter = T1-03 [Motor Rated Voltage].

◆ T2: PM Motor Auto-Tuning

T2 parameters set the Auto-Tuning input data for PM motor tuning.
Note:
The drive automatically sets these PM motor parameters:
• E1-xx [V/f Pattern for Motor 1]
• E5-xx [V/f Pattern for Motor 1]

■ T2-01: PM Auto-Tuning Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

T2-01 PM Auto-Tuning Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(0750) Sets the type of Auto-Tuning for PM motors. (Determined by A1-02)

Note:
Yaskawa recommends Rotational (Ld, Lq, R, back-EMF) for specialized motors. Rotational Auto-Tuning rotates the motor to measure
the actual induction voltage constants for more accurate control than Stationary Auto-Tuning.
0 : PM Motor Parameter Settings
1 : Stationary (Ld, Lq, R)
2 : Stationary (R Only)
4 : Rotational (Ld, Lq, R, back-EMF)
5 : High Frequency Injection

■ T2-02: PM Motor Code Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

T2-02 PM Motor Code Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by A1-02 and
(0751) If the drive is operating an SMRD, SMRA, or SSR1 series Yaskawa PM motor, enter the PM o2-04
motor code in to align with the rotation speed and motor output. (0000 - FFFF)

Enter the motor code to automatically set parameters T2-03 to T2-14. When you are operating a specialized motor
or a non-Yaskawa motor, set T2-02 = FFFF and enter the data from the motor nameplate or the motor test report.
You can only enter the permitted PM motor codes. Different drive control methods will accept different PM motor
codes.

■ T2-03: PM Motor Type

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

T2-03 PM Motor Type V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1

(0752) Sets the type of PM motor the drive will operate. (0, 1)

0 : IPM motor
IPM motors have magnets in the rotor, and Ld ≠ Lq.
1 : SPM motor
SPM motors have magnets attached to the surface of the rotor with adhesive material, and Ld = Lq.

756 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.12 T: Auto-Tuning

■ T2-04: PM Motor Rated Power

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

T2-04 PM Motor Rated Power V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04, C6-
(0730) Uses the units set in o1-58 [Motor Power Unit Selection] to set the PM motor rated output power. 01
(0.00 - 650.00 kW)

■ T2-05: PM Motor Rated Voltage

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

T2-05 PM Motor Rated Voltage V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 200 V Class: 200.0 V, 400
(0732) Sets the rated voltage (V) of the motor. V: 400.0 V
(200 V Class: 0.0 - 255.0 V,
400 V Class: 0.0 - 510.0 V)

■ T2-06: PM Motor Rated Current

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

T2-06 PM Motor Rated Current V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04
(0733) Sets the rated current (A) of the motor. (10% to 200% of the drive
rated current)

■ T2-07: PM Motor Base Frequency

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

T2-07 PM Motor Base Frequency V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 87.5 Hz
(0753) Sets the base frequency (Hz) of the motor. (0.0 - 590.0 Hz)

■ T2-08: Number of PM Motor Poles

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

T2-08 Number of PM Motor Poles V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 6

(0734) Sets the number of motor poles. (2 - 48)

■ T2-09: PM Motor Base Speed

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

T2-09 PM Motor Base Speed V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1750 min-1 (r/min)
(0731) Sets the motor base speed (min-1 (r/min)). (0 - 34500 min-1 (r/min))

■ T2-10: PM Motor Stator Resistance

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

T2-10 PM Motor Stator Resistance V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by T2-02
(0754) Sets the stator resistance for each motor phase. (0.000 - 65.000 Ω)

Note:
This parameter does not set line-to-line resistance.

■ T2-11: PM Motor d-Axis Inductance

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

T2-11 PM Motor d-Axis V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by T2-02
Parameter Details

(0735) Inductance Sets the d-axis inductance of the motor on a per phase basis. (0.00 - 600.00 mH)

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 757

12.12 T: Auto-Tuning

■ T2-12: PM Motor q-Axis Inductance

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

T2-12 PM Motor q-Axis V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by T2-02
(0736) Inductance Sets the q-Axis inductance of the motor on a per phase basis. (0.00 - 600.00 mH)

■ T2-13: Back-EMF Units Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

T2-13 Back-EMF Units Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 1

(0755) Sets the units that the drive uses to set the induced voltage constant. (0, 1)

0 : mV/(rev/min)
1 : mV/(rad/s)
Note:
• When T2-13 = 0, the drive will use E5-24 [PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms (mV/rpm)] and will automatically set E5-09 [PM Back-EMF
Vpeak (mV/(rad/s))] = 0.0.
• When T2-13 = 1, the drive will use E5-09 and will automatically set E5-24 = 0.0.

■ T2-14: Back-EMF Voltage Constant (Ke)

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

T2-14 Back-EMF Voltage V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by T2-13
(0737) Constant (Ke) Sets the motor induced voltage constant (Ke). (0.0 - 2000.0)

■ T2-15: Pull-In Current Level

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

T2-15 Pull-In Current Level V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 30%
(0756) Sets the level of the pull-in current as a percentage of E5-03 [PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)]. (0 - 120%)
Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

If the load inertia is high, increase the setting value.

◆ T3: ASR and Inertia Tuning

■ T3-00: Control Loop Tuning Selection
No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

T3-00 Control Loop Tuning V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 2

(1198) Selection Sets the type of Control Auto-Tuning. (2, 3)

2 : Deceleration Rate Tuning

3 : KEB Tuning

◆ T4: EZ Tuning
Use T4 parameters to input the data necessary for motor parameter Auto-Tuning when A1-02 = 8 [Control
Method Selection = EZ Vector Control]. These two modes are available:

758 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 12.12 T: Auto-Tuning

T4-01 Setting Operational overview Items input for tuning Items tuned

0 Follow the instructions in the setup wizard on the keypad to • T4-02 [Motor Type Selection] • E9-01 [Motor Type Selection]
manually enter the necessary motor parameters. • T4-03 [Motor Max Revolutions] • E9-02 [Maximum Speed]
• T4-04 [Motor Rated Revolutions] • E9-03 [Rated Speed]
• T4-05 [Motor Rated Frequency] *1 • E9-04 [Base Frequency]
• T4-06 [Motor Rated Voltage] • E9-05 [Base Voltage]
• T4-07 [Motor Rated Current] • E9-06 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)]
• T4-08 [Motor Rated Capacity] • E9-07 [Motor Rated Power]
• T4-09 [Number of Poles] • E9-08 [Motor Pole Count]
• E9-09 [Motor Rated Slip]
• E9-10 [Motor Line-to-Line Resistance]

1 Do only line-to-line resistance tuning. Motor Rated Current E9-10 [Motor Line-to-Line Resistance]

*1 When you use a PM motor or a synchronous reluctance motor, it is not necessary to enter the rated frequency. The drive will use the
rated rotation speed and number of motor poles to automatically calculate the rated frequency.

■ T4-01: EZ Tuning Mode Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

T4-01 EZ Tuning Mode Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(3130) Sets the type of Auto-Tuning for EZOLV control. (0, 1)

0 : Motor Parameter Setting

1 : Line-to-Line Resistance

■ T4-02: Motor Type Selection

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

T4-02 Motor Type Selection V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 0

(3131) Sets the type of motor. (0, 1, 2)

0 : Induction (IM)
1 : Permanent Magnet (PM)
2 : Synchronous Reluctance (SynRM)

■ T4-04: Motor Rated Revolutions

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

T4-04 Motor Rated Revolutions V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV -

(3133) Sets rated rotation speed (min-1) of the motor. ((40 Hz to 120 Hz) × 60 ×
2/E9-08)

■ T4-05: Motor Rated Frequency

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

T4-05 Motor Rated Frequency V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by E9-01 and
(3134) Sets the rated frequency (Hz) of the motor. o2-04
(40.0 - 120.0 Hz)

Note:
When T4-02 = 1, 2 [Motor Type Selection = PM, SynRM], input is not necessary because it assumes: Motor Rated Revolutions/60 ×
Number of Motor Poles/2.

■ T4-06: Motor Rated Voltage

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)
Parameter Details

T4-06 Motor Rated Voltage V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV 200 V Class: 200.0 V, 400
(3135) Sets the rated voltage (V) of the motor. V: 400.0 V
(200 V Class: 0.0 - 255.0
V,400 V Class: 0.0 - 510.0
V)

12

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 759

12.12 T: Auto-Tuning

■ T4-07: Motor Rated Current

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

T4-07 Motor Rated Current V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by o2-04, C6-
(3136) Sets the rated current (A) of the motor. 01
(10% to 200% of the drive
rated current)

Note:
The value set here becomes the base value for motor protection, the torque limit, and torque control.

■ T4-08: Motor Rated Capacity

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

T4-08 Motor Rated Capacity V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by E9-10
(3137) Sets the motor rated power in the units set in o1-58 [Motor Power Unit Selection]. (0.10 - 650.00 kW)

■ T4-09: Number of Poles

No. Default
Name Description
(Hex.) (Range)

T4-09 Number of Poles V/f OLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM EZOLV Determined by E9-01
(3138) Sets the number of motor poles. (2 - 48)

760 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 Basic operation
Index bAT
Get started ........................................................ 118

Fault ............................................................... 244

Symbols Minor Fault ....................................................... 260
Numerics bb ....................................................................... 260
24 V power supply bCE
Power supply input terminals ................................... 81 Fault ............................................................... 244
A Minor Fault ....................................................... 260
AC reactor Bi-Directional function .............................................. 556
Wiring .............................................................. 96 boL
Acceleration and deceleration times Fault ............................................................... 244
Switching by external input .................................... 524 Minor Fault ....................................................... 260
Switching by output frequency ................................ 525 Braking Resistor
Switcing by Motor 2 Selection commands ................... 525 Protection Functions ............................................ 707
Acceleration time Wiring .............................................................. 91
Parameter ......................................................... 524 bUS
Unit of measurement setting ................................... 527 Detection condition settings.................................... 592
Adjustment of control functionality................................ 139 Detection conditions ............................................ 589
AEr ..................................................................... 260 Fault ............................................................... 244
AFR Minor Fault ....................................................... 260
Parameter ......................................................... 715 Operation Selection after Detection ........................... 588
Alarm ............................................................ 238, 260 bUSy ................................................................... 261
Altitude C
Derating ........................................................... 327 CALL .................................................................. 261
Environment....................................................... 29 Capacitor Maintenance Setting ..................................... 746
Ambient humidity ..................................................... 29 Carrier frequency ..................................................... 541
Ambient Temperature Setting ....................................... 29 Derating ........................................................... 324
Derating ........................................................... 326 Parameter ......................................................... 540
Parameter ......................................................... 709 CE
Analog input Detection Selection .............................................. 659
Function selection for terminals A1 and A2 ................. 645 Detection time.................................................... 660
Analog Output Fault ............................................................... 244
Gain/Bias Adjustment........................................... 656 Minor Fault ....................................................... 261
Monitor Parameter Selection................................... 656 Operation Selection after Detection ........................... 659
Signal Level Selection .......................................... 656 CF ...................................................................... 245
Terminal AM Monitor Selection............................... 657 Checklist
Application Preset .................................................... 465 Test run............................................................ 144
Operation ......................................................... 129 Circulation Fan
ASR Replacement...................................................... 296
Fine tuning........................................................ 537 CoF ..................................................................... 245
Parameter ......................................................... 535 Communication option
Vector Control Adjustment Procedure ........................ 536 Parameter ......................................................... 582
Auto-Tuning..................................................... 130, 133 Control circuit terminal block
ASR and Inertia Tuning Parameters........................... 758 Replacement...................................................... 301
Induction Motor.................................................. 130 Control circuit terminals
Induction Motor Parameters.................................... 753 Configuration of terminal block ................................ 82
PM Motor Parameters........................................... 756 I/O terminals function selection switches ..................... 84
PM motors ........................................................ 131 Terminal functions................................................ 79
Precautions ....................................................... 134 Wire gauge......................................................... 82
Rotational Auto-Tuning Precautions .......................... 135 Wiring .............................................................. 78
Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance Wiring procedure for terminal block ........................... 83
precautions ................................................. 135 Control method
Stationary Auto-Tuning Precautions .......................... 135 Selection .......................................................... 462
Stator resistance Auto-Tuning precautions................... 135 Cooling Fan
Auto-Tuning Error ............................................. 238, 275 Activation Conditions Setting.................................. 709
B Estimated Lifespan .............................................. 294
Backup Off Delay Timer ................................................. 709
Parameters (drive to keypad)................................... 126 Replacement...................................................... 296
Backup function ...................................................... 743 Copy Function Error ........................................... 238, 279
Base frequency CP1
Parameter ......................................................... 566 Fault ............................................................... 245
Base Frequency Minor Fault ....................................................... 261
Motor 2 Parameters.............................................. 571 CP2
Base voltage Fault ............................................................... 245
Motor 2 parameters.............................................. 572 Minor Fault ....................................................... 262
Parameter ......................................................... 567 CPEr.................................................................... 279

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 761

CPF00.................................................................. 246 Drive mode ............................................................ 114
CPF01.................................................................. 246 Drive Mode Unit Monitor Select ................................... 734
CPF02.................................................................. 246 Drive Model Selection ............................................... 741
CPF03.................................................................. 246 Drive watt loss ................................................ 34–37, 39
CPF06.................................................................. 246 dv7...................................................................... 246
CPF08.................................................................. 246 dWA2 .................................................................. 262
CPF11 to CPF14...................................................... 246 dWA3 .................................................................. 262
CPF16 to CPF24...................................................... 246 dWAL .................................................................. 262
CPF25.................................................................. 246 Dwell function
CPF38.................................................................. 246 Parameter ......................................................... 519
CPyE ................................................................... 279 dWF1................................................................... 247
Crimp ferrule........................................................... 82 dWF2................................................................... 247
CrST.................................................................... 262 dWF3................................................................... 247
CSEr.................................................................... 279 dWFL .................................................................. 247
Cumulative Operation TimeSetting ................................ 745 E
Current Detection Speed Search.................................... 494 E5
CyC..................................................................... 262 Fault ............................................................... 247
CyPo ................................................................... 262 Minor Fault ....................................................... 262
D Operation Selection after Detection ........................... 592
DC Injection Braking EF....................................................................... 263
Parameter ......................................................... 490 EF0
DC reactor Detection conditions ............................................ 588
Wiring .............................................................. 96 Detection conditions setting (DeviceNet) .................... 594
dCE1 ................................................................... 246 Fault ............................................................... 247
dCE2 ................................................................... 246 Minor Fault ....................................................... 263
Deceleration time Operation Selection after Detection ........................... 589
Parameter ......................................................... 524 EF1
Unit of measurement setting ................................... 527 Fault ............................................................... 247
Delete Minor Fault ....................................................... 263
Delete Backed-up Parameters.................................. 128 EF2
Derating Fault ............................................................... 247
Altitude............................................................ 327 Minor Fault ....................................................... 263
Ambient Temperature Setting............................ 326, 709 EF3
Carrier frequency ................................................ 324 Fault ............................................................... 248
Enclosure Type................................................... 711 Minor Fault ....................................................... 263
External Cooling Fin ............................................ 711 EF4
Side-by-side ...................................................... 711 Fault ............................................................... 248
dEv Minor Fault ....................................................... 263
Detection level ................................................... 582 EF5
Detection time.................................................... 582 Fault ............................................................... 248
Fault ............................................................... 246 Minor Fault ....................................................... 263
Minor Fault ....................................................... 262 EF6
Operation Selection after Detection ........................... 581 Fault ............................................................... 248
dFPS.................................................................... 279 Minor Fault ....................................................... 264
Diagnosing and Resetting Faults ................................... 281 EF7
Digital character ...................................................... 124 Fault ............................................................... 248
DIP switch.............................................................. 84 Minor Fault ....................................................... 264
Disposal Elapsed Operating Time Selection ................................. 745
Drive......................................................... 309–310 Electrolytic Capacitor
Packing material ........................................... 309–310 Estimated Lifespan .............................................. 294
dnE ..................................................................... 262 Enclosure Type
Down 2 command Derating ........................................................... 711
Parameter ................................................... 552, 556 Encoder option
Down command ................................................ 610–611 Parameter ......................................................... 580
Parameter ................................................... 552, 556 End1.................................................................... 275
Drive End2.................................................................... 275
Control Circuit Terminal Block Replacement ............... 301 End3.................................................................... 275
Disposal ..................................................... 309–310 End4.................................................................... 275
Exterior Dimension Diagram (IP20) .................... 328–329 End5.................................................................... 275
Exterior Dimensions Diagram (IP20) ......................... 331 End6.................................................................... 275
Initialization ...................................................... 463 End7.................................................................... 275
Initialize Parameters............................................. 463 End8.................................................................... 276
Inspection ......................................................... 292 End9.................................................................... 276
Long-Term Storage .............................................. 305 Energy-saving control
Rating (400 V) ................................................... 319 Parameter ......................................................... 520
Rating (Single-phase 200 V) ................................... 314 Enter command ....................................................... 215
Rating (Three-phase 200 V).................................... 315 EP24v .................................................................. 264

762 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

Er-01 ................................................................... 276 Switching between LOCAL/REMOTE........... 480, 487, 544
Er-02 ................................................................... 276 Upper and lower frequency limits ............................. 550
Er-03 ................................................................... 276 Frequency reference bias
Er-04 ................................................................... 277 Parameter ................................................... 552, 556
Er-05 ................................................................... 277 Frequency reference hold function
Er-08 ................................................................... 277 Parameter ................................................... 552, 556
Er-09 ................................................................... 277 Fuse rating............................................................. 100
Er-10 ................................................................... 277 G
Er-11 ................................................................... 277 Gateway Mode........................................................ 583
Er-12 ................................................................... 278 Getting set up ......................................................... 118
Er-13 ................................................................... 278 GF ...................................................................... 249
Er-14 ................................................................... 278 Protection Functions ............................................ 709
Er-15 ................................................................... 278 Ground
Er-16 ................................................................... 278 Drive................................................................ 70
Er-17 ................................................................... 278 Ground Fault Detection
Er-18 ................................................................... 278 Protection Functions ............................................ 709
Er-19 ................................................................... 278
Er-20 ................................................................... 278 H
Er-25 ................................................................... 278 HCA.................................................................... 264
ERF type braking resistor Alarm Settings ................................................... 712
Protection Functions ............................................ 707 HD...................................................................... 313
Wiring .............................................................. 91 Heavy Duty Rating................................................... 313
Err ...................................................................... 248 High-Slip Braking
Error Code List ....................................................... 239 Parameter ......................................................... 716
Exterior and mounting dimensions Horsepower ........................................................... 739
Installation dimensions .......................................... 45 How to read the model number...................................... 21
Panel cut out dimensions ........................................ 45 Humidity
Exterior Dimension Diagram (IP20) Environment....................................................... 29
Drive......................................................... 328–329 I
Exterior Dimensions Diagram (IP20) iFEr..................................................................... 279
Drive............................................................... 331 IGBT Maintenance Setting.......................................... 746
External 24 V power supply Induction Motor
Power supply input terminals ................................... 81 Auto-Tuning ...................................................... 130
External Cooling Fin Motor parameters ................................................ 568
Derating ........................................................... 711 Input Phase Detection
F Protection Functions ............................................ 708
Fan Operation Time Setting......................................... 746 Input voltage
Fast Stop Time Parameter ......................................................... 561
Parameter ......................................................... 527 Inspection
Fault .............................................................. 238, 244 Drive............................................................... 292
Fault code Installation
MEMOBUS/Modbus............................................ 230 Front cover ........................................................ 41
Fault Code List ....................................................... 239 Keypad ............................................................. 43
Fault Reset............................................................. 281 Installation dimensions ............................................... 45
Fault Restart Installation environment.............................................. 29
Parameter ......................................................... 696 Interlock
FbH Circuit example ................................................... 90
Fault ............................................................... 248 Internal Drive Braking Transistor
Minor Fault ....................................................... 264 Protection Functions ............................................ 712
FbL J
Fault ............................................................... 249 Jog command ......................................................... 549
Minor Fault ....................................................... 264 Jump frequency
Feed Forward Control Parameter ......................................................... 550
Parameter ......................................................... 719 Jumper switch.......................................................... 84
Field Forcing
K
Parameter ......................................................... 558
KEB ride-thru function
Field weakening
Compensation Time ............................................. 681
Parameter ......................................................... 558
Operation during momentary power loss..................... 680
Fine tuning ............................................................ 139
Parameter ......................................................... 675
Firmware update lock................................................ 478
KEB Ride-Thru Function
Freq Ref Setting Method Select .................................... 742
KEB Method Selection ......................................... 684
Frequency Agreement
Single Drive KEB Method ..................................... 684
Parameter ......................................................... 694
System KEB Method............................................ 684
Frequency reference
Keypad
Command source correlation diagram ........................ 544
Application Preset ............................................... 129
LOCAL/REMOTE Run selection ....................... 480, 544
Installation ......................................................... 43
Offset frequency addition....................................... 558

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 763

 Language selection .............................................. 461 Setting for termination resistor ................................. 88
LED status ........................................................ 109 Mid point B frequency
Method of operation............................................. 109 Motor 2 parameters.............................................. 572
Remove ............................................................ 43 Parameter ......................................................... 567
Keypad Display....................................................... 733 Mid point B voltage
Keypad Display Selection........................................... 734 Motor 2 parameters.............................................. 572
Keypad Operation .................................................... 740 Parameter ......................................................... 567
Keypad-related settings.............................................. 733 Middle Output Frequency
kWh Monitor Initialization.......................................... 747 Motor 2 Parameters.............................................. 571
L Parameter ......................................................... 566
L24v.................................................................... 265 Middle Output Frequency Voltage
Language selection ................................................... 461 Motor 2 Parameters.............................................. 571
LCD contrast adjustment ............................................ 735 Parameter ......................................................... 567
Leakage current....................................................... 675 Minimum output frequency
LED display ........................................................... 124 Parameter ......................................................... 567
LF....................................................................... 249 Minimum Output Frequency
Protective function .............................................. 708 Motor 2 Parameters.............................................. 571
LF2 ..................................................................... 249 Minimum Output Voltage
Protection Functions ............................................ 711 Motor 2 Parameters.............................................. 572
LKEB type braking resistor unit Parameter ......................................................... 567
Wiring .............................................................. 91 Minor Fault...................................................... 238, 260
Load Inertia Ratio Minor fault code
Parameter ......................................................... 692 MEMOBUS/Modbus............................................ 232
LOCAL/REMOTE indicator........................................ 109 Minor Fault Code List ............................................... 239
LoG..................................................................... 265 Modbus
LO/RE Key Function Selection .................................... 740 Broadcast Messages ............................................. 230
LSo ..................................................................... 250 Command data ................................................... 217
Protective function .............................................. 713 Communication error code ..................................... 232
LT-1 .................................................................... 265 Communication specifications ................................. 206
LT-2 .................................................................... 265 Enter command .................................................. 215
LT-3 .................................................................... 265 Fault code ......................................................... 230
LT-4 .................................................................... 265 Loopback test .................................................... 212
Minor fault code ................................................. 232
M Monitor data ...................................................... 219
Main circuit terminals Register reading.................................................. 211
Configuration of terminal block ................................ 53 Register writing .................................................. 212
Line voltage drop ................................................. 62 Self-diagnosis .................................................... 216
Wire gauge......................................................... 62 Wiring ............................................................. 206
Wiring .............................................................. 53 Molded-case circuit breaker ......................................... 93
Wiring procedure for terminal block ........................... 74 Momentary Power Loss
Maintenance Period .................................................. 745 KEB Compensation Time ...................................... 681
Maximum Output Frequency Monitors
Motor 2 Parameters.............................................. 571 Display procedure ............................................... 124
Parameter ......................................................... 566 Motor
Maximum Output Voltage Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC) Thermistor ....... 669
Motor 2 Parameters.............................................. 571 Wiring .............................................................. 53
Parameter ......................................................... 566 Wiring distance ................................................... 70
MCCB .................................................................. 93 Motor 2
Mechanical Weakening Detection Base Frequency .................................................. 571
Parameter ......................................................... 700 Base voltage ...................................................... 572
MEMOBUS Control mode settings ........................................... 571
Broadcast Messages ............................................. 230 Leakage Inductance ............................................. 574
Command data ................................................... 217 Line-to-Line Resistance ........................................ 573
Communication error code ..................................... 232 Maximum Output Frequency .................................. 571
Communication specifications ................................. 206 Maximum Output Voltage ...................................... 571
Enter command .................................................. 215 Mid point B frequency .......................................... 572
Fault code ......................................................... 230 Mid point B voltage ............................................. 572
Loopback test .................................................... 212 Middle Output Frequency ...................................... 571
Minor fault code ................................................. 232 Middle Output Frequency Voltage ............................ 571
Monitor data ...................................................... 219 Minimum Output Frequency ................................... 571
Register reading.................................................. 211 Minimum Output Voltage ...................................... 572
Register writing .................................................. 212 Motor Iron Loss.................................................. 574
Self-diagnosis .................................................... 216 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 1.................... 574
Wiring ............................................................. 206 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 2.................... 574
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications Motor rated power (kW) ........................................ 574
Parameter ......................................................... 658 No-load Current.................................................. 573
Serial communication terminals ................................ 81 Number of motor poles ......................................... 573

764 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

 Rated current ..................................................... 572 Fault ............................................................... 252
Rated Slip ......................................................... 573 Minor Fault ....................................................... 265
V/f Pattern ........................................................ 570 oH1 ..................................................................... 252
Motor Code Selection................................................ 575 oH2 ..................................................................... 266
Motor Overheating Alarm Settings ................................................... 707
Operation During Detection of Alarms ................. 192, 673 oH3
Operation During Detection of Faults (PTC Input) ... 193, 674 Fault ............................................................... 252
Motor Overload Minor Fault ....................................................... 266
Electric Thermal Protection Operation Time .......... 192, 673 Operation During Detection of Alarms ................. 192, 673
Protection Functions ...................................... 189, 670 oH4 ..................................................................... 253
Motor parameters..................................................... 568 Operation During Detection of Faults (PTC Input) ... 193, 674
Motor 2............................................................ 572 oL1 ..................................................................... 253
Motor 2 Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 1.................. 574 oL2 ..................................................................... 254
Motor 2 Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 2.................. 574 Protective function .............................................. 710
Motor 2 number of motor poles ............................... 573 oL3
Motor 2 rated power (kW)...................................... 574 Fault ............................................................... 254
Motor Parameters..................................................... 560 Minor Fault ....................................................... 266
Motor 2 Iron Loss ............................................... 574 oL4
Motor 2 Leakage Inductance ................................... 574 Fault ............................................................... 255
Motor 2 Line-to-Line Resistance .............................. 573 Minor Fault ....................................................... 266
Motor 2 No-load Current ....................................... 573 oL5
Motor 2 rated Current ........................................... 572 Fault ............................................................... 255
Motor 2 Rated Slip .............................................. 573 Minor Fault ....................................................... 266
Motor parameters (induction motors).............................. 568 oL7 ..................................................................... 255
Leakage Inductance ............................................. 569 On-Delay Timer ...................................................... 501
Line-to-Line Resistance ........................................ 569 Ope Select @Keypad is Disconnect ............................... 742
Motor Iron Loss.................................................. 570 oPE01 .................................................................. 270
Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 1.................... 569 oPE02 .................................................................. 270
Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 2.................... 569 oPE03 .................................................................. 270
Motor rated power (kW) ........................................ 570 oPE05 .................................................................. 271
No-load Current.................................................. 568 oPE07 .................................................................. 272
Number of motor poles ......................................... 569 oPE08 .................................................................. 272
Rated current ............................................... 188, 568 oPE09 .................................................................. 273
Rated Slip ......................................................... 568 oPE10 .................................................................. 273
Motor Power Unit Selection ........................................ 739 oPE11 .................................................................. 273
MotorDirect@PowUpWhenUsingKeypad........................ 742 oPE13 .................................................................. 273
Multi-step speed operation .......................................... 544 oPE16 .................................................................. 273
Setting procedure ................................................ 544 oPE33 .................................................................. 274
Multiple-unit connection ............................................ 583 Operation During Momentary Power Loss
N KEB ride-thru function ......................................... 675
Nameplate .............................................................. 21 Operation method selection .................................... 680
ND...................................................................... 313 Parameter ......................................................... 680
ndAT ................................................................... 279 Speed Search function .......................................... 493
No-Load Voltage oPr ...................................................................... 255
Parameter ......................................................... 568 Option card
Noise filter Parameter ......................................................... 580
Wiring .............................................................. 98 Options................................................................. 333
Normal Duty Rating ................................................. 313 oS
nSE ..................................................................... 250 Detection level ................................................... 581
NumOfRunCommands Counter Initial ............................ 747 Detection time.................................................... 582
Fault ............................................................... 255
O Minor Fault ....................................................... 267
oC....................................................................... 250 Operation Select at Overspeed ................................. 580
Overcurrent Detection Gain .................................... 710 Output Control ........................................................ 731
oC2 ..................................................................... 251 Output Phase Loss Detection
oFA00 .................................................................. 251 Protective function .............................................. 708
oFA01 .................................................................. 251 ov
oFA03 to oFA06 ...................................................... 251 Fault ............................................................... 255
oFA10 .................................................................. 252 Minor Fault ....................................................... 267
oFA11 .................................................................. 252 ovEr .................................................................... 267
oFA12 to oFA17 ...................................................... 252 Overexcitation deceleration
oFA30 to oFA43 ...................................................... 252 Parameter ......................................................... 717
Off-Delay Timer ...................................................... 501 Overtorque detection
Offset frequency Parameter ......................................................... 699
Parameter ......................................................... 558
oH
P
Alarm Settings ................................................... 707 Panel cut out dimensions ............................................. 45
Parameter

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 765

 Access Level Selection ......................................... 461 oC .................................................................. 710
Automatic selection ............................................. 478 oH.................................................................. 707
Backup (drive to keypad) ....................................... 126 oH2 ................................................................ 707
Changing setting values......................................... 125 oH3 .......................................................... 192, 673
Checking modified parameters ................................ 124 oH4 .......................................................... 193, 674
Delete Backed-up Parameters.................................. 128 Output Current Overload ....................................... 712
Restore (keypad to drive) ....................................... 127 Overcurrent ....................................................... 710
Setup mode ....................................................... 125 PF .................................................................. 708
User-set ........................................................... 478 rr ................................................................... 712
Verify (keypad and drive) ...................................... 127 Software Current Limit Selection ............................. 710
Parameter Change .................................................... 743 Uv1 ................................................................ 682
Parameter Setting Errors ...................................... 238, 270 Protective function
PASS ................................................................... 267 Desynchronization............................................... 713
Password LF .................................................................. 708
Setting ............................................................. 464 Low Speed Desynchronization ................................ 713
Verification ....................................................... 464 LSo ................................................................ 713
PC oL2................................................................. 710
Connection procedure ............................................ 89 Output Phase Loss Detection .................................. 708
PE1 ..................................................................... 256 Overload .......................................................... 710
PE2 ..................................................................... 256 Pulse Train Input
Peripheral Devices ................................................... 333 Terminal RP Function Selection ............................... 663
PF................................................................. 256, 267 Pulse Train Input/Output
Protection Functions ............................................ 708 Parameter ......................................................... 662
PGo Pulse train output
Detection time.................................................... 582 Terminal MP function selection ............................... 664
Fault ............................................................... 257 Wiring specifications............................................. 86
Minor Fault ....................................................... 268 PWEr................................................................... 279
Operation Selection after Detection ........................... 580 R
Phase Order Selection ............................................... 487 Rating (400 V)
PID control ............................................................ 502 Drive............................................................... 319
control block diagram ........................................... 505 Rating (Single-phase 200 V)
Feedback value input............................................ 504 Drive............................................................... 314
fine tuning ........................................................ 506 Rating (Three-phase 200 V)
Parameter ......................................................... 508 Drive............................................................... 315
PID feedback loss detection .................................... 505 rdEr ..................................................................... 279
PID Sleep ......................................................... 506 Remove
Setpoint input .................................................... 503 Front cover ........................................................ 41
PM motor parameters ................................................ 575 Keypad ............................................................. 43
d-Axis inductance ............................................... 576 RESET key ............................................................ 109
Induced voltage constant 1 ..................................... 576 Residual Current Monitor/Residual Current Device
Induced voltage constant 2 ..................................... 577 RCM/RCD......................................................... 93
Motor rated current ........................................ 189, 575 Wiring .............................................................. 93
Motor rated power (kW) ........................................ 575 Restore
Number of motor poles ......................................... 576 Parameters (keypad to drive)................................... 127
q-Axis inductance ............................................... 576 Reverse Operation Selection ........................................ 485
Stator resistance.................................................. 576 rF ....................................................................... 257
PM motors rH ....................................................................... 257
Auto-Tuning ...................................................... 131 RJ-45 connector ...................................................... 109
PM Motors Rotational Auto-Tuning
Fine Adjustment ........................................... 724, 732 Induction Motor.................................................. 130
Motor Code Selection ........................................... 575 PM motors ........................................................ 131
Motor parameters ................................................ 575 Precautions ....................................................... 135
Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC) Thermistor ............ 669 rr ........................................................................ 257
Power loss ..................................................... 34–37, 39 Protection Functions ............................................ 712
Programming mode .................................................. 114 rUn ..................................................................... 268
Protection Functions Run command
DC bus undervoltage ............................................ 682 LOCAL/REMOTE Run selection ............................. 482
Drive Overheating ............................................... 707 Switching between LOCAL/REMOTE....................... 482
GF.................................................................. 709 Run Command at Power Up ........................................ 490
Ground Fault Detection ......................................... 709 Run Command Selection 2
HCA ............................................................... 712 Switching between LOCAL/REMOTE....................... 489
Input Phase Detection ........................................... 708 RUN indicator ........................................................ 109
Internal Drive Braking Transistor ............................. 712 RUN key............................................................... 109
LF2 ................................................................ 711
Motor Overheating ........................................ 192, 673 S
Motor Overheating (PTC Input) ......................... 193, 674 S-curve characteristics
Motor Overload ............................................ 189, 670 Parameter ......................................................... 529

766 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

SC ...................................................................... 257 TiM
SCF..................................................................... 258 Fault ............................................................... 258
Screen .................................................................. 124 Minor Fault ....................................................... 268
SE....................................................................... 268 Timer function
SEr...................................................................... 258 Parameter ......................................................... 501
Serial communication terminals Torque Compensation
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications ....................... 81 Parameter ......................................................... 534
Short Circuit Braking Torque limit function
Parameter ......................................................... 490 Parameter ......................................................... 704
Side-by-side Troubleshooting
Derating ........................................................... 711 Code Displayed .................................................. 239
Slip compensation No Code Displayed.............................................. 282
Parameter ......................................................... 530 Troubleshooting without Fault Display ........................... 282
Softcharge Relay Maintenance Set................................. 746 TrPC.................................................................... 268
Software Current Limit Selection Tuning.................................................................. 524
Protection Functions ............................................ 710 U
Speed Agreement U2, U3 Initialization ................................................. 746
Parameter ......................................................... 694 UL3
Speed Detection ...................................................... 696 Fault ............................................................... 258
Parameter ......................................................... 694 Minor Fault ....................................................... 268
Speed Estimation Speed Search .................................... 494 UL4
Speed Search function Fault ............................................................... 258
Operation during momentary power loss..................... 680 Minor Fault ....................................................... 268
Parameter ......................................................... 493 UL5
Stall Prevention function Fault ............................................................... 259
Parameter ......................................................... 685 Minor Fault ....................................................... 268
Stationary Auto-Tuning Undertorque detection
Induction Motor.................................................. 130 Parameter ......................................................... 699
PM motors ........................................................ 131 Unit of measurement setting
Precautions ....................................................... 135 Acceleration and deceleration times .......................... 527
Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance............ 130 Unit selector........................................................... 739
Precautions ....................................................... 135 Up 2 command
Stator resistance Auto-Tuning ...................................... 131 Parameter ................................................... 552, 556
Precautions ....................................................... 135 Up command .................................................... 610–611
SToF.................................................................... 268 Parameter ................................................... 552, 556
Stop command USB port............................................................... 109
LOCAL/REMOTE Run selection ............................. 482 Connecting a PC .................................................. 89
STOP key.............................................................. 109 User Monitor Select afterPowerUp ................................ 734
STOP Key Function Selection...................................... 740 User Parameter Default Value ...................................... 741
Stop with Constant Distance .................................. 556–557 User-Set Display Units Max Value ................................ 735
Stopping Method Selection ......................................... 482 User-SetDisplayUnits Dec Display ................................ 736
STPo ................................................................... 258 Uv ................................................................ 269, 743
Surge protective device Speed Search Selection at Start ................................ 500
Connection......................................................... 97 Uv1 ..................................................................... 259
T Detection level settings ......................................... 682
Temperature Uv2 ..................................................................... 259
Environment....................................................... 29 Uv3 ..................................................................... 259
Terminal block ......................................................... 82 V
Configuration of main circuit terminal block ................. 53 vAEr.................................................................... 280
Control circuit terminal block functions....................... 79 V/f Pattern ............................................................. 560
I/O terminals function selection switches ..................... 84 Second Motor .................................................... 570
Terminal function selection .......................................... 87 V/f Pattern Display Unit............................................. 735
Terminal A2 ................................................... 84, 87 Verify
Terminal AM .................................................. 84, 88 Parameters (keypad and drive)................................. 127
Termination resistor vFyE.................................................................... 280
Setting switch ..................................................... 88 Vibration-resistant..................................................... 29
Test run Voltage Limit.......................................................... 731
Checklist .......................................................... 144 Voltage Saturation .................................................... 731
Fine tuning........................................................ 139
Procedure ......................................................... 118 W
Procedure for no-load test run ................................. 137 WEEE.................................................................. 310
Procedure for test run with actual load ....................... 137 Wire gauge
Thermal overload relay Control circuit terminals ......................................... 82
Connection......................................................... 94 Main circuit terminals............................................ 62
Tightening torque Voltage drop ....................................................... 62
Control circuit terminals ......................................... 82 Wiring................................................................... 93
Main circuit terminals............................................ 62 AC reactor ......................................................... 96

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 767

 Braking Resistor .................................................. 91
Checklist .......................................................... 102
Control circuit terminal block................................... 83
Control circuit terminals ......................................... 78
DC reactor ......................................................... 96
Main circuit terminal block ..................................... 74
Main circuit terminals............................................ 53
MEMOBUS/Modbus............................................ 206
Motor ............................................................... 53
Noise filter ......................................................... 98
Thermal overload relay .......................................... 94
Wiring distance
Drive and motor................................................... 70
Z
Z pulse Auto-Tuning ................................................. 131

768 YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual

Revision History
Date of Publication Revision Number Section Revised Content

Revision: Reviewed and corrected entire documentation.

All
December 2019 1 Addition: CIPR-GA50x2008 and 2018 added along with corresponding data.

2 Addition: “Install the Drive Horizontally”

March 2019 - - First Edition

YASKAWA SIEPC71061753B GA500 Technical Manual 769

GA500
Technical Manual

YASKAWA EUROPE GmbH YASKAWA AMERICA, INC. DRIVE CENTER (INVERTER PLANT)
Hauptstr. 185, 65760 Eschborn, 2121, Norman Drive South, Waukegan, 2-13-1, Nishimiyaichi, Yukuhashi,
Germany IL 60085, U.S.A. Fukuoka, 824-8511, Japan
Phone: +49-6196-569-300 +1-800-YASKAWA (927-5292) Phone: +81-930-25-2548
E-mail: [email protected] http://www.yaskawa.com https://www.yaskawa.co.jp
http://www.yaskawa.eu.com

In the event that the end user of this product is to be the military and said product is to be employed in any weapons systems or the
manufacture thereof, the export will fall under the relevant regulations as stipulated in the Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade
Regulations. Therefore, be sure to follow all procedures and submit all relevant documentation according to any and all rules,
regulations and laws that may apply.
Specifications are subject to change without notice for ongoing product modifications and improvements.
Original Instructions
© 2019 YASKAWA Electric Corporation

SIEPC71061753
Revision: B <1>-0
December 2019
Published in Japan
*SIEPC71061753* 19-5-9_YEU
Errata Sheet for GA500 Drives Drive Software Versions PRG: 1010 to 1012

When performing motor auto tuning with this GA500 drive the multi-function outputs perform differently than stated in Section 3 of the Technical Manual,
Precautions for Auto Tuning.

Auto
Digital Output (as described
Tuning Mode Digital Input Digital Input (actual) Digital Output (actual)
in Technical Manual)
Type
Induction Rotational Rotational Auto-Tuning Disabled Functions the same as Digital inputs react as in normal operation if one of Functions the same as during usual operation.
Motor during usual operation the parameter setting conditions listed below
Auto- Stationary Stationary Auto-Tuning Disabled Keeps the status at the becomes true: See below under <*>
Tuning start of Auto-Tuning
1. H1-21 to H1-28 are not set to F
Line-to-Line Resistance Disabled Keeps the status at the
2. H1-40 to H1-42 are not set to F
start of Auto-Tuning
3. H3-40 to H3-42 are not set to F
PM Motor Rotational PM Motor Code Selection Disabled Functions the same as during Functions the same as during usual operation.
4. H7-01 to H7-04 are not set to F and H7-00 = 1
Auto- usual operation
5. H7-30 is not set to F
Tuning Stationary Manual Entry w/ Motor Disabled Disabled <*>
Data Sheet Digital outputs react as in normal operation if one of
PM Stationary Auto- Disabled Keeps the status at the In all other case digital inputs are disabled. the parameter setting conditions listed below
Tuning start of Auto-Tuning. becomes true:
PM Stationary Auto- Disabled Keeps the status at the
1. H2-01 to H2-04 are not set to F
Tuning for Stator start of Auto-Tuning
2. H2-40 to H2-42 are not set to F
Resistance
3. H2-60/63/66 are not set to F
High Frequency Injection Disabled Keeps the status at the
4. H7-10/12/14/16 are not set to F and H7-00 = 1
start of Auto-Tuning
5. F5-01 to F5-08 are not set to F and F5-09 = 2
EZ Tuning Stationary Motor Parameter Setting Disabled Disabled
Line-to-Line Resistance Disabled Keeps the status at the In all other cases digital outputs keep the state that
start of Auto-Tuning was present at the start of Auto - Tuning
ASR and Rotational Deceleration Rate Tuning Disabled Functions the same as during Functions the same as during usual operation.
Inertia usual operation
Tuning KEB Tuning Disabled Functions the same as during
usual operation

IMPORTANT!

Before performing Auto-Tuning make sure, the actual behavior of the digital inputs/outputs as shown above does not lead to any malfunction or potentially
dangerous or unsafe machine condition. In doubt disable the digital inputs/outputs or disconnect wires to digital inputs/outputs of the drive prior to
performing Auto-Tuning.

YASKAWA Europe GmbH

Hauptstr. 185 www.yaskawa.eu.com TOEP YEUVERR 02A-0-0
65760 Eschborn [email protected] November 2019
Germany +49 6196 569-500 Published in Germany